Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30 A NIGHT VIEW OF GRAND COULEE DAM ON THE COLUMBIA RIVER WHERE THE BUREAU OF RECLAMATION IS BUILDING THE World's Most Massive structure of Its Kind. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30 19 3 7 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON • 1937 NATIONAL LIBRARY OF EDUCATION JUN 2 9 I99R U.S. DEPT OF EDUCATION UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Harold L. Ickes, Secretary ■ For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 50 cents ocjlcj# ____ _ L 111 . A322 1937 United States. Dept, of the Interior . Annual report of the Secretary of the Interior CONTENTS REPORT BY DIVISIONS AND BUREAUS Page Frontispiece. Bureau of Reclamation... - 1 Demand for new lands _ 1 Prospects good for 1937 - 2 Construction program _ 3 Grand Coulee Dam— Columbia Basin project _ 5 Central Valley project _ 7 Boulder Canyon project _ 8 Power generation _ 10 Reclamation funds _ 10 Repayments _ 11 Crop results: Project water users prosper. . 15 Reclamation map . 20 Secondary investigations _ 21 Emergency conservation work _ 24 Organization _ 25 National Park Service . 34 Scope of activities _ _ 34 United States Tourist Bureau established.. 35 Free park lecture service _ 36 Venture in international cooperation.. . . 37 Boulder Dam recreational area _ 38 Recreational demonstration areas _ 38 Civilian Conservation Corps work _ 39 Emergency Relief Act projects _ 39 Park, parkway, and recreational-area study . 40 Conservation activities. _ _ 41 Wildlife conservation _ 43 Historical and archeological conservation. 44 Advisory and trust-fund boards _ 46 Education _ 47 Museum developments _ 47 Naturalist activities . 48 Natural history schools _ 49 Y ale fellowships. _ _ 49 Historical educational activities _ 49 Research _ 50 Ecological studies _ 50 Historical studies _ 51 Geological studies _ 52 Cooperative field studies _ 52 Planning and construction _ 54 Parkway development _ 55 Engineering activities diversified _ 56 Historic American buildings survey _ 56 Services by park concessionaires _ 57 Protecting the public health _ 59 Changes in the national park and monument system _ 60 New national monuments _ 60 Acquisitions to park areas _ 61 Proposed extensions of existing national park areas . 62 Status of national park projects authorized by Congress.. . . 62 National parks . 62 National monuments.. . 63 The National Park Service— Continued. Page Proposed additions to the national park system . . . . . . . 63 Proposed national parks _ 63 Proposed national monuments _ _ 64 Proposed national seashores _ 64 National Capital parks _ 65 Maintenance of Federal buildings . . 66 Space-control program _ 67 Federal building program _ 67 New Interior Department Building _ 68 Appropriations, donations, and revenues _ 68 Appropriations _ 68 Emergency relief funds _ 68 Public Works funds . . . 68 Works Progress funds _ 68 Emergency conservation work 1933-37 .. 69 Cash donations _ _ _ 691 Revenues. _ _ 69 Public Works _ 69- Conclusion . . . . 70' General Land Office _ 83 Scope of activities _ 83 Emergency conservation work _ 85 Present status of public lands in connection with general withdrawals _ 86 General withdrawals _ _ _ 86 Classification for entry under any law authorized _ 86 Unappropriated public lands _ 87 Lands patented with mineral reservations.. 88 Cadastral engineering service _ 88 Accepted surveys and resurveys _ 88 Receipts and expenditures _ 89 Receipts under Mineral Leasing Act _ 89 Receipts under Taylor Grazing Act . . 90 Distribution of receipts _ 90 Repayments _ 92 Homestead entries _ 92 Public sale and timber and stone applica¬ tions - - 92 Filing of plats of survey _ 92 National forest homestead lands _ 92 Contests, other than mineral . . 92 Mineral leases and mining claims _ 92 Oil and gas leases _ 92 Oil and gas prospecting permits _ 93 Lease of water wells _ _ 93 Coal _ 93 Potash, sodium, sulphur, and phosphate. 93 Mineral applications and entries _ 93 Mineral contests _ 93 Proceedings against mining locations _ 94 Rights-of-way _ _ _ _ _ _ 94 Federal reclamation projects. . . . 94 Desert Land Act . 94 Carey Act _ 94 Pittman Act . . 94 Swamp and overflowed lands . . 94 m IV CONTENTS General Land Office— Continued. State grants and selections _ _ _ _ Railroad grants and selections _ Revested Oregon and California Railroad and Reconveyed Coos Bay Wagon Road Grant Lands . . Abandoned military reservations.. . Alaska _ Aviation leases _ Color of title. . . . . . Exchanges . Grazing leases under Taylor Grazing Act— Indian lands and claims . . Private land claims . . . . . Timber _ Town lots _ _ _ _ _ _ Trespass... . . . . Miscellaneous cases considered . . . Tract book notations. . . . Mineral withdrawals and classifications _ Withdrawals and restorations _ Division of Grazing _ _ Scope of activities _ _ _ The amendment to the Taylor Grazing Act. Advisory board conference _ Second annual conference . . Licenses _ _ •Organization _ _ Range survey program and land classifica¬ tion. - - - - Range improvement _ Emergency conservation work _ Educational program - Safety program - Cooperation - - - Wildlife _ _ - Enforcement _ Hearings and appeals _ Bureau of Mines _ Scope of activities _ _ — Future needs _ Review of the year’s work _ Technologic Branch _ Coal Division _ Coal carbonization - - - - - Coal analysis - - - - Miscellaneous analyses - - - Physical chemistry - - - Coal preparation - - - - Use of fuels . . . . . . — Fuel-economy service _ _ _ Coal hydrogenation - - Experimental coal mine... . — . . Mining division _ _ _ _ _ _ Metal-mining methods _ Metal-mining research _ Nonmetal mining _ Coal mining . . Mine ventilation _ Mineral-industries survey . . Electrical equipment . . . - Metallurgical Division . . . . . . Metallurgical fundamentals . . Metallurgy of steel . . . — . Blast-furnace studies . . Special studies . . . •Ore dressing . . . Bureau of Mines — Continued. Page Metallurgi cal D i vision— C on tinued. Precious metals . 129 Nonferrous metallurgy . . 129 Ore testing . 129 Electrometallurgy - - 130 Petroleum and Natural Gas Division _ 130 Production and recovery of petroleum and natural gas _ 130 Transportation of natural gas _ 130 E ngineering field studies _ 131 Special engineering problems . . 131 Chemistry and refining of petroleum _ 131 Crude-oil stock survey _ _ 131 Helium plant . . 131 Other activities _ 132 Nonmetals division . 132 Potential increase in supply of lithium salts _ 132 Improving quality of talc _ 132 Hydration of lime _ 132 Concentration of kyanite _ 132 Treatment of clays _ 133 Seasoning of cement _ 133 Studies of particle ^ize _ 133 Boiler-water studies _ _ 133 New research tools _ _ 133 Explosives Division _ 134 Gas explosions _ _ 134 Inflammability of gases and vapors _ 134 Detection of elimination of mine fires _ 134 Mechanism of flame propagation _ 134 Methods of testing explosives _ 134 Permissible explosives and blasting de¬ vices _ 134 Office of Chief Mining Engineer _ 135 International cooperation in mine-safety research _ 135 Mine safety board _ 135 Ground movement and subsidence in min¬ ing _ 135 Conservation of potash salt in mining _ 135 Diesel mine locomotives _ 135 Experimental mines tests.. . . 135 European mining methods - 136 Economics and Statistics Branch _ 136 Coal Economics Division _ 136 Service to industry _ 136 Special investigations _ 136 International trade in fuels _ 136 Economies in publication _ 136 Petroleum Economics Division.. . . 137 Forecasts of demand . . 137 Survey of crude-oil stocks — . 137 Special studies _ 137 Mineral Production and Economics Divi¬ sion _ 137 Metal-mine statistics _ 138 Minerals Yearbook _ 138 Employment and accidents - 138 Joint conduct of census of mines and quarries - 138 Metal Economics Division - - 139 Statistical reports . 139 Consumption studies of iron and steel scrap and tin . 139 Page 94 95 95 96 96 96 96 96 97 97 97 98 98 98 98 98 99 99 102 102 103 104 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 111 112 113 113 114 114 118 123 123 123 123 124 124 124 124 124 124 125 125 125 125 126 126 126 126 127 127 127 127 128 128 129 129 CONTEXTS Bureau of Mines— Continued. Economics and Statistics Branch — Contd. Nonmetal Economics Division _ Statistical reports . . Special studies . . Mineral trade notes _ Service work _ Foreign Minerals Division . . . .. Mineral raw-materials survey. . . Foreign mineral specialist _ Consular reporting service _ Health and safety branch _ Safety Division.. - - - - Training courses _ Mine fires and explosions _ Mine reports _ Other activities _ _ Health Division . . . Dust investigations _ Analysis of mine gases _ Administrative branch _ _ _ _ Information Division _ Editorial.. - - Publications _ Motion-picture production _ Motion-picture circulation _ Library _ _ Exhibits _ _ _ _ Office Administration Division _ Property _ _ _ Personnel _ _ _ _ _ Finances _ _ _ Geological Survey _ _ _ Scope of activities _ General summary of the year’s activities. . Geologic branch.. . . . . Summary _ • _ Work of the year by States _ Work in chemistry and physics _ Alaskan branch _ Manuscripts and publications _ Work of the year _ Topographic branch... . . . . . . General office work . . Field surveys _ Water-resources branch _ Division of surface water _ Division of ground water _ Division of quality of water _ Division of power resources _ Division of water utilization _ Conservation branch _ Mineral Classification Division _ Water and Power Division _ Mining and Oil and Gas Leasing Division. Public lands _ Indian lands _ _ Naval petroleum reserves _ Public Works projects _ Summary of field activities by States _ Work on publications _ _ _ Texts . . . . . . . Illustrations _ _ _ _ _ Geologic map editing and drafting.. . Distribution . . . . Engraving and printing _ _ _ Library.. . . . . . . . Appropriations and expenditures . . y Page Petroleum Conservation Division . . 190 Scope of activities . . . 190 The East Texas field _ _ _ 191 Summary of operations _ _ _ 194 Office of Indian Affairs _ _ _ 198 Scope of activities _ 198 Tribal government problems _ 199 The land tangle _ 199 Applied anthropology aids in administra¬ tion.. _ _ 200 Tribal organization _ _ _ 200 Making credit available _ 201 Loans to Indian corporations _ 202 Loans to Indians of Oklahoma _ 202 Reimbursable funds used for Indian enter¬ prises, educational loans, relief _ 203 Tribe rehouses its members - - 203 Land increases in area, protections are tightened _ 204 Lands restored to Indians through the Indian Reorganization Act _ 204 Land acquired through Reorganization Act funds _ 204 Resettlement purchases add to Indian lands . . . 205 Special purchases add various smaller tracts . . . . . 205 Trust periods extended _ 206 Cancelation of forced patents and recovery of taxes _ 206 Indian minerals administered on conserv¬ ative basis _ 208 Indian forest and range resources _ 208 Conservation policy strengthened _ 208 Demand for Indian timber revives _ 209 Indian sawmills make showing _ 210 Soil conservation practices on Indian lands. 210 Physical works improve range _ 211 Surveys furnish basic economic data _ 211 Extension work emphasizes livestock _ 211 Livestock industry set back by drought.. 212 Cattle for foundation herds _ 212 Indians are using their own range _ 213 Cooperative livestock associations show marked increase _ 213 Sheep and goats _ _ _ 213 Other livestock _ 214 Indian farmers fight drought and insects.. 214 Local extension organizations _ 215 Additional burden on extension staff _ 215 Irrigation work emphasized _ 215 Community gardens developed . . . 216 Irrigation construction cost small _ 216 Use of irrigated land _ 216 Projects approximately self-supporting _ 217 Large projects in six States . . 217 Indian emergency conservation work . . 218 Enrollment and employment _ 218 Health good, accidents few _ 218 Varied conservation program _ _ _ 219 Conservation funds spent for wages _ 219 Programs give valuable training . . 219 Savings accumulated by Indians _ 220 Indians at work _ 220 Improved living conditions begun _ 220 Varied construction projects undertaken.. 220 Need for rehabilitation work continues _ 221 Page 140 140 140 140 140 141 141 141 141 142 142 142 142 143 143 144 144 144 144 145 145 145 145 146 146 146 146 146 147 147 151 151 151 155 155 156 163 165 165 166 167 167 167 170 171 172 172 172 173 173 174 175 176 176 178 178 179 179 182 182 182 • 182 182 183 183 184 VI CONTENTS Office of Indian Affairs— Continued. Road work improves conditions _ _ Construction _ Indian arts and crafts developed . . Markets sought for Indian crafts . . Local projects initiated . Silver project . . Navajo textile project . . . . Textile home industry project _ Arts and crafts group project _ Experimental laboratory, Tesuque, N. Mex . . . . . Legal protection of Indian products _ Indian exhibit at Paris world’s fair _ Exhibit in San Francisco, 1939 _ Education of Indian children _ Implementing an educational policy _ In-service training _ Apprentice training _ _ School attendance increases _ _ _ High schools include training for self-sup¬ port _ Realistic textbooks sought for Indian chil¬ dren _ Special schools _ Educational loans _ Education of Alaska natives and Indians. Personnel standards strengthened _ Quality of native crafts improves _ Demand for secondary education grows. Alaska children without school facilities. School buildings need replacement _ Alaska reindeer become Indian Service responsibility _ v . . . Native Alaska’s greatest resource _ Better health among Indians _ Program extends preventive work _ Indian Service pioneers in tuberculosis vaccination _ _ _ Trachoma schools effective _ Hospital construction provides improved service _ _ Hospital treatments increase - Dental service aided by trailers _ Nursing work expands.. _ _ Specialized training improves service... Hospital nursing standards evaluated.. High nurse turn-over continues _ Nurse-aid training continues — . . Research aids in fight against disease _ Alaska medical service _ _ _ _ Tuberculosis death rate more than 10 times the white _ _ _ _ New hospitals to be built... . Indian claims make creeping progress. . Shoshone and Klamath suits set impor¬ tant precedents _ _ Personnel Administration _ Employment of Indians _ Steps toward improvement of Indian Office Administration . . .. Decentralization of authority. . - Improvement in mails and files system... Accumulation of reliable statistics _ In-service training programs.. . . . Codification of data needed . Probate work is expedited . Office of Indian Affairs— Continued. Page Problems not met or incompletely met . 247 The allotted land situation . . 247 Archaic appropriation system _ _ 247 What to do about liquor among Indians — 247 Adequate appropriations for Indian eco¬ nomic development. . . 248 Appendix . 248 Indian population . . . 248 Office of Education _ _ 262 Education’s outlook _ 262 In public schools _ 262 Conservation education _ _ 263 Curricular and other interests _ 264 Rural education . . 265 In colleges and universities _ 266 Federal educational activities _ 267 Research and investigation _ 268 In elementary- and high-school fields _ 268 In colleges and universities.. . . 269 In special education _ 270 In comparative education _ 271 In statistics. _ _ 271 In other fields _ 272 Promoting and coordinating research _ 273 Uniform records and reports _ 273 Cooperative research _ 273 The library _ 274 Significant demonstrations _ 274 In public forums _ 274 In educational broadcasting _ 276 Programs.. _ _ _ 276 Script exchange _ . 277 Educational policy forming _ 278 Federal radio education committee. . 278 Service in the field. . — . 279 Information service . 280 Educational exhibits - 281 Publications prepared during the fiscal year 1936-37 _ 281 International relations _ 282 Administration and supervisory activities. . 283 C. C. C. educational program _ _ 283 Land-grant colleges and universities _ 288 Howard University report _ 289 Vocational education _ 289 Federal board for vocational education — 290 Technical advisory committee . . 291 Policies of vocational education - 292 Growth of vocational education and vocational rehabilitation programs during the year - 292 Acceptance of vocational rehabilitation acts by Kansas and Vermont _ 293 Cooperative services to the States _ 293 Cooperation with other agencies _ 279 Contribution to education in C. C. C. camps _ 299 Research activities _ 299 New developments _ 300 Apprentice training _ 301 Publications . 301 Appropriations 1937 and 1938. . 303 General education board . . 307 Division of Territories and Island Possessions. 309 Territory of Alaska . . 310 Territory of Hawaii . 311 Page 222 223 224 224 225 225 225 225 226 226 226 226 226 226 227 227 227 228 228 229 229 230 230 230 231 231 231 232 232 232 233 233 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 236 236 237 237 238 238 238 239 240 240 242 242 242 243 243 244 245 245 CONTENTS VII Division of Territories and Island Posses- Page sions— Continued. Hawaiian Homes Commission . 312 Puerto Rico _ 312 The Virgin Islands . 313 The Virgin Islands Co . 314 Equatorial and South Sea Islands . 315 Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration.. 316 Organization and administration _ 319 Land utilization _ 320 Camps and education . . 325 Health activities _ 326 Sugar program _ _ _ 327 Coconut bud-rot-eradication project _ 330 Cooperatives _ 330 Cattle-tick eradication . . . 332 Rural electrification _ 332 Reforestation _ 334 University buildings . 336 Cement plant _ 337 Work relief _ 338 Hurricane static research _ 339 Housing and slum clearance _ 339 The Alaska Railroad _ 341 Operation of ocean-going steamers _ 346 Transportation _ 347 Maintenance.. - 348 Mechanical _ 349 Material . . 349 Curry Hotel _ _ 349 Commissary and mess houses... _ _ 350 Hospital . . 350 Tourist traffic _ 350 Agricultural development. _ _ 351 Investigation and development of mineral resources _ 351 General remarks and outlook for traffic in the future _ 351 Financial _ 352 Office of Solicitor . . 354 Division of investigations . . 360 Personnel. . 362 Page War Minerals Relief Commission . . 363 Act of February 13, 1929... . 363 In the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia. _ . 363 Under the acts as amended in 1936 _ 364 Act of May 18, 1936 . 364 Act of June 30, 1936 _ 365 Division of Motion Pictures _ 366 Office of Exhibits _ 367 Board on Geographical Names . . 368 Advisory committee . . 368 Executive committee . 369 Adviser on Negro Affairs . 370 St. Elizabeths Hospital _ 373 Insulin-shock treatment _ 374 Movement of population _ 375 Needs of the hospital _ 379 Revision of laws for admission of patients.. 383 Publications. _ _ 383 Howard University _ 384 Students _ 387 Graduates . 389 Teaching staff _ 390 The Graduate School _ 393 The College of Liberal Arts . . 395 Military Science and Tactics _ 396 The School of Engineering and Architecture. 396 The School of Music _ _ 397 The School of Medicine _ 398 College of Medicine _ 398 College of Dentistry . 400 College of Pharmacy _ _ 401 School of Law _ 401 School of Religion _ 403 The library _ _ 404 Buildings and Grounds . . 404 Finances _ 405 Freedmen’s Hospital _ _ _ 407 Personnel needs . 407 Physical aspects. . . 408 Columbia Institution for the Deaf.. . 409 ILLUSTRATIONS Grand Coulee Dam _ Frontispiece Boulder Canyon project . Facing page 9 Yakima project _ _ Facing page 15 Map of reclamation projects . . . . Page 20 Shenandoah National Park _ Facing page 34 Scene in proposed Big Bend Park.. Facing page 34 Grazing scenes _ _ _ Facing page 107 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL The Secretary of the Interior, Washington. My Dear Mr. President: The reports of all agencies of the De¬ partment of the Interior which are herewith transmitted, demonstrate a new and lively national interest in the conservation of our land, water, and mineral resources which continued to be the principal activity and objective of the Department for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937. It would appear that our citizens have adopted the concept that prudently conserved national resources can be made to produce a far higher standard of living for the country over a longer period if government is intelligent and energetic in enlisting our resources for such service. Unprecedented demands made upon the Department are testimony that there exists in the United States today a better understanding of the conservation movement, with a wider appreciation of the long- range purposes of projects undertaken by your administration to protect our national heritage of wealth. The facilities of the Department have been taxed to satisfy this healthy conception that has come to dominate national thought on certain phases of government. Fifteen million of our people in the past 12 months have availed themselves of the recreational resources administered by the National Park Service. The Bureau of Reclama¬ tion, although it is carrying on a program of hitherto unequalled scope, has been unable to meet the requirements of vast numbers of our people who seek the economic stability available through wise use of land and water. Officials of other units of the Department of the Interior report similar situations. Energetic and faithful endeavors have been made by the members of the staff to follow the conservation tasks which have been assigned to us. A review of the reports of Bureaus and Divisions will demon¬ strate the progress that has been made since 1933. SOME OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS In a letter of transmittal, I cannot touch upon all of the many achievements, activities, programs, and plans of an organization as far reaching as the Department of the Interior, but I shall summarize a few of them. For instance: Stabilization of the livestock industry, dependent upon the public range, is in sight. Progress beyond earlier expectations has been made under the Taylor Grazing Act and its amendments which in¬ creased the limitation on public grazing lands from 80,000,000 acres to 142,000,000 acres. The largest program of construction in its history was carried for¬ ward during the year by the Bureau of Reclamation, with excellent progress being made in the building of the Grand Coulee Dam, the IX X LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL principal engineering feature of the Columbia River Basin project. No Federal reclamation project was without water in 1936 and the total value of the crops produced on the 2,901,919 acres of reclamation land in 1936 was $136,502,480, which was $29,721,186 more than in 1935 and $36,713,477 more than in 1934. The 1936 travel year in the national parks was the best on record with indications that the 1937 travel year will be even better. Dur¬ ing the fiscal year increases in the national park and monument system brought the total number of areas from 135 to 140 and the total acreage from 15,496,808.34 to 17,086,671.31. At the close of the fiscal year, 65 tribes had adopted constitutions and bylaws under the Indian Reorganization Act which were approved by the Secretary of the Interior. There was a marked increase in Indian initiative and management. Indians increased the use of their own lands for grazing, with a resultant growth of their livestock industry. The emergency conservation work was of fundamental importance in the revitalization of Indian life. The Office of Education pioneered in the fields of conservation educa¬ tion, radio education, and public forums. Conservation is now being taught in a number of the schools and universities. The market for contraband oil was virtually destroyed and the pro¬ duction of “hot” oil in east Texas was reduced to a fraction of 1 percent. The Bureau of Mines continued to give valuable technical assist¬ ance to the oil industry with a view to prolonging the life of this irre¬ placeable resource. Other scientific studies were made during the year the results of which will be of great value to the mining industry and American business generally. The Geological Survey continued its investigations of underground waters, so important in the drought-stricken areas; maintained technical supervision over more than 9,000 properties containing oil and gas, more than 600 containing coal, and more than 100 containing other minerals. Improved economic conditions were reported from Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, which is now a part of the Department of the Interior with the Secretary as Admin¬ istrator, is making satisfactory progress in the rehabilitation of Puerto Rico. LAND AND WATER USES Primarily the work of the Department of the Interior is concerned with the custodianship of a vast national estate. The administra¬ tion, protection, and prudent use of this land, our greatest natural resource, is today the chief function of this Department. “When the topsoil is gone, men must go; and the process does not take long,” said Theodore Roosevelt nearly 30 years ago. For the first time since 1908 we have in the seat of Government an administra¬ tion that is giving actual heed to that warning. There was a time when, under existing acts of Congress, the chief concern of the Department of the Interior was to dispose of public land and to encourage the exploitation of the vast mineral wealth that was to be found beneath its surface. This was the national policy and for the development of the country it was undoubtedly thought by all to LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XI be a proper policy. But we are living in a new era. Tlie Commis¬ sioner of the General Land Office takes cognizance of our new land policy. He points out that the work of the General Land Office has undergone a decided change in recent years. Conservation, rather than disposal, is now the dominant note in the administration of the public lands under existing laws. While formerly the public lands were open range, subject to unre¬ stricted grazing use, more than 110,000,000 acres of the 142,000,000- acre authorization have been included within grazing districts, and grazing leases have been issued under the supervision of the General Land Office regulating the use for grazing of approximately 5,643,000 acres outside of such grazing districts. As of June 30, 1934, the date on which a computation was last made, the area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands was approximately 165,695,479 acres, excluding Alaska, and not including small areas remaining undisposed of in several States. Of such lands 119,341,782 acres have been surveyed and 46,353,697 are unsurveyed. The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands in Alaska was approximately 346,174,242 acres, of which only 2,044,421 acres have been surveyed. THE GRAZING PROGRAM The Department’s grazing regulation program in forwarding which we have the cooperation of the stockmen, moved forward on an enlarged basis. Just before the beginning of the last fiscal year the law was amended increasing the 80,000,000-acre limit of public lands to be included within grazing districts to 142,000,000 acres. The first 2 years of operation under the Taylor Act were largely organiza¬ tional and educational while the fiscal year ended last June was marked by a decided enlargement of the program. There was undertaken a definite program of wildlife conservation. Among other accomplishments were the determination of the proper relationship of the private and public lands involved, the study in range carrying capacities and the cooperative agreements with local stockmen and with the Federal and State agencies, having as their objectives the rehabilitation and preservation of the land. A survey of the range, which was begun in March 1936, includes not only a determination of the carrying capacity and proper seasonal use of the land but also an examination of the private lands and water within these areas. It is believed that by 1940 we will have sufficient data to put all districts on a permit basis. Range improvement allotments have been apportioned in accord¬ ance with the amounts of fees collected in grazing districts. These improvements consist of fencing; posting stock driveways; extermina¬ tion of rodents, insects, and predatory animals; maintenance of water development, and construction of stock trails. Parts of the range used partially or not at all in past years were made available for grazing largely through the conservation and equitable distribution of water. Dams were built to impound the water from mountain streams and to store the early run-off and check dams were constructed in dry creeks to arrest soil erosion during the wet seasons. Wherever they could be located, springs were developed, wells were sunk, and troughs and tanks were constructed. XII LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL In conjunction with the water program we opened truck trails into grazing regions and built stock trails to facilitate the movement of animals. More than 2,300,000 acres were covered in an extensive campaign against rodents and other pests. As an important phase of the grazing administration, we instituted a four-part program of wildlife management which consisted of agreements with the stockmen and district advisory boards; range improvements through emergency conservation work; cooperation with the Bureau of Biological Survey of the Department of Agricul¬ ture in setting aside game ranges to be used jointly by domestic live¬ stock and game, and State plans for wildlife such as those in New Mexico and Oregon. There were issued 15,067 temporary licenses for 7,434,416 head of livestock during the year. Enforcement of grazing regulations has been based on education and understanding. There have been comparatively few complaints. Only 607 applicants (about 4 percent) filed motions for review before regional graziers. In other words, 96 percent of the applicants were satisfied with the action taken by field officers. Public opinion has crystallized in support of regulation of grazing on the public lands, which not only protects a priceless natural resource but ministers to the wellbeing of 2% million people depending upon the cattle and sheep industry. A RECORD IN RECLAMATION The record in reclamation and irrigation is one of which I am particularly proud. The people of the West know of that record. An increasingly larger number of our citizens in other sections of the country now have a better understanding of the problems of the West and a truer conception of what the Federal Government, through the Bureau of Reclamation, is attempting to accomplish through the erection of dams and irrigation systems for the benefit of all of the people. Having completed Boulder Dam, the operation of which controls the Colorado River, the Bureau of Reclamation is now engaged in building the Grand Coulee Dam which will make useful for power and irrigation purposes the turbulent waters of the Columbia River. Boulder Dam’s first generator went into action on September 11, 1936 when the President pressed a button in Washington. Grand Coulee Dam, 550 feet in height and containing 11,250,000 cubic yards of concrete, was the outstanding project under construc¬ tion by the Bureau during the last fiscal year. Eventually it will make possible the irrigation of 1,200,000 acres of arid but fertile lands in the Columbia River Basin. It is estimated that the completed dam and appurtenant works will cost $119,000,000; the power plant $67,000,000 and the irrigation system $208,000,000. Revenues from power and from repayments by irrigation water users are expected to repay the cost of the project. In addition to the production of cheap power and its irrigation features, the Grand Coulee project will serve important functions in controlling floods and improving navigation on the Columbia River. The construction contract for the foundation was 54 percent com¬ pleted at the beginning of the fiscal year and 82 percent at the close LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XIII of the fiscal year. During the year more than 2,000,000 cubic yards of concrete were placed, a record of 13,002 cubic yards being made on June 24. The estimated cost of the foundation section is $62,900,000 and it is scheduled to be completed about the middle of the fiscal year 1938. Progress during the year was many months ahead of schedule. An average of 6,000 men was employed at the site of construction during the year. Possibly two and a half times as many more were employed indirectly in the manufacture and transportation of equip¬ ment and materials. Work also has proceeded satisfactorily on the Central Valley project in California, another major undertaking, designed to regulate the flow of both the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers. The principal construction features of this project include the Shasta Dam, built of concrete masonry, 450 feet high, storing about 4,500,000 acre-feet of water, and a powerhouse with an initial capacity of 280,000 kilowatts, and an ultimate capacity of 350,000 kilowatts. The Reclamation Bureau reports that since 1906 the grand total of crop revenues from reclaimed land is $2,311,783,232, which is approxi¬ mately 10 times the cost of the Federal irrigation works serving the land. In 1936, the return to the farmer on these projects for each acre was two and one-half times that received by the average farmer the Nation over. The Bureau carried forward the largest construction program in its history, with new records set in construction of all the types in which it engages. Six major dams were begun, making 18 storage dams and 3 diversion dams under construction. Pine View Dam, Odgen River Project, Utah, was completed and placed in service. During the fiscal year construction work was in progress on 35 proj¬ ects in 13 States. The Bureau constructed 249 miles of canals; 134 miles of drains; 14 tunnels of a total length of 49,393 feet; 222 miles of roads; 2.4 miles of railroad; 34.5 miles of transmission lines; 4,739 canal structures; 383 bridges; 851 culverts; 46 miles of pipes and 192 flumes; 2,065,006 cubic yards of concrete went into dams, to¬ gether with 3,553,870 cubic yards of earth and 536,180 cubic yards of rock fill. Excavations consisted of 43,858,688 cubic yards of earth and rock. There are tables included in this report which show that the popula¬ tion of farms and towns served by Federal reclamation projects exceeded in 1936 that of any previous year. There were 210,466 persons living on farms and 653,441 persons in towns on the projects. In the same areas were 859 schools and 996 churches. As an indica¬ tion of a returning prosperity, total bank deposits of $226,903,747 were reported . ANTI-LAND-SPECULATION ACT Before I leave the very excellent record of the Reclamation Service, I wish to direct attention to the act of Congress to curb speculation in the lands adjacent to the Grand Coulee Dam project which was enacted on May 27, 1937. This was one of the most important pieces of legislation bearing on Federal Reclamation during the past year. By this measure there was written into the law dealing with the Columbia Basin development provisions which had been covered by departmental regulations on other projects since 1926. The purpose of the act is to assure settlers and home seekers of the opportunity to XIV LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL acquire land at its value before the expenditure of Federal funds on the project. The act requires ratification by the State of Washington and the negotiation of repayment contracts before construction can proceed beyond the completion of the Grand Coulee Dam. The operations of the Bureau of Reclamation over a period of 35 years have resulted in the construction of 138 storage and diversion dams; 24 powerhouses; 2,344 buildings; 19,116 miles of canals, ditches and drains; 72% miles of tunnels; 4,367 miles of telephone lines; 267 miles of dikes and levees; 6,041 flumes; 18,694 culverts; 13,166 bridges; and 182,964 other irrigation structures. PARK AREAS INCREASE/ TRAVEL RECORD MADE Another agency of the Department of the Interior that deals with the preservation of our natural resources is the National Park Service. At the end of the fiscal year there were 26 national parks, 2 national historical parks, 72 national monuments, 11 national military parks, 8 national battlefield sites, 8 national miscellaneous sites, 11 national cemeteries, and 1 national parkway under the jurisdiction of the Department of the Interior. By Executive order there were trans¬ ferred to the Park Service 46 recreational demonstration areas from the Resettlement Administration. The national park system embraced 17,086,671.31 acres, a gain in one year of 1,594,733.43 acres. One of the outstanding achievements in national legislation affecting the parks was the enactment of the bill which saved thousands of acres of the dwindling supply of the rare, giant sugar pine trees bordering the western boundary of Yosemite National Park. The Department is availing itself to the fullest possible extent of the powers granted under the legislation which, to our way of thinking, represents true conservation both theoretical and applied. We are delighted at the opportunity to serve in assisting the Congress and the President in assuring the preservation of these trees from the destruc¬ tion which threatened them. The authorization for acquisition covering 7,200 acres includes 6,700 acres which were owned by a private lumber company which was preparing to turn the two- and three-century-old trees into lumber leaving only the desolate, sheared-off stumps as a memorial to despoiled nature. There is no opportunity anywhere else in the world to preserve as magnificent an example of virgin sugar-pine forest as exists in this one place. Amicable relations with Mexico were strengthened through the cooperation of the National Park Service in connection with studies and investigations with respect to the proposed Big Bend National Park in Texas. Tentative boundaries of the proposed park were agreed upon at joint sessions of the commissions representing the United States and the Government of Mexico. The plan is to establish an international park linked by a bridge across the Rio Grande River at Boquillas. Under the Service’s recreational demonstration program 47 organ¬ ized camp grounds were under construction in 24 areas, of which 15 were completed in time to be put into use during the 1937 summer season. LETTER OE TRANSMITTAL XV There was begun a Nation-wide study of park, parkway, and recre¬ ational area programs in the United States with a view to setting up a comprehensive plan to serve as a guide to the States and as a basis upon which future cooperation will be extended. Increased consider¬ ation was given to the regional method in developing and administer¬ ing park areas. More than 4 millions of persons were contacted during the fiscal year as a result of the educational program of the Park Service which consists of campfire circles, hikes, attendance at park museums, and lectures by ranger-naturalists and historians. Progress was reported in archeological and historical conservation. The number of historical and archeological sites authorized or estab¬ lished under the National Park Service was increased to 100. Travel in the national parks reached a new high level during the 1936 travel year which ended on September 30 and an all-time high of nearly 15,000,000 visitors was attained during the past travel year. The United States Tourist Bureau, a national clearing house of information on recreational and travel opportunities in the United States, territories and insular possessions, was established by the National Park Service in New York City. This bureau cooperates with the States, Territories, and insular possessions, and transporta¬ tion and travel agencies in assembling and disseminating tourist infor¬ mation. One of its purposes is to promote abroad an interest in travel to and within the United States. INDIANS ADVANCE CONSERVATION No discussion of conservation would be complete without adequate recognition of the splendid work done by the Indian Service and of the accomplishments of the Indians themselves. In his annual report to me the Commissioner of Indian Affairs says that the conservation program has been' put ahead at least 20 years by the Indian Service’s program of activities in soil erosion control, water development, etc. Under the Indian Reorganization Act, there has been a marked improvement in the economic status of the Indians. They have increased the use of their own lands for grazing with a consequent growth of their livestock industry. Livestock cooperatives increased from 55 in 1935 to 119 in 1936. Indian education also is on the upgrade. There was noted an in¬ crease in Indian day-school enrollment from 4,532 in 1928 to almost 12,000 in 1937. During the same time the number of Indian pupils in public schools grew from 34,163 to 50,328. There were 37 new day schools during the last 2 years. There also was a greater interest in secondary education, with a substantial attendance increase, taxing capacity, expected next year. The problem of the Indian continues to be that of land. In 1887 when the General Allotment Act was passed 130,000,000 acres of land were held in trust for Indians. In 1933, when the present adminis¬ tration came into power, only 49,000,000 acres of the poorest land remained. At the close of the last fiscal year there was a total of 52,650,000 acres of Indian lands with additional purchases pending. Sixty-five tribes, with a population of 86,238 as of last June 30 had adopted constitutions and bylaws under the Reorganization Act which XVI LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL were approved by the Secretary of the Interior. Since this report was compiled, 71 tribes have adopted constitutions. PETROLEUM CONSERVATION The Connally Act, which prohibits the shipment in interstate and foreign commerce of petroleum and its products that are produced in violation of State law, was extended on June 14, 1937, to June 30, 1939. It has been necessary to establish but one tender board, that in the East Texas field. Should the need arise, additional boards may be established by the President. The law is effective, however, in other fields although the tender system is not employed. The need for a tender board in the east Texas field is evident when the magnitude of the area is understood. This field contains more than 130,000 acres of productive territory in which 23,000 oil wells were producing in June 1937. This field produces about 15 percent of the national crude oil output. When it was discovered in 1930, it contained at least one-quarter of the oil reserves of the entire United States. During the fiscal year the reported production of crude oil in east Texas was 160,717,784 barrels of which 92 percent were shipped on Federal tenders. Although only 8 percent of the crude oil is refined in the field, the petroleum products, including casing-head gasoline and butane, moving on Federal tenders totaled 23,233,000 barrels during the year. The Government and the State of Texas have worked together in east Texas in the prevention of waste, with the result that the ultimate productive capacity of the field has been greatly extended. It has been estimated that the recoverable oil from this field has been increased by 30 percent or 600 million barrels, which would be equal to the discovery of 60 average-sized oil fields, through Federal and State Government cooperation. The market for contraband oil has been virtually destroyed and the production of “hot” oil in east Texas has been reduced to the vanishing point. BUREAU OF MINES The Bureau of Mines has given valuable technical assistance to the oil industry that is designed to prolong the producing life of wells through the application of better engineering practices and by esti¬ mating the probable life of wells by working out the relationship between the rate of fluid production and the pressure drop in the producing formation. The Bureau also has given advice in order to avoid waste in transportation and storage. The petroleum industry as well as State regulatory bodies realizes that the difficult problem of oil- and gas-well spacing is one of major importance. Knowledge as to how wells should be spaced in order to assure maximum recovery through prolonged flowing is far from perfect. A study of present-day conditions that would show the fallacies of ruthless offset drilling would aid greatly in conserving the country’s oil reserves. The Bureau has continued to issue monthly forecasts of demand for petroleum products, thus assisting State commissions in their efforts to control production. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XVII No one knows when it will come, but most experts foresee a day when our petroleum reserves will begin to fall and prices begin to rise. In anticipation of this, the Bureau of Mines has been operating a continuous hydrogenation plant at its Pittsburgh station to test the adaptability of various domestic coals to the process. The Bureau reports that Great Britain, Germany, France, and Japan are pre¬ paring to supplement their inadequate petroleum stocks with gasoline obtained by the hydrogenation of lignite, tar and bituminous coal. The Bureau of Mines has continued its research for methods for making America self-sufficient in strategic minerals, particularly those of importance in warfare. Development of an electrolytic process for recovering pure metallic manganese gives hope that this country may be able to produce all that may be required of that important metal. The treatment of pegmatite tin ores is another metallurgical enterprise which, if successful, may make it possible for the United States to produce at least a part of its tin supplies now obtained from abroad. Of late the scrap metal industry has attracted considerable atten¬ tion. At one time exports attained proportions that many considered alarming. Because of the interest in this industry the Bureau, in addition to the seven non ferrous metals ordinarily included in the annual surveys of secondary material, made consumption studies of iron and steel scrap. The canvass of the use of primary and secondary tin was resumed at the request of tin consumers. The Bureau has developed a cheap method of concentrating low- grade spodumene ore, one of the principal sources of lithium salts, that promises to help the establishment of a paying industry in the South. Spodumene occurs in large quantities in North Carolina. Smelting companies and city governments showed a keen interest in a device for precipitating solids from air or other gases, which was developed by the Bureau on a laboratory scale and which was demon¬ strated successfully on a number of occasions. The Department was called upon for technical advice following the destruction of the airship Hindenburg and the gas explosion at the New London, Tex., school. Experts on explosions, helium, natural gas, and safety collaborated in studies to determine the cause of the school explosion. Since that catastrophe, other communities have asked the Bureau of Mines to make similar studies of schoolhouses and other public buildings. The Director of the Bureau of Mines points out that the number of nonmetallic minerals is so great and the variety of things that might be done with them by using cheap electric power is so numerous, that a study of the problem is urgently needed. The Director also recommends that two additional wells be drilled in the Government-owned helium-bearing structure at Cliffside, Tex., and that one of the existing wells, which is in faulty mechanical con¬ dition, be repaired. This is necessary to meet an anticipated increase in the demand for helium for commercial and medical use. Since the end of the fiscal year, the act authorizing the conservation, production, and exploitation of helium gas, a mineral resource per¬ taining to the national defense, and to the development of commercial aeronautics, was amended in many important respects by the act of September 1, 1937. 22914—37 - 2 XVIII LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL The Secretary of the Interior will render to Congress on or before the first day of January of each year a report showing the status of the helium production fund. The National Munitions Control Board shall include in its annual report to the Congress full information con¬ cerning licenses issued, together with such information and data collected by the Board as may be considered of value in the deter¬ mination of questions related to the exportation of helium gas. MINE SAFETY WORK During the years immediately preceding the creation of the Bureau of Mines there were on an average each year 17 mine disasters result¬ ing in 562 fatalities. During the past fiscal year there were only 6 I major catas trophies from which 56 deaths resulted. Training courses conducted by the Bureau teach men how to treat injuries and what to do in emergencies. Inspections, recommendations for improvement J of practices at mines, first-aid meetings, and other means of promoting education and safety among the 2,000,000 employees of the mine i industry have contributed to the conservation of natural resources, to the preservation of life, and to the prevention of suffering. FINDINGS AND STUDIES OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY The Geological Survey during the year made more than 9,000 findings of technical facts regarding the mineral resources, water power, or storage possibilities of public lands. Surveys of under¬ ground waters were continued. Much of this work was done in co¬ operation with the States and 75 reports on this subject were released for public use. Drought and flood studies were continued and the measurement of stream flow was maintained at 3,379 stream-gaging stations. The Survey made more than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock sam¬ ples and in excess of 2,200 chemical analyses were completed. More than 14,500 square miles of new areas were surveyed topographically, which will result in 102 contour topographic maps in 36 States and in Puerto Rico. In addition, by the aid of aerial photography, 4,780 square miles were surveyed in five States for the production of planimetric maps without contours. Fifty-seven books of the Survey’s regular series, dealing with geology, mineral resources, and water supplies, were issued during the year and about 673,000 copies of 296 topographical and other maps were printed. A geologic map of Texas was completed. The United States is now 47.4 percent mapped, the fiscal year’s increment amounting to 0.3 percent. Fifty-nine geologic parties were in the field in 33 States during the year. Work was begun on several new projects, including studies of areas in Idaho, Arizona, the Big Horn Basin in Wyoming, and the Ohio River flood. The Conservation Branch added 100,699 acres to the outstanding water power reserves, making a total net reserve of 6,583,439 acres. Two deposits of activable bleaching clay are now in commercial production, largely as a result of studies and tests in the laboratories of the Geological Survey. This investigation, according to the Survey’s report, led to a rationalization of the operation and other LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XIX deposits found may eventually result in a more economical use of the raw materials available. The Chief of the Conservation Branch reports a loss of revenue because of insufficient appropriations to provide adequate supervision of operations under the mineral leasing activities on the public domain. It was pointed out that there were 85 operating properties under leases on the public domain upon which production increased between 5 and 10 percent during the year, resulting in increased revenue to an aggregate total of $6,300,000. The Conservation Branch complains that, as in other years, as the result of inadequate appropriations, revenue far in excess of the ap¬ propriation asked for has been lost because of inability to make timely inspections of field properties and to assure that operations were conducted so as to accomplish the greatest ultimate production and effective current beneficial use of the mineral resources involved. MORE SCHOOLS TEACH CONSERVATION The Office of Education organized a service in conservation during the year in addition to its activities in public forums and radio educa¬ tion. There has been considerable demand for consultative service and for teaching materials on the subject of conservation and the Commissioner of Education reports that conservation education is gaining ground rapidly. Conservation is being included with increasing frequency in the curricula of elementary and secondary schools, especially in connec¬ tion with courses in science and social studies. Also, in the universi¬ ties, the study of natural resources is more and more pointed toward conservation. A conference of leaders in the conservation field was held in Washington last June. The increase in secondary school enrollments for the first time brought high-school graduates to more than a million for the fiscal year. Among the significant trends noted in rural education was the aban¬ donment of a large number of one-teacher schools in favor of larger centralized schools. The number of one-teacher schools has been reduced by 10,169 in 4 years. During the same period the number of rural schools offering high-school work was increased by 883, or 5.3 percent, but the number of children attending high schools in rural communities was increased 764,513 pupils, or 53.2 percent. The increase in the number of consolidated schools was due to the con¬ struction program of the Public Works Administration. The salary scale of rural teachers was less encouraging. During the 4-year period rural teachers’ salaries were cut approximately 20 percent while those of city teachers were cut about 10 percent. The Office of Education reports a steady improvement in conditions in higher education. Full-time enrollments were up 6.5 percent and total enrollments increased 7.5 percent. Salaries in most colleges and universities were restored to normal levels. Five national educational projects, begun with emergency funds, were continued, as follows: (1) Study of local school administrative units; (2) surveys of vocational education and guidance of Negroes; (3) educational radio project; (4) cooperative university research project; and (5) public-affairs forum project. XX LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL More than 400,000 listeners responded by letters to the Office of Education, showing their interest in the series of educational broad¬ casts during the year. BRIGHT OUTLOOK FOR TERRITORIES AND ISLANDS Economic conditions in the territories and island possessions showed marked improvement. With the aid of Federal emergency funds, construction programs not only aided employment but created neces¬ sary and useful public facilities in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. An important development in Puerto Rico was the purchase by the Government of the Ponce Electric Co. at a total cost of $1,082,431.41. This will permit the distribution of additional power at a fair price. In the Virgin Islands the improvement and extension of the Blue Beard Castle Hotel, a continuation of the homestead program, and the construction of roads were among the major developments of the year. The Alaska Legislature appropriated $400,000 for roads and air¬ fields, passed acts creating a Territorial planning council and aero¬ nautics and communications commission. Social security legislation and new tax schedules for mines and mining were adopted. The Alaska Railroad deficit, $172,065, included expenditures of $174,588 for the operation of vessels from Seattle to Alaskan ports during the maritime strike and $7,449 for investigations of the mineral resources of the Territory. Based on normal operations expenses, the road would have shown a profit of $9,971. Alaska’s budget was in balance for the biennium of 1937-39. The deficit in the general fund beginning the 1933-35 biennium was $1,527,944.49. At the close of 1937 there was a surplus of $1,315,133.51. The commerce of Hawaii showed a substantial increase, the total value of exports and imports, $219,639,784, was an increase of more than $35,000,000 over 1935. The population of Hawaii during the fiscal year increased 3,458, making the total population 396,715, of whom 310,956 are American citizens. A "LITTLE NEW DEAL” FOR PUERTO RICO As a result of the widespread and varied activities of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, this island possession is making rapid economic recovery. The reconstruction program is checking certain economic tendencies among which are the concentration of land in fewer hands, the concentration of population in urban areas, absentee ownership of important property, one-crop farming, and poor health conditions. To meet these problems the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Adminis¬ tration is pushing forward a comprehensive recovery program includ¬ ing rural rehabilitation ; land purchase and resettlement ; crop diversi¬ fication ; reforestation and soil erosion control ; development of hydro¬ electric power; rural electrification and irrigation; extension of agri¬ cultural and vocational education; expansion of the university; and establishment of health centers and housing, including low-cost and slum-clearance projects. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XXI The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration has been reor¬ ganized since the close of the last fiscal year. The President, by executive order, placed it within the Department of the Interior and designated the Secretary of the Interior as Administrator. COOPERATION OF CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CORPS I wish to record my appreciation of the splendid work that has been done by the Civilian Conservation Corps. With the cooperation of this fine organization the Department’s conservation program has been put forward many years. During the fiscal year, the National Park Service supervised the work programs of 91 C. C. C. camps in national parks and monuments and 353 camps in Federal, State, county, and municipal areas. The Park Service also was responsible for camp management and work supervision over 800 enrollees in Hawaii and 400 in the Virgin Islands. There were 45 C. C. C. camps assigned to the Division of Grazing during the fiscal year. The work projects of these camps in nine States were recommended by the advisory boards of the grazing districts in which the camps were located. There was an average of 34 C. C. C. camps in operation on reclama¬ tion projects engaged in the reconstruction of distribution systems, rodent control work, weed eradication, and forest-fire- and flood-con¬ trol work. There were also 6,387 Indian enrollees engaged in conservation work on 69 Indian reservations. The Civilian Conservation Corps educational program of the Office of Education was considered an essential part of the entire Civilian Conservation Corps program. During the year this program was extended to include 90 percent of all of the enrollees and there were improvements in the educational activities and the instruction offered. NEW INTERIOR DEPARTMENT BUILDING The Bureaus and Divisions of the Department began to move into the new Interior Department Building last January and the flag of the United States was flown from its masthead for the first time on Janu¬ ary 20, 1937. The new office facilities have greatly increased the morale and efficiency of the staff and employees. A DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION I again renew my recommendation that the name of the Department be changed to that of the Department of Conservation. Under the present administrative set-up the public domain, in general, is administered by the Department of the Interior which, for many years, has been preeminent in conservaton. If that policy is to be followed seriously, as self-preservation demands, this Depart¬ ment furnishes the natural agency within which to concentrate con- servational activities. The President’s Committee on the Reorganization of the Executive Departments has stated that conservation represents a major purpose of our Government. It also recommended the creation of a Depart¬ ment of Conservation to replace the Department of the Interior. XXII LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Legislation to carry this recommendation into effect is pending before the Congress. The personnel of the Department, trained in conservation work and guided by the conservation ideals which have been so clearly set forth by the President, joins me in urging the early enactment of thi& important legislation— important to a proper reorganization of the Government and economically important to the people of the United States. Very respectfully, The President,. The White House. Harold L. Ickes, Secretary oj the Interior BUREAU OF RECLAMATION John C. Page, Commissioner SEVERE drought over the Great Plains area and part of the West during the summer of 1936 again made the Federal reclamation projects oases within vast fields of desolation, serving anew to empha¬ size the value of well planned water conservation undertakings in the arid and semiarid regions. Areas protected by adequate water storage reservoirs and canal systems suffered little. In many counties dependent upon dry farm¬ ing 95 percent of the taxes were in default. Adjacent counties which included irrigated lands had tax delinquencies amounting to 5 percent or less of the total. This striking illustration of the manner in which Federal reclamation developments serve to strengthen and stabilize local governments demonstrates also one of their major services to the Nation. No Federal reclamation project was without water in 1936, and none suffered major crop losses. It was a year of prosperity in all of these areas. DEMAND FOR NEW LANDS The heavy demand for new irrigable lands was sustained throughout the year. More than 100,000 farm families have been dislodged by drought from their homes in the Great Plains alone. The greater number of these families have moved on west, looking for new oppor¬ tunities on irrigated lands where stored water and canals will protect them in the future from the disaster which had befallen them. In addition to these, many others sought new lands. Some of these were recruited from those with farm backgrounds who were partici¬ pating in the “back to the land” movement. They were leaving cities in search of more promising opportunities. Others wTere among those who had exhausted their resources on poor lands in various sections of the country. Still another group of home seekers was made up of young men and women who have come to maturity in homes founded on the irrigated lands of the West. 1 2 RE POET OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR In the semiarid and arid West where irrigation is essential to safe agriculture, all of these hopeful homeless people look toward the irrigated districts to provide them with the opportunities they seek. Except for the new lands for which the Bureau of Reclamation was prepared to supply water for the first time, there were few farm sites available. During this year the Bureau had only a few thousand acres ready. These were rapidly settled. It is estimated that the young men and women from other irrigated areas of the West who are now looking for places to make homes for themselves are more numerous than the offerings of new farm units which the Bureau of Reclamation can make for several years. This situation recommends as a wise policy the early completion of several projects and divisions of projects which are now in construction and which will provide water for the irrigation of new lands. Throughout the year construction went forward as rapidly as possible with the funds available on 10 projects which will increase the productive area as follows: The Gila project in Arizona, which will make available on comple¬ tion 150,000 acres of new land, nearly all of which is public land. The All-American Canal in California, including the Coachella Branch, when completed will provide water for 525,307 acres, mostly public lands. The Payette division of the Boise project in Idaho, 51,442 acres. The Greenfields division of the Sun River project in Montana, 20,000 acres. The Tule Lake division of the Klamath project on the Oregon- California border, 12,809 acres. The Owyhee project in Oregon, which is partially complete, but where the irrigation facilities for 47,800 acres remained to be con¬ structed. The Roza division of the Yakima project in Washington, 72,000 acres. The Kendrick project in Wyoming, which will serve 39,793 acres. The Heart Mountain division of the Shoshone project in Wyoming, 41,000 acres. PROSPECTS GOOD FOR 1937 At the end of the fiscal year, going into the 1937 irrigation season, drought conditions still prevailed in parts of the West. Generally, however, storage reservoirs were well-filled and the lands of Federal projects amply protected. Prospects were bright for a good year on the projects. Lake Mead, the reservoir created by Boulder Dam, continued to fill. At the close of the fiscal year, it contained 15,000,000 acre-feet and was filled nearly to half of its capacity. Sufficient water was on BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 3 hand and in reserve to serve the irrigators of the Yuma Federal reclamation project and the Imperial Valley and other downstream irrigation projects for 3 years. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM The largest program of construction in its history was carried for¬ ward during the year by the Bureau of Reclamation, with new records set in construction of all types in which the Bureau engages. During the year 6 major dams were begun, bringing to 18 the num¬ ber of storage dams and to 3 the number of diversion dams now under construction. In addition, the Pine View Dam on the Ogden River project in Utah, was completed and placed in service. This brought to a grand total of 138 the number of storage and diver¬ sion dams which have been begun and completed by the Bureau of Reclamation since its origin in 1902. Of these, Shoshone, Arrowrock, Owyhee, and Boulder Dams each were, at the time of their completion, the highest in the world, and Boulder Dam with a height of 726.4 feet holds the record at this time. The Bureau’s construction program has been accelerated by emer¬ gency fund allotments and by appropriations. Since 1933, in 4 fiscal years, a total of $226,786,000 has been made available for construction by the Bureau of Reclamation. Of this amount, $96,254,000 was allotted from Public Works Administration funds; $61,922,000 was allotted from emergency relief funds of 1935, and $68,610,000 has been appropriated directly by the Congress. The following table shows the source of funds and the amounts made available for the individual projects during this time: Appropriations and Allotments for Construction and Investigations, 1934-37 State and project Public Works allot¬ ment Emergency Relief allot¬ ment Appropria¬ tion, 1937 Arizona: Gila _ 68, 000 25, 000 200, 000 80, 000 127, 500 9, 000, 000 1, 800, 000 1, 250, 000 Colorado River-Indian _ Salt River _ _ _ 3, 500, 000 1, 500, 000 Yuma _ _ _ V erde — Investigations _ California: All-American Canal _ _ _ _ _ 10, 000, 000 4, 500, 000 135, 000 i 6, 500, 000 6, 900, 000 Central' Valley. _ _ _ _ .. . Klamath-Tule Lake _ .. 25, 000 175, 000 150, 000 20, 000 150, 000 Colorado: Blue River:South Platte . . . . . Western slope surveys _ Denver office quarters _ _ Colorado-Big Thompason _ _ _ Pine River. ... _ _ 1, 000, 000 San Luis Valley.. _ _ _ _ 2,000 2, 725, 000 Uncompahgre _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Grand Valley... _ _ 200, 000 Eastern slope surveys _ 100, 000 9,000 Idaho: Boise-Drainage _ _ _ _ . _. .. 160, 000 B oise-Arro wrock _ 600, 000 700, 000 Boise-Payette... _ 1, 000, 000 Minidoka-Gooding _ _ _ . 26, 000 2, 250, 000 Upper Snake River _ General Treasury. Total 3, 118, 000 25, 000 5, 200, 000 80, 000 127, 500 25, 500, 000 11, 400, 000 160, 000 175, COO 150, 000 20,000 150, 000 1, 000, 000 2,000 2, 725, 000 200, 000 100, 000 169, 000 600, 000 1, 700, 000 26, 000 2, 250, 000 4 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Appropriations and Allotments for Construction and Investigations, 1934-37 — Continued State and project Public Works allot¬ ment Emergency Relief allot¬ ment Appropria¬ tion, 1937 Total Montana: Bitter Root . . . 100,000 22, 500 200, 000 1, 750, 000 75,000 950, 000 25,000 1, 200, 000 1, 000, OCO 200,000 Buffalo Rapids _ _ _ French to wn . . . . Chain Lakes Storage _ Milk River . _ Sun River.. . . . . . Nebraska: North Platte Valley . . . Nevada: Humboldt _ _ _ _ Truckee River storage _ New Mexico: Rio Grande _ _ _ Carlsbad _ _ _ _ _ Caballo Dam — Interior . . . 625,000 1, 500, 000 30,000 80,000 60,000 30, 000 Transfer from State _ _ Conchas Dam survevs. . . . New Mexico, Texas, and’ Colorado: Water resources, Rio Grande Basin — Inte¬ rior . . . Transfer from national resources . Oklahoma: Altus project surveys _ Oregon: Burnt River . . Deschutes _ _ _ 56,000 10,000 36, 000 5, 200, 000 100, 000 8, 000 1, 000, 000 25, 000 Grande Ronde _ _ Klamath-Drainage _ Owyhee _ _ _ _ . Stanfield . . . Umatilla River Surveys... _ _ Vale . . Birch Creek Canal. . . . . Texas: Colorado River _ _ _ Utah: Hyrum _ _ _ 930, 000 1, ICO 000 3, 490, 000 800,000 375,000 Moon Lake _ _ Ogden River _ _ _ Provo River _ ... Sanpete . . . . . Washington: Columbia Basin surveys . . Grand Coulee Dam _ _ _ _ 15, 000, 000 39,000 Y akima-Kittitas _ _ _ Yakima-Roza _ _ Y akima-S torage . . . . Wyoming: Casper- Alcova _ _ _ _ _ 6, 980, 000 Riverton. .. ... _ . .. .. Shoshone-Willwood _ 50,000 Shoshone-Heart Mountain _ _ _ Colorado River Basin States: Boulder Canyon _ 38, 000, 000 Surveys sec. 15 _ Industrial surveys _ 25,000 Hawaii: 200,000 60,000 215, 000 1, 000, 000 900, 000 600, 000 450, 000 100, 000 200, 000 340, 000 5, COO, 000 140, 000 500, 000 500, 000 250, 000 19, 800, 000 i 20, 750, 000 2, 500, 000 180, 000 5, 227, 000 1, 000, 000 1, 000, 000 1, 000, 000 250, 000 1, 300, 000 700,000 i 23, 600, 000 250, 000 300, 000 i' 22, 500 | 260, 000 I 1, 750, 000 75, 000 I 1, 165, 000 1 25, 000 I 1,200,000 § 1, 000, 000 ‘ 200, 000 || 1, 900, 000 I 625, 000 1, 500, 000 1 30, 000 I 80, 000 60, 000 30, 000 600, 000 506, 000 10,000 36, 000 5, 500, 000 100, 000 8, 000 1, 340, 000 25, 000 5, 000, 000 930,000 1, 240, 000 3, 990, 000 1, 300, 000 375, 000 250, 000 55, 550, 000 39,000 3, 500, 000 180, 000 13, 207, 000 1, 250, 000 50,000 2, COO, 000 61, 600, 000 250, 000 25,000 Water supply survey - Secondary project investigations. Administrative expenses . 50,000 250,000 1, 775, 000 750, 000 50,000 250, 000 2, 525, 000 Total 96, 254, 000 61, 922, 000 68, 610, 000 226, 786, 000 1 General Treasury. During 1937 construction work was in progress on 35 projects in 13 States. The new dams begun were Bartlett Dam on the Salt River project, Fresno Dam on the Milk River project, Grassy Lake and Crosscut Dams on the Upper Snake River project, Boca Dam on the Truckee River storage project, and Marshall Ford Dam on the Colorado River of Texas project. Two dams — the Midview Dam on the Moon Lake project and the Anita Dam on the Huntley project were being built by C. C. C. forces. BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 5 During the year the Bureau constructed 249 miles of canals, 134 miles of drains, 14 tunnels with a total length of 49,393 feet, 222 miles of roads, 2.4 miles of railroad, 34.5 miles of transmission lines, 4,739 7,253.96 692. 13 30, 536. 22 4, 100. 66 9, 375. 99 11,858. 67 2, 653. 05 69,338.24 23, 705. 43 102. 882. 37 1, 212. 72 1, 061, 814 28, 548. 81 8, 053. 75 30, 372. 993. 01 150, 748. 02 527, 773. 62 38, 228. 87 1,019, 560. 37 2 323. 41 20, 480. 00 156.00 229, 678.44 417. 25;31, 089, 743. 52 1 Other credits for fiscal year, $31,402.48. 1 Increase for fiscal year, $65.07. Accounts Receivable, Rental of Irrigation Water State and project Due Collected Uncol¬ lected June 30, 1937 Fiscal year 1937 To June 30, 1937 Cash Other cred¬ its to June 30, 1937 Fiscal year 1937 To June 30, 1937 Arizona: Salt River . . $2, 246, 726. 01 $2, 246, 726. 01 Yuma auxiliary. . $439. 90 13, 836. 83 $787. 38 13, 836. 83 Arizona-California: Yuma... 9, 743. 23 566, 656. 25 9, 347. 72 553, 606. 55 $12, 654. 19 $395. 51 California: Orland _ 38. 88 121, 489. 73 38.88 121, 489. 73 Colorado: Grand Valley _ 10,897.60 533, 725. 86 10, 645. 00 524,736.93 6, 500. 67 2, 488. 26 Uncompahgre _ _ 2, 856. 99 1,229,317. 36 1,905. 96 1,221,300. 36 8,017.00 Idaho: Boise . . 8, 050. 00 814, 088. 57 8, 050. 00 809, 368. 07 4, 720. 50 Minidoka - - 57, 361.56 797, 604. 60 57, 336. 56 794, 196. 59 3. 383. 01 25.00 Montana: Huntley _ 517.23 12, 957. 48 517. 23 12, 957. 48 Milk River . . 159. 75 238, 487. 25 174. 75 228,140. 47 1,208. 14 9, 138. 64 Sun River _ ... . _ 64. 35 132, 656. 90 190. 52 130,702.92 1, 366. 62 587. 36^ Montana - North Dakota: Lower Yellowstone _ _ 558.00 137, 141.60 347.40 136,353.38 788. 22 Nebraska-Wyoming: North Platte.. . 2, 003. 45 348, 759. 97 1,994. 45 348, 740. 97 10.00 9.00 Nevada: Newlands _ _ 28,291. 16 1 22,114.31 6, 176. 85 14 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Accounts Receivable; Rental of Irrigation Water — Continued State and project Due Collected Uncol¬ lected June 30, 1937 Fiscal year 1937 To June 30, 1937 Cash Other cred¬ its to June 30, 1937 Fiscal year 1937 To June 30, 1937 New Mexico: Carlsbad . $242. 01 $40, 741. 28 $187. 26 $40, 669. 28 $72.00 Hondo _ _ _ 9, 129. 70 9, 129. 70 New Mexico-Texas: Rio Grande . . 12, 954. 82 1, 520, 413. 52 5, 017. 30 1, 498, 330. 96 22. 082. 56 North Dakota: Buford-Trenton . 31.75 31.75 Wi'liston . 2, 117. 28 2,117.28 Oregon: Umatilla.— . 2, 694. 00 100, 143. 32 2, 694. 00 73, 866. 52 26, 276. 80 Vale . . i 373. 25 21,544. 45 80. 45 21,291.62 252! 83 Oregon-California: Klamath. 52, 576. 16 451,261.45 51, 248. 70 446, 982. 79 25.00 4, 253. 66 Oregon-Idaho: Owyhee _ 45, 597. 71 62, 519. 86 45, 108. 15 61, 976. 40 543. 46 South Dakota: Belle Fourche. 610. 78 10. 942. 68 610. 78 10, 924. 88 17.80 Utah: Strawberry Valley _ 17,596. 13 17, 596. 13 Washington: Okanogan.. . 110, 645. 28 108,061.09 2,584. 19 Yakima . . 2, 096. 75 180,079. 32 2,856.60 179, 449.42 629. 90 Wyoming: Riverton . 30, 547. 96 95, 209. 63 27, 699. 69 85, 715. 63 9, 198. 50 295. 50 .Shoshone . 13, 567. 95 109, 512. 95 13, 418. 66 105, 612. 02 3, 622. 96 277. 97 Total . 253, 205. 83 9, 953, 628. 17 240, 257. 44 9, 826, 026. 07 2 51, 468. 43 76. 133. 67 1 Contra. 1 Other credits for fiscal year, $2,679.94. Population of Projects Population of the farms and towns served by the Federal projects exceeded this year that of any previous year. There were 210,466 living on farms and 653,441 in towns on the projects, and serving these were 859 schools and 996 churches. As an index to the prosperity of these people, an investigation was made of the bank deposits in banks on the projects. Deposits totaled $226,903,747. The following table shows the population and bank deposits of each of the projects in operation. Population and Bank Deposits Irrigated farms Towns Num¬ Num¬ State and project Num¬ ber Popu¬ lation Num¬ ber Popu¬ lation ber of schools ber of churches Arizona: Salt River _ 7, 900 829 60. 000 12 95. 000 86 70 Arizona-California: Yuma _ . 3, 744 5 10, 000 13 26 California: Orland _ 656 1,919 1 1,200 9 10 Colorado: Grand Valley _ 463 1,389 6 14, 570 17 38 Uncompahgre - _ _ 1,590 4, 010 5^ 985 15, 550 3 8, 350 28 35 Idaho: Boise . _ _ 16 50, 000 58 88 Minidoka 1 _ _ 2, 425 325 8,418 6 7, 775 22 50 Montana: Bitter Root _ 1,250 120 5 4, 200 10 15 Frenchtown _ _ 34 3 17, 150 15 23 Huntley _ 650 2, 143 5 716 7 6 Milk River _ 599 2,267 17 11,015 33 34 Sun River _ _ _ _ _ _ 711 1, 671 6 763 11 12 Montana-North Dakota: Lower Yellow¬ stone. _ _ . . _ _ 580 2, 689 7 3,600 18 21 Nebraska- Wyoming: North Platte _ _ 3, 137 60 9, 706 18 21, 503 70 51 Nevada: Humboldt . . . . 265 1 1,400 4 4 Newlands. _ _ 802 2, 751 4 2,020 16 12 Truck ee River Storage . . . . 300 1,650 2 25, 000 24 14 Bank deposits $54, 343. 000 1. 357, 480 1, 051, 898 4, 414. 420 3, 332, 093 31, 903, 747 (2 * * * * * 8 * * * 12) 1, 808, 468 8, 764, 093 163, 799 4, 903, 031 151, 475 1, 147, 300 7, 132, 142 1, 006, 000 800,000 12, 000, 000 1 In addition the Gooding division reported 985 farms with a population of 2,160 but no data relative to towns, schools, or churches. 2 Individual data not available as 3 banks are members of a chain system. The Yakima Project in the state of Washington, once a Dry and barren Area, Has Been Transformed Into One of BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 15 Population and Bank Deposits — Continued Irrigated farms Towns Num¬ Num Bank deposits State and project Num¬ ber Popu¬ lation Num¬ ber Popu¬ lation ber of schools ber of- churches New Mexico: Carlsbad _ . . . .. 455 2, 049 4 7,000 9 12 1, 723, 888 New Mexico-Texas: Rio Grande . . 5,750 26,500 37 130,000 88 124 30, 000, 000 Oregon: Umatilla . . 434 1, 379 5 1,530 8 14 380,000 Vale _ 400 1,260 3 1, 600 3 12 367, 758 Oregon-California: Klamath . .. 882 2, 835 5 17, 425 29 35 6, 923, 569 Oregon-Idaho: Owvhee _ _ 1, 210 900 5,380 2,735 5 5, 450 3, 550 23 20 South Dakota: Belle Fourche _ _ _ 5 28 17 2, 320, 000 Utah: Hyrum _ _ _ _ _ 370 1,480 2, 500 3 3 3,500 4, 300 5 6 Moon Lake . . . . ... 600 10 17 15 308,000 14, 000, 000 Ogden River _ . . 1, 195 4, 800 4 53, 962 25 56 Strawberry Valley _ _ 2,200 5, 550 12 25,000 27 26 1, 163, 300 Weber River . . . 2, 100 10,000 10 48,000 46 50 20, 500, 000 Washington: Okanogan . . . . 391 965 3 4, 500 10 8 1, 248, 781 6, 059, 582 Yakima . . . . .. 5,502 17,488 23 50, 252 78 62 Wyoming: Kendrick ("Casper Alcova) . . 4 20,000 110 17 18 7, 713, 582 Riverton . . __ . 338 1,228 2, 800 2 2 2 Shoshone . . . . 975 5 3,000 3 10 543,288 Total, 1937 _ _ _ 48, 773 210, 466 257 653, 441 859 996 226, 903, 747 s Estimated. CROP RESULTS: PROJECT WATER USERS PROSPER The estimated gross value of crops produced on Federal reclamation projects during the calendar year of 1936 was $136,502,480, or $29,721,186 more than in 1935 and $36,713,477 more than in 1934. With an average of $47.10 for each of the 2,901,919 acres for which the Bureau of Reclamation furnished water in 1936, the figure represents a higher total than at any time since 1929. During only 3 previous years, 1919, 1928, and 1929, has the gross crop returns been greater for Federal reclamation farmers. Since 1906, when the first Federal project went into operation, the grand total value of crops produced on these projects has been $2,311,983,242, approximately 10 times the cost of the Federal irrigation works serving the lands. The average per acre return represents an increase of $9.80 an acre over that received in 1935, and was among the highest returns per acre in the history of the Bureau of Reclamation. The return obtained by the farmer on Federal reclamation projects for each acre he worked during 1936 wa« two and one-half times that received by the average farmer the Nation over. Although the 1936 production from our projects represents only 1.1 percent of the value of all the crops harvested from farms in the United States, approximately 864,000 people on 48,773 farms and in 257 towns and cities which have sprung up in these areas were sup¬ ported by the projects. With the exception of some fruits and vegeta¬ bles, these crops do not reach eastern markets and more than one-half of the area is used in the production of hay and forage which is con¬ sumed on the farm and is an important factor in the support of the livestock industry of the Western States. Irrigation and Crop Results on Government Projects, 1936 16 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 17 Irrigation and Crop Results on Government Projects, 1936 — Continued 18 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Irrigated and Cropped Acreages and Accumulated Crop Values by Years, 1906-36 BUREAU OF RECLAMATION Entire area Crop value Cumulative total $5, 005, 360 12, 641, 248 24, 561,911 37, 506, 550 50, 592, 991 66, 600, 125 82, 276, 534 98, 752, 051 116,916, 503 149, 732, 475 206, 194, 788 308, 016, 184 461, 358, 789 575, 367, 189 670, 276, 119 753,877, 809 856, 481, 969 966, 207, 999 1, 097, 472, 729 1, 207, 592, 389 1, 339, 737, 849 1,482, 471,969 1, 642, 752, 129 1.761,825,619 1, 835, 353, 048 1, 885, 146, 019 1, 968, 710, 465 2, 068, 499, 468 2, 175, 280, 762 2, 311, 783, 242 For year $244, 900 4, 760, 460 7, 635, 888 11,020, 663 12, 944, 639 13, 086, 441 16, 007, 134 15, 676, 409 16, 475, 517 18, 164, 452 32, 815, 972 56, 462, 313 101,821,396 153, 342, 605 114,008,400 94, 908, 930 83, 601, 690 102, 604, 160 109, 726, 030 131, 264, 730 110,119,660 132, 145, 460 142, 734, 120 160, 280, 160 119, 073, 490 73, 527, 429 49, 792, 971 83, 564, 446 99, 789, 003 106, 781,294 136, 502, 480 Cropped acreage 2 20, 10.0 2 i69, 000 2 260, 500 2 369, 500 413, 000 470, 100 540, 000 637, 227 703, 424 760, 035 858, 291 966, 784 1, 532, 793 1, 994, 082 2, 104, 710 2, 127, 450 2, 120, 370 2, 172, 910 2, 106, 070 2, 194, 000 2, 278, 400 2, 399, 296 2, 577, 590 2, 613, 060 2, 721, 590 2, 714, 395 2, 702, 720 2, 729, 016 2, 693, 999 2, 861,136 2, 901, 919 Irrigated acreage 22, 300 187, 628 289, 549 410, 628 471, 423 562,311 614, 477 694, 142 761, 271 810, 649 922, 821 1,026, 663 2 1, 620, 666 2, 103, 568 2, 205, 420 2, 228, 750 2, 185, 420 2, 265, 080 2, 221, 560 2, 339, 470 2, 508, 210 2. 527, 105 2, 677, 100 2, 718, 130 2, 790, 856 2, 816, 607 2, 769, 605 2,828,787 2, 837, 205 2, 935, 616 3. 038, 187 Warren Act lands Crop value L | o $99, 368, 468 147, 205, 218 192, 493, 848 225, 734, 688 263, 292, 548 306, 530, 018 360, 185, 868 409, 935, 908 471, 095, 981 533, 591, 238 606, 311, 728 660, 966. 278 694, 372, 618 712, 999, 837 748, 425, 707 788. 586. 383 831,766,014 889. 365, 676 For year $35, 000, 000 64, 368, 468 47, 836, 750 45, 288, 630 33, 240, 840 37, 557, 860 43, 237. 470 53, 655, 850 49, 750, 040 61, 160,010 62, 495, 320 72, 720, 490 54, 654, 550 33, 406, 340 18, 627, 219 35,425,870 40,160,676 42, 179, 631 57,599,662 Cropped acreage 2 481, 600 880, 613 950, 890 969, 550 951, 270 993, 040 889, 460 951, 250 949, 590 1,073, 486 1, 192, 030 1, 192, 990 1, 252, 493 1, 251, 830 1, 196, 400 1, 199, 113 1, 229. 594 1, 256, 970 1, 272, 745 Irrigated acreage 2 501, 100 916,313 981,940 1, 001, 250 983, 290 1,051,380 930, 670 1, 019, 170 1, 097, 190 1, 148, 115 1, 235, 020 1, 234, 230 1, 286, 046 1, 293, 889 1, 214, 461 1, 239, 017 1, 285, 081 1, 294, 680 1,335,995 Federal irrigation projects Crop value Cumulative total $0, UUO, 880 12, 641, 248 24, 561,911 37, 506, 550 50, 592, 991 66, 600, 125 82, 276, 534 98, 752, 051 116,916, 503 149, 732, 475 206, 194, 788 273, 016, 184 361, 990, 321 428,161,971 477, 782, 271 528,143,121 593,189,421 659, 677, 981 737, 286, 861 797, 656, 481 868, 641, 931 94'8, 880, 731 1,036, 440, 401 1, 100, 859, 341 1, 140, 980, 430 1. 172, 146, 182 1, 220, 284, 758 1, 279, 913, 085 1,343, 514, 748 1, 422, 417, 566 For year 244,900 4, 760, 460 7, 635, 888 11,920. 663 12, 944, 639 13,086, 441 16, 007, 134 15, 676, 409 16, 475, 517 18. 164, 452 32, 815, 972 56, 462, 313 66, 821, 396 88, 974,137 66,171,650 49, 620, 300 50, 360, 850 65, 046, 300 66, 488, 560 77, 608, 880 60, 369, 620 70,985, 450 80, 238, 800 87, 559, 670 64, 41S, 940 40, 121, 089 31. 165, 752 48, 138, 576 59, 628 327 63, 601, 663 78, 902, 818 1 Cropped acreage 2 20, 100 2 169, 000 2 260, 500 2 369, 500 413, 000 470, 100 540, 000 637, 227 703, 424 760, 035 858, 291 966, 784 1,051,193 1,113, 469 1,153,820 1, 157, 900 1,169,100 1, 179, 870 1, 216, 610 1, 242, 750 1, 328, 810 1, 326, 810 1, 385, 560 1. 420, 070 1,467, 097 1,462, 565 1, 506, 320 1,529, 903 1, 464, 405 , 1, 604, 166 1, 629, 174 Irrigated acreage 22, 300 187, 628 289. 549 410, 628 471, 423 562,311 614, 477 694, 142 761, 271 810, 649 922, 821 1, 026, 663 1, 119, 566 1, 187, 255 1, 225, 480 1, 227, 500 1. 202, 130 1,213,700 1,290,890 1, 320, 300 1,411,020 1, 378, 990 1, 442, 080 1, 483, 900 1, 504, 810 1, 522, 718 1. 555, 144 1, 589, 770 1, 552, 124 1, 640, 936 1, 702, 192 s $ 1907 _ 1908 _ _ M\ JJc 5 S < w!J; 3 3 l O CO t 3 < 1 ! i !!!!!! i !!!! i ! i !! i 1 19 1 Revised and corrected June 1937. Does not include acreages of lands cropped 20 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 21 SECONDARY INVESTIGATIONS Because of inadequate precipitation for a number of years in many localities in the West where some irrigation or other farming was being practiced and because of the urgency that homes and new opportuni¬ ties be provided for people from drought areas, the scope of the inves¬ tigational work by the Bureau this year was greater than at any time previously. Funds for investigation and studies of prospective projects were available from specific appropriations by the Congress, by allotments from the Public Works and Emergency Relief appropriations, and from contributions by States and other agencies for expenditure by the Bureau. Services of personnel and results of previous independent surveys and other information were furnished to the Bureau through cooperative arrangements by various States and agencies. Expend¬ itures during the year amounted to $588,717, of which $11,060 were funds contributed to the Bureau. Secondary investigations carried on during the year included the following principal features: Preliminary reconnaissance surveys to determine the character and extent of the problems; Horizontal and vertical control surveys over areas to be covered by succeeding detailed investigations; Topographical surveys of reservoir and dam sites, canal and tunnel locations, and of lands susceptible of irrigation ; Geological examinations of dam and reservoir sites and of pro¬ posed tunnel and canal structure locations by test pits, diamond drilling, and other explorations; Location or alinement surveys of canals and laterals; Land classification, economic and irrigable area surveys to deter¬ mine the extent and quality of the lands and their repayment ability ; Drainage investigations by test wells and other means to de¬ termine present and probable future ground water elevations; Silt surveys of rivers and existing reservoirs to determine the probable rate of silting of the proposed reservoirs ; Stream measurements and establishment of gaging stations to determine run-off ; Assembly of information regarding existing water rights, past use of water, and crop production; Study of the water supply available for irrigation, power, and other uses and for determination of reservoir, tunnel, pumping plant, and canal capacities, and power development and flood control possibilities; Preliminary designs of dams and structures; 22 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Preparation of general maps showing irrigated (if any) and irri¬ gable lands and also showing features proposed for construc¬ tion; Preliminary estimates of quantities of earthwork and materials, and costs; General report covering investigations. All secondary investigations were conducted under the direction of the Chief Engineer. Projects examined are located in 11 States. Four of the investigations, namely the Rio Grande Basin, the Madison River diversion, the Green River-Bear River diversion, and the Colorado River Basin, involved the interests of several States. Several investigations involved proposed transmountain diversions within the same State. In Colorado, four principal projects or groups of projects were investigated. These included: The Blue River-South Platte transmountain diversion proposal upon which work was still in progress. The eastern slope surveys, involving 1 1 more or less separate projects, contemplating irrigation, flood control, and power developments. These investigations still were in progress. The western slope surveys, where work was continued on investiga¬ tions of six projects; work was begun on investigation of four proposals, and a report was completed and issued on the Mancos project. The Colorado-Big Thompson transmountain diversion project, upon which the final report was prepared. This project contemplates construction of the following works: Replacement reservoir of 152,000 acre-feet capacity at the Green Mountain site on the Blue River near Kremmling; power plant of 26,000-kilowatt capacity at the Green Mountain Dam; storage reser¬ voir of 482,000 acre-feet capacity on the Colorado River near Granby, with feeder ditches to bring the waters of Willow, Meadow, and Strawberry Creeks and Walden Hollow into the Granby Reservoir; a diversion dam on the Colorado River below the outlet of Grand Lake ; pumping plant and canal along the Colorado River between the Granby Reservoir and the diversion dam; tunnel 13 miles long beneath the Continental Divide between Grand Lake and the Big Thompson River near Estes Park village; a power plant of 30,000 kilowatt ca¬ pacity at Estes Park to utilize a net head of 705 feet available between the tunnel portal and power plant; 128 miles of transmission lines to connect the power plants with the Granby pumping plant; regulating reservoirs on the eastern slope at Carter Lake (110,000 acre-feet), near Lyons, Colo., Arkins (50,000 acre-feet) near Loveland, Colo., and Horsetootli (96,000 acre-feet) near Fort Collins, Colo.; diversion canals from the Big Thompson River to the regulatory reservoirs and BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 23 supply canals from the reservoirs to Cache la Poudre and Big Thomp¬ son Rivers and St. Vrain Creek. The initial work is estimated to cost $33,500,000, of which $8,700,000 represents the investment in the initial power system, and will be repaid with income obtained from the sale of power produced at the power plants in excess of that required for operation of the Granby pumping plant. Water supply studies show a net annual yield of irrigation water of 310,000 acre-feet. On the basis of a 40-year repay¬ ment period, the cost per acre-foot of new water would be $2. The ultimate project will include four additional power plants, costing approximately $10,500,000. A progress report on Rio Grande Basin investigations, of interest to Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas, was made to the National Resources Committee in February 1937, and at the end of the year a final report was in course of preparation. Investigations of storage possibilities in the Rio Grande Basin and for supplementing the water supply in that basin by transmountain diversion from other water¬ sheds were continued. In Idaho, investigations looking toward plans for the comprehensive development of the water resources of the Boise, Payette, Salmon, and Weiser Rivers were continued. Most of the field surveys for the proposed Madison River diversion to serve lands in Montana and Idaho were completed. In Montana, a preliminary report on Gallatin Valley investigations was issued, and final report was being prepared. A previous report on Buffalo Rapids investigations was supplemented by additional surveys and a further report was issued. A third investigation in Montana covered the Saco Divide unit of the Milk River project on which a report was prepared. In New Mexico, a report on a plan to provide irrigation works to utilize flood waters conserved by the Conchas Dam, now being constructed by the War Department on the South Canadian River, was being prepared. In Oklahoma, an investigation of the Altus project on the north fork of the Red River was in progress. In Oregon, four projects or groups of projects were under investiga¬ tion. Previous studies of the Canby project in the Willamette Valley, made by the War Department and Oregon, were reviewed and extended under a cooperative contract with Oregon. Investigations of the Grande Ronde project were in progress under a contract with the State, and examinations of the Butter Creek project were started. Investigations started in 1934 of the Deschutes project were completed, and reports on storage facilities, the Crooked River, and north unit, and on the Plain view project investigations were completed, while a 24 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR report on the south unit was in preparation, and investigations of the Waldo Lake was begun. In South Dakota, the Black Hills investigations included surveys for the Angostura and Rapid City projects and completion of recon¬ naissance of the Belle Fourche River. In Utah, cooperative work on Salt Lake Basin investigations, under a contract with the State, was continued on the Blue Bench, Dixie, Gooseberry, and Ouray projects, and a report on the Salt Lake aqueduct was issued. Investigations, using funds contributed by •the Strawberry Water Users’ Association, were continued on the pro¬ posed Currant Creek Canal diversion to increase the flow into Straw¬ berry reservoir. Preliminary investigations of the main features of possible plans for the utilization of the available waters of the Green and Bear River watersheds were commenced under a cooperative contract with the States of Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho. Investigation of irrigation possibilities within the Colorado River basin were continued. The work this year consisted principally of surveys and mapping of irrigated and arable lands in Colorado and Utah. Minor expenditures were made for investigations in the North Platte Valley, Nebraska, arid southern Nevada. EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK An average of 34 Civilian Conservation Corps camps were in opera¬ tion on Federal Reclamation projects, engaged in a program of recon¬ struction of the distribution systems by lining canals with concrete, replacing wooden water control structures with concrete structures, and realignment and restoration of canals to the original sections. Rodent control work was continued on nearly all projects. Demon- strational projects to educate project farmers to the best methods for eradication of weeds were started. Civilian Conservation Corps construction work on the Midview Dam, cn the Moon Lake project, and the Anita Dam, on the Huntley project, progressed rapidly, indicating their probable completion by the fall of 1937. The Apache Dam for erosion control on the Rio Grande project was completed and the nearby Box Canyon Dam placed under construction. Recreational developments at Elephant Butte, Guernsey, Minatare, and Lake Walcott Reservoirs had pro¬ gressed sufficiently to permit partial use by the public. Cooperative work with the Bureau of Biological Survey for the development of wildlife refuges was inaugurated at the Lake Walcott Reservoir on the Minidoka project and at Tule Lake on the Klamath project. BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 25 Plans are under way for similar work at the Deer Flat Reservoir on the Boise project, and at Pishkun Reservoir on the Sun River project. Enrollees from the camp on the Sun River project aided in com¬ bating a serious forest fire in central Montana in July and August 1936. In February, the most severe winter on record in western Nevada required C. C. C. assistance from the Humboldt project to open roads to isolated towns, ranches, and mines. In June 1937 three floods in rapid succession occurred on three widely separated projects. C. C. C. aid prevented the collapse of the McMillan Dam above Carlsbad, N. Mex., during the greatest recorded flood on the Pecos River. At Billings, Mont., C. C. C. men from the Huntley project aided in restoration of canals following floods resulting from heavy rains in the valley. At Austin, Colo., enrollees from the Uncompahgre project assisted in restoration of facilities destroyed when the nearby fruit growers dam failed. ORGANIZATION The Bureau of Reclamation, in administrative charge of a Commis¬ sioner appointed by the President, is under the supervision of the Secretary of the Interior. The administrative office in Washington has 100 officers and employees. Engineering and construction activ¬ ities in the States are under the general supervision of the Chief Engineer at Denver, Colo., who is assisted by a staff in Denver of 800. In addition, each major project is in the charge of a construction engineer, who reports to the chief engineer. Of these there are 24. When a project or division of a project is completed it is placed in charge of a superintendent. These operation and maintenance proj¬ ects report to the General Supervisor of Operation and Maintenance at Washington. The combined field offices, numbering 66, have a personnel of 4,750. 26 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR RECLAMATION TABLE 1 . — Consolidated Financial Statement, June 30, 1937 DEBIT SIDE Construction account: Primary projects: Cost of irrigation works: Original construction . . $285, 048, 641. 41 Supplemental construction . . . 12, 669, 1 15. 03 Value of works taken over . 2, 056, 939. 90 Total construction cost . . . . . . $299, 774, 696. 34 Operation and maintenance prior to public notice, net . . . $2,808,755.61 Operation and maintenance deficits and arrearages funded with construction _ _ . 5, 512, 653. 07 Penalties on water right charges funded with con¬ struction. . . . . . . . 2, 250, 456. 17 - 10,571,864.85 310, 346, 561. 19 Less income items: Construction revenues . . . 7, 145, 860. 14 Contributed funds . . . . . 1,831, 522. 40 Nonreimbursable appropriation, Rio Grande Dam . 1,000,000.00 - 9, 977, 382. 54 300, 369, 178. 65 Less abandoned works, nonreimbursable cost and charge-offs . 17, 118, 714. 60 Balance payable . . . . $283, 250, 464. 05 Palo Verde flood protection, cost of reconstruction and repairs . . 48, 806. 46 Tennessee Valley Authority: Cost of designs . . . . $484, 994. 94 Less contributed funds . . . . 484, 994. 94 Secondary projects and general investigations: Cost of surveys and investigations . Less contributed funds . . General offices’ expense undistributed . Plant and equipment . . . Materials and supplies . Accounts receivable: Current accounts . . . Deferred accounts . . . . Undistributed clearing cost accounts... . Unadjusted debits, disbursement vouchers in transit. Cash: Balance on hand: Reclamation fund _ Special funds _ _ National Industrial Recovery allotments . Emergency Relief allotments _ _ Funds transferred from other departments... Contributed funds . . . Central Valley project . . Grand Coulee Dam . In special deposit and in transit _ _ 4, 218, 215. 85 654,013. 38 $2, 118, 367. 42 211, 626, 725. 56 $14, 014,115. 17 38, 422. 65 11, 029, 533. 19 13, 264, 934. 55 929, 102. 16 37, 040. 19 6, 770, 281. 55 13,342, 237.11 - - — 59. 425, 666. 57 . . 75,653.26 3, 564, 202. 47 450, 227. 42 1, 600, 193. 06 2, 341, 997. 38 213, 745,092.98 104, 148. 36 14, 575. 71 59, 501, 319. 83 Total debits. 564, 621. 027. 72 BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 27 RECLAMATION TABLE 1. — Consolidated Financial Statement, June 30, 1937 — Con. CREDIT SIDE Security for repayment of cost of irrigation works: Contracted construction repayments . Current accounts payable.. . . . Deferred and contingent obligations. . Reserves and undistributed profits . . Operation and maintenance results, surplus _ Unadjusted credits, collection vouchers in transit. I Government aid for reclamation of arid lands: Reclamation fund . . . Advances to reclamation fund: Treasury loan (act of June 25, 1910) _ Less amount repaid _ . . $257,611,754.27 . . 7,820,974.61 . . — . 1,255,375.36 . . - . . 9,029,628.86 . 594,358.48 . . 8,884.93 . . $165,864,037.24 $20, 000, 000. 00 10, 000, 000. 00 10, 000, 000. 00 Treasury loan (act of Mar. 4, 1931) . 5, 000, 000. 00 - 15, 000, 000. 00 National Industrial Recovery allotments . . . . 47, 601, 000. 00 Emergency Relief allotments . . . . . . . 46, 922, 000. 00 Funds transferred from other departments . . . . . . 1. 560, 000. 00 General fund— Central Valley project . . . . . 6, 900, 000. 00 General fund— Grand Coulee Dam . 20, 750, 000. 00 Special funds: Increase of compensation . . . . . . . 2, 797, 960. 33 Rio Grand Dam . . . . 1, 000, 000. 00 Wind River Indian, Riverton . . . . . . 359, 176. 04 Judgments, United States courts . . 602, 814. 38 Drainage and cut-over lands.. . . . . . . . 99,815.08 General investigations, 1923 to Dec. 31, 1924 . . 266, 352. 66 Arid, semi-arid, swamp, and cut-over timber lands . 35, 923. 75 Columbia Basin irrigation project . . . . . 11, 634. 28 C olorado River levee system . . . . . . . 495, 1 10. 59 Palo Verde flood protection. . . . . . 48, 806. 46 Claims for damages (act of Dec. 28, 1922) . . . 293. 23 Less nonreimbursable appropriation, Rio Grande Dam 310, 314, 870. 04 1,000,000.00 Less impairment of funds: Abandoned works . . . . $2, 832, 134. 62 Nonreimbursable construction cost. _ _ 840, 136. 48 Operation and maintenance cost uncollectible _ 453, 272. 39 Charge-offs (act of May 25, 1926) . 14,681,872. 14 Washington office cost since Dec. 5, 1924... . . 1, 930, 256. 96 Attendance at meetings . . . . . . 1,815.90 Giving information to settlers, cost . . . 11, 390. 22 Prepaid civil service retirement fund . . 2, 340. 33 Returned to Treasury, miscellaneous receipts _ 47.74 309, 314, 870. 04 20, 753, 266. 78 Less impounded funds, economy acts 288, 561, 603. 26 261, 552. 05 - - 288,300,051.21 Total credits. 564,621,027. 72 22914—37 - 4 RECLAMATION TABLE 2. — Consolidated Statement by Projects, of Construction Cost of Irrigation Works, Other Items Reimbursable with Construction and Amounts Repayable 28 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 29 30 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR RECLAMATION TABLE 3. — Financial Statement, Boulder Canyon Project, June 30, 1937 ASSETS AND OTHER DEBITS I. Investments 102. Fixed capital under construction . . . . . $105, 436, 620. 33 103. Other physical properties . . . . 1, 355, 574. 04 104. Investigations— Colorado River Basin . . . 229,961.57 104. Investigations— Parker-Gila project . . . . . 61, 913. 14 105. Other capital expenditures— Interest during construction . . . . 14, 928, 721. 09 Total investments (schedule 2). $122, 012, 790.17 II. Current and Accrued Assets 121. Treasury cash: For advances to Colorado River Dam fund . $4, 475, 265. 49 Colorado River Dam fund . . . 764, 562. 99 N. I. R. A.— Parker-Gila project . . . . 5, 168. 92 Collections in transit. - . . . . . . . 60,421.63 Total Treasury cash (schedule 1) . . . 5, 305, 419. 03 122. Disbursing officers’ cash (schedule 1) . 753,294.90 124. Accounts receivable . . . . 17,911.42 Total current and accrued assets. 6, 076, 625. 35 IV. Deferred and Unadjusted Debits 141. Clearing and apportionment accounts . . . . . i $5, 620. 21 143. Field cost adjustments.. . . . . . 32,611.04 145. Jobbing accounts _ _ _ _ 8, 337. 63 146. Prepayments . . . . . 794.31 171. Unadjusted debits . . . . . . . . 989.83 Total deferred and unadjusted debits 37, 112. 60 Total assets and other debits. 128, 126, 528. 12 LIABILITIES AND OTHER CREDITS X. Capital and Long-Term Liability 205. Long-term liability— U. S. Treasury authorized appropriation . $126, 500, 000. 00 161. Less: Authorized but not appropriated . . . 15, 240, 000. 00 Total long-term liability: 205.2 Appropriated but not advanced . . . 4, 475, 265. 49 205.3 Appropriated and advanced _ _ _ _ 106, 784, 734. 51 205.4 Less: Impounded, legislative economy act . . • 137, 653. 66 206. N. I. R. A. allotment — Parker-Gila project _ _ _ 93,000.00 - $111,215,316.34 XI. Current and Accrued Liabilities 211. Audited accounts payable: 211.1 Contractors earnings, current . . . . 9,956.72 211.11 Contractors earnings, holdback. . . 211.2 Labor.. . $41,515.42 211.3 Purchases.. . 14,116.02 211.4 Freight and express . . . . 104, 279. 92 211.5 Passenger fares . . . . . 675.31 211.9 Miscellaneous . . . . 7,564.53 Total audited accounts payable . . . . . 178, 107. 92 214. Matured interest . . . . . . . _ . . 14,903,089.51 219. Accrued interest _ _ _ _ _ ...... _ _ Total current and accrued liabilities. 15, 081,197.43 Contra. BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 31 RECLAMATION TABLE 3. — Financial Statement, Boulder Canyon Project, June 30, 1937 — Continued XII. Other Credits 220. Consumers’ meter deposits... . . . . $15.00 XIII. Deferred and Unadjusted Credits 231. Unadjusted credits . 1, 257, 777. 17 XV. Appropriated Surplus 251. Appropriated surplus not specifically invested . 572,192.18 Total liabilities and other credits . 128, 126, 528. 12 RECLAMATION TABLE 4. — Appropriations and Cash Statement, Boulder Canyon Project, June 30, 1937 TREASURY CASH Regular appro¬ priation N. I. R. A. allotment Total N. I. R. A. Parker-Gila project Appropriations and allotments... ... . . . Advanced to Colorado River Dam fund.. ... Balance not advanced- . . . Colorado River Dam fund: Advanced from appropriation to fund.... Collections deposited in fund . . . Total advances and collections _ Disbursements by General Accounting Office $73,260,000.00 68, 785, 000. 00 $38,000,000.00 37, 999, 734. 51 $111,260,000.00 106, 784, 734. 51 $93,000.00 4, 475, 000. 00 68, 785, 000. 00 1, 305, 172. 93 265. 49 37, 999, 734. 51 21, 508. 13 4, 475, 265. 49 106, 784, 734. 51 1,326, 681.06 5, 168. 92 70, 090, 172. 93 4, 979, 642. 87 64, 346, 427. 98 38, 021, 242. 64 54, 723. 63 37, 966, 058. 10 108,111,415. 57 5, 034, 366. 50 102,312, 486. 08 98, 168. 92 Advances to disbursing officers . . . Total withdrawals . . . Balance _ _ _ _ 93,000.00 69, 326, 070. 85 38, 020, 781. 73 107, 346, 852. 58 93,000.00 764, 102. 08 36.96 60,384. 67 460. 91 764, 562. 99 36. 96 60, 384. 67 5, 168. 92 Repay collections in transit Miscellaneous collections in transit . . Total Treasury cash (G. L. 121) - 5, 299, 523. 71 726. 40 5, 300, 250. 11 5, 168. 92 DISBURSING OFFICERS’ CASH Advances and appropriation transfer adjust¬ ments. _ .. _ .. _ $64,356,661.87 64, 038, 626. 09 $37,972,687.98 37, 963, 381. 55 $102,329, 349.85 102, 002, 007. 64 $93, 000. 00 67, 079. 06 Disbursing officers’ disbursements . . Disbursing officers’ checking balance _ Collections by disbursing officers. .. _ Collections deposited and appropriation transfer adjustment _ _ _ . . Collections not deposited . . .. Total disbursing officers’ cash (G. L. 122) _ _ _ 318, 035. 78 9, 306. 43 327, 342. 21 25, 920. 94 1,767, 672.37 1,367,635.17 28, 107. 26 28, 112. 71 1, 795, 779. 63 1, 395, 747. 88 5, 168. 92 5, 168. 92 400, 037. 20 i 5. 45 400, 031.75 718, 072. 98 9, 300.98 727, 373. 96 25,920. 94 1 Contra. 32 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR RECLAMATION TABLE 5. — Financial Statement, All-American Canal, June 30, 1937 ASSETS AND OTHER DEBITS I Investments 102. Fixed capital under construction . $15, 942, 269. 17 II. Current and Accrued Assets 121. Treasury cash: For advances to Colorado River Dam fund . $4, 975, 000. 00 Colorado River Dam fund . . . 113, 301. 74 N. I. R. A. and E. R. A. allotments . 2, 352, 057. 07 Contributions— Imperial irrigation district . 22, 704. 46 Collections in transit . 814. 13 Total Treasury cash . . 7, 463, 877. 40 122. Disbursing officers’ cash . 2, 877, 739. 29 124. Accounts receivable . _ . 3, 928. 64 Total current and accrued assets . . . . 10, 345, 545. 33: IV. Deferred and Unadjusted Debits 141. Clearing and apportionments . $14,968.74 143. Field cost adjustments . . . . 401, 281. 63 171. Unadjusted debits . _ . 25, 723. 83 Total deferred and unadjusted debits . 441, 974. 10 Total assets and other debits. 26, 729, 788. 60 LIABILITIES AND OTHER CREDITS X. Capital and Long-Term Liability 205. Long-term liability: U. S. Treasury authorized appropriation . $38,500,000.00 161. Less: Authorized but not appropriated . 13, 000, 000. 00 Total long-term liability: 205.2 Appropriated but not advanced . 4, 975, 000. 00 205.3 Appropriated and advanced . 20, 525, 000. 00 XI. Current and Accrued Liabilities $25, 500, 000. 00 211. Audited accounts payable: 211.1 Contractors’ earnings, current . $364, 863. 85 211.11 Contractors’ earnings, holdback . 589, 599. 20 211.2 Labor . 18, 019. 11 211.3 Purchases . . . 44,072.07 211.4 Freight and express . . . 166, 632. 14 211.5 Passenger fares . . . 216.41 211.6 Rights of way . 211.9 Miscellaneous . . . 616. 21 211.91 Refunds . 358.47 Total current and accrued liabilities . . . . 1, 184, 377. 46 XII. Other Credits 226. Contributed funds— Imperial irrigation district . . . . . 40, 000. 00 XIII. Deferred and Unadjusted Credits 231. Unadjusted credits . $3,932.36 231.3 Unadjusted credits— Yuma project _ _ _ _ ... 50. 50 Total deferred and unadjusted credits . . . . 3, 982. 86 XV. Appropriated Surplus 251. Appropriated surplus not specifically invested _ 1. 428. 28 Total liabilities and other credits. 26, 729, 788. 60 BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 33 RECLAMATION TABLE 6. — Appropriation and Cash Statement, All-American Canal, June 30, 1937 TREASURY CASH N. I. R. A. allotment P. W. A. allotment Emergency Relief allot¬ ment Total Regular ap¬ propriation Contrib¬ uted funds, Imperial irriga¬ tion district Appropriations and al¬ lotments _ _ _ Advances to Colorado $6, 000, 000. 00 $3,000,000.00 $10, 000, 000. 00 $19, 000, 000. 00 $6, 500, 000. 00 1, 525, 000. 00 $40, 000. 00 Balance not ad- 4, 975, 000. 00 Advanced to Colorado 1, 525, 000. 00 13, 418. 66 Collectons depos¬ ited . . 10, 584. 25 3, 090. 60 17, 139. 94 30, 814. 79 | Total advances, al¬ lotments, etc _ Disbursements by Gen¬ eral Accounting Office. _ i Advances to disbursing officers.. . . . Total withdrawals. Balance . 6, 010, 584. 25 3, 003, 090. 60 10, 017, 139. 94 19, 030, 814. 79 1, 538, 418. 66 40, 000. OO 61,164.24 5, 498, 703. 36 16. 17 2, 618, 321. 98 551.97 8, 500, 000. 00 61, 732. 38 16, 617, 025. 34 3, 116. 92 1, 422, 000. 00 40, 000. 00 5, 559, 867. 60 2, 618, 338. 15 8, 500, 551. 97 16, 678, 757. 72 1,425,116. 92 40, 000. 00 450, 716. 65 384, 752. 45 1, 516, 587. 97 814. 13 2, 352, 057. 07 814. 13 113, 301. 74 Repay collections in transit _ _ _ _ Total Treasury cash (G. L. 121).. 450, 716. 65 384, 752. 45 1, 517, 402. 10 2, 352, 871. 20 5, 088, 301. 74 . DISBURSING OFFICERS’ CASH Advances and appro¬ priation transfer ad¬ justments.. . . Disbursements by dis¬ bursing officers . . $5, 498, 878. 34 4,965,241. 19 $2, 618, 321. 98 2, 424, 568. 55 $8, 500, 000. 00 7, 021, 481. 12 $16, 617, 200. 32 14.411,290. 86 $1, 422, 000. 00 750, 170. 17 $40,000.00 17, 295. 54 Disbursing officers’ checking balance . Collections by disburs¬ ing officers 533, 637. 15 193, 753. 43 1, 478, 518. 88 2, 205, 909. 46 671, 829. 83 22, 704. 46 10, 688. 48 10, 688. 48 3, 090. 60 3, 090. 60 17, 954. 07 17. 954. 07 31, 733. 15 31, 733. 15 13, 418. 66 13, 418. 66 40, 000. OO 40, 000. OO Collections deposited and appropriation transfer . Collections not de¬ posited . Disbursing officers’ cash balance _ 533, 637. 15 193, 753. 43 1, 478, 518. 88 2, 205, 909. 46 671, 829. 83 22, 704. 46 THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE Arno B. Cammerer, Director j THE scope of the conservation activities of the National Park Service, and their effect upon the well-being of our citizens, are vast and diversified. The Service endeavors to meet all requests for advice and assistance that will increase and conserve park lands everywhere ; and its highest ambition is to make each area under its supervision fulfill to the utmost its destiny as a unit in the conservation plan of the United States. Popular appreciation of this fact is demonstrated in the use made of the national park system. During the 1936 travel year, which ended September 30, travel to the various units of the national park system reached the unprecedented high of 9,929,432. The increase during the following fall, winter, and spring months, together with the heavy travel at the opening of the 1937 summer season, indicates that, when the 1937 travel season ends on September 30, a new record will have been made. From throughout the system came reports of increased registration of the visitors from foreign countries. The scenic areas of world-wide fame and the military areas took precedence in the preference of these foreign visitors. The 1936 increase was along all lines of travel and among users of all types of accommodations. Not only were hotel and lodge quarters generally filled to capacity during the summer season, but the increas¬ ing number of park visitors traveling in trailers, as determined by a survey made during August of that year, showed a demand for many new facilities in the public campgrounds, such as electric con¬ nections and piped running water. A study as to the advisability of providing more up-to-date trailer camps is now under way. Mean¬ while, special sites for trailers are being provided in most of the new campground plans. Public interest in the national parks was stimulated by the personal interest displayed by President Roosevelt, who on July 3, 1936, 34 A DRIVEWAY IN THE SHENANDOAH NATIONAL PARK. VIRGINIA. A SCENE IN THE PROPOSED BIG BEND NATIONAL PARK. This photograph shows the mouth of Santa Helena Canyon where the Rio Grande breaks through the Mesa Angula. The bluff on the left is in Mexico and that on the right in the United States. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 35 dedicated the Shenandoah National Park in Virginia, and who partici¬ pated in the ceremonies commemorating the fiftieth anniversary of the dedication of the Statute of Liberty (a national monument) on Bedloe Island, in New York Harbor, on October 28, and dedicated the Jusserand Memorial in Rock Creek Park, Washington, on November 7. The President also visited the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, in North Carolina and Tennessee, on September 9 and motored 150 miles through the park. Increases in the park and monument system brought the total number of areas from 135 to 140 and the total acreage from 15,496,- 808.34 to 17,049,505.80 acres. As in the past, the National Capital Parks of the District of Columbia, consisting of 695 separate areas, were counted as one unit of the main park system. In addition to its administration of park areas, the Service con¬ tinued supervision of the 108 Federally owned or operated buildings and 7 memorials in Washington and of 13 buildings outside the District of Columbia; supervised plans foi the Jefferson Memorial in St. Louis; supervised estimates and expenditures for the Mount Rushmore Memorial in Custer State Park, the George Rogers Clark Memorial in Indiana, and the Fine Arts Commission; supervised plans and construction of the Blue Ridge and Natchez Trace Parkways; and cooperated in the Public W7orks, Civilian Conservation Corps, W'orks Progress, and other emergency programs. The Thomas Jefferson Memorial Commission designated the National Park Service as its executive agency in the execution of the Thomas Jefferson Memorial, planned for erection in W'ashington, D. C., and the Director of the Service its executive officer to carry out the plans of the commission. By Executive order, 46 recreational demonstration areas were trans¬ ferred from the Resettlement Administration to the National Park Service. To facilitate administration of the national park and monument system, which in the past 4 years expanded enormously in number of areas and functions, a plan of administration under four regions was devised. Put into effect early in the year as regards emergency activ¬ ities, replacing the earlier C. C. C. seven-region plan of administra¬ tion, late in the 1937 fiscal year extension of the regionalization to the National Park Service as a whole was approved by the Secretary of the Interior. Application and operation of the wider regionalization was deferred, however, until after the close of the fiscal year. UNITED STATES TOURIST BUREAU ESTABLISHED To fill a long-indicated need for a national clearing house of infor¬ mation on recreational and travel opportunities in the United States, and to stimulate interest therein both at home and abroad, the National Park Service early last winter established the United States Tourist 36 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Bureau. This new agency began functioning in the Federal Building in New York City, but later was moved to ground floor offices at 4b Broadway, a more convenient location. The Tourist Bureau is expected to receive the cooperation of the 48 States, the territorial and insular possessions, the District of Co¬ lumbia, and various transportation and travel agencies in assembling, compiling, and disseminating tourist information. One of its pur¬ poses is to promote abroad an interest in travel to and within the United States. A survey to determine the airport nearest to the various national and State parks was completed during the year. The purpose of the study w^as to keep the Service abreast of the rapid developments in transportation and to make available information on the location of existing airports for the benefit of air-minded travelers. Radio played an important part in park operations during the past year. It was widely used for fire protection, and two rotary snow plows at Mount Rainier were equipped with sending and receiving sets so that the drivers might call for help if their machines were caught in snow slides. Radio communication was established at Isle Royale National Park project in Lake Superior and in nine remotely located work relief camps on the North Carolina coast, where no other means of communi¬ cation are available. With the cooperation of the United States Coast Guard, a radio communication system is being installed at Fort Jefferson National Monument on the Dry Tortugas Islands in the Gulf of Mexico. Radio is regularly used for control of the annual national ski races on the slopes of Mount Rainier. Experiments are being conducted on use of ultra high radio frequencies at Grand Canyon and Death Valley, both areas particularly adapted to use of these frequencies. FREE PARK LECTURE SERVICE Popular acclaim of the Service’s free illustrated lectures on the national parks and monuments and on specialized activities in con¬ nection therewith led to an expanding of the lecture service during the past year. Eighteen talks were given in the auditoriums of vari¬ ous Federal buildings, the majority in the departmental auditorium and the last three in the newly completed Interior Department Build¬ ing. These lectures were attended by 11,017 persons, or an average of 612 per lecture. Plans are under way for a still further expansion of this lecture service during the 1937-38 season. The Director of the National Park Service in his official capacity also served as a member of the National Capital Park and Planning Commission (of which he is vice chairman and ex-officio executive secretary), the District of Columbia Zoning Commission, the Alley THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 37 Dwelling Authority, National Park Trust Fund Board, Advisory Council for Emergency Conservation Work, Fredericksburg and vSpotsylvania County Battlefields Memorial Commission, Petersburg National Military Park Commission, Washington-Lincoln Memorial- Gettysburg Memorial Boulevard Commission, and representative of the United States on the International Commission on Historic Monuments. With a deep sense of sadness, and an acknowledgment of great loss, the Service reports the death on March 23, 1937, of Col. Charles Goff Thomson, superintendent of Yosemite National Park, Calif. In addition to his exacting duties as park superintendent, Colonel Thom¬ son in his zeal for the good of the Service and in accordance with his tenets of service to humanity took on numerous other duties involving conservation of irreplaceable scenic assets which were threatened with destruction from one cause or another if not soon given the protection of the Department of the Interior. Colonel Thomson had served as superintendent of Crater Lake National Park, Oreg., before his promotion to Yosemite, and before that had a record of excellent service for the Federal Government in the Philippines and in the World War. The Service also suffered a serious loss in the death of Dr. Frank R. Oastler, member of the Advisory Board of National Parks, Historic Sites, Buildings, and Monuments. An ardent conservationist, Dr. Oastler for many years was keenly interested in national-park activ¬ ities, especially wildlife problems, and his advice to the Service was invaluable. VENTURE IN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION Amicable relations with Mexico, in the field of both conservation and international amity, were strengthened during the past 2 years through cooperation between the two countries on national-park matters. This cooperation was the outgrowth of the suggestion of the Secretary of the Interior that the Government of Mexico be invited to consider the establishment of international parks along the frontier between Mexico and the United States. Meetings in both countries and studies of areas along the boundary have resulted in a broader understanding of the respective ideals and policies of these two North American republics. Investigations of the Mexican portion of the proposed Big Bend National Park in Texas were made by Mexican and United States authorities, and during November tentative boundaries of the pro¬ posed park were agreed upon at joint sessions of commissions of the two countries. The plan is to link the two sections of the park, when established, by a bridge across the Rio Grande at Boquillas. 38 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Especially interesting is the proposal, originating with Chief Forester John D. Coffman of this Service, that Mexican forestry students be detailed to forestry schools in the United States, and that fellowship awards be granted for that purpose. The matter was taken up with the Guggenheim Foundation, and that organization expressed its interest and offered its assistance, requesting that applications be obtained from promising candidates through the higher officials of the Mexican Forest Service. Applications furnished by the Foundation were transmitted through the National Park Service. It is sincerely hoped that this suggestion will lead to the establish¬ ment of Latin-American fellowships in forestry and other conservation subjects. BOULDER DAM RECREATIONAL AREA The value and national importance of the Boulder Dam recreational area was proved by the public use of the area during the past year and by the vast scientific interest in it displayed by specialists in many fields. To permit development of these recreational values to the fullest extent, a cooperative agreement was entered into between the Bureau of Reclamation and the National Park Service. The agreement provides that while the Bureau of Reclamation retains complete jurisdiction and authority over and responsibility for Boulder Dam and all the engineering works connected therewith, also for the territory immediately adjacent thereto and for Boulder City and all activities located therein, the National Park Service has jurisdiction over the remainder of the Boulder Dam recreational area, including* the airport on the outskirts of Boulder City and authority over and responsibility for all activities in such areas. RECREATIONAL DEMONSTRATION AREAS Recreational demonstration areas constitute a unique form of land use increasingly valuable to the American people, affording outlets for out-of-door recreation accessible to congested populations, and retiring from agricultural use unarable lands of no economic worth. They provide facilities for organized camping, picnics, hiking, bathing, swim¬ ming, and boating, by means of such projects as trail systems, camp¬ grounds, beach clean-up, construction of swimming pools and dams for impounding streams, and making artificial lakes. The National Park Service, by Executive order of November 14, 1936, was given sole responsibility for the acquisition and development of these recreational demonstration areas and is now completing acqui¬ sition of lands in the 46 areas being developed in 24 States. Funds allocated from the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 en¬ abled the acquisition of these areas under the Federal land program. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 39 Forty-seven organized campgrounds are under construction in 24 recreational demonstration areas, of which 15 were completed in time to be put into use during the 1937 summer season. Smaller areas known as waysides, contiguous to main highways, also are being developed in Virginia and South Carolina for the ac¬ commodation of those seeking 1-day outings. Twelve thousand relief workers assigned to National Park Service projects and 4,500 C. C. C. enrollees are carrying on these develop¬ ments. While the majority of these areas will be turned over to the States for administration after development, it is planned to retain several under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service for demonstration purposes. A total of 99,513 acres of land for this purpose has been acquired; 3,607 acres during 1937. CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CORPS WORK The National Park Service completed 4 years and 3 months of par¬ ticipation in Civilian Conservation Corps work. During that period conservation projects of long-continuing benefit to the people of Amer¬ ica have been carried on in several hundred camps located in national parks and monuments, State, county, and municipal park areas in the continental United States, the Territory of Hawaii, and the Virgin Islands. The National Park Service supervised work programs of 91 Civilian Conservation Corps camps in national parks and monuments and 353 such camps in Federal, State, county, and municipal areas; and was responsible for camp management and work supervision over 800 Civilian Conservation Corps enrollees in Hawaii, including Hawaii National Park, and over the 400 enrollees in the Virgin Islands. Improvement both in quality and quantity of these conservation projects has been marked throughout the year. A summary of these accomplishments is shown in table 10. EMERGENCY RELIEF ACT PROJECTS The National Park Service, derived funds both from the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 and the Emergency Relief Appro¬ priation Act of 1936 for land acquisition and development projects, operated on 46 recreational demonstration areas, 2 national monu¬ ments, 1 proposed national monument, 2 parkways, 2 State, 4 county, 10 municipal park areas, and 1 beach erosion control area. These appropriations and projects gave employment to 19,000 relief workers of which 12,000 were local workers and 7,000 workers quar¬ tered in subsistence camps operated by the Service. In addition there were relief workers employed by contractors on some of the Service 40 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR projects. Three major projects included in this program are the Jefferson Memorial at St. Louis, the Natchez Trace Parkway project in Mississippi, and the North Carolina beach erosion control project. PARK, PARKWAY, AND RECREATIONAL-AREA STUDY A Nation-wide study of the park, parkway, and recreational-area programs in the United States was initiated. All Governors were advised to cooperate in the study. Provisions are being made for enlisting the aid and cooperation of other Federal departments and agencies. The study is expected to result in the preparation and adoption of a comprehensive plan to serve as a guide to the States and be the basis upon which future cooperation will be extended to the States by this Department in the planning, acquisition, and development of park, parkway, and recreational areas. Similar studies also will be made on a regional basis — chiefly in areas near large population centers and frequently covering sections of two or more States — and on a national basis. Increased consideration was given by States to the regional method of facilitating joint action in administering and developing park areas, where mutual interests and benefits are involved. During the year, by action of New York and New Jersey, the Palisades Interstate Park commission was created. At the request of Missouri and Illinois, the National Park Service is lending professional and tech¬ nical aid in the formulation of plans for the creation of an interstate compact between those States for the administration and develop¬ ment of Alton Lake and adjacent lands, and the proposed interstate parkway leading to the lake. The Appalachian Trail conference referred to the Service its proposal for an interstate compact for the protection, extension, and development of the Appalachian Trailway from Maine to Georgia. A three-volume digest of all laws relating to State parks was pre¬ pared and made available to park and conservation authorities. As a result of the study of these laws, principles were evolved which are now being incorporated in all new State legislation relating to parks and recreation. A compilation of all State laws relating to archeo¬ logical matters also was prepared. A municipal park study was conducted by the National Park Service in cooperation with the National Recreation Association. Material was received from 1,216 cities and 77 counties located in every State. Comparison with similar data secured in 1925 and 1930 shows the extent to which local park systems have expanded in recent years. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 41 CONSERVATION ACTIVITIES The National Park Service’s conservation program for the pro¬ tection of nature and the historic and prehistoric works of man made notable advances during the year. As in the 2 preceding fiscal years, all forest-protection improvements, insect and tree disease control, type-mapping, and tree-preservation activities were financed from emergency appropriations. The meager allotment for forest protection and fire prevention for the fiscal year 1937 under the regular appropriation provided funds for only the most essential needs for forest protection personnel and equipment which could not be financed under the Civilian Conservation Corps program. The forest protection accomplishments of the past year are, therefore, largely represented in the report of the C. C. C. pro¬ gram. The summer of 1936 was an outstandingly serious fire season with several disastrous fires within national park areas. Extensive use of radio communication was made for protection against forest fires. Many fire lookouts have been equipped with radio sending and receiving sets, lightweight portable field sets pro¬ vided for fire-fighting crews, and a few automobiles equipped with radio transmitters. In the far West, the fire season was of unusual length, extending from early May to December in some of the parks. However, despite the high-danger weather conditions and a very material increase in the public use of the parks, the number of man-caused fires in the western parks declined and for the first time in the past 10 years was less than the number of lightning fires. Unfortunately for the National Park System as a whole, both the number of lightning fires and the number of man-caused fires showed a very material increase during the fire season of 1936 with an all-time high record total of 733. The most disastrous of the season was the Heaven’s Peak fire, in the most visited and one of the most scenic portions of Glacier Na¬ tional Park. Set by lightning on August 18, in spite of all reasonable precautions it was carried by a high wind across the Continental Divide, burning a total area of 7,642 acres. Severe drought in the Lake States region, together with high winds, facilitated the spread of three fires on Isle Royale, resulting in a total burn of approximately 33,000 acres in the center of the island. As Isle Royale is as yet only a national park project, no regular protec¬ tion organization was available and suppression of these fires was handled entirely by C. C. C. enrollees from national park, State park, and national forest camps, together with forestry personnel from regions I and II and the Washington office. Because of the 42 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR status of Isle Royale these fires do not appear in the annual fire statistics for the National Park System for the calendar year 1936. During the spring of 1937 a very intensive fire protection training program was carried out in all C. C. C. camps under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. The taking of panoramic photographs from fire lookout stations and observation points within the National Park System was con¬ tinued in an effort to improve forest fire detection and fire dispatch¬ ing. Such photographs have been prepared to date for a total of 208 existing, proposed, and emergency lookout and observation points in 23 national parks and monuments. Regular annual extensive surveys of forest insect conditions were continued during the year and a system of permanent sample plots was established in several parks to facilitate this study. The general situation in national parks within the Pacific Coast States appears fairly satisfactory as a result of the control program which has been carried on for a number of years. The needle miner in the lodgepole stands of Yosemite still consti¬ tutes a serious menace, nevertheless, and the infestation by the mountain pine beetle in Yellowstone and Grand Teton National Parks continues to spread. The general program of control of the mountain pine beetle was abandoned several years ago because it was so widespread, affecting a number of national forests as well as parks. Some minor control is exercised in the neighboihood of developed areas. A serious infestation by the Black Hills beetle was fought this past spring by control operations in Bryce Canyon National Park, and the Forest Service cooperated by extending operations to the adjacent national forest. There are indications that the infestation by this beetle is growing over a considerable territory and may seriously threaten the magnificent ponderosa pine forest on the north rim of Grand Canyon. Infestation in Douglas fir by the Douglas fir beetle was also combated in Bryce Canyon. Insect conditions in the eastern parks have in general been of endemic character and where serious outbreaks of defoliators have occurred a satisfactory degree of control has been maintained through spraying. The Japanese beetle was found this spring in considerable numbers in George Washington Birthplace National Monument. The experimental autogiro spraying program for cankerworm at Morristown National Historical Park was continued with marked success. Blister rust control operations were continued in Mount Rainier, Acadia, and Shenandoah National Parks. During the past year the C. C. C. itinerant tree-preservation crew provided the care necessary for the preservation and repair of im¬ portant trees in 9 national cemeteries, 1 national park, 13 national THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 43 military and historical parks, 2 national monuments, and 3 national battlefield sites, pruning, fertilizing, installing lightning protection, removing girdling roots, bracing with rod and cables to strengthen structural weaknesses, treating wounds, and diagnosing disease and insect conditions. One additional tree-preservation bulletin was added to the series already published. Several research projects were initiated or continued in connection with callus splitting experi¬ ments, cavity filling materials, and lightning-struck trees. The type mapping program, which provides a detailed inventory and map of the vegetative cover of the parks for use in planning pro¬ tection, development, and use of the areas, was continued under C. C. C. Approximately 6,832,829 acres have been mapped to date, of which 1,236,829 acres were mapped during the past fiscal year. The data obtained in this work have provided much additional informa¬ tion relative to the flora of the parks and monuments covered, per¬ mitting the identification of new plants and their addition to the previous fists of known species within those areas. Forest nurseries were operated in Sequoia, Yellowstone, Great Smoky Mountains, and Platt National Parks, raising planting stock for reforestation on burns where natural reproduction is lacking, for erosion control, and for landscape planting and replacements of dying trees in and adjacent to public campgrounds and other developed areas. In addition to the parks named, forest planting was conducted during the past year on a recent burn in Mesa Verde National Park, and on deforested areas in Scotts Bluff National Monument. WILDLIFE CONSERVATION As a part of the 1936 reduction program to relieve the congested northern range in Yellowstone National Park, 2 new plants of bison were made in the park, 71 animals being released in Hayden Valley and Fountain Flats as nuclei for new herds easily seen by visitors. Ten bison were shipped to zoos and seven slaughtered for use by the Crow Indian Agency. The reduction of elk was carried on in Yellowstone National Park and vicinity in the winter of 1936-37, as in the past 2 years. Reduc¬ tion of the herd by 4,000 animals was deemed necessary after exhaus¬ tive studies by park personnel and wildlife technicians indicated that, due to the extraordinary drought, the carrying capacity of the range was about one-third less than it was the previous wdnter. This reduction program was undertaken by the park staff with the cooperation of the Montana Fish and Game Commission, with the understanding that as many elk as possible wrould be removed by five shipments and in open hunting areas outside the park. The reduction goal was not approached, since only 846 elk were removed. Mild weather in early winter and subnormal snowfall allowed range areas, 22914—37 - 5 44 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR usually closed to grazing, to be used by elk. Movements of herds were slow and few elk migrated into open hunting territory. In Park County, Mont., where hunting was allowed, 256 animals were killed. Some deaths occurred from miscellaneous causes, 169 were live-shipped for restocking purposes and to zoos, and the remainder were slaugh¬ tered — the carcasses given to Indian and relief agencies. After the ! reduction, a census of the northern Yellowstone herd showed that i 9,673 animals still remained on the range. The past year has been one of important accomplishments in fish ! cultural activities within the national parks, based on the policy adopted in April 1936. There has been no further encroachment of exotic species of fish into national park waters. Lakes or streams where only native fish occur, as well as waters that do not contain any fish, received careful study with a view to protecting such waters against any artificial development. Closer cooperation exists between the Service, the Bureau of Fish¬ eries, and State game departments than ever before. Some 27,000,000 ' black-spotted trout eggs were taken in Yellowstone National Park by the Bureau of Fisheries last year, the Park Service receiving 70 per¬ cent. Smaller amounts of eggs were taken in a number of other national parks, all being returned to the waters of the park where taken. The State of Montana collected approximately 20,000,000 rainbow and Loch Leven trout eggs at the park boundary near West Yellowstone, hatched them, and returned more than 20 percent to park waters. Egg exchanges were effected by the Service with Utah, Oregon, and Idaho, whereby park waters have been stocked by these States with no cost to the Service. More than 80,000,000 of fish were planted in the national parks during the past year and there is evidence of improved fishing conditions in many waters. HISTORICAL AND ARCHEOLOGICAL CONSERVATION The National Park Service program for the conservation of historic sites and buildings was greatly expanded. The historic sites survey is now under way, the field of cooperation with State and local agencies has been extended, and an agreement with the Works Progress Admin¬ istration requires National Park Service approval of all restoration projects financed by relief funds. Also, the total number of historic and archeologic sites authorized or established under custody of the National Park Service has been increased to 100 with the addition of Perry’s Victory International Peace Memorial and the Ocmulgee National Monument, the latter, one of the most important areas in southeastern archeology. Considerable progress was made in the past year in putting into effect the important and far-reaching national policy for historic pres¬ ervation adopted by Congress in the act of August 21, 1935. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 45 The most significant single step was the development, with the aid of the Advisory Board on National Parks, Historic Sites, Buildings, and Monuments, of a comprehensive plan for systematic inventory, investigation, and classification of the great number of historic sites eligible for consideration under that act. Outstanding historic and archeologic sites will be selected for public protection through ulti¬ mate inclusion within the national park system. Sites of lesser importance will be recommended for State and local protection. A policy governing restorations was also worked out with the assistance of the advisory board. Preliminary negotiations were made toward designating certain sites as national historic sites and assuring their permanent preservation for public benefit. Among these are the following five important areas: Derby Wharf national historic site project. — Interesting maritime project in Salem, Mass., to commemorate the importance of New England shipping in the early history of our Nation. The National Park Service took formal possession last year of the customhouse, center of the project. Hopewell furnace and milage. — Revolutionary foundry included within the French Creek recreational demonstration project in Penn¬ sylvania. A boundary study was completed last year and the area will probably be designated a national historic site. Harpers Ferry site. — Harpers Ferry, W. Va., had great historic sig¬ nificance during colonial times and during the War between the States. The project as planned will include the Jefferson Rock, the stone steps, hewn by hand from solid rock up the face of the cliff under Robert Harper’s direction; the arsenal site, associated with the story of John Brown; and certain Civil War remains on the heights sur¬ rounding the town. A detailed study of recommended boundaries, comprising an area totaling 1,300 acres, has been completed recently. Old main building , Knox College. — The only building still standing associated with the Lincoln and Douglas debates. A cooperative agreement was entered into with Knox College, Galesburg, Ill., for establishment as a national historic site. Manassas Battlefield site. — Site of Virginia battle important in War between the States. Land acquisition was nearly completed (1,476.19 acres) and detailed research studies made preparatory to its devel¬ opment. Two cooperative agreements of the type authorized by the act of August 21, 1935, permitting the Federal Government to exercise a measure of control over the historic values of structures or sites at small cost and without disturbing ownership, were drafted with State and local agencies. The Service, through its general program of State cooperation discussed elsewhere, has contributed in an important way to the 46 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR preservation of many historic sites and structures. Thirty-two projects on areas of primary historical or archeological interest widely distributed throughout the country were in progress during the past year. Physical improvements to established areas were made throughout the year. Stabilization of the battlefield areas through erosion con¬ trol has contributed further to their permanent preservation. Inter¬ esting among the developments are the restoration of such historic structures as the Wick and Guerin Houses in Morristown National Historical Park; the Liglitfoot House, Yorktown, in Colonial Na¬ tional Historical Park; Fort Pulaski, Ga.; the customhouse at Salem, Mass.; and the Peach Orchard, Shiloh; and the opening of bridle and foot trails to important points in battlefields of the War between the States. Fifteen visitor-contact stations were constructed in battlefield areas this past year. ADVISORY AND TRUST FUND BOARDS Col. Richard Lieber, of Indianapolis, Ind., was appointed by the Secretary of the Interior to fill the vacancy on the Advisory Board on National Parks, Historic Sites, Buildings, and Monuments, created by the death of Dr. Frank R. Oastler. Colonel Lieber, who is president | of the National Conference on State Parks, is an outstanding con¬ servationist and authority on park matters. The advisory board as constituted at the close of the fiscal year was as follows: Mr. Edmund H. Abrahams, Savannah, Ga.; Prof. Herbert E. Bolton, Berkeley, Calif.; Dr. Hermon C. Bumpus (chairman), Duxbury, Mass.; Mrs. Reau Folk, Nashville, Tenn.; Hon. George de Benneville Keim, Edgewater Park, N. J.; Dr. Alfred V. Kidder, Cambridge, Mass.; Dr. Fiske Kimball, Philadelphia, Pa.; Dr. Waldo G. Leland, Washington, D. C.; Mr. Archibald M. McCrea, Williams¬ burg, Va.; Dr. Clark Wissler, New York, N. Y. ; and Col. Richard Lieber, Indianapolis, Ind. The National Park Trust Fund Board accepted a donation of $3,000 from the Universal Pictures Corporation for the privilege of taking motion pictures in Yellowstone and Grand Teton National Parks. That contribution, the only one received during the fiscal j year, brought the donations credited to the national park trust fund account to a total of $8,000. No expenditures were made from the fund during the year. The membership of the National Park Trust i Fund Board includes the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of the Interior, the Director of the National Park Service, Mr. J. Horace McFarland, of Harrisburg, Pa., and Mr. Louis Hertle, of j Gunston Hall, Va. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 47 EDUCATION Many new enthusiasts were enlisted in the cause of conservation last year through participation in the activities and use of the facilities provided in national parks and monuments by the National Park Service’s educational program. The Service itself was able to expand this program through the availability of emergency funds and the cooperation of educational and scientific organizations. A total of 4,550,516 educational contacts were made in the parks during the year July 1, 1936, to June 30, 1937. Visitors who listened to talks by ranger-naturalists and ranger-historians, visited museums, and participated in hikes and campfire circles gained far more than a quick-tripper’s idea of the national parks. Students under the sponsorship of various colleges and universities made tours of the different parks as part of their educational pro¬ grams. Carlsbad Caverns’ records of special school parties give some idea of the extent to which park areas are visited by school groups. Total Number school of stu- classes dents February 1937 _ 6 148 March 1937 . 16 397 April 1937. . 63 1,150 National Park Service information desks were extremely busy, as visitors have come to depend upon these centrally located offices for information of every kind. A growing number of parks are giving early season training to company bus drivers so that the information which they give to the public will be accurate and in accord with scientific knowledge. Although there have been some additions to the list of publications useful to the visitor, much remains to be done to furnish adequate printed material. Yellowstone has issued another number of Trail- side Notes, providing the motorist and hiker with a guide from Fishing Bridge Museum to Mammoth Hot Springs. Yosemite has issued a self-guiding manual describing the auto tour on the floor of the valley, and a revised edition of High Waterfalls of the World. In press is a publication entitled “Birds and Mammals of Mount McKinley National Park” by Joseph S. Dixon. This has been issued by the Service designated as no. 3 in the fauna series. MUSEUM DEVELOPMENTS Probably the greatest progress of the year in the educational pro¬ gram was in museum development throughout the Service. National Park Service museums do not present case after case of loosely organized, uncoordinated displays of documents, scientific specimens, isolated heaps of dry bones, or technical equipment. 48 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Planned to illustrate ideas ratlier than exhibit collections of speci¬ mens, they tell a running story of the parks through pictures, charts, maps, models, and dioramas arranged in narrative sequence. During the past year better housing and more effective presenta¬ tion of exhibits were provided. Eleven administration buildings containing museum wings were built with P. W. A. funds. The new museum in the Interior Building is completed and exhibits depicting the aims and achievements of the Department’s bureaus are in an advanced state of preparation. Fireproof housing for the priceless exhibits already accumulated in field museums is the next important objective in museum development. Two laboratories have prepared exhibits for displays ia 31 different units of the park system, including many relief maps and models of the areas helpful to visitors in orienting themselves. Exhibits were furnished for 12 expositions and conferences during the year. NATURALIST ACTIVITIES Increased travel to the parks and the necessity for establishing several centers within a park to avoid overconcentration of visitors resulted in a perceptible increase in naturalist activities last year and revealed the necessity for an enlarged staff. Campfire circles and amphitheaters suitable for evening gatherings were developed until every major park now has one or more to care for visitors who like to sit around a campfire and hear ranger-naturalists tell the story of the park and explain its major features. The smaller campfire circles encourage free and open discussion through questions and answers and entice volunteer entertainment talent, while the larger bring park wonders to life for hundreds of visitors, making them see the area with new eyes the next day. An inventory shows a total of 5 community buildings, 16 well-equipped amphitheaters, and 28 simple log circles in the parks. Lectures, as a whole, have been better planned and executed. A gratifying number of all-day trips have been developed in prac¬ tically every park and more knapsackers and pack-train parties were reported as using the trails into the back country. One of the most popular all-dav guided trips was that to the top of Mount Lassen. Campfire programs and nature hikes were inaugurated on an experi¬ mental basis in Shenandoah last year and the response by the public exceeded all expectations. The naturalist program in the National Capital Parks attracted wide attention and the attendance of 11,128 persons on field trips, 4,219 persons at campfire lectures, and ever¬ growing numbers on the nature trail proved the necessity for an augmented staff and additional campfire facilities. New appointments and promotions have given added impetus to the naturalist staff. Naturalist positions have been newly established THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 49 at Boulder Dam recreational area, Death Valley National Monument, and Mesa Verde National Park, while new ranger-naturalist positions were established in Acadia, Rocky Mountain, General Grant, and at Devils Tower. More mature and better-trained men are to be found throughout the Service. NATURAL HISTORY SCHOOLS Excellent training for prospective national park personnel is given by the Yosemite School of Field Natural History, and its graduates are in demand for both seasonal and permanent naturalist positions. The Secretary of the Interior has designated the field school and the Yosemite Junior Nature School as nonprofit scientific organiza¬ tions engaged in a training enterprise helpful to the Service. The field school is a full-fledged graduate school, with a college degree a prerequisite. The instructional staff is strengthened by highly qualified professors from the University of California. The final field trip has been ex¬ tended from 1 week to an expedition of 2 weeks’ duration. Much flora and fauna specimen collecting is done, benefiting the Yosemite Museum through new discoveries and added scientific data. The 1937 session, constituting the thirteenth class, began its courses on June 21 with the selection of its 20 candidates (14 men and 6 women) from more than 100 applicants. Eight graduates of the school are now employed in the Service permanently, and at least 25 more have been employed seasonally. YALE FELLOWSHIPS Yale University continued its cooperation with the National Park Service, furthering incentive for scholarship and training through its award of fellowships to Service employees. During each of the scholastic years of 1935-36 and 1936-37 one such fellowship was granted; and as this report is being written word has been received that two National Park Service fellowships will be awarded during the coming year. The fellowships are open to employees of the National Park Service interested in pursuing advanced studies bearing upon the educational program of the Service or upon some special feature of interpretation activity such as field studies of wildlife, forestry, history, archeology, or museum display. A forester and an archeologist were the recipients of the previous fellowships; a historian and a geologist were selected to attend Yale next year. HISTORICAL EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES Constant efforts are being made to improve all types of educational facilities afforded the general public in the historical areas. Perhaps the most important progress last year was made in the development 50 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR of field exhibits of all kinds, including sample restorations, outdoor relief maps, orientation maps, trailside museums, and markers. Outstanding in this class was the reconstruction of the Continental Army hospital hut at Morristown in accordance with contemporary authentic records. This structure, together with reproductions of a soldier’s hut and officer’s hut, now presents an interesting group of sample restorations of the Morristown encampment. As part of the educational program, public lectures sponsored by outside groups have been given by park historians and there are continued requests for this kind of service. Numerous radio broad¬ casts were given by the staff and opportunities offered for a series of park historical sketches. The National Park Service cooperated with various civic organiza¬ tions in conducting numerous commemorative celebrations during the year, among them being the fiftieth anniversary celebration at the Statue of Liberty, at which President Roosevelt and Secretary Ickes spoke, and reenactment of the Battle of the Crater at Petersburg, Va., attended by 50,000 people. RESEARCH ECOLOGICAL STUDIES Perhaps the most notable observation to be made at the close of this third year of C. C. C. support of the wildlife division is the fact that recognition of the importance of a wildlife program in National Park Service activity has continued to grow. Maintenance of a staff of wildlife technicians through appropriations made by C. C. C. is assured for another 3-year period. During this time it is expected that provision for some permanent staff of ecologists can be made. The work of the past year has kept the division fairly abreast of current administrative demands put upon it, but it has not been possible to enter upon the long-time program of research in wildlife needs so necessary to full understanding and adequate handling of biological assets in all areas now under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. A satisfactory approach to the problem could be made if additional wildlife technicians were employed for the purpose of making appraisal of all biological values for which the Service is responsible. Thirty papers covering the distribution, food habits, behavior, and taxonomy of mammals, birds, and amphibians, and management of mammals and fish in National and State parks were published. An extended field trip was made by the supervisor of fish resources and two wildlife technicians and the most recent developments in warm water fish culture in the central United States was studied. This particular phase of the Service’s fish cultural activities will be exceedingly important in the development of State park areas. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 51 Following the spraying of woodland at Morristown National Historical Park with lead arsenate, a census of bird life was made to check possible detrimental effects. Observations indicated no material decrease of bird life but this may not yet be regarded as conclusive. Range studies were continued at Grand Canyon, Rocky Mountain, and Yellowstone National Parks. Studies of the nesting trumpeter swans at Yellowstone were con¬ tinued. A census showed a total of 38 adults and 12 cygnets in the park in the summer of 1936, almost double the number recorded in 1935. The survey of plants of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park was continued and about 20 species of the higher plants were added to the approximately 1,000 species represented by 4,000 specimens in the park collection. At Glacier National Park an investigation was made of diseases and other causes of a decline in the park’s bighorn population. Several bighorn have died of a disease described as hemorrhagic septicemia which has also caused serious losses in the Yellowstone bison herd. Extensive wildlife studies were made in the proposed Big Bena National Park to provide data for proper management when the park is established. Surveys were made at Oregon Caves and Fort Pulaski National Monuments with recommendations for extension of boundaries to protect native fauna and flora and historical sites, respectively. A study of the economic food habits of the coyote at Lava Beds National Monument was started in an effort to determine the effect of that animal on the nearby Tule Lake Migratory Waterfowl Refuge. HISTORICAL STUDIES Research is a continuous major outy of historians in every national historical park and monument and consumes much of their time. Closer coordination of the general historical research program is being developed to assure the best possible professional standards. A master index of research subjects is being prepared and the Washington office made the clearing house for all reports. To assist the research staff, microcopying and projection equipment has been purchased for each regional office, permitting photographing of valuable documents and materials. Among the major studies started during the past year and in progress are: 1. Fort Raleigh, Roanoke Island, Va. 2. Battle of Manassas, Virginia. 3. Battle of the Wilderness, Virginia. 4. Castle Pinckney, S. C. 52 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR 5. Wakefield, George Washington Birthplace National Monument, Va. 6. Kenesaw Mountain, Ga. 7. The Second Battle of Fredericksburg, Virginia. 8. Catalog and index of Brady Civil War photographs. 9. Construction history of Fort Pulaski, Ga. 10. Brompton, Fredericksburg, Va. 11. Study of early Texas and Mexican manuscripts on Goliad Mission, Texas. 12. A study of medical practices in the Revolutionary War made in connec¬ tion with the installation of exhibits at Morristown Continental Army hospital hut. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES The C. C. C. program made possible the continuance of geological work undertaken in previous years. The staff was kept busy supply¬ ing teclinical information for development of accommodations in the parks. Activities included research and advice regarding develop¬ ment of master and period plans; location of water supplies; appraisal of natural foundations for dams, reservoirs, bridges, and tunnels; quarrying operations for road metal, structural stone, gravel, and sand; location of roads and trails; and erosion control. Ninety-five formal reports on special projects of this type were prepared. The geological map of the proposed Big Bend National Park was approximately 80 percent completed. The surveys show notable deposits of vertebrate fossils, including dinosaurs and a specimen believed to be the rare, toothed bird, Hesjperornis. Invertebrate fossils, including a phenomenal 48-inch Inoceramus Grandis — a form of clam — were found in great profusion. An exhaustive study was made of the stratigraphy in portions of the Boulder Dam recreational area and related territory, in an attempt to reconstruct the ecological conditions of the area in remote Permian time. In the course of this study, a den of the prehistoric ground sloth, Northrotherium, containing much excellent fossil material in an exceptionally fine state of preservation, was discovered in Rampart Cave. Investigations of Meteor Crater led to the decision that the evidence favors the theory that the crater was formed by the impact of a great meteor, and hence should be included within the category of unusual and spectacular phenomena. COOPERATIVE FIELD STUDIES The Oberlander trust of the Carl Schurz Memorial awarded a fellowship to the Chief of the Wildlife Division enabling him to visit Germany from September to December 1936 to make special studies of administrative methods and field procedure in the central offices of the Bureau for Nature Protection and in four of the “national parks” of the Third German Reich. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 53 Cooperation was extended to the Direccion de Parques Nacionales of the Argentine Republic and the Department of Forests, Game, and Fish of the Republic of Mexico. Conferences with the Mexican offi¬ cials have continued coordinated planning of international parks, monuments, and game refuges. By special arrangement with the United States Geological Survey, the assignment of three of its personnel to work in the national parks was continued. As a result of these assignments, material obtained in field studies in Sequoia and Yosemite National Parks was converted into museum exhibits, and portfolios are being made of park photo¬ graphs descriptive of outstanding geologic features; a report describ¬ ing the geology of certain routes of travel and areas of visitation in Glacier National Park was prepared; and field work in the Colorado Plateau is being transcribed into a report covering the parks of that area. A number of additional field studies through the cooperation of interested agencies vrere conducted within the parks last year. The following is a partial list of some of the more noteworthy: In Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Dr. W. H. Camp, assistant curator, New York Botanical Gardens, made extensive studies of the heath family of shrubs, trees, and herbs, preparatory to submitting a monograph on this group; Dr. W. M. Barrows, one of the leading spider authorities in the United States, made a study of the spiders of this park and estimated that there are between 700 and 800 species in the area, of which 100 to 200 are new species; Dr. L. R. Hesler, head of the botany department, University of Tennessee, collected more fungi to add to the list he has already prepared for this park; and Mr. Edwin V. Komarek of the Cooperative Quail Study Association of Thomasville, Ga., will soon publish a paper on his studies of the mammalian fauna of the Great Smokies. In Yellowstone National Park: Dr. Leonard P. Schultz, in cooper¬ ation with the Bureau of Fisheries, investigated fish food conditions in Yellowstone Lake and other waters of the park and studied exotic fish to determine the possibility and advisability of their reduction as a menace to trout waters of the Madison River and to lakes on this river outside the park; Ranger-Naturalist James R. Simon con¬ ducted a study of fishes -with cooperation of the University of Wyoming and plans to incorporate his findings in a paper on all game and forage fish of Yellowstone region; Dr. Harvey Schlundt continued his study of thermal waters and rock formations in the park; Miss Edan Lind of England devoted special attention to the plant life of Yellow¬ stone, which she will describe to her students in botanical classes at the University of Sheffield. Arrangements were made with Miss Elizabeth Morse of the Uni¬ versity of California to study the fungi of Zion National Park. 54 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Permission was given the Carnegie Institution of Washington, Department of Research in Terrestrial Magnetism, to carry on earth- current measurements in Shenandoah National Park. This institu¬ tion also inaugurated a volcanological study of Crater Lake to be conducted by H. Williams of the University of California, and con¬ tinued studies of the Archean rocks of Grand Canyon. George Munro, Hawaiian ornithologist, working under the joint auspices of the Bishop Museum, Territorial Board of Agriculture and Forestry, Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association, Hui Manu, and others, conducted a survey of Hawaii National Park to compare the present status of native birds with the finds of 40 years ago. An airplane reconnaissance of Mount McKinley was made by Bradford Washburn, Jr., in conjunction with the National Geographic Society. Excavations in Dinosaur National Monument were continued and more of the fossil stratum uncovered to enable the American Museum of Natural History under the leadership of Dr. Barnum Brown to expose and develop a large dinosaur skeleton as an exhibit in place. C. C. Presnail, park naturalist of Zion National Park, and Dr. E. Raymond Hall, mammalogist, University of California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, made studies of the small animals and others indigenous to the southwestern national park region, over a 3-year period, followed by comparative studies at the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley, Calif., with the discovery of new facts indicating that the red bat and kangaroo bat are comparatively abundant in that area. Their findings have been published through the Utah Academy of Sciences under the title of “Ranges and Relationships of Certain Mammals in Southwestern Utah.” Recognition has been given 11 nonprofit scientific and historical organizations, engaged in cooperative park educational work through official designation by the Secretary of the Interior, in accordance with the Interior Department Appropriation Act for the fiscal year 1937, approved June 22, 1936, Public Law No. 741. PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION Behind the successful handling of millions of visitors to national park areas lies a record of exact and careful planning and of construc¬ tion activities that appear only incidentally, if at all, in the finished picture. The retention of primitive conditions, where use intrudes upon nature, would be impossible without the skill of the landscape planner and the engineer, who find means to install the necessary facilities and make the needed adjustments with the least possible disturbance of natural conditions. Planning and construction activities continued under four major programs during the past year — the regular Interior Department x THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 55 Appropriation Act’s provision for road and trail construction, Public Works, the C. C. C., and Works Progress. Under the Public Works program all general development, engineer¬ ing, architectural, and landscape architectural plans for $2,150,000 worth of general physical improvements were prepared. Under the roads and trails appropriation of $6,500,000 carried in the 1937 Interior Department Appropriation Act, plans for and inspections of major road projects were made, and minor roads and trails were constructed. Similar service was rendered by the engineering and landscape | personnel under the Works Progress program, which included physical I improvements, recreational developments, road and parkway con¬ struction, and land utilization work to the extent of $1,500,000, on a [ wide variety of areas — Federal, State, and local, including recreational I demonstration areas. In the contract plans for nearly all road projects were included I plans and drawings for bridges, parking areas, guardrails, headwalls, special grading, and other essential items. In addition to roads and trails, buildings, electric elevators, dam i and intake structures, sea walls, reservoirs, pumping plants, water I supply and distribution plants, drainage systems, sewerage systems and sewage disposal plants, telephone and power lines, cribbing, and I retaining walls were constructed or improved. In Washington, con- i struction projects included such diversified duties as altering the south r front of the Civil Service Building to permit street widening, and I elimination of fire hazards at the White House. Considerable surveying and mapping of both old and new areas of J the national park and monument system were accomplished. PARKWAY DEVELOPMENT The parkway projects, which are perhaps the most spectacular new phase of national park planning and development during recent years, j continued to hold popular attention. Two new sections of the Blue Ridge Parkway project, totaling 15 I miles, were placed under contract, bringing the total mileage under contract in both Virginia and North Carolina to 135 miles. Develop¬ ment of two recreational areas along this parkway was also continued, t as were location work and right-of-way developments for bridge and I overpass structures. Additional studies were made of the parkway route in the vicinity of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Contracts for the construction of 34 miles in three Mississippi sec¬ tions of the Natchez Trace Parkway were awarded. Survey and loca¬ tion work was continued in collaboration with the Bureau of Public Roads. 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR ENGINEERING ACTIVITIES DIVERSIFIED Data on soil mechanics for use in the field resulted from research carried on in the engineering laboratory. Most of the material so obtained was incorporated in the Manual for the Design of Low Dams prepared for the water resources committee. This work attracted such favorable attention that the laboratory was visited by the chief engineers of almost every Federal agency. It also received marked attention and interest at a recent meeting in New York City of the American Society for Testing Materials. The value of soils investigations, particularly in the construction of earth dams, is rapidly becoming recognized, and the increasing number of samples submitted by the field for analysis is taxing the available laboratory personnel and space to the limit. Routine engineering work included periodic inspections of Govern¬ ment-owned and rented buildings with a view to insuring the preserva¬ tion of the buildings and the safety of the occupants, particular atten¬ tion being paid to elevators and to floor loads imposed by safes, files, and storage. Technical service on a broad range of problems was rendered other governmental and semigovernmental agencies by the engineering staff of the National Park Service, such work being done on a reimbursable basis. Typical examples of this cooperation were the construction of the Petroleum Experimental Station of the Bureau of Mines at Bartles¬ ville, Okla., and the investigation of air-conditioning contracts effected under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Agricultural Engineering of the Department of Agriculture. All major road construction, both under the regular roads and trails appropriations and under Public Works allotments, was handled for the National Park Service by the Bureau of Public Roads of the Department of Agriculture, continuing the excellent cooperation initiated under the interbureau agreement established in 1926. Land¬ scape planners and engineers of the National Park Service, in coopera¬ tion with Bureau engineers, checked and approved all preliminary loca¬ tions, surveys, and plans for road construction. HISTORIC AMERICAN BUILDINGS SURVEY The survey of historic American buildings, for the purpose of measuring and recording all important examples of the builders’ art erected in the United States and its possessions before the last quarter of the nineteenth century, went into its fourth year of cataloging, measuring, and recording such structures. The total product of the Historic American Buildings Survey to June 30, 1937, included approxi¬ mately 14,000 measured drawings of 2,100 buildings and 16,000 photo¬ graphs of 3,500 buildings, in addition to the data sheets and reference cards for these and additional structures. Most of the records have THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 57 been deposited in the Library of Congress, where they are available for public use and reprodution. In conducting the work of the Historic American Buildings Survey, the structures in each locality in greatest danger of destruction are measured first. The result of a national plan sponsored by the Department of the Interior through the National Park Service, in conjunction with the Library of Congress and the American Institute of Architects, the Historic American Buildings Survey during the past year was con¬ ducted largely through the facilities of the Works Progress Adminis¬ tration. The Works Progress phase of the program necessarily was discontinued at the end of the fiscal year because of a sharp reduction in Federal projects of that nature, due to curtailment of funds, although in some of the States additional Works Progress Administra¬ tion projects were set up. SERVICES BY PARK CONCESSIONERS Operations of accommodations for the public on the concession basis were continued and extended during the year. Two new major con¬ tracts were awarded. After advertising three times for bids for the construction and operation of tourist facilities in the Shenandoah National Park, a 20-year contract was awarded the Virginia Skyline Co., Inc., of Kichmond, Va. A 20-year contract also was awarded the .Grand Canyon-Boulder Dam Tours, Inc., for the installation and operation of facilities for the accommodation of visitors to the Bolder Dam recreational area. The number of contracts and permits for the furnishing of tourist accommodations in the national parks on June 30 totaled 139. These various operations are under the supervision and control of the Depart¬ ment of the Interior, to which are submitted annually, for review and approval, schedules of rates for accommodations or services rendered and annual reports showing the financial status, details of income and expense, and resulting profit or loss. The contract of the Mesa Verde Park Co. was taken over by the Mesa Verde Co., with the approval of the Department. Ansel F. Hall, former Chief of the Field Division of Education, is a director in the new company and in active management of its affairs. It is be¬ lieved that Mr. Hall’s enthusiasm, and his experience based on 20 years’ connection with the National Park Service, will result in the building up of an operation on a high standard. Although operating expenses of the concessioners steadily increased during the past two seasons, substantially no increases in rates have been authorized by the Department. Nevertheless, the park oper¬ ators were able, by reason of increased volume and lessons in economy learned in the depression days, to maintain generally standard rates for the various accommodations and services furnished. 58 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR As a check in the avoidance of excessive rates, orders were issued that no increases be made in salaries or other compensation of corpo¬ rate officers, managers, or other employees of park operators working under profit-sharing contracts who receive compensation at a rate of more than $5,000 until approved by the Director of the National Park Service. Field studies of rates for public-utility services in several of the parks resulted in establishing certain new rates and altering some old rates. At Yellowstone National Park charges that will reimburse the Government $11,000 annually are being set up for telephone, water, and garbage disposal service furnished to the park concessioners. A similar review of services and rates in Mount Rainier National Park, when its findings are put into effect, will return an additional $1,200 annually to the Government. The charges are based on depreciation, maintenance, and operating costs. With the heaviest travel season in the history of the National Park Service in prospect during 1937, additions and improvements in facil¬ ities were made in all of the national parks and monuments. Since the improvements made in Yellowstone National Park, which were par¬ ticularly noticeable and needed, were typical of those generally shown throughout the system, a resume of betterments in that park will indicate progress generally. In the Yellowstone, after a partial shut-down of several years, the old hotel at Mammoth Hot Springs was almost completely dismantled and rebuilt. A new dining room and grill combination commenced operation of the regular park season on June 20. During the coming year construction will begin on the new cabins and new recreation center, to be built between the hotel and dining room. This layout represents a new idea in the planning of facilities for the public in the Yellowstone, bringing all types of services into one center instead of having them scattered in more or less widely separated units, as in the past. Consolidation of the larger park operators into the present Yellowstone Park Co., effective at the beginning of the 1936 season, made possible this new line of development. The Lake Hotel, closed for several years, was again opened to the public. The purchase of 41 new busses, representing the latest ideas in sightseeing equipment, marks the second step in the rehabilitation and modernization of the Yellowstone fleet of approximately 400 busses, probably the largest sightseeing fleet in any resort area in the world. Authorization was given for remodeling the Government-owned Painted Desert Inn at the Petrified Forest National Monument, and work was continued on the concession buildings being erected at Bandelier National Monument by the Service. Operation of these facilities under the concession system is expected within another year. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 59 The National Park Service undertook and is continuing supervision of the construction of a hotel at McKinley Park Station, at the entrance to Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska, under an allot¬ ment of funds by the Public Works Administration to the Alaska Rail¬ road. In addition to the hotel structure itself, a complete utility plant must be constructed to provide heat, light, water, and sewage disposal facilities. This hotel, located along the line of the Alaska Railroad, will be operated by that organization, but will furnish much needed accommodations to McKinley Park visitors. Cooperation and active participation was continued in the manage¬ ment of the concession operations of the Welfare and Recreational Association of Public Buildings and Grounds, Inc., in Washington, D. C., and in the Mammoth Cave operating committee at Mammoth Cave, Ky., both nonprofit distributing agencies furnishing accommo¬ dations for the public. Charles L. Gable, chief of the park operators division of the branch of operations, continued to represent the Director of the National Park Service in these organizations. The entire profits from the Mammoth Cave operations are donated to the United States for the purpose of purchasing additional land to complete the Mammoth Cave National Park. The Welfare and Recreational Association pays one-half of its profits to the United States as revenue, using the remaining half for welfare and recreational purposes within the District of Columbia. Constant vigilance was maintained, through inspections of fire haz¬ ards, to prevent fires in buildings throughout the national parks. An automatic sprinkler system was installed in El Tovar Hotel at the Grand Canyon and improvements made in the Mammoth Cave Hotel in the Mammoth Cave National Park. A safety committee was established within the National Park Serv¬ ice for the purpose of establishing standards for fire protection and accident prevention. A comprehensive study of the accident problem was made by the Secretary’s committee on health and safety, and a report with recom¬ mendations submitted. The chief of the Service’s safety division was chairman of the interbureau committee on health and safety. PROTECTING THE PUBLIC HEALTH Permanent all-year administrative and protective personnel in the major units of the national park system and a visiting list approaching 12,000,000 annually entail serious responsibilities toward the safe¬ guarding of health. With the continued cooperation of the Public Health Service this phase of Park Service work was handled success¬ fully. Broadly speaking, the work was divided into two main channels, studies of water-supply problems, including examination of the sources 22914—37 - 6 60 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR of drinking water and bacteriological tests of water used, and the development or continuation of adequate sewage-disposal facilities. Special attention was paid to sanitary facilities in automobile camp¬ grounds and swimming pools were inspected regularly. Among the more outstanding developments of the year in the field of sanitation were the design of sewage-disposal facilities for the areas of concentration in the Shenandoah National Park, the near comple¬ tion of a sewage disposal plant for the Smokemont area of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, and the preparation of plans for a temporary sewage-disposal plant at Upper Basin in Yellowstone National Park, and for improvements of sewage disposal facilities at the South Pirn of the Grand Canyon, in Yosemite Valley, and at Carlsbad Caverns. CHANGES IN THE NATIONAL PARK AND MONUMENT SYSTEM The national park and monument system on June 30, 1937, consisted of 26 national parks, 2 national historical parks, 72 national monu¬ ments, 11 national military parks, 8 national battlefield sites, 8 mis¬ cellaneous national memorials, 11 national cemeteries, 1 national parkway, and the National Capital Parks unit. The total represented by the above areas is 17,086,671.31 acres, a gain of 1,594,733.31 acres during the past year. New national monuments account for 1,218,019.73 acres of this increase. Five new national monuments were established during the fiscal year, and four memorial areas administered in connection with public buildings maintained were given the status of miscellaneous national memorials. These four are the Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial, the Ford Theater, and the house where Lincoln died, now the Lincoln Museum. NEW NATIONAL MONUMENTS The five new monuments are: Ocmulgee National Monument, Ga., established December 23, 1936, by Presidential proclamation under authority of the act of June 14, 1934 (Public, 350, 73d Cong.); Zion National Monument, Utah, established January 22, 1937, by Presi¬ dential proclamation; Joshua Tree National Monument, Calif., established August 10, 1936, by Presidential proclamation; Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, Ariz., established April 13, 1937, by Presidential proclamation; and Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial, Ohio, established July 6, 1936, by Presidential proclamation, in accordance with the act of Congress of June 2, 1936 (Public, 631, 74th Cong.). THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 61 ACQUISITIONS TO PARK AREAS Net increase to the national park and monument system through adjustment of boundaries of existing areas, and lands acquired for authorized areas amounted to 378,867.77 acres, as follows: Acadia .- — Donation of 18.30 acres and the accurate compilation of the areas heretofore acquired resulted in increase of total acreage of the park to 15,940.09 acres. Blue Ridge Parkway. — Donations of 1,781.52 acres of land, all in the State of North Carolina, bring to 4,147.36 the total acreage now deeded to the United States for the Blue Ridge Parkway. Chickamauga and Chattanooga.- — A conveyance by the United States of 44.62 acres to the county of Catoosa, Tenn., for a road reduced the total area of the military park to 8,584.48 acres. Colonial.- — Acquisition of 222.16 acres through donation and purchase and an accurate compilation of the area heretofore acquired resulted in a total area of 6,301.50 acres for this historical park. Death Valley. — By proclamation of March 26, 1937, 305,920 acres were added to the monument, making a total of 1,907,720 acres. Fort Pulaski. — Donation of 277.39 acres and transfer of 130 acres from the War Department increased the total area of the monument to 427.39. Fredericksburg and Spotsylvania.- — Donation of 9.29 acres of land increased the total area of the battlefield park to 2,285.28 acres. Great Smoky Mountains.- — Donation of 16,805.50 acres brought the total area of this park to 411,688.50 acres. Guilford Courthouse. — Donation of 11.50 acres resulted in a total area of 136.84 acres for this military park. Hot Springs.- — Donation of 1.50 acres increased the total park area to 983.99 acres. Isle Royale Project. — Acquisition of 28,810.20 acres and the transfer of 10,266.35 acres from the public domain bring the total to 39,076.55 acres available for this park project. Kennesaw Mountain. — Acquisition of 110.10 acres through donation and purchase resulted in a total area of 170.10 acres for the battlefield park. Mammoth Cave. — Acquisition of 5,488.24 acres through donation and purchase resulted in a total park area of 34,620.31 acres. Montezuma Castle. — By proclamation of February 23, 1937, 320 acres were added to the monument, making a total of 521.41 acres. Natchez Trace Parkway. — Donations of 3,788.14 acres of land, all in Mississippi, were made for this proposed parkway. Ocmulgee. — Donation of 173.60 acres increased the total area of the monument to 688.48 acres. Petersburg. — Acquisition of 151.64 acres through donation and purchase brought the total area of this military park to 1,850.10 acres. Shenandoah.— Acquisition of 4,141.94 acres through donation and purchase resulted in a total park area of 180,571.38 acres. Tonto. — By proclamation of April 1, 1937, 480 acres were added to this monu¬ ment, making its total area 1,120 acres. 62 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR PROPOSED EXTENSIONS OF EXISTING NATIONAL PARK AREAS The National Park Service is actively interested in the proposal to extend the boundaries of the Grand Teton National Park, Wyo., to include the Jackson Hole country and an area now lying within the Teton National Forest which surrounds Jackson Lake. This area includes Emma Mathilda and Two Ocean Lakes. Satisfactory ad¬ justments have been made with reference to the administration of the proposed extension as it relates to the adjacent national forest, and efforts are now being made to adjust the remaining difficulties in the way of park extension. An exceptionally beautiful forest of sugar pines adjacent to Yosemite National Park, and traversed by one of the main entrance roads, has been threatened with devastation by logging. Public protest resulted in the passage of legislation, June 1937, authorizing use of Federal funds for the purchase of approximately 7,000 acres of the finest section of this forest. Note. — The Third Deficiency Act, approved August 25, 1937, appropriated $2,005,000 for the purchase of these sugar pines. This extension would abolish the Grand Canyon National Monu¬ ment, adding approximately 57 percent of its area to the Grand Canyon National Park, Ariz., returning the remaining area, comprising some 118,000 acres of private and public land, to the public domain, prin¬ cipally for grazing purposes. A bill (H. R. 7264) containing such provisions, was introduced in the first session of the Seventy-fifth Congress. To bring into the Kilauea-Mauna Loa section of Hawaii National Park an area to the southeast containing a shoreline and one of the few remaining unspoiled native villages on the archipelago was the purpose of a bill (H. R. 1995) passed on April 19, 1937, by the House of Representatives. STATUS OF NATIONAL PARK PROJECTS AUTHORIZED BY CONGRESS A brief statement is given below regarding the progress made during the past year on some of the national park projects authorized by Congress: NATIONAL PARKS Early in 1937 a bill was introduced in the Texas Legislature pro¬ viding for an expenditure of $750,000 for the purchase of lands for park purposes. The bill was not enacted. The Everglades National Park Commission, appointed by the Gov¬ ernor of Florida, recently recommended that Florida Bay, Key Largo, and the Turner River section be eliminated from the proposed park. The Service has expressed its disapproval of the proposal and has THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 63 conferred extensively with the Everglades Park Commission. The Department is now studying the commission’s recommendations. Through an allocation of $705,000 from an emergency appropria¬ tion, and an appropriation of $100,000 by the State of Michigan, 28,810 acres have been purchased and the work by C. C. C. camps at this location has gone forward. The remaining funds make possible the acquisition of 76,210.83 acres now under contract or option, and 15,000 acres now in the course of condemnation. NATIONAL MONUMENTS The Badlands National Monument, South Dakota, was authorized by the act of March 4, 1929 (Public No. 1021). The State of South Dakota is now negotiating with the General Land Office of this Depart¬ ment for the exchange of the State lands within the project for Federal lands outside the area. The act of Congress of June 26, 1936 (Public No. 827), authorized an addition to include certain lands contiguous to the proposed Badlands National Monument, provided the entire monument area when established does not exceed 250,000 acres. The act of March 19, 1936 (Public No. 480), provided for the estab¬ lishment of the Homestead National Monument, Nebraska, and au¬ thorized the appropriation of $24,000 for the purchase of lands. That item was included in the 1937 Interior Department appropriation bill presented to Congress. The act of June 29, 1936 (Public No. 840), authorized the estab¬ lishment of the Whitman National Monument, Washington, as soon as the necessary lands are donated to the Federal Government. The National Park Service has been informed that the Whitman Centen¬ nial, Inc., and the Walla Walla Trust Foundation are now in a position to donate certain of the lands and to obtain scenic easements for the remainder. PROPOSED ADDITIONS TO THE NATIONAL PARK SYSTEM During the fiscal years 1935 and 1936 preliminary investigations of potential national park and monument areas reduced the number of proposed additions on the active list from 224 to 156. Major areas now under consideration are summarized below: PROPOSED NATIONAL PARKS Rare examples of landscape beauty, unusual forest conditions, and vanishing species of wildlife will be preserved in the proposed Mount Olympus National Park in Washington. The forest of the Olympic Peninsula is the highest expression of the wilderness, once typical of the Pacific Northwest, but now shrinking so rapidly under the axe that protection should be extended to it at the earliest opportunity. The Wallgren bill (H. R. 4724) to establish the park, provides for 64 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR elimination of certain costly private lands included in the former billy . and of certain other areas of commercially available forest. It proposes adding some areas of scenic timber line country. p The Kings River region has been urged for many years as a national ! , park. The chief opposition to park establishment was based upon , , the hydro-electric power potentialities of the canyon. Careful re- s examination of the proposed park area in 1936 by the National Park Service in cooperation with other Federal agencies resulted in elimina¬ tion of two important powder dam sites. Thus the principal objections to the establishment of the park have been removed, without sacrific¬ ing any of the outstanding scenic features, auguring more favorable action on the proposal in the future. Following investigation of the Green Mountains, Vermont, area in the autumn of 1936, the Department of the Interior has approved the submission to Congress of legislation authorizing its establishment as a national park. At the request of the Governor of Maine, a preliminary investiga¬ tion of the Mount Katahdin area was made in the spring of 1936. j Representative Brewster, of Maine, introduced a bill (H. R. 5864) in Congress, authorizing the establishment of the Mount Katahdin National Park. PROPOSED NATIONAL MONUMENTS Following investigation of the Capitol Reef area in Utah a proclama¬ tion establishing it as a national monument was prepared for sub¬ mission to the President. Escalante, Green River, and the Kofa Mountains areas along the Colorado River watershed are being considered for establishment as national monuments, pending further study of power and grazing rights. In the spring of 1937 the Wyoming State Legislature appropriated’ funds for the purchase of Fort Laramie, Wyo., on the Oregon Trail. Transfer of the fort to the Federal Government for establishment as a national monument is now under consideration. The Tuzigoot ruins in Arizona, excavated and restored under the supervision of archeologists, indicate that three major southwestern cultures were present simultaneously in the prehistoric past. The owners of the property desire to donate it to the Federal Government for national monument preservation. PROPOSED NATIONAL SEASHORES Surveys were made in 1935 of 20 areas along the Atlantic, Gulf, Pacific, and Great Lakes shores to locate desirable areas for public recreation. At the end of the fiscal year a bill (H. R. 7022) was pending in Congress to authorize establishment of the Cape Hatteras National Seashore in North Carolina. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 65 NATIONAL CAPITAL PARKS During the fiscal year 1937 many of the major projects started in previous years under the authority of the Public Works Administra¬ tion, the Works Progress Administration, and the Civilian Conserva¬ tion Corps Administration were completed. These included several approved projects of many years standing, and as a result numerous major features of the ultimate plan for the development of the National Capital Parks system have become established. Chief among these projects were the Mall and Union Square, rehabilitation of small parks and triangles within the boundaries of the old city and of Meridian Hill Park, Fort Bunker Hill and Fort Dupont Parks, the Palisades Field House and Playground, and Pierce Mill. In addition to the foregoing, important progress was made toward the develop¬ ment of Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Island, the Fort Drive project and the Arlington Memorial Bridge approach. Work on the George Washington Memorial Parkway completed during the year included rough grading and drainage for the parkway extension between Arlington Memorial Bridge and Key Bridge and the preliminary development of the Leiter estate, which was acquired during the year. This property is located on the Virginia shore of the Potomac approximately 2 miles upstream of Chain Bridge. Landscaping operations were continued in section 1, Rock Creek and Potomac Parkway, located between Constitution Avenue and K Street. A new bridle path paralleling the roadway was also con¬ structed in this section and the height of the sea wall was raised 3 feet as a protection against minor floods. In section 2 of Rock Creek and Potomac Parkway, between K and P Streets, a program for the landscaping of side slopes was continued during the year. The development of additional recreational facilities in accordance with the approved plan for the establishment of a recreation system for the National Capital was also an important accomplishment. The Potomac River reached flood stages on April 27, threatening section 1, Rock Creek and Potomac Parkway, East and West Potomac Parks. Serious damage by the flood was averted through the erection of a sand bag dike. Four companies of Civilian Conservation Corps enrollees, 600 Works Progress Administration workers, and 300 regular employees of the office were utilized in the construction of the dike. The White House greenhouses and propagating gardens for the National Capital Parks were maintained and operated. The total number of plants propagated was 298,731. Approximately 10,000 deciduous and evergreen shrubs, 20,000 deciduous and evergreen vines, 3,000 trees, 3,000 rose bushes, and 36,000 bulbs were planted. Included among the trees planted were 1,105 single-flowering Japanese cherry trees in East and West Potomac Parks. 66 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The total attendance in the National Capital Parks during the fiscal year was estimated at 48,000,000. Permits totalling 23,809 were ; issued for the use of 445 recreational facilities established at 50 locations throughout the capital parks system. The facilities were used by 3,887,895 persons, of whom 2,381,644 were active participants and 1,406,250 were spectators. The naturalist activities, mentioned elsewhere in this report, drew a total attendance of 42,660 persons at 205 educational events. MAINTENANCE OF FEDERAL BUILDINGS Continuing the building-maintenance operations entrusted to it when the operations of the former Office of Public Buildings and Public Parks of the National Capital were consolidated with Federal park administration, the National Park Service at the close of the fiscal year was entrusted with the maintenance, operation, and pro¬ tection of approximately 19,800,000 square feet of floor space, 17,500,- 000 of which were located in 45 Government-owned buildings and 2,300,000 in 63 rented buildings in the District of Columbia, and also of seven memorials; and similar service was provided in 13 Govern- ment-owmed buildings outside the District with a total floor area of over 1,298,000 square feet. The old Custom House at Salem, Mass., comprising approximately 11,520 square feet, and the new Museum Building at Morristown, N. J., which has a floor area of about 19,000 square feet, are the latest acquisitions of out-of-town buildings. Employees required and funds expended incident to providing this service were as follows: Expenditures Personnel Buildings in the District of Columbia.. _ $6,407,215 531, 000 OO OOO. 0/ 530, 680. 00 217,500. 00 - 748,180.00 963, 105. 00 50, 000. 00 1919 Interior Department _ _ *217,330.55 War Department _ 50,000. 00 _ . _ . 1 nio ine fin 1QA A7Q HI 1920 - 1, AUO. UU 907, 070. 76 1,058,969.16 1,433, 220.00 1,446, 520. 00 1,892,601.00 iyo, o/o. 316,877.96 396, 928. 27 432, 964. 89 513, 706. 36 663,886. 32 670, 920. 98 826, 454. 17 703, 849. 60 808, 255. 81 849, 272. 95 1, 015, 740. 56 940, 364. 79 820, 654. 19 628, 182.06 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 3, 027, 657. 00 1926 3, 258, 409. 00 3, 698, 920. 00 4, 889, 685. 00 4, 754,015.00 7, 813, 817. 18 12, 113, 435. 00 12, 831, 250. 00 10, 640, 620. 00 53, 402, 249. 00 10, 983, 089. 00 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1933-35 1934 731.331.80 907, 189. 96 1, 136, 533. 68 1, 398, 691. 66 1935 12, 461, 513. 00 16, 686, 090. 00 18, 190, 490. 00 1936 1937 1 For summary of appropriations and revenues prior to 1917 see 1920 Annual Report, p. 359. 8 The revenues from the various national parks were expendable during the years 1904 to 1918, inclusive, j with the exception of those received from Crater Lake, Mesa Verde, and Rocky Mountain National Parks, he revenues from which were turned into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts. NATIONA.L PARKS TABLE 5. — Statement of Appropriations and Authorizations for Road and Trail Work in the National Parks and National Monumenls Appropriation acts Fiscal year Cash appro¬ priation Authority to enter into con¬ tractual obligations Total pro¬ gram by fiscal year Act Dec. 5, 1924; 43 Stat. 686 . . . 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 | 1931 1932 1 $1, 000, 000 1, 500. 000 2, 000, 000 2, 000, 000 1, 000, 000 2, 500, 000 5,000. 000 1 5, 000 000 { 1,500,000 l 578, 800 5,000, 000 2, 500, 000 4, 500, 000 3, 000, 000 2, 435, 700 5. 000, 000 7, 500, 000 6, 500, 000 $1,000,000 2, 500, 000 2, 500, 000 Act Mar. 3, 1925; 43 Stat. 1179 . Act May 10, 1926; 44 Stat. 491 . Act Jan. 12, 1927; 44 Stat. 966 . . . . 8 $1,000, 000 * 1,500, 000 8 2, 500,000 8 4, 666, 656 3 2, 500, 000 8 2, 500,000 8 2, 850, 000 First Deficiency Act, Dec. 22, 1927; 45 Stat. 19 . . Act Mar. 7, 1928; 45 Stat. 237 . Act Mar. 4, 1929; 45 Stat. 1601 . . . . Act May 14, 1930; 46 Stat. 319 . . . . . . . Act Dec. 20, 1930; emergency construction . - . Emergency construction funds transferred by the President. Act Feb. 14, 1931; 46 Stat. 1115. . . . 3,000,000 5, 000, 000 3, 500, 000 7,078,800 Second Deficiency Act 1931; Mar. 4, 1931 _ 7, 850, 000 7, 150,000 Act Apr. 22, 1932; 47 Stat. 126, 127 . . . . . Emergency construction and relief _ 1933 8 2, 500, 000 Act Feb. 17, 1933; 47 Stat. 852, 853 . . . . Emergency construction. _ _ 1934 1935 1936 1937 -64, 300 5, 000, 000 7.500,000 6,500, 000 Act May 9. 1935; Public, No. 53, 74th Cong . Act June 22, 1936; Public, No. 741, 74th Cong . Total appropriated _ 58, 514, 500 Total program to date _ 58,514,500 1 Of this amount $4,290.39 was reappropriated Dec. 22, 1927 ( 45 Stat. 46), and $510 on May 29, 1928 (45 Stat.933). 1 Funds appropriated in next year. 8 $64,300 of this amount was not appropriated in 1934. k THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 75 — , "O 03 p © O 2 3 H a as a O O _ CO S3 ►>. s a > ® j- as £ g a® * CQ a ® C3 ,2 o'” I Is ^WNOHiONO kOH^lCHOO? I • lO ICO • * C^l ^ t>- C* .2 13 a © a O > 1 CO r-H CO ^ C* OC’ ( 'C^OO HHCOHr.T}l O O hhCOhW ^2 INhW i > a2^ © © 3; o © Mdfta g> o a -®®'a S« io oo i-i eo ifl co i-H •O g~ o 3 :« 3 a§-S-n-5 03^ p - co >>.® o .•§OOSScSm> gmQ^ 1 ss5q : ®« « ' c3 «0 ■ a jj 75 I.S 8 o IPhm.2 22914 — 37- 247 NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 6. — Forest-fire Statistics, Calendar Year, 1936 — Continued 76 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Cost of fire suppression (to nearest whole dollar) Value of C. C. C. con¬ tributed Dol. 27 852 16, 236 412 3 12, 511 21 152 3, 919 4 528 13 90 323 2, 238 546 1,008 2,262 1 101 99 42 54 29 CO to C. C. C. man- days con¬ tributed No. 18 568 10,824 275 2 8,341 14 101 2,613 MNOSOlONTfNOOH MOOOO® 50 £ 2 S£ fe S OCCXNCSH CO CM CO CO to 35 | Grand total Dol. 14 124 83, 594 335 4,447 3 3 110 31 81 24 1 178 267 50 1, 276 922 1 to ! i • i 05 oo Salaries of park em¬ ployees not paid from F. F. F. Tt«Tf ' • G) ~ ; ; i CO 05 CO t-H 'O ''f to I CM 05 00 rH i rr CM 22 00 Total Dol. O ^ CM i iO i i t i 00 ^ i • i i i 1 CO 1 1 1 1 00 i i i i 1 i i i i 1 ^ o .oot^r^t^co CO CM . CM CO CM r^CO • cm co 1 05 ! CM 1 CM ! In¬ direct costs pro¬ rated Dol. i i i i i i • 1 1 1 1 1 H O JO 1 1 1 • • 1 i i i CM i i iCO iii i i i o III III N i i CM ! Equip¬ ment § 1 O 1 1 Tf« « • 1 1 i N i 1 CM i i i i i CO i iCO i i i i 1 CM 1 l H 1 » 1 1 till 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 CO i i i i co i co o to ! i i i i i i i Supplies, transpor¬ tation, etc. Dol. . . Cl N IO i 05 i i i • CM ^ 1 Tf< 1 I 1 • N i to i i i i 1 iiii, i i i i i 20 14 388 53 Per¬ sonal serv¬ ices Dol. i itii rt< CM *H i M i i i i CO CO i O i i • i N i CO i i i i 1 1 1 Tt< 1 1 CO 1 CO CO CO CO 1 1 CM IHION II 1 CM 1 1 1 1 • 1 Timber destroyed inside parks Total M bd. ft. t ©J i i i i i 00 i CM i i i i i i CM i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CM ! CM iCO iHM i i O iCM t>- l i rH l 1 1 1 l l 1 1 1 1 Pri¬ vate M bd. ft. 1 rH 1 1 I i l I O 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 Gov¬ ern- * ment M bd.ft. 1 05 r— i i i i i 00 i i 1 CM i CM i CO i rH CO i ■ O ■CM*'- i i i i i l • l I i i i i i ■ i ■ i Burned area inside parks (near¬ est whole acre) Total Acres is is is 00 1 00 • • o r>T i f-T i i of i i i cm to 1 co oo cm CO • co CO CM CM i 366 1 1 9 14 84 4 Grass Acres HOfO » i i i i 00 iO i i i i 1 00 iii i 1 to 1 1 to CO CO 1 i CO i i i 1 1 1 CM 1 iii I 273 O to ^ t-H CO Brush Acres "mini i i i i i 1 • i H 00 to l i i i 05 05 rH ! Tim¬ ber Acres 1 1 1 HQN • 00 iH i tO ©1 rH ICO IH i O CO 1 OO 1 1 CM cm ! j co g co co og • i r>* to i i 5 ' I-H 00 Tt< OS Name National parks: Bryce Canyon . uraier i^aKe . . . Glacier . . . . . Grand Canyon . . Grand Teton . . . Great Smoky _ _ Hawaii . . . Hot Springs _ _ _ Lassen _ _ _ Mamoth Cave . . . . Mesa Verde _ _ Mount Rainier . . .. Platt.. . . Rocky Mountains _ Sequoia _ _ Shenandoah. . . Wind Cave . . Yellowstone _ Yosemite _ _ Zion . . . . . Military and historical parks: Chickamauga-Chattanooga... PnlnniQl 1 1 1 1 1 1 :s? :!s its : © S2 5T3 © 5 £ © )PhPl. Shiloh . . . Stones River . . Viokshiirtr 0 i i I I i THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 77 Class C. * Class B; class C. 78 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 7. — Buildings in the District of Columbia Maintained, Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service Building Location Government- owned gross floor area Rented net floor area Agriculture, Administration _ Agriculture, Annex (Economics). Agriculture, Mechanical Shops. Agriculture (South) _ The Mall at 13th St.. . . . Square feet 307, 692 86, 000 32, 058 2, 056, 430 496, 200 575, 000 83,938 Square feet 12th and C Sts. SW.. . . . 13th St. and Constitution Ave. NW . 12th, 14th and C Sts. and Independence Ave. SW. Constitution Ave. between 7th and 9th Sts. NW. Vermont Ave. and H St. NW . . . Arlington _ _ _ Army Medical Museum . 7th St. and Independence Ave. SW _ 928-30 F St. NW... . 38, 337 3 30, 750 26, 262 Barber & Ross 1 _ _ 11th and G Sts. NW. . . Barr 1 . . . . 910 17th St. NW _ _ _ Bureau of Fisheries . . . 6th St. and Independence Ave. SW . 39, 131 35, 000 C St. NW., 2115 _ Capitol Courts SW., 43-49 . 3 2, 500 8, 872 Carry 3 . . . . 927 15th St. NW . . . Central Heating Plant _ 12th, 13th, C and D Sts. SW . . . . City Club 1 _ 1320 G St. NW _ _ _ 48, 610 Civil Service _ _ - 7th, 9th, F and G Sts. NW . . . 246, 244 1, 605, 066 Constitution Ave. between 14th and 15th _ Connecticut Ave. NW., 815 _ 3 100, 000 Connecting wing . . Between new I. C. C. and Labor Bldgs _ 234, 100 Daily News _ 1322 New York Ave. NW _ _ _ _ 22, 000 15, 243 De Moll 3 . . 12th and G Sts. NW . . . . 6th St. and Main Ave. SW _ 231, 771 274, 323 E St. NW“ 1300 _ E St. NW.' 1345 3 . . 7,544 Executive Office _ West Executive Ave _ _ _ 40, 000 266, 560 F Building. _ _ 7t.h St. and Constitution Ave. NW F St. NW., 918-20 i . . . 1,230 F St. NW., 1723-25.. . . 20, 369 F St. NW.. 1724 . 3 46, 946 Fed. Home Loan Bank Board.. Florida Ave. NE., 60 _ 101 Indiana Ave. NW _ _ _ 278, 700 27, 200 4, 000 G St. NW.. 1328 3 . . G St. NW., 1712 (annex).. . 8, 166 G St. NW., 1712... . . . . 3 84, 981 43, 723 Garage (Veterans’ Administra¬ tion.) Garage _ Kansas Ave. and Upshur St. NW _ 3d and Canal Sts. SW . . 48, 000 Oarage ("White Hnnsel 1126 21st St. NW _ _ 3 90, 788 Garage (Interior) _ 21st St. and Virginia Ave. NW . . 36, 000 Garage _ 24th and M Sts. NW . . . . 3 48, 800 General Accounting Judiciary Square _ 196, 554 H St. NW., 1510 . 8,738 8, 090 * 199, 344 3 95, 091 489 3 13, 000 B St. NW., 1712 i . . H St. NW., 1825 . Hurley- W right _ 1.8th St. and Pennsylvania Ave. NW . I St. NW., 1004 . . . I St. NW.. 1624 Independence Ave. SW., 816 _ 4,239 17,408 1,308,300 726,535 1, 281, 000 456, 700 Independence Ave. SW., 908 _ Interior _ C, E, 18th and 19th Sts. NW _ Interior (North) E, F, 18th and 19th Sts. NW... _ _ Internal Revenue _ Constitution Ave. between 10th and 12th Sts. NW. 12t.h St. and Constitution Ave. NW Interstate Commerce _ Investment 3 _ _ 15th and K Sts. NW . . . . . 18, 620 Justine Constitution Ave. between 9th and 10th Sts. NW. 1,237,000 K St. NW., 1415 i . 5,374 15, 000 3 20. 000 10, 632 28, 000 K St. NW., 1435 . . . . K St. NW., 1437 . . K St. NW., 1518 . . . Kalorama Rd. NW., 1700 _ Labor 14th St. and Constitution Ave. NW _ 447,000 LaSalle » 1028 Connecticut Ave. NW . .i _ 49. 416 25, 975 22.000 13,938 9,317 10, 683 Lp.mon 1729 New York Ave. NW . Lenox 3 _ 1523 L St. NW _ _ Lincoln 1 _ 514 10th St. NW . . M St. NW., 2214-16. . McCrory 3 . 824-26 7th St. NW . 1 Either maintenance, operation, or protection or all three classes of service provided only for a portion of the building. All other buildings except 1001 Vermont Ave., NW., maintained, operated, or protected in their entirety. 1 Gross area. 3 Protection service only is provided. THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 79 NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 7. — Buildings in the District of Columbia Maintained, Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service — Continued Building Location Government- owned gross floor area Rented net floor area Square feet Svuare feet 65, 633 3 24, 309 19. 242 12, 323 97, 378 916 G St. NW . . . 11th and F Sts. NW . . . . Constitution Ave. between 19th and 21st Sts. NW. 1325 E St. NW _ _ 851, 940 16, 000 Constitution Ave. between 17th and 19th Sts. NW. 801 G St. NW . . . . . 949, 182 17, 557 3 207, 550 Pennsylvania Ave. between 12th and 13th Sts. NW. 12th St. and Pennsylvania Ave. NW _ 840, 666 377,951 108, 000 886, 750 79, 931 Post Office (old) _ _ _ Potomac Park Apartment _ 306 21st SL NW...* _ _ _ _ _ Procurement Division 8th, 9th, C and D Sts. SW _ _ _ Public Health _ _ Constitution Ave. between 19th and 20th Sts. NW. 1737 L St. NW. . Rizik3.. . . . 15, 983 55. 080 36, 762 South Capitol St., 401. _ Standard Oil 3 __ _ 261 Constitution Ave. NW.. _ State Department- . . 17th and Pennsvlvania Ave. NW _ 440, 250 5,949 140,118 78,240 Storage Building & Vault . Missouri Ave. between 4’^ and 6th Sts. NW. 7th, 8th, E and F Sts. NW _ _ _ Tariff Commission _ Tempo No. 2 . . . 19th and D Sts. NW _ U Street NW,, 1331-41 _ ... 2 85, 725 * 119, 000 3,693 54, 696 13, 631 * 110, 312 Vermont Ave. NW., 1001 3 _ Vermont Ave. NW., 1020 3 _ Vermont Ave. NW., 1025 _ Vermont Court NW., 1126. .. Walker-Johnson _ _ 1734 New York Ave. NW . . Wilkins _ _ 1514 H St. NW _ _ _ _ 54,666 Willard _ _ _ _ 513-15 14th St. NW . . . 26, 543 Winder . . . . 17th and F Sts. NW- . . . 63, 880 7th St. NW., 425... . . 7,000 8th St. SW., 215 . 5,970 10th St. NW., 1918 . . 48, 799 12th St. SW., 224_ . . ' . . . . .... .... 13, 204 14th St. NW., 5091. . . 6, 540 30, 500 10, 446 > 41, 330 3 44, 100 2 5, 500 22, 200 14th St. NW., 1840 . . 15th St. NW., 821 _ . * ' " . . . . i 18th St. NW., 718 . : . . . . 1 19th St. NW., 1220 _ _ — --i 21st St. NW., 1503... . 26th St. NW., 501-13 3 _ .. Total _ 17,570,899 2, 399, 325 1 NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 8. — Buildings Outside the District of Columbia Maintained, Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service Building Location Government- owned gross floor area Broadway, 45 J... . . . New York City, N. Y . Square feet 142, 500 17, 474 655, 787 34,900 47, 600 64, 200 15, 000 98, 000 i 19, 000 72, 500 1 11, 520 47, 600 72, 000 Courthouse. _ _ _ _ _ Aiken, S. C _ _ _ _ _ Do . . . . New York City, N. Y _ Do . . . . . Parkersburg, W. Va _ _ Do.... . . . . . . . Santa Fe, N. Mex _ _ _ Federal Office . . . Des Moines, Iowa. . Do _ _ _ Galveston, Tex. . . Immigration Station... _ _ _ Baltimore, Md . Museum _ _ _ _ _ Morristown, N. J _ Old Customhouse _ _ Denver, Colo.. .. .. _ _ _ Do . . . . . Salem, Mass _ .. _ _ Old Post Office.. ._ _ _ Sacramento, Calif .. Sub-Treasury _ _ _ _ _ New York City, N. Y._ . Total _ 1,298,081 Approximate gross floor areas. 80 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 9. — Memorials Maintained, Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service Memorial Location Gross floor area Columbus Fountain . . Union Station Plaza _ Square feet District of Columbia War Memorial . West Potomac Park . . • _ Lee Mansion . . . . Arlington, Va. _ 7,252 4, 234 Lincoln House _ 516 10th St. NW . Lincoln Memorial . . West Potomac Park.... _ _ Lincoln Museum _ 511 10th St., NW . 30, 510 Washington Monument . . . The Mall between 14th and 17th Sts _ _ Total . _ . ._ . 41,996 NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 10. — Statement Showing Work Accomplished at Civilian Conservation Corps Camps Under the Jurisdiction of the National Park Service July 1, 1936 to June 30, 1937 Total work accomplished July 1, 1936-June 30, 1937 Item New construction Mainte¬ nance Unit National parks and monu¬ ments State parks Combined total national parks and State parks National parks and monu¬ ments Foot bridges . . . Number _ 23 122 145 22 Horse bridges . . Number _ 18 9 27 8 Vehicle bridges _ Number _ 11 103 114 28 Buildings, barns . . . Number . . 2 5 7 8 Buildings, bath houses . . Number _ 3 20 23 Buildings, cabins, overnight ... Number _ 10 286 296 Combination buildings... . . Number _ 51 51 Buildings, contact station. . . Number _ 11 14 25 4 Dwellings . . . . . . . Number _ 55 50 105 343 Equipment and supply storage houses— Number . 32 117 149 20 Garages . . . Number _ 22 143 165 5 Latrines and toilets . . Number . . 99 216 315 86 Lodges . . Number _ 20 20 7 Lookout houses Number _ 14 14 5 Lookout towers _ Number _ 10 4 14 4 Museums . . . Number _ 3 1 4 8 Shelters, trailside _ _ Number _ 3 98 101 Shelters, other .. Number _ 94 94 6 Other buildings _ _ Number _ 34 205 239 65 Cribbing, including filling. . . Cubic yard... 2,875 19,087 21, 962 5,081 Dams, impounding and large diversion.. Number. . 5 32 37 3 Dams, concrete for . _ Cubic yard _ 220 32, 718 32, 938 Dams, earth fill for . Cubic yard _ 13,690 598, 794 612, 484 150 Dams, rock fill for Cubic yard.... 4, 662 4,662 Dams, earth excavation for _ Cubic yard.... 325, 144 325, 144 1,404 Dams, rock excavation for _ Cubic yard— 30 20, 215 20,245 Dams, masonry for Cubic yard— 130 11, 286 11,416 Dams, riprap for . Square yard— . 48 38,062 38, no 30 Dams, steel for . Pound _ 576, 258 576, 258 Fences.. . . . Rod . . 26, 900. 4 65, 317 92, 217. 4 76, 175 Guard rails _ _ _ _ Rod.. . 2, 647 23, 423. 3 2, 607. 03 1, 573 Levees, dykes, and jetties _ _ Cubic yard— — 8,000 185, 923 193, 923 Power lines _ _ Mile _ 6.3 50. 7 57.0 20.9 Sewage and waste disposal Square yard 55, 148 55, 148 Sewage and waste disposal tanks and Number . 21 171 192 2 pools. Incinerators _ _ Number _ 9 42 51 Sewer lines . . . Linear foot— 37,060 106, 554 143, 614 6,531 Other sewage disposal _ _ Man-days _ 5, 429 4, 590 10, 019 596 Telephone lines... . . . Mile . 124.5 109 233.5 1, 973. 1 Drinking fountains _ Number _ 18 162 180 Water supply, open ditches .. _ Linear foot— 1,200 4, 730 5, 930 Water supply, pipe or tile lines . Linear foot— . 105, 055 345, 267 450, 322 18, 734 Springs, water holes . . Number _ 30 105 135 Water storage facilities (omit last 000) _ Gallon _ 632.3 632.3 Wells . Number . 13 110 123 2 THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 81 NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 10. — Statement Showing Work Accomplished at Civilian Conservation Corps Camps Under the Jurisdiction of the National Park Service July 1 , 1936 to June 30, 1937 — Continued Item Total work accomplished July 1, 1936-June 30, 1937 New construction Mainte¬ nance Combined National total National parks and State national parks and monu¬ parks parks and monu¬ ments State ments parks Man-days . 2,718 7, 335 10,053 2.745 Number _ 429 2,268 2,697 72 31 31 1 Number . 9 6 15 2 6 34 40 Number _ 280 5, 993 6, 273 77 Number . 6, 670 4, 521 11, 191 2,418 Rod.... . . 1, 578. 5 3,986.8 5, 565. 3 70 Number . 684 4, 394 5,078 22 5 105 110 Number . 203 4, 357 4, 560 3 3 3 43 1 1 Mile . 98.8 210.7 309.5 955.4 Mile . 99.3 99.3 1, 274. 3 Mile _ 1, 731. 4 Mile . 344.3 344.3 Mile . . 93.8 301 394.8 305.3 Mile . . 119 3 153.6 272.9 1,926.8 Square yard... 23, 194 235, 797 258, 991 Acre . . 3, 758. 7 2, 259. 2 6, 017. 9 307.2 Square yard— 409, 680 236, 589 646, 269 192, 248 Number _ 345 2,514 2, 859 Number . 791 1,946 2,737 1, 526 Square yard _ 193, 542 494, 116 687,658 170, 793 Square yard— 220, 972 83,500 304, 472 Linear feet _ 108, 209 22, 582 130,791 4,680 Mile _ 1 5. 1 6. 1 Acre _ 1,005 1, 005 Ton . 700 700 Man-days _ 65, 491 65, 491 Square yard— 86, 820 86, 820 Acre _ 60 284.7 344.7 Cubic yard— 24, 242 1, 082, 105 1, 106, 347 Cubic yard.— 370 45,773 46, 143 Linear feet _ 6, 104 500 6,604 Square yard— 5,281 42, 188 47, 469 Square yard— 1, 388 1,388 Cubic yard— — 725 3, 681 4,406 Ft. b. m _ 5, 504 42, 450 47, 954 3,831 Number _ 62 185 247 11 Acre.. . 4, 259. 7 6, 713. 6 10, 973. 3 5, 366. 7 Acre _ 64 1,203 1,267 Man-day . 39, 477 56, 171 2, 583 Bushel ’ 177 102 279 Pound _ 4, 269 14, 510 18, 779 Man-day _ 34, 281 127, 749 162. 030 Mile . . 12.8 331.2 344.0 37.9 Mile . 146.9 153.7 300.6 Mile . 51.5 162. 5 214.0 Acre _ 7, 146. 2 19, 601. 3 26, 747. 5 Man-day _ 39,814 51, 190 91, 004 Man-day _ 1,355 2, 758 4, 113 Acre _ 5, 269 33, 338. 6 38, 607. 6 Acre . 16, 530. 9 61,497 78, 027. 9 4,314 Acre _ _ 56 230. 1 286. 1 1.3 Square yard— . 1, 194. 093 3. 260, 906 4, 454, 999 2, 521 Acre.. . . 1,021 2, 144. 2 3, 165. 2 Acre . . 11, 151.6 3,883 15, 034. 6 486.6 Number. . 522, 716 1,995, 402 2,518, 118 488, 548 Mile . . 44. 1 72.5 116.6 Mile . 3 11.7 14. 7 Man-day . . 15, 206 65, 428 80, 634 Square yard— 86, 370 774, 578 860, 948 2.000 Other water supply . - Camp stoves, etc . . . . . Cattle guards . Corrals . . . . Portals . . — Seats _ _ _ _ _ Signs . . . . . Stone walls . . Table and bench combinations _ Tool boxes— _ _ Miscellaneous structural improvements. Radio stations . . Airplane landing fields. . . Truck trails . . . . Minor roads. . . . . Highway maintenance. . . Park roads _ Foot trails . . . . Horse trails . . Stream and lake bank protection _ Erosion treatment of gullies; area treated . Gullies, bank sloping . Gullies, permanent check dams _ Gullies, temporary check dams. . . Gullies, seeding and sodding . Gullies, tree planting . Gullies, diversion ditches . Terracing _ _ _ Sheet erosion planting . . . Limestone quarrying . . Miscellaneous erosion control _ _ Clearing and cleaning, channels . Clearing and cleaning, reservoir sites _ Excavation, canals, channels, ditches, earth. Excavation, canals, channels, ditches, rock. Pipe lines and conduits . Riprap or paving, rock or concrete.. . Riprap or paving, brush or willows _ Water control structures, concrete or or masonry for. Water control structures, wood for . Water control structures, other than dams, number. Field planting or seeding (trees) . . Forest stand improvement _ Nurseries... . . . . . Tree seed collection., conifers _ Tree seed collection, hardwoods. . . Fighting forest fires . . Fire breaks . . . Fire hazard reduction, roadside . Fire hazard reduction, trail-side _ Other fire hazard reduction . Fire presuppression. . Fire prevention . . Tree and plant disease control _ _ Tree insect pest control . Beach improvement . Fine grading, road slopes . . Lake or pond site clearing . . Landscaping, undifferentiated . . Moving and planting trees and shrubs... Obliteration, roads . . . Obliteration, trails . . . . Obliteration, borrow pits _ Parking areas and overlooks . . 82 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 10. — Statement Showing Work Accomplished at Civilian Conservation Corps Camps Under the Jurisdiction of the National Park Service July 1, 1936 to June 30, 1937 — Continued Total work accomplished July 1, 1936-June 30, 1937 Item New construction National Combined total Unit parks and State national monu¬ ments parks parks and State parks Acre _ 158. 7 204.5 363.2 Acre _ 63.9 364.3 428.2 Number _ 776 2, C06 2,782 Pound _ ... 2, 599 4, 367 6, 966 Acre _ 519. 1 1, 993. 5 2, 512. 6 Acre _ 393 1,109 1,502 Acre _ _ 230.7 2, 086. 6 2. 317. 3 Linear foot _ 21, 342 52, 468 73, 810 Number _ 9 29 38 Acre _ 15 7, 414.6 7,429.6 Man-day _ 81 28,345 28, 426 Number _ 1,196, 820 156,237 1, 353, 057 Mile _ 11. 1 12.8 23.9 Man-day _ 8, 548 6, 666 15, 214 Man-day _ 116 116 Man-day _ 51, 700 38, 610 90, 310 Man-day... . 1, 608 4, 395 6,003 Man-day _ 9, 271 132, 024 141, 295 Acre _ 5,009 1, 633. 4 6, 642. 4 Number _ 12 8 20 Acre _ ... 600 600 Man-day _ 3, 160 5, 444 8, 604 Man-day _ 2, 193 540 2. 733 Mile _ 136.5 134.1 270.6 40 5. 391. 2 5, 431. 2 Man-day _ 83,961 562, 396 646, 360 Man-day. — .. 13, 854 20, 525 34, 379 Man-day _ 2,417 21, 620 24, 037 Number. . 934 58 992 Acre _ _ 2,050 2, 050 Mile _ 120.1 488.7 608.8 Acre . . . 410 410 Mile _ 701.5 1, 683. 9 2, 385. 4 Acre _ _ 5, 208. 4 715 265,341.6 270, 550 Acre _ 50,710.4 9, 092 51, 425. 4 13, 826 Man-day _ 4,734 Man-day _ 21, 140 27, 605 48, 745 Man-day _ 5,898 1, 092 6,990 . Mainte¬ nance National parks and monu¬ ments Public camp ground development _ Public picnic ground development _ Razing undesirable structures _ Seed collection, flowers, grasses, shrubs.. Seeding or sodding _ _ _ Soil preparation (fertilizing, etc.) _ Vista or other selective cutting _ Walks; concrete, gravel, cinder, etc _ Fish rearing ponds . . . Food and cover planting _ Lake and pond development _ Stocking fish . . . Stream development _ Other wildlife activity _ Emergency wildlife feeding _ _ _ Education, guide and contact station work. Searching for or rescuing persons _ Other emergency work _ _ _ Eradication of poisonous weeds or exotic plants. Experimental plots... . Insect pest control... _ _ Type and topographic maps _ Relief maps and models. . . Marking boundaries. . . Mosquito control _ Preparation and transportation of ma¬ terials. Archaeological, reconnaissance and in¬ vestigation. Reconnaissance and investigation, other. Restoration of historic structures _ Rodent control _ _ Grade line surveys _ Ground water surveys _ _ _ Lineal surveys _ _ Topographic surveys _ Type surveys _ _ _ _ _ Other surveys _ _ _ Tree preservation _ U nclassifiable _ _ _ 460.2 406.7 5, 126. 7 2 7, 306 25 1, 725 GENERAL LAND OFFICE Fred W. Johnson, Commissioner SINCE the passage of the act of June 28, 1934 (48 Stat. 1269), known as the Taylor Grazing Act, as amended by the act of June 26, 1936 (49 Stat. 1976), and the withdrawal of the public lands from entry by Executive orders of November 26, 1934, and February 5, 1935, nos. 6910 and 6964, respectively, the work of the General Land Office has undergone a very decided change. Conservation rather than dis¬ posals is the dominant note in the administration of the public lands under existing laws. With some exceptions, which hereinafter will be noted under the heading “Present Status of Public Lands in Con¬ nection With General Withdrawals”, the public lands may now be disposed of only after appropriate classifications. While formerly the public lands were open range, subject to unre¬ stricted grazing use, more than 110,000,000 acres of such lands have been included within grazing districts established under the above- mentioned acts, and grazing leases have been issued under the super¬ vision of this Office regulating the grazing use of approximately 5,643,000 acres outside of such grazing districts. Such regulation will tend to prevent overgrazing of the lands and consequent soil deterioration. In order to secure the more economical administration of the re¬ maining lands both within and outside of grazing districts, the Taylor Grazing Act provides for exchanges of lands with the States and with individuals. The States and individuals making the exchanges will also benefit through the consolidation of their respective holdings. Applications for such exchanges were pending at the close of the year involving more than 2,375,000 acres of public land. The present status of such applications will be given under appropriate titles. In connection with the oil and gas resources, it may be noted that on June 30, 1937, there were pending 4,237 applications for oil and gas leases under the act of August 21, 1935 (49 Stat. 674), amending the mineral leasing act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437), in the 83 84 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR interest of conservation. Further reference to these and other appli¬ cations under the mineral leasing acts will be made under the title “Mineral Leases and Mining Claims.” The area included in original entries, selections, and filings made | during the year was 124,530 acres, as against 425,834 acres for the preceding year. For the most part, such entries, selections, and filings were based on applications filed or rights initiated prior to the withdrawal of the public lands from entry by Executive orders of November 26, 1934, no. 6910, and February 5, 1935, no. 6964. How¬ ever, 155 reclamation homestead entries were made for 17,463 acres of public lands and 24 forest homestead entries were made for 1,655 acres, the said Executive orders having been construed by the Depart¬ ment not to prohibit the allowance of such entries. In addition, 26 reclamation homestead entries were made for 3,561 acres of ceded Indian land, which was subject to such disposition. The area embraced in final entries, selections, and filings made dur¬ ing the year was 2,026,203 acres, an increase of 88,677 acres over the area included in such entries during the preceding year. Altogether, 6,279 patents were issued for 2,114,142 acres, while during the preceding year 8,238 patents were issued for 2,216,684 acres. Minerals in some form were reserved in 69 percent of all land patented. Under State grants, 74,420 acres were certified to States as indemnity school selections and as quantity selections under grants for specific purposes. The area which, on June 30, 1937, was embraced in unperfected entries upon which final proof of compliance with the law was not due or had not been presented, was 9,555,102 acres. There were furnished during the year 41,364 certified and uncerti¬ fied copies of entry papers, plats, field notes, patents, etc., for which there were received amounts aggregating $11,961.70. In addition, there were furnished for official use by this and other departments and agencies, 53,900 copies of such items. The total number of copies furnished shows a decrease of 1,650, or about percent under the preceding year; the receipts from such copies show an increase of $1,134.95, or more than 10 percent over the preceding year. Reports were submitted on 128 Senate and House bills, and neces¬ sary orders and instructions have been prepared or are in course of preparation in connection with 24 bills, public and private, affecting the public lands, which are enacted into law. Reports were made on five enrolled bills. Twelve cases have been found in which, through inadvertence, patents have been issued without mineral reservations required by law and more than 6 years have elapsed since the patents were issued. In all of such cases field investigations have been requested by this Office with a view either to obtaining appropriate reconveyances from GENERAL LAND OFFICE 85 the patentees or, if not obtainable, for the purpose of securing data needed as a basis for civil proceedings in the courts, looking to the recovery of the erroneously patented mineral deposits. Three hundred and eleven letters were written in connection with pending and proposed suits, application of agents or attorneys for admission to practice before the Department, and charges preferred against United States Commissioners, registers, attorneys, and others. Twenty civil suits were recommended to cancel leases for oil and gas, coal, potash, borax, and sodium; to cancel patents issued through fraud; and in connection with timber trespass. Eighteen cases were reported won and six lost. As a result of such suits, judgments and compromises have been reported amounting to $11,629.11, of which $11,353.45 was paid, and 240.63 acres were recovered. Seventy-one applications of agents and attorneys for admission to practice before the Department were considered, of which 69 were approved and 2 rejected. The number of letters and reports received for consideration or answer from all sources during the year was 135,106, and 68,432 letters and decisions were written. The latter figure does not include letters prepared for signature in the Department. There were decided on principles of equity and referred to the Board of Equitable Adjudication and confirmed 1,652 homestead entries of public lands, 35 homestead entries of ceded Indian lands, 25 reclama¬ tion homesteads, and 37 desert-land entries. Descriptions of lands were furnished for orders establishing grazing districts, and diagrams to accompany the orders, showing the exterior boundaries of each district and other pertinent data, were prepared. Estimates were submitted giving the area of the unappropriated, un¬ reserved public lands in each established grazing district. In land exchanges made for the benefit of other bureaus, this Office examined abstracts of title covering about 150,000 acres. On June 30, 1937, there were 252 employees of the General Land Office in Washington, 72 in the district land offices, 136 in the field surveying service, and 3 in the Chippewa logging service. EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK The work of controlling the coal fires that for years have been de¬ stroying the irreplaceable federally owned coal beds in the vicinity of Little Thunder Basin, Wyo., was resumed on May 9 and continued to October 15, 1936, from two C. C. C. camps located at Gillette, Wyo., and operated under the jurisdiction of the General Land Office. The report for the year again shows that not a single lost-time acci¬ dent has resulted to any enrollee notwithstanding the fact that the work is perhaps the most hazardous carried on by any C. C. C. camp. 86 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR During the season work was conducted on 14 different projects, involving 1 1 separate and distinct underground coal fires, 1 emergency forest fire, 1 emergency prairie fire, and a miscellaneous undertaking. PRESENT STATUS OF PUBLIC LANDS IN CONNECTION WITH GENERAL WITHDRAWALS General withdrawals. — By Executive order of November 26, 1934, no. 6910, issued under authority of the act of June 25, 1910 (36 Stat. 847), as amended by the act of August 24, 1912 (37 Stat. 497), the vacant, unreserved, and unappropriated public lands in the States of Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming were temporarily withdrawn from settlement, location, sale, or entry, subject to existing valid rights. This order was amended by Executive order of May 20, 1935, no. 7048, so as to make it applicable to all lands within the States mentioned upon the cancelation or release of prior entries, selections, or claims, or upon the revocation of prior withdrawals, un¬ less expressly otherwise provided in the order of revocation, and so as to authorize the Secretary of the Interior, in his discretion, to accept title to land offered in exchange under the provisions of section 8 of the Taylor Grazing Act. The order of November 26, 1934, was further amended by Executive order of November 26, 1935, no. 7235, so as to permit sales under section 14 and the issuance of leases under section 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act, and so as not to debar the recognition or allowance of bona fide nonmetalliferous mining claims. The order of November 26, 1934, was further amended by Executive order of January 14, 1936, no. 7274, so as to exclude from the operation thereof all lands which were then or might thereafter be included within graz¬ ing districts established pursuant to the provisions of the Taylor Graz¬ ing Act, so long as such lands remain a part of any such grazing district. By Executive Order No. 6964, of February 5, 1935, issued under authority of the said act of June 25, 1910, as amended, all public lands in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Nebraska, Oklahoma, Washington, and Wisconsin were temporarily withdrawn from settlement, location, sale, or entry subject to valid existing rights. This order was amended by Executive order of May 6, 1936, no. 7363, so as to permit exchanges under section 8, sales under section 14, and the issuance of leases under section 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act. Classification j or entry under any law authorized. — Section 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act of June 28, 1934 (48 Stat. 1269), as amended by section 2 of the act of June 26, 1936 (49 Stat. 1976), authorizes the Secretary of the Interior, in his discretion, to examine, classify, and open to appropriate entry any lands withdrawn by the Executive GENERAL LAND OFFICE 87 order of November 26, 1934, as amended, or the Executive order of February 5, 1935, or any lands within a grazing district, which are more valuable or suitable for the production of agricultural crops than for the production of native grasses and forage crops, or more valuable or suitable for any other use than for the use provided for under said act, or proper for acquisition in satisfaction of any outstanding lien, exchange, or scrip rights or land grant, except that homestead entries may not be allowed for tracts exceeding 320 acres in area. Kevised instructions governing the filing of applications for entry, selection, or location under said section 7 were approved June 29, 1937, Circular No. 1353. The said section 7, as amended, further provides that locations and entries under the mining laws, including the act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437), as amended, may be made upon such withdrawn and reserved areas without regard to classification and without restrictions or limitation by any provision of the act. UNAPPROPRIATED PUBLIC LANDS The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands as of June 30, 1934, the date on which a computation was last made, was approximately 165,695,479 acres, not including Alaska, and not including small areas remaining undisposed of in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missis¬ sippi, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and Wisconsin. Of such areas 1 19,341,782 acres were surveyed, and 46,353,697 acres were unsurveyed. The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands in Alaska was approximately 346,174,242 acres, of which 2,044,421 acres were surveyed. In computing the areas which were vacant and unreserved on the date mentioned, lands in pending, unallowed applications were considered as appropriated; but lands in applications for oil and gas prospecting permits, or in permits granted, or in applications for coal, phosphate, sodium, and/or sulphur, oil shale, or potash permits or leases, or in permits or leases granted, were considered as unappro¬ priated. In view of the fact that the lands affected by the oil-shale order of withdrawal of April 15, 1930, or in designated geological structures of producing oil or gas fields, or in approved oil and gas leases, were then subject to disposition under the stock-raising home¬ stead act, such lands were treated as unappropriated. The areas which were included in original entries, selections, filings, etc., during the fiscal years 1935, 1936, and 1937, were 2,281,253 acres in the public-land States, and 28,189 acres in Alaska, a total of 2,309,442 acres. No computation has been made showing the areas restored to the public domain during said years through the rejection of applications or the cancelation of entries. 88 REPORT OE THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands in grazing districts established under the provisions of the Taylor Grazing Act was about 110,152,000 acres as of June 30, 1937. LANDS PATENTED WITH MINERAL RESERVATIONS The following table shows the areas patented during the year and the total areas heretofore so patented in which minerals in some form have been reserved to the United States: Fiscal year Total reserved Stockraising act, all minerals reserved _ Acres 1, 419, 778 3,782 9, 941 26, 035 Acres 29, 113, 272 444, 192 10, 785, 468 1, 758, 386 Other acts: All mineral reserved _ _ Coal only reserved _ Some named mineral reserved _ _ Total _ _ _ _ _ 1, 459, 536 42, 101, 318 CADASTRAL ENGINEERING SERVICE The Cadastral Engineering Service of the General Land Office is charged with the execution of cadastral surveys and resurveys of the public lands of the United States proper and Alaska, the supervision of mineral surveys for patent, and the preparation of the technical and legal records of the work performed. During the year field projects were executed in 22 States and the Territory of Alaska under 227 separate groups, 69 of which in 14 States were of resurveys. In these areas, 37,662 linear miles, em- I bracing 6,756,225 acres, were surveyed and resurveyed, exclusive of engineering investigations and many types of miscellaneous and special projects not measurable on a quantity basis. Office work in all branches was maintained on a current basis. Two hundred and eighty-nine township base plats, 154 color overlay sheets, 27 supplemental diagrams, 45 amended and segregation plats, I and 101 special plats of miscellaneous surveys were constructed, the field notes in connection therewith being prepared in final form for the permanent record. In addition, 132 mineral surveys, embracing 543 locations, were examined, platted, and approved. Requests by other Federal agencies for surveys and resurveys to meet the requirements of administration, conservation, and rehabili¬ tation of the National estate, continued in increasing number and geographic scope. Such applicants included the Forest Service, Division of Grazing Control, Bureau of Reclamation, National Park Service, Geological Survey, Office of Indian Affairs, and the Soil Conservation Service. Accepted surveys and resurveys. — There were accepted and placed on file plats representing 966,057 acres of original surveys of public GENERAL LAND OFFICE 89 lands, and in addition 720,777 acres of lands resurveyed, comprising an aggregate area of 1,686,834 acres. Maps, plats, and diagrams. — The wall map of the United States has been revised to show changes since the publication of the 1934 edition. The 1936 edition has been printed and delivered. A new map of New Mexico has been issued, and a new map of Utah is in the hands of the contractor for printing. A revised copy of the large United States map, showing the railroad grants, is being prepared for exhibit purposes in the new Interior museum. Three hundred and thirty -nine miscellaneous maps, plats, diagrams, and tracings have been prepared. Photolithographic copies, etc. — There were sold 7,595 photolitho¬ graphic copies of township plats, for which $3,824.50 was received; and 10,749 copies were furnished other Bureaus for official use. There were 595 maps mounted and distributed for official use, and appropriate distribution was made of 3,143 map publications and 95,453 circulars. RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES The total cash receipts from sales, leases, and other disposals of public lands (including receipts from copies of records, sales of Govern¬ ment property, etc.) were $7,333,915.89 and from sales of Indian lands $65,924.05, an aggregate of $7,399,839.94, all of which was deposited in the Treasury. The total expenditure from appropria¬ tions made for the conduct of the Office was $1,503,010.23. The excess of receipts over expenditures was $5,896,829.71. The receipts were the largest in any year since 1927, exceeding last year’s receipts by $2,205,540.32. Receipts under mineral leasing acts. — Receipts from bonuses, royal¬ ties, and rentals under laws providing for the leasing rights on the public domain (including royalties and rentals on potash deposits and royalties on coal leases in Alaska) aggregated $5,773,681.89, of which $5,622,366.18 was received under the act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437). The largest receipts under this act were from lands in California, the amount being $3,107,987.77. Wyoming was second, $1,503,743.29. Receipts from other States follow: New Mexico, $521,311.34; Colorado, $144,813.94; Utah, $139,350.05; Mon¬ tana, $106,317.25; Louisiana, $64,667.53; North Dakota, $22,823.42; Alabama, $7,586.40; Idaho, $3,137.25; South Dakota, $427.31; Nevada, $160; Kansas, $40; and Arizona, 63 cents. Under the pro¬ visions of the Mineral Leasing Act cited, each State receives 37^ percent of the receipts thereunder from the public lands within its borders, the reclamation fund receives 52 % percent, and the other 10 percent remains in the Treasury of the United States as miscel¬ laneous receipts. 90 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Receipts under the Taylor Grazing Act. — The amounts received as fees on grazing licenses, by grazing districts, and by States, and the receipts for fees and rentals under section 15 of the act, are as follows: Arizona. .. California. Colorado.. Idaho . Montana. Nevada... New Mexico. Oregon. South Dakota. Utah . Fees on licenses from grazing districts District Amount 1 $15,317.95 2 4,511.34 4 6, 462. 75 26, 292. 04 1 4,437.04 2 13,101.21 17, 538. 25 1 17, 854. 65 2 3,002.85 3 13,056.83 4 7, 741. 83 6 8, 157. 70 49,813.86 1 20, 871. 70 4 764. 31 5 11.00 775. 31 1 30, 375. 75 2 21,140.75 3 35. 00 5 141.90 51,693. 40 3 12, 215. 93 4 12, 044. 99 5 4, 101. 06 6 19, 780. 56 48. 142. 54 1 2,325.80 2 15,842.73 3 16, 646. 14 4 13, 902. 66 5 5, 163. 96 6 5, 495. 90 59, 377. 19 1 7, 307. 34 2 22, 345. 53 3 32,877.97 4 13,517.82 5 15, 960. 66 6 18, 308. 89 7 16, 536. 12 8 14, 618. 25 141,472. 58 Fees and rent¬ als under sec. 15 State totals $12, 637. 44 $38. 929. 48 2, 637. 09 20, 175. 34 1, 748. 36 2, 600. 27 51. 562. 22 23,471.97 10, 846. 51 11,621.82 51, 693. 40 3,801.70 51,944.24 5,053.13 64,430.32 113.01 113.01 141, 472. 58 Washington. Wyoming... Grand total. 1 19, 548. 91 2 470. 90 3 3, 760. 19 23, 780. 00 439, 756. 87 1.849.41 1,849.41 i 48, 242. 65 72. 022. 65 89, 529. 57 529, 286. 44 Distribution of receipts. — Receipts from all sources, aggregating $7,399,839.94, as shown above, are distributed under the law ap¬ proximately as follows: Reclamation fund, $2,947,045.09; for range improvements in grazing districts, $110,359.92; to public-land States and certain counties within such States, $2,919,241.05; general fund, $1,357,269.83; and to various Indian tribes, $65,924.05. GENERAL LAND OFFICE 91 Under the provisions of the Taylor Grazing Act the States within which the lands are situated receive 50 percent of the receipts, and 25 percent thereof when appropriated by Congress may be expended for construction, purchase, and maintenance of range improvements within the grazing districts from which the receipts came. Five percent of the net proceeds from cash sales of public lands is paid to the public-land States within which such sales were made, and the balance of such receipts from States named in the Reclamation Act are credited to the reclamation fund ; the reclamation fund and the States involved receive (on the percentages shown above) 90 percent of the receipts under the Mineral Leasing Act and of receipts from potash deposits leased under the act of February 7, 1927 ; receipts from sales of reclamation town sites and camp sites and from royalties and rentals from potash deposits leased under the act of October 2, 1917, are credited to the reclamation fund ; all of the receipts from proceeds of land and timber in the forfeited Oregon and California railroad grant will be paid to certain counties in Oregon in lieu of taxes; 25 percent of the proceeds of land and timber in the forfeited Coos Bay wagon road grant will be paid to Coos County; the receipts from Indian lands (except 37 % percent of royalties from Red River oil lands, payable to the State of Oklahoma in lieu of taxes) are deposited in the Treasury to the credit of the various Indian tribes. All other moneys are deposited in the Treasury to the credit of the general fund. The following table shows in detail the distribution of the receipts, insofar as is possible before final settlement of all accounts by the General Accounting Office. Distribution in the Treasury Source of receipt General fund Reclamation and range improvement State and county fund Total Sale of public lands _ _ $20, 258. 63 26, 701. 30 981, 935. 69 $50,983.15 94, 271. 90 2, 722, 466. 53 $2, 968. 40 $74, 210. 18 120, 973. 20 2 5, 649, 021. 17 3 634, 075. 25 3 150, 707. 10 4 529, 286. 44 « 117, 916. 45 17, 812. 20 13, 016. 00 7,022.25 19, 875. 65 Fees and commissions _ Receipts from mineral leases _ _ - Revested Oregon and California railroad lands and timber.. _ _ 1,944, 618.95 634,075.25 36, 923. 24 264, 643. 22 36,011.99 Revested Coos Bay wagon road lands and tim¬ ber.. _ _ . 113, 783. 86 154, 283. 30 9, 603. 20 17, 812. 20 13, 016. 00 Receipts under Taylor Grazing Act . . Potash deposits, royalties, and rentals _ Copying fees . . . . 4 110, 359. 92 72, 301. 26 Power permits. _ Reclamation town sites . . . . 7,022.25 Miscellaneous (including proceeds of standing timber, coal leases, and town lots in Alaska, rent of land, etc.). _ _ _ _ 19, 875. 65 Total _ _ _ _ 1, 357, 269. 83 3, 057, 405. 01 2, 919, 241. 05 7, 333, 915. 89 8 65,924.05 Sales and leases of Indian lands _ _ Aesrreffatfi 7, 399, 839. 94 1 First and fourth columns contain $26,654.99 royalties received in Wyoming under act of June 26, 1926. 2 This amount will be paid to certain counties in Oregon in lieu of taxes. 3 25 percent, exclusive of commissions, is payable to Coos County. 4 50 percent is payable to the several States and 25 percent of receipts from licenses within grazing districts is available for range improvements. All other items in the second column go to the reclamation fund. 1 All of the $21,884.48 received under the act of Oct. 2, 1917, and 52}4 percent of the $96,031.97 received under the act of Feb. 7, 1927, go to the reclamation fund. 37H percent of that amount is payable to the State and 10 percent remains in the general fund. 8 Included in receipts from Indian lands is $21t362.85, royalties on oil and gas from Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache lands, south half of Red River, Okla., of which the State receives 37 percent in lieu of all taxes on tribal funds. 22914—37 - 8 92 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR REPAYMENTS Under the repayment laws there were stated 89 accounts, allowing repayment of $6,956.72, and 28 claims were denied. The claims allowed include three accounts granting repayment of $935 received in connection with sales of Indian reservation lands and repaid from Indian trust funds. HOMESTEAD ENTRIES Actions. — Actions were taken in homestead cases as follows: On final homesteads, 7,086; on second-entry applications, 187; on appli¬ cations to amend, 97; on applications for leaves of absence and for extensions of time to establish residence, 1,066; on original entries, 6,118; and on appeals from actions of district land officers and this Office, 9,260. PUBLIC SALE AND TIMBER AND STONE APPLICATIONS Actions. — Five hundred actions were taken on public sale applica¬ tions, 15 of which were approved for patenting; and 23 actions were taken on timber and stone applications, 9 of which were approved for patenting. FILING OF PLATS OF SURVEY Letters of instruction were issued for the filing of 306 plats of survey for lands in States in which there are district land offices. Thirty plats were directly filed by this Office in connection with which 13 public notices were prepared, for lands in States in which there are no district land offices. NATIONAL FOREST HOMESTEAD LANDS Nine thousand one hundred and eighty-three acres in national forests which had been listed for homestead entry under the act of June 11, 1936 (34 Stat. 233), were returned to national forests by revocation of the listing orders and 235 acres were restored to homestead entry under said act. CONTESTS, OTHER THAN MINERAL CONTESTS Nine hundred and twenty-one contests, including both Government and private, were considered. Approximately 123 hearings were held in Government cases. At the close of the year about 40 contest cases were pending. MINERAL LEASES AND MINING CLAIMS Oil and gas leases. — One thousand and twenty-eight cases were acted upon in connection with the issuance of leases pursuant to section 14 of the act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437), as a reward for the GENEEAL LAND OFFICE 93 discovery of oil or gas on permit areas. Sixty-three leases, embracing 43,329.90 acres, were delivered to the lessees. In addition, 7 leases were sold under section 17 of the act, embracing 1,302.48 acres, on which the total amount of bonus received was $85,668.10. One lease was canceled. On July 1, 1936, there were pending 2,389 applications for oil and gas leases under the act of August 21, 1935 (41 Stat. 674). Two thousand and eighty-three additional applications were received, making a total of 4,472. Of these, 176 were finally rejected in their entirety and 29 in part. Fifty-nine leases were issued, embracing 57,831.04 acres, 1 lease was canceled, 9 appeals were transmitted to the Department, and 554 other actions were taken. Altogether, 235 applications were disposed of, leaving 4,237 applications pending on June 30, 1937. Oil and gas 'prospecting permits. — Eight hundred and ninety-eight oil and gas permits were granted, embracing approximately 564,849.43 acres. Four permits were reinstated. There were 567 assignments acted upon and 1,986 actions were taken on applications for extension of time. Eight hundred and forty-one permits were held for cancella¬ tion and 224 were canceled; 709 applications were rejected in entirety and 475 in part. There were 5,172 other actions taken. Lease oj water wells. — Four applications to lease water wells were received under section 40 of the mineral leasing act, which section was added by the act of June 16, 1934 (48 Stat. 977). The issuance of two leases has been approved by the Department. Coal. — There were issued 32 coal prospecting permits covering 31,071.22 acres; 31 leases involving 4,877.38 acres; and 11 licenses for 440 acres. The total number of cases disposed of was 1,982. Potash , sodium , sulphur , and phosphate. — Pursuant to departmental orders nos. 799, 817, 854, and 914, there were no potash permits or leases issued during the year under the act of February 7, 1927 (44 Stat. 1057.) One hundred and forty-four potash permits were can¬ celed. There were issued 24 sodium prospecting permits, involving 29,763.82 acres. Nineteen sodium permits expired by limitation and one lease was canceled. Eighteen sulphur permits, involving 1 1,525.80 acres were granted and 26 permits expired by limitation. Altogether, there were 807 cases disposed of. There were issued a total of 118 leases, licenses, and permits for coal, sodium, and other minerals, involving 78,438.22 acres. Mineral applications and entries. — There were 99 mineral applica¬ tions disposed of and 23 mineral entries were approved for patent. Mineral contests. — Exclusive of oil-shale, Boulder Dam and Reser¬ voir project and the San Gabriel Canyon claims, there were 235 mineral contests disposed of. 94 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Proceedings against mining locations. — Final action has been taken on all the reports submitted on mining claims in conflict with the right- of-way for reservoir purposes in the San Gabriel Canyon. All cases, except one contest, have been disposed of in the Boulder Dam and Reservoir project. In the MetropolitanWater District appropriate action was taken on 44 field reports. Action was taken on 250 field reports on mining claims in the All-American Canal project. RIGHTS-OF-WAY Nine railroad right-of-way applications were approved and 31 stock watering reservoir applications were disposed of. In addition, in other cases, 306 right-of-way applications were approved and 39 rejected. Eight hundred and ninety-five other actions were taken. FEDERAL RECLAMATION PROJECTS There are 46 Federal reclamation projects in 14 western States, 22 of which are operated in whole or in part by irrigation districts and water users’ associations. There are in addition five Indian reclamation projects, the irrigation features of which are under the supervision of the Office of Indian Affairs. During the year 420 original reclamation homestead entries and 225 assignments of such entries were received; and 235 reclamation entries were approved for patenting. DESERT-LAND ACT One hundred and fourteen entries were approved for patenting under the desert-land act. CAREY ACT Carey Act segregations amounting to 51,340.23 acres were con¬ sidered, on which either final or interlocutory action was taken. PITTMAN ACT Twenty-eight cases were received under the Pittman acts of Octo¬ ber 22, 1919 (41 Stat. 293), and September 22, 1922 (42 Stat. 1012). Action has been taken in all but 16 cases. SWAMP AND OVERFLOWED LANDS Under the swampland acts, there were approved and patented to the States 1,846.51 acres and claims for 2,464 acres were finally re¬ jected. New claims were asserted during the year for 738.54 acres. STATE GRANTS AND SELECTIONS New indemnity school-land selections, embracing 1,937.37 acres were received during the year and selections amounting to 43,729.81 acres were approved and title conveyed to the States. Such selections GENERAL LAND OFFICE 95 involving 14,984.99 acres were canceled. Pending selections under ; quantity grants to States, for specific purposes, embracing 30,690.17 acres, were approved and title conveyed to the States. Selections under the exchange provisions of the act of May 23, 1930 (46 Stat. 378), as amended by the act of February 21, 1931 (46 Stat. 1204), were approved and title conveyed to the State of Ari¬ zona, embracing 2,809.61 acres, and selections under the exchange provisions of section 2 of the Arizona Navajo Boundary Act of June 14, 1934 (48 Stat. 960), were approved and certified to said State, amounting to 19,196.24 acres. Applications for patents for granted school sections under the provisions of the act of June 21, 1934 (48 Stat. 1185), were approved for patent, amounting to 1,000,678.62 acres. Such applications pending at the end of the year embrace 1,806,822.47 acres. New applications under the Taylor Grazing Act by the various States for exchanges of lands were received, numbering 193 and embracing a total area of approximately 800,000 acres. The area in pending applications at the close of the year was 2,180,212 acres. In 71 cases field examinations were requested. Publication was ordered in the case of 20 applications, involving approximately 94,800 acres. The rejected and relinquished applications embraced 220,500 acres. Patented selections included 6,230.28 acres. RAILROAD GRANTS AND SELECTIONS Railroad and wagon-road listings and selections were received embracing 2,084.14 acres; 727.14 acres were certified or patented in satisfaction of such grants; and 221.19 acres of selections were re¬ jected. REVESTED OREGON AND CALIFORNIA RAILROAD AND RE¬ CONVEYED COOS BAY WAGON ROAD GRANT LANDS Transactions concerning revested Oregon and California Railroad and Coos Bay Wagon Road grant lands for the fiscal year follow: Restored to entry , etc. — No revested Oregon and California railroad grant land was restored to homestead entry and 944.96 acres were reclassified as timber land. Timber sales. — Ninety-eight sales of timber on the revested Oregon and California railroad grant lands were made during the past year, involving 9,939.10 acres of land, containing 363,459,000 feet, board measure, of timber, for which the sum of $598,548.65 was received. Total sales to June 30, 1937, 1,138, involving 134,634.73 acres, con¬ taining 3,331,087,980 feet, board measure, of timber, for which a total of $7,469,481.14 has been received. Eleven sales of timber on the reconveyed Coos Bay Wagon Road grant lands were made during the past year, involving 1,440 acres 96 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR of land, containing 67,265,000 feet, board measure, of timber, for which the sum of $144,303.05 was received. Total sales to June 30, 1937, 122, involving 19,740.78 acres, containing 798,377,000 feet,' board measure, of timber, for which a total of $1,835,664.67 has been : received. Timber rights terminated. — Rights under timber patents were terminated in 120 cases. ABANDONED MILITARY RESERVATIONS The sum of $2,897.19 was received from entries and sales of lands in abandoned military reservations. Eight homestead entries and' 10 cash sales were approved for patenting. ALASKA Leases of public lands in Alaska for fur-farming required 42 actions. Four leases were canceled, 2 were issued, and 2 expired and were not renewed. Leases of public lands in Alaska for grazing required 14 actions. One lease application was rejected. Seventy-nine actions were taken in connection with the sale of small tracts in Alaska for homesites or headquarters, and 1 patent was issued. Thirteen actions were taken in connection with trade and manufacturing site applications and 1 patent was issued. AVIATION LEASES Two applications for lease of public lands for aviation fields were rejected, 1 lease was reinstated, 10 leases were canceled, and 41 other actions were taken. COLOR OF TITLE Sixteen applications for the sale of improved or cultivated public 1 lands held under color of title for more than 20 years were approved ! for patenting. One hundred and eighty-three actions were taken in such cases, from which the sum of $1,085.22 was received. Twenty applications for lands formerly involved in the boundary ; dispute between the States of Texas and New Mexico were approved for patenting. EXCHANGES Various acts of Congress provide for exchanges in order to effect consolidations of Federally or privately owned lands or for other specified purposes. Eighteen patents were issued in such cases and title was accepted to about 150,000 acres of land for inclusion in : national forest and other reservations. The Secretary of Agriculture was notified in 64 cases that a timber permit might issue to the exchange applicant. GENERAL LAND OFFICE 97 Ninety-four applications have been received under section 8 of [ the Taylor Grazing Act, involving 299,196 acres of public land. Of such number, 75 were received during the year. Twenty- three | await reports from the Division of Investigations, 39 await reports t from the Division of Grazing, 11 await additional evidence to be t supplied by the applicants, 3 are under consideration by this Office, and 15 have been finally rejected and closed. The pending applica¬ tions involve 197,238 acres of public land. GRAZING LEASES UNDER TAYLOR GRAZING ACT Five thousand nine hundred and twenty-four applications for grazing lease were filed; 2,736 were rejected and closed and 2,871 original and 661 supplemental grazing leases were issued, embracing approximately 5,642,915.98 acres. INDIAN LANDS AND CLAIMS Sales of pine timber on ceded Chippewa Indian lands in Minne¬ sota resulted in the logging of 13,409,220 feet of white and Norway pine, spruce, cedar, and aspen timber and of 15,618.2 cords of spruce and balsam pulpwood. These operations resulted in the collection of $137,681, which was deposited to the credit of the Chippewa logging fund. Entries and sales of ceded Indian lands required 3,574 actions and resulted in the issuance of 154 patents. The sum of $44,139.76 was received from such transactions. The matter of the issuance or reissuance of fee and trust patents on Indian allotments was considered in 385 instances. One hundred and sixty-one cases were approved for patenting. Claims by non-Indians within confirmed Indian pueblos in New Mexico were considered in 979 cases, all of which were approved for patenting. Extensive reports were submitted with reference to the claims of the Choctaw and Chickasaw Indians v. United States and the North¬ western Band oj Shoshone Indians v. United States , which claims are now pending in the United States Court of Claims. One thousand three hundred and seven and forty-eight hundredths acres of land were added to the Western Navajo Indian Reservation through the medium of exchanges which required 52 actions. Five patents were issued in such cases. PRIVATE LAND CLAIMS Private land claims which were recognized or confirmed by many acts of Congress in the early history of the Government required 198 actions. Twenty-two patents were issued for such claims. 98 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR TIMBER Sales of dead, down, or damaged timber were considered in 101 instances. The sum of $3,746.95 was received from such timber sales. Permits for the free use of timber required special consideration by this Office in 14 cases. TOWN LOTS Town lot matters required 244 actions. One hundred and nine town lot patents were issued and payments aggregating $18,689.50 were received from town lot sales. TRESPASS Coal trespass was considered in 76 cases, in which $942.80 was accepted in settlement; and timber trespass in 391 cases, in which $8,997.05 was accepted in settlement. Other trespass cases consid¬ ered were as follows: Gravel, 8; fire, 3; rock and turpentine, 1 each; and grazing, 1. MISCELLANEOUS CASES CONSIDERED Other actions were taken and patents issued as follows: Arkansas : drainage, 111, with 3 patents issuing; cash and credit entries, 30, with 9 patents issuing; cemetery sites, 4, with 1 patent issuing; park applications, 8; preemptions, 3, with 3 patents issuing; quitclaims, 10; scrip 27, with 3 patents issuing; small holding claims, 40, with 5 pat¬ ents issuing ; and soldiers’ additional, 639, with 4 patents issuing. Mud Lake, Minn., claims for relief were approved in 3 cases. TRACT BOOK NOTATIONS More than 100,000 notations were made on the tract books. This includes 13,650 appeals and other miscellaneous cases, 2,383 grazing ! applications, 6,042 final and cash certificates, 2,295 oil and gas appli¬ cations, 174 coal applications, 542 original entries, and 407 plats. Withdrawals and classifications. — Five hundred and forty-two Ex¬ ecutive and other orders were noted. These include withdrawals for stock driveways, national forests, restored lists, power site reserves and classifications, grazing districts, and mineral and other classifica¬ tions and revocations thereof. Relinquishments. — Entries numbering 1,099 were relinquished and noted. Supplemental patents. — Supplemental patents numbering 160 under the act of April 14, 1914 (38 St at. 335), eliminating coal reservation because land was classified as noncoal, were directed to be issued. GENERAL LAND OFFICE 99 Status cases. — Status was furnished in 18,036 cases for adjudicat¬ ing clerks. Township diagrams. — Diagrams showing disposals and status, in 864 townships and fractional townships, were made for this and other Bureaus. MINERAL WITHDRAWALS AND CLASSIFICATIONS A summary of the outstanding mineral withdrawals and classifica¬ tions as of June 30, 1937, is as follows: Withdrawn Classified Coal _ _ _ _ 26, 971,813 5,168, 593 5, 989, 949 1, 889, 601 9,411,906 49,431,862 33, 276, 103 71,884 4,081,208 302, 219 Oil _ _ _ _ _ _ - . . Oil shale - . . . __ . - _ - _ - _ _ - Phosphate. . . . . . . . . Potash _ _ _ _ _ Total _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . 37, 731, 414 The area of the withdrawn oil land, shown above, includes 13,578 acres withdrawn as a helium reserve. The figures given include much land which has been patented with or without a reservation of minerals. The areas so patented have not been computed. However, some or all minerals have been reserved in patents aggregating 42,101,318 acres issued under the stock-raising and other laws, for lands not withdrawn or classified as valuable for minerals, as well as for lands so withdrawn or classified. WITHDRAWALS AND RESTORATIONS Three new national monuments were established and 3 enlarged, involving the reservation of 1,511,937 acres. The area of the national forests was increased by 14,077,784 acres, largely through the crea¬ tion of 12 new forests. Eleven new wildlife refuges were established and 6 were enlarged, and a new cooperative game range within a grazing district was created, while small areas were released from existing refuges, resulting in a net increase of 566,909 acres. Withdrawals amounting to 65 acres were made for air navigation sites for the Department of Commerce, while 3,037 acres were released from former withdrawals for such use. A tract of 160 acres was sold to the State of Florida under the recreation law, 3 recreational peti¬ tions were denied and 160 acres released from recreational withdrawal. Three new stock driveways were established and 5 enlarged and 16 reduced, resulting in a net decrease of 520,438 acres. A withdrawal of 110,764 acres of public land was made for use by the Resettlement Administration; 49 acres were withdrawn as look¬ out sites in Federal and State cooperative fire-protection work; 40 100 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR acres were withdrawn as an experiment station, and a small tract in Arizona was withdrawn for town-site purposes. Withdrawals for lighthouse purposes, amounting to 1,208 acres, were revoked and public water reserves were reduced by 240 acres. TABLES The following tables show the facts as to entries made, patents issued, etc., during the fiscal year. Original Entries Public land Indian land Is umber Acres Number Acres Homesteads: fitoek raising . _____ ___ __ _ __ _ __ 156 14 155 24 212 67, 956 3,118 17, 463 1, 655 20, 729 18 6, 953 Enlarged _ Reclamation _ 26 3, 561 Forest _ _ Section 2289, etal . . . . . . . 4 342 C Total homesteads _ _ _ _ _ _ 561 8 2 2 176 21 110, 921 1,242 966 107 48 10, 856 Deserts _ _ Rt.n t.fi selections Railroad selections ... _ _ . Applications and filings _ Miscellaneous. _ _ ______ 376 10 62 Total _ _ 770 58 113,612 10, 918 58 10, 918 Indian land as above _ _ _ _ _ Grand total _ 828 124,530 Final Entries Public land Indian land Number Acres Number Acres Homesteads: Stock raising _ 3, 623 433 1, 668, 119 110, 302 111 47, 338 Enlarged _ _ _ . ... _ ._ 80 12, 649 4, 036 Reclamation 183 17,835 45 Forest _ _ 48 5, 286 Commuted ... ___ _. __ __ _ __ ___ ... _ 23 2,017 19 1,531 6,327 Rect i on 2289, fit. al 1, 131 113, 264 70 Total homesteads _ 5,441 129 1, 916, 823 16, 927 2,077 169 325 71,881 Deserts _ Pnhlie auction 17 Timber and stone _ 5 Mineral ______ _ _ _ _ _ 112 4,906 1 41 Miscellaneous- . _ _ 1, 696 12, 362 66 1, 017 Total. _ 7,400 392 1, 953, 264 72, 939 392 72, 939 Indian land as above. _ _ _ .. _ _ __ __„ Grand total _ 7,792 2, 026, 203 GENERAL LAND OFFICE 101 Patents and Certificates Number Acres Homesteads: 2,887 430 219 37 1,075 1, 419, 778 105, 765 18, 850 3, 679 117, 346 Reclamation _ _ _ Forest _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Section 2289, et al _ Total homesteads _ 4, 648 131 15 7 29 6 1, 443 1, 665, 418 17, 347 1,638 359 1, 307 851 427, 222 Deserts.. . _ Public auction _ Timber and stone _ Mineral _ _ _ Railroad _ Miscellaneous _ _ _ _ Total patents _ 6, 279 2, 114, 142 96, 426 Certified to States ...... ... _ . _ _ ........ Grand total _ _ _ _ _ 6, 279 2,210,568 State Grants — Areas Patented or Certified State Swampland patents School section indemnity certifications Other grants confirmed 1 Arizona _ Acres Acres 43, 690 Acres 28, 236 California _ 38 Florida . . . . . 47 Iowa _ 1, 000, 679 Louisiana _ _ 1,703 40 Michigan _ New Mexico _ 30, 690 Oregon _ _ _ _ _ _ 40 Wisconsin 18 Total . 1,846 43, 730 1, 059, 605 1 Includes quantity grants, exchange selections, and patented school lands in place. Railroad Grants — Land Approved for Patent or Certification State Acres To Corporations: Central Pacific _ ... _ California _ 428 Central Pacific (California & Oregon) _ _ do _ 299 Total . 727 To States. St. Paul. Minneapolis and Manitoba ( Great. Northern! Washington 91 Grand total . . . . . . 818 DIVISION OF GRAZING F. R. Carpenter, Director THE Division of Grazing was entering its third year of operation under the Taylor Grazing Act at the beginning of the fiscal year 1936-37. Whereas the first 2 years of the administration were principally occu-j pied in acquainting the people of the West with the provisions of the- law, building and perfecting an organization, and establishing rules and regulations governing the issuance of grazing privileges, the third 1 year has been occupied mainly in enlarging that program and stressing'] I activities which would lead to a solution of the many problems attendant upon the issuance of term permits. In the preamble of the act, “To stop injury to the public grazing lands by preventing overgrazing and soil deteriorization, to provide for their orderly use, improvement, and development, to stabilize the livestock industry dependent upon the public range, and for other purposes”, the mission of the Division of Grazing is aptly defined. In the beginning of the administration, there was a very limited amount of specific information available, and it was, therefore, neces- | sary to operate under a plan that would afford the least injury to the livestock industry which the act was designed to help and at the same 1 time, “to preserve the land and its resources.” This was accomplished through the authority of section 2 of the act which provides that the Secretary of the Interior shall “do any and all things necessary to accomplish the purposes of this act and to insure the objects of such grazing districts, namely, to regulate their occupancy and use, to preserve the land and its resources from destruction or unnecessary injury, to provide for the orderly use, improvement, and development of the range.” To regulate the use of the range, revocable licenses for grazing privileges were issued pending the time when sufficient data would be available upon which to issue term permits. The livestock in each grazing district were licensed to use public lands in conform¬ ance with general rules of the range approved March 2, 1936, as later ; amended, and local rules of fair range practice which provide for the recognition of local customs and administrative details. 102 DIVISION OF GRAZING 103 The third year of administration developed in the Division a defi¬ nite program of wildlife conservation and constructive means of bringing about through cooperative agreements the proper utilization of public ranges and a harmony of purpose involving this great natural resource. The range survey program was expanded in all grazing districts. In one grazing district, field work was completed and data compiled. Through cooperation with other Federal agencies, an enormous amount of information on this subject and conservation activities resulted. Section 3 of the act prescribes that “Preference shall be given in ! the issuance of grazing permits to those within or near a district who are landowners engaged in the livestock business, bona fide occupants or settlers, or owners of water or water rights, as may be necessary to permit the proper use of lands, water, or water rights owned, occupied, or leased by them.” Inasmuch as there is insufficient range available to grant privileges to everyone, the range survey program must of necessity assist in the determination of the preference properties upon which grazing permits can be based. Of the outstanding accomplishments during the year, noteworthy l are the determination of the proper relationship of the private and public lands involved, the study in range-carrying capacities, and the far-reaching cooperative agreements with local associations of stock- men and with Federal and State agencies, having as their objectives the preservation and rehabilitation of the land. THE AMENDMENT TO THE TAYLOR GRAZING ACT The Taylor Grazing Act was amended June 26, 1936, providing a number of changes and additions to the original act of June 28, 1934, which was the first law ever passed by the Congress to regulate grazing on the public domain. One of the important changes in the law is the provision increasing the 80,000,000-acre limit to 142,000,000 j acres, permitting an additional 62,000,000 acres of public land to be ; included within grazing districts. A new section, 17, was added to the law, providing that the Presi¬ dent shall have power, with the advice and consent of the Senate, to | select a Director of Grazing. Other personnel are appointed by the i Secretary of the Interior from the civil service rolls. Practical range experience is taken into consideration by the Civil Service Commission in passing upon eligibles. The Director of Grazing, Assistant Direc¬ tor, and all graziers at the time of appointment must be bona fide citizens or residents, for 1 year immediately preceding their appoint¬ ment, of the State or of one of the States in which they are to serve. The amendment modifies sections 7, 8, 10, and 15 of the original act. The administration of these sections dealing with the sale, lease, and exchange of lands rests largely with the General Land Office. 104 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR ADVISORY BOARD CONFERENCE At the invitation of Secretary of the Interior, Harold L. Ickes, the general chairmen of the advisory boards of the 37 grazing districts then established and administered by the Division of Grazing met in Washington on July 8 and 9, 1936, to confer with the Secretary, officials of the Division of Grazing, and the heads of bureaus whose work is i connected with that of the Division. The purpose of the meeting was to discuss matters of general policy concerning the regulation of the present grazing districts and to decide whether the same methods of administration should be used to control the new grazing districts. These new districts were to be created from the 62,000,000 additional acres of public domain placed under the jurisdiction of the Division by the Taylor Grazing Act as amended June 26, 1936. In general, the stockmen endorsed the administration of the provisions of the Taylor Grazing Act and approved the continuance of the present policies. At a conference with Robert Fechner, Director of Emergency Conservation Work, the livestock leaders appealed for additional Civilian Conservation Corps camps to carry out necessary range re¬ habilitation. Mr. Fechner expressed his desire to give all assistance possible to this work but indicated that it would be practically im¬ possible to allocate more camps for it before April 1, 1937. The advisors were received by President Roofeevelt, who compli¬ mented them on the work being done to conserve the public domain, and showed not only a great interest in, but also a keen understanding of their problems. Immediately following the conference with the advisory board chairmen, the Director conducted State-wide meetings in the West to consider the placing of additional lands within grazing districts. As a result, 12 new districts were established. In accordance with the Rules for Administration of Grazing Dis¬ tricts which provides that an election of district advisors shall be held in each grazing district within 90 days after the promulgation of the order establishing said district, elections for choosing advisory board members were held in each of the new districts. As rapidly as pos¬ sible thereafter, the districts were brought under administration. SECOND ANNUAL CONFERENCE The second annual conference of members of the Taylor Grazing ] Act advisory boards was held in Salt Lake City from December 9 to December 11 with nearly 1,000 interested stockmen in attendance. In an open forum, there were discussed at length each of the topics to be taken up later by State committees and whipped into shape by national committees for presentation to the Secretary of the Interior. The delegates met by States and considered each of the topics. Two representatives from each State were selected to serve on six DIVISION OF GRAZING 105 I major national committees, which drafted resolutions to be presented to the assembly. The representatives were instructed by stockmen i from their respective States as to the State sentiment. The six national committees drew up resolutions covering the fol¬ lowing-named general topics: Licenses, permits, fees and finances, im- k provements, legislation, and range surveys. At the final session, the I resolutions were presented to the assembly and acted upon as recom- t mendations to assist the Secretary of the Interior in the administration of the act during 1937. Among other resolutions, one called for an increase in the number of C. C. C. camps assigned to the Division of Grazing. It was pointed out by the committee that the Division now has only 45 camps car¬ rying on improvements in the vast public domain of 140,000,000 acres. The resolution urged that every grazing district be given at least one camp and as many more as are necessary. The delegates recommended that the personnel engaged in range surveys be enlarged and went on record as approving the standards : of work and the methods established by the range surveys branch of I the Division of Grazing. LICENSES Fifteen thousand sixty-seven temporary licenses were issued during the year for 7,434,416 head of livestock, a detailed summary of which is shown in the following table. These licenses were issued on a temporary basis, pending the completion of land-classification studies and a determination of the commensurate ratings of properties de¬ pendent on the public ranges, and are revocable for violation of the terms thereof. Grazing Licenses Issued by the Division of Grazing, 1936 State Dist. No. Cattle Horses Sheep Goats Number of li¬ censes Number of stock Arizona _ _ 1 30, 752 146 147, 962 10, 235 258 189, 095 2 7, 827 19 12, 360 1,115 83 21,321 4 18,445 164 348 15, 119 183 34, 076 57, 024 329 160, 670 26, 469 524 244, 492 California . . 1 16, 831 433 141,445 210 174 158, 919 2 41, 274 2, 215 114, 940 102 478 158, 531 58, 105 2,648 256, 385 312 652 317,450 Colorado . . . . . 1 53, 173 3, 419 154, 362 79 478 211,033 2 31, 049 629 42, 762 218 74, 440 3 66, 735 2,656 188, 814 349 663 258, 554 4 20,541 715 142, 653 423 338 164, 332 6 7,023 983 94. 690 30 164 102, 726 178, 458 8, 402 623, 236 881 1,861 811, 085 Idaho . . 1 65, 141 6, 824 439, 347 26 1, 093 511, 338 Montana 1 _ _ _ _ 2 19, 944 11, 868 167, 257 14 387 199. 083 3 25, 798 3,183 133, 783 249 318 163, 013 4 4, 449 516 27, 379 80 32,344 50, 191 15, 567 328, 419 263 785 394,440 1 No license issued in Montana district no. 1 in 1936. 106 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Grazing Licenses Issued by the Division of Grazing, 1936 — Continued State Dist. No. Cattle Horses Sheep Goats Number of li¬ censes Number of stock Nevada . . 1 139, 294 8, 438 389, 796 3 377 537, 531 2 63, 538 4, 966 283, 870 70 332 352,444 202, 832 13, 404 673, 666 73 709 889, 975 New Mexico 2 _ _ _ 3 130, 450 5, 324 16, 020 40, 702 896 192, 496 4 40, 516 3,272 75, 770 36, 772 52C 156, 330 5 14, 855 1,872 27, 131 8, 626 126 52, 484 6 153, 293 8, 865 359, 283 14, 104 1,013 535; 545 339, 114 19, 333 478, 204 100, 204 2, 555 936, 855 Oregon . 1 4, 401 144 11,429 37 15, 974 2 57, 572 5, 292 264, 270 387 327, 134 3 38, 564 4,783 189, 464 376 232, 812 4 20, 191 2, 739 90, 760 138 113, 690 5 15,295 1,494 45, 095 158 61,884 6 22, 098 1, 399 52, 845 291 76, 351 158, 121 15, 851 653, 873 1,387 827, 845 Utah . 1 25, 346 3, 123 218, 272 368 246, 741 2 15, 924 1,320 395, 896 235 635 413, 375 3 32, 869 1,620 506, 996 2, 629 1,407 544, 114 4 26, 934 1,518 224, 313 25, 085 905 277, 850 5 21, 669 2,061 103,004 240 541 126, 974 6 26, 096 1,842 192, 932 290 220, 870 7 23, 762 2,529 143, 857 2, 530 617 172, 678 8 15, 407 1,120 182, 902 298 199, 429 188, 007 15, 133 1, 968, 172 30, 719 5, C61 2, 202, 031 Wyoming. . . . 1 36. 929 3, 289 258, 687 440 298, 905 Total . . 37 1, 333, 985 100. 780 5, 840, 704 158, 947 15, 067 7, 434, 416 2 No license issued in New Mexico district no. 2 in 1936. ORGANIZATION Following the principle of decentralizing administration as far as consistent, an administrative office was established in Washington, D. C.; a regional field headquarters office in Salt Lake City, Utah; i and 10 regional offices located in Salt Lake City, Utah; Reno, Nev.; j Burns, Oreg.; Boise, Idaho; Billings, Mont.; Grand Junction, Colo.; 1 Albuquerque, N. Mex.; Phoenix, Ariz.; and Rawlins, Wyo. Each regional office is in charge of a regional grazier, who is assisted |j by one or more graziers and office personnel. At the close of the year, the Division had in its employ a total of 91 permanent em- i ployees, 16 in the Washington office and 75 in field offices. Each of the 49 districts now functioning has a board of district advisors whose duties as provided in the Rules for Administration of Grazing Districts are as follows: District advisors shall make recommendations on the following-named matters: 1. The carrying capacity of the public range of the district. 2. The issuance of grazing licenses. (District advisors shall not make any recommendations upon their own applications, but such applications shall be acted upon by the Director of Grazing.) 3. Proper rules for fair range practice. 4. Temporary range allotments by classes of livestock or for community or individual use. A Now Familiar scene in One of the Grazing districts Which Have Been Set up To Protect the Range. DIVISION OF GRAZING 107 5. Seasonal use of the public-domain range, or any part thereof. 6. Approval or rejection in whole or in part of recommendations of local associations of livestock men in the district. 7. Other matters upon which their opinion may be requested by the Secretary of the Interior. The advisory boards, whose members total 678, have worked diligently, and their recommendations and the almost limitless fund of information as to local conditions and requirements have contrib¬ uted greatly to the principles of conservation and prudent usage adopted by the Division. In carrying out the duties assigned to them, the advisory boards have materially assisted in the details of administration. RANGE SURVEY PROGRAM AND LAND CLASSIFICATION The range survey program of the Division of Grazing, which was inaugurated in March 1936, has geared its activities to the needs of the administration in harmony with section 3 of the act. The scope of this survey includes not only the determination of the carrying capacity and proper seasonal use of the public range but also the examination of the private lands and water within these districts and the ascertainment of the right relationship of each to the other. Base maps must be prepared and ownership status assembled. The essential facts of private control of private lands are also ascertained. In New Mexico Grazing District No. 5, field work is completed and data assembled for the determination of preferences for permits, and it is expected that this district will be on a permit basis by January 1, 1938. Likewise, in Colorado Grazing District No. 6, the field work is practically completed, and it is anticipated that permits will be issued also in that district beginning with the 1938 grazing season. The intensive studies in these two widely divergent districts will serve as a basis for the determination of preferences for grazing permits where such preferences are based primarily on (1) water, as in the South¬ western States, and (2) land, as in the Northwestern States. In all other districts, the work is progressing at a remarkable pace consider¬ ing the magnitude of the task. Plans are under way to step up the range survey program by means of additional personnel qualified in that field. By coordinating the range survey program with that of the many agencies with which the Division has worked out cooperative agreements, it is anticipated that sufficient data to have all districts on a permit basis will be made available by 1940. The classification of lands with respect to their value for agricul¬ tural purposes as required by the various land laws is a duty of the Division of Grazing. This classification involves all lands located within or without the boundaries of grazing districts which are applied 22914—37 - 9 108 REPORT OE THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR for as homestead entries under section 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act as amended June 26, 1936. It is also the duty of the Division to make determinations as to the propriety of approving applications under section 7 for other purposes than agriculture and applications under sections 8, 14, and 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act from the standpoint of public benefit where the lands involved are located within grazing districts. The recommendations for designations of lands applied for under the enlarged and stock-raising homestead acts and determination of the value of watering places for public purposes, together with the preparation of appropriate orders, are other functions of the Division of Grazing. The designations under the enlarged and stock-raising homestead acts are made principally for the purpose of permitting the adjudication of homestead entries having valid claims established prior to the Executive orders of November 26, 1934, and February 5, 1935, withdrawing public lands for classification. The work of classification is performed on the basis of information and records available to the Division and in cooperation with the Division of Investigations and General Land Office. At the beginning of the present fiscal year, there were 1,080 cases pending under sections 7, 8, 14, and 15. During the year, 2,130 cases were received, making a total of 3,210 cases to be acted upon. Of this number, 2,598 were acted upon, leaving 612 cases pending at the end of the year. One hundred fifty-six cases under the enlarged and stock-raising homestead acts were acted upon, and, on June 30, there were 80 cases pending action by the Division; 1,360 acres were desig¬ nated under the enlarged homestead act in nine States, increasing the total acreage so designated to 268,470,225 acres; 3,520 acres of land were designated under the stock-raising homestead act in eight States, increasing the outstanding area to 102,440,062 acres. During the fiscal year, 1,775 acres in 7 States were included in water reserves, and 280 acres in 1 State were excluded from such reserves, increasing the gross public water reserve areas in 12 States to 511,523. RANGE IMPROVEMENT Authority is granted the Secretary to rehabilitate overgrazed and eroded areas. Construction, purchase, and maintenance of range improvements are authorized under section 10 of the act from the 25 percent of all moneys received when appropriated by Congress. Up to July 1, 1937, $53,281.56 had been allotted for expenditure under the provisions of this section. This money was apportioned according to the amount of grazing fees collected in each district, and the resulting improvements con¬ sisted mainly of fencing; posting stock driveways; extermination of rodents, insects, and predatory animals; purchase of poison mix and DIVISION OF GRAZING 109 fence material; maintenance of water development; and construction of stock trails. : The Department, on October 20, 1936, formally accepted 183 watering facilities developed on the public domain of Utah under the Utah Emergency Relief Administration range-improvement program. These improvements consisted of spring developments, reservoirs, and wells, the latter equipped with engines, pumps, windmills, storage I tanks, and troughs. Local stockmen, through properly selected representatives, took an active part in this range-improvement program. Had there been no regulation or control of grazing in the areas served by these waters, their inestimable value to the range and to the public would indeed have been short lived. Under this pro- igram, a skeleton distribution of stock water was developed on 25,000,000 acres of public domain. This has since been augmented by auxiliary and primary improvements under Emergency Conservation Work projects in the Division of Grazing. All of these facilities contribute to beneficial and orderly use of the range. To operate properly and administer many of the wells, it is necessary to maintain well operators during the season of use, not only for the protection of the well equipment but also in order that sufficient water may be | available when needed. This is particularly true of wells located on ; stock driveways. Various associations of stockmen have offered to enter into agreements to operate wells of this character. On June 30, 1937, a form of agreement was approved by the Department : which is of sufficient scope to afford ample protection to the public i and to the Government property involved. It will open the way for maximum enjoyment of these facilities and at the same time relieve the Division of the expense that its otherwise necessary direct super- I vision would entail. EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK The purpose of the Emergency Conservation Work activities of the Division of Grazing is to rehabilitate the public domain and to convert thousands of acres of formerly unused range into good grazing land for livestock. During the fiscal year 1937, there were a total of 45 C. C. C. camps assigned to the Division. The enrollees of these camps are supervised by the Army when in the camp and by the Division of Grazing, E. C. W., when engaged in the construction of improvements on the public land. The work projects of the 45 C. C. C. camps being operated under the jurisdiction of the Division in the 9 Western States of Arizona, California, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, Idaho, Oregon, Utah, and Wyoming are those recommended by the advisory boards of the grazing districts in which the camps operate and in each case are planned to relieve the most acute need of the area whether it be water develop- 110 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR ment, fence construction, definition of stock boundaries, rodent control, or some other work of vital importance to proper range management. While the work accomplished has in each case proved of immediate benefit, construction was planned for future benefits as well and with the object not only of relieving present range conditions but also of providing future means of conservation and protection of the more than 1 10,000,000 acres of range land administered by the Division. Water is the prime requisite of the public domain. Sections of : the national range used partially or not at all in past years are being made available for grazing purposes largely through conservation and distribution of water. Dams have been built to impound the water from mountain streams and to preserve the early run-off, and water check-dams have been built in dry creeks for the purpose of; arresting soil erosion in the wet seasons. The development of springs wherever they could be located has been accomplished, and, in many cases, wells have been sunk in an endeavor to provide watering places within close proximity of each other in order that the range may be more properly serviced and thus bring about a better distribu¬ tion of stock. In connection with this water development, storage fa¬ cilities such as troughs and tanks have been constructed. This not only conserves the water but also provides much better watering facilities. ,i Closely allied with the water program is the work of opening truck j trails into the grazing regions and the building of stock trails for the i movement of animals from winter to summer range or to market. I This trail construction opens up large areas of grazing lands formerly inaccessible and not only furnishes much needed new pasture but also aids in the elimination of overgrazing in other areas. The holding corrals constructed along these trails allow stock to be held overnight on the way to market and are of great advantage to stockmen. A sufficient water supply is included in the construction of each corral. | Bridge and cattle-guard construction are an important part of these- trails and are of great assistance in expediting the movement of cattle and reducing losses of livestock. An extensive rodent control program has proved of great benefit to stockmen in conserving forage. More than 2,000,000 acres have been i treated for control of ground squirrels, gophers, prairie dogs, kangaroo rats, and jack rabbits. Eradication of poisonous weeds has proved very important in saving livestock, and 119,514 acres have been treated for infestations of poisonous larkspur, death camas, and other weeds which cause the death of hundreds of head of livestock. EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM The chief objectives of the educational program are vocational, character, and citizenship development with specific consideration given to job training. The enrollees are given every opportunity to DIVISION OF GRAZING 111 learn to operate the machinery used on the work projects, and, through the daily work in connection with classroom instruction, many skilled workers have been developed from completely untrained men. Systematic instruction on the job includes practice on the job in the the field and at least 2 hours per week of systematic basic instruction underlying the work off the job. This basic instruction includes a general course in conservation. The effectiveness of the education and training on the job program of these C. C. C. camps and the interest of the enrollees in it may be judged from the fact that much of the difficult construction has been done under the supervision of foremen who were formerly enrollees. Their work has been approved by those competent to judge, and the value of this instruction to the enrollees themselves is immeasurable. SAFETY PROGRAM The safety program outlined by the Director of Emergency Con¬ servation Work is being followed, and, through its application, the Division of Grazing, E. C. W., has maintained one of the best safety records in Emergency Conservation Work. One camp, DG-35, Milford, Utah, which has been operating since October 22, 1935, has not from its inception up to the present time had one lost-time accident. The following table shows the accomplishments of the work projects of the Division’s Emergency Conservation Work program: Bridges _ 54 Fences (miles) _ 588 Reservoirs _ 68 Springs _ 57 Wells — fully equipped _ 44 Cattle guards _ 37 Corrals _ 49 Truck trails (miles) _ 1, 208 Stock trails (miles) _ 106 Check dams _ 13, 319 Other flood-control structures _ 139 Acres treated for poisonous plant eradication _ 119, 514 Acres treated for insect pest eradication _ 31, 599 Acres treated for rodent eradication _ 2, 376, 417 Diversion dams _ _ 194 COOPERATION 1. Local Associations of Stockmen To remedy the situation of interspersed land ownership, where State, county, tax-default, and privately owned lands are checker- boarded and intermingled with public domain lands, the Department early realized the necessity for some coordinated plan of management with a system of unified control for all these lands if economic and 112 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR sane use were to be established. To make possible this form of i administration, the Secretary on March 17, 1936, approved a general 1 form of cooperative agreement to be used in entering into agreements ; with local associations of stockmen. During the fiscal year ending l June 30, 1937, the number of these cooperative agreements was increased by eight, and six more are pending. The total number of these agreements approved to date is 17. Economic and sane use require orderly regulation and occupancy of the range and provide for proper utilization of the forage, all of which results in the rehabilitation and conservation of the natural forage resources which is the primary purpose of the Taylor Grazing Act and the chief objective of the Department. Administration under a ! cooperative agreement is designed to accomplish these purposes and permits a coordinated use of Federal, State, county, railroad, and tax- default lands which are so intermingled that the proper use of one cannot be had without use of the other. Under the terms of such an agreement, the Secretary of the Interior determines the proper season of use of all lands and fixes the fee to be charged for grazing public domain lands included in the agreement, and the association is required to acquire by lease or otherwise all State, county, tax-default and other privately owned grazing lands obtainable within the area covered by the agreement. The actual administration of the lands included in the agreement is vested in the board of directors of the association under general supervision of the Secretary. Through an agreement of this sort, thus, there is brought about a harmony of purpose and a constructive means of again placing these otherwise burdensome non-Federal lands on a self-supporting basis and effecting a plan for the conservation of all lands involved. The Division of Grazing has no doubt reached an all-time high I among agencies of the Federal Government in the matter of coopera¬ tion. Regulation of grazing on the public domain put into effect less than 3 years ago to “preserve the land and' its resources” has crystal¬ lized opinion and effort as to the position this great resource occupies nationally and locally. The result has been amicable relations with all agencies in the interest of the natural resources and the welfare of 2 /2 million agricultural and industrial people who pioneered and built a civilization in its midst. WILDLIFE A program of wildlife management has been instituted by the Division as an important part of the administration of all grazing districts. The program may be divided into four parts: Cooperation with the stockmen and district advisory boards; range improvements through the Emergency Conservation Work of the Division; coopera¬ tion with the Bureau of Biological Survey in setting aside game DIVISION OF GRAZING 113 * ranges to be used jointly by domestic livestock and game; and State | plans for wildlife such as the New Mexico and Oregon plans. The New Mexico plan as approved by the Secretary of the Interior 1 has met with the approval of the varied interests in New Mexico f where stockmen have always been very active in conserving wildlife, t Under State supervision and control with the very effective coopera¬ tion of local stockmen, New Mexico has built up one of the finest I mountain sheep herds in the United States. The advisory board of Oregon Grazing District No. 3 adopted and r recommended a wildlife program which has now been adopted by the ! advisory board of each of the six grazing districts in Oregon. It I involves the cooperation of the Bureau of Biological Survey, the Fish t and Game Commission, and the Forest Service in the formulation | and enforcement of a practical, scientific wildlife program. ENFORCEMENT Enforcement under the Rules for Administration of Grazing Dis¬ tricts of March 2, 1936, and amendments thereto, has been main- ! tained with satisfactory results. A large number of alleged trespasses 1 have been investigated, trespass notices served, and trespasses abated. Administrative officers of the Division, assisted by temporary range riders during concentrated seasonal livestock movement on the range, have been successful in promoting orderly migration of stock over designated routes. The accomplishment has been mainly one of education and understanding. Considering the magnitude of the area and great number of migratory operators together with the fact that many of the operators were unfamiliar with the trails, allot¬ ments, and district lines, and the regulations, the result of enforce¬ ment activities is regarded as an exceptional achievement. The principal accomplishment is the prevention of a violation rather than the arresting of a violation after it has occurred. HEARINGS AND APPEALS Of the total number of applications for grazing licenses received and acted upon, comparatively few of the applicants were dissatisfied with the decisions of the regional graziers. Only 607 applicants, or 4 percent, filed motions for review before the regional graziers. In 284 cases of this number, it was necessary to hold a formal hearing; 130 cases were withdrawn or adjusted without the necessity of a formal hearing; and 193 cases are pending on appeal from the decision of the regional graziers. It may be seen that 96 percent or the vast majority was satisfied with the action taken by the field officers. BUREAU OF MINES John W. Finch/ Director FEW Government establishments are authorized as explicitly as the Bureau of Mines to undertake conservational activities. Section 2 of the organic act under which it operates (37 Stat. 681) states, in part: That it shall be the province and duty of the Bureau of Mines, subject to the approval of the Secretary of the Interior, to con¬ duct inquiries and scientific and technologic investigations con¬ cerning mining, and the preparation, treatment, and utilization I of mineral substances with a view to improving health conditions • and increasing safety, efficiency, and economic development, and conserving resources through the prevention of waste in the mining , quarrying, metallurgical, and other mineral industries. In accordance with the duties delegated to the Bureau by the enabling act, many of its technologic and economic investigations are designed to conserve mineral wealth, and all of its work in health and safety is devoted to the conservation of human life. The early history of our petroleum and natural-gas industry is a classic example of wasteful mineral exploitation. Incident to the de¬ velopment of one Texas field alone, billions of cubic feet of natural gas were lost in the atmosphere, and the old-time practice of letting new wells blow wild undoubtedly advanced the day when our oil reserves will be exhausted. Formerly only a small portion of the oil and natural gas underground was recovered, and although today perhaps half is recovered in best practice it is still the object of modem petroleum engineering to raise the percentage as much as possible. The Bureau has given technical assistance toward the realization of that ambition by work on the following important phases of oil conservation: (1) Prolonging the producing life of wells through application of better engineering practice; (2) estimating the probable life of wells by working out relations between rate of fluid production and pressure drop in the producing formation; and (3) avoiding wastes in transportation and storage. 114 BUREAU OF MINES 115 The results of these studies as applied in actual practice have been of value not only to oil companies but to State commissions charged with regulation of production. A further service, particularly to the latter group, has been the Bureau’s monthly forecast of the demand for petroleum products, which serves as a guide in controlling pro¬ duction. America’s supplies of solid fuels are estimated to be tremendous; nevertheless, depletion of high-grade coals in certain parts of the country, accompanied by such factors as high freight rates and more exacting standards of domestic consumers built up by intense com¬ petition from oil and gas, have led to studies by the Bureau that will not only result in more economical use of this fuel but in larger sales of the lower grades when offered in cleaner, more attractive condition than in the past. The Bureau’s service work as consulting fuel engineer to the Government has saved thousands of dollars in Washington alone and exemplifies the type of fuel economy possible not only in large heating installations but in small domestic boilers as well. Great Britain, Germany, France, and Japan are preparing to supplement their inadequate petroleum stocks with gasoline obtained by the hydrogenation of lignite, tar, and bituminous coal. Germany can produce 800,000 tons of gasoline annually by this process and France 50,000 tons; Great Britain has produced 100,000 tons a year, and Japan soon will be able to manufacture 105,000 tons. Antici¬ pating the time when America’s petroleum reserves begin to fail and prices rise, the Bureau of Mines is operating a continuous hydro¬ genation plant at its Pittsburgh station to test the adaptability of various domestic coals to the process. A continuing study of the Bureau has been research on methods for making America self-sufficient in strategic minerals, particularly those of importance in warfare. Many of our known deposits of chromite, manganese, nickel, and antimony ores have hitherto been considered of too low grade to justify development. The Bureau for some years has been attempting to devise low-cost methods of extracting a product of commercial grade from these minerals, in order to build up a potential source of supply and eventually to preclude the necessity of importation. Already the development of an electrolytic method of recovering pure metallic manganese indicates that this country may be able to produce all of its require¬ ments of that important metal. Satisfactory methods have also been developed for concentrating western chromite ores and for producing pure chromium chloride cheaply. The treatment of pegmatite tin ores is another metallurgic project that, if successful, may make it possible for this country to produce at least a part of its tin supplies now obtained from foreign countries. 116 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Beneficiation of Southwest potash ores is progressing successfully, and tests in the Experimental mine on the bearing strength of potash ores are proving helpful, as the American potash mines become more extensive. During the past few years there has been an insistent demand for larger supplies of lithium salts. Spodumene, one of the principal sources, occurs in large quantity in North Carolina. The Bureau has developed a cheap method of concentrating low-grade spodumene ore that promises to help establish a paying industry in the South. More than 6,000,000 dozen pieces of ceramic wares are imported annually. It seems to have been a tradition that American clays were unsuitable for whiteware; but the Bureau has been proving that cleys of the South and the Pacific Northwest can be fabricated into fine-, quality ceramics, and is testing the firing of minerals locally available at the new experiment station at Boulder City. I A report of especial value in any study of strategic minerals was prepared. It discusses the occurrence, production, and international j flow of 32 important mineral commodities and covers the mineral} resources and demands of 12 major industrial countries, with recent legislation affecting control of the mining industries in them. 1 The industrial dislocations that accompanied the depression evicted many people permanently from their former occupations., Faced with the necessity of earning a living, numbers of persons tried mining, especially gold mining, which promised the most lucrative returns. The methods employed frequently were ingenious, but more often impractical and wasteful. Engineers of the Bureau covering mining districts often have been of practical assistance to these mining tenderfeet, showing them how to avoid wasteful prac¬ tices, pointing out simpler methods, and indicating hazards. The revival of the small prospector has been an interesting feature of the present-day mining industry. Some of the publications prepared by the Bureau are written especially for these small operators, to give them information on mining and milling methods. Results of a special investigation of gold placer mining, undertaken in cooperation with the Works Progress Administration, were published during the year, A number of years ago the Bureau established — and is continuing—^- a series of circulars, usually written by mine operators, describing methods of mining and milling at some of the country’s most impor¬ tant mines. These are distributed on request, and comprise an abundant reservoir of data on the successful handling of mining and milling problems. In numberless instances application of the pro¬ cedures described has permitted profitable exploitation of a mining property that otherwise might have failed. The flow sheets and BUREAU OF MINES 117 working drawings of specialized equipment that accompany these papers are no small factor in their usefulness. The metallurgical industry has long struggled with the problem of smelter-smoke disposal; not only has smelter smoke polluted the atmosphere, with consequent injury to health and damage to vege¬ tation, but escape of volatiles has wasted valuable constituents of ores. Moreover, in many cities coal smoke is an undesirable feature during the winter. Smelting companies and city governments alike are evincing keen interest in a device for precipitating solids from air or other gases, developed by the Bureau on a laboratory scale during the year and demonstrated successfully on a number of occasions. Much attention has been focused on the scrap-metal industry. At one time exports to countries that are increasing their armaments attained proportions that many considered alarming, and stocks of this important source of metals were being rapidly depleted. So intense was the interest of the industry that, in addition to the seven nonferrous metals ordinarily included in the annual surveys of second¬ ary material, the Bureau was encouraged to make consumption studies of iron and steel scrap. The canvass of the use of both primary and secondary tin was resumed at the request of tin consumers, anxious to note the effect on the industry of the Faddis-B arbour bill providing for licensing exports of scrap tin. The Bureau makes annual studies of 109 minerals of commercial importance for its yearly publication, Minerals Yearbook. This volume, containing about 70 chapters reviewing trends in production and consumption of individual minerals or logical groups of minerals, is the outgrowth of more than 50 years of similar compilations, first delegated to the Geological Survey and later to the Bureau of Mines. A single book this year replaces the two-volume combination of the Yearbook and its complementary supplement, the Statistical Appendix. During the year the Bureau received and made available to the public about 3,100 consular reports; many of these were collated for use in monthly compendiums: Mineral Trade Notes, International Coal Trade, and International Petroleum Trade. The Bureau’s foreign-mineral specialist acted as advisor to many American con¬ sular officers stationed in Europe, and supplied information to the Bureau on the status of the mineral industries in a number of countries, relaying information obtained in personal visits. Catastrophes, as the destruction of the Hindenburg and the New London (Tex.) schoolhouse disaster were followed by calls for tech¬ nical advice; Bureau experts on explosions, helium, natural gas, and safety collaborated in making exhaustive studies and determining the cause of the New London explosion. In consequence, other localities 118 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR have asked the Bureau to examine schoolhouses and other public buildings to judge whether explosion hazards existed and to suggest remedies. Explosions in the coal-mining industry have grown so infrequent that during the year it was necessary to stage “artificial” explosions in the Bureau’s Experimental mine so that safety engineers could be given some experience in coping with conditions accompanying actual disasters. When this is contrasted with the years immediately pre¬ ceding the creation of the Bureau of Alines, when there were 17 dis¬ asters, on an average, each year, causing 562 fatalities, the past fiscal year’s record of 6 major disasters causing 56 deaths in all represents a tremendous and encouraging improvement. Training courses conducted by the Bureau of Alines that not only teach men how to treat injuries but what to do in emergencies, inspec¬ tions and recommendations for improvement of practices at mines, first-aid meets, and other means of promoting education in safety among the 2,000,000 employees of the mining industry have contrib¬ uted largely to the conservation of our national resources, not only in the sense of preventing economic waste and loss in consequence of destructive fires and explosions but also in the preservation of life and prevention of human suffering. FUTURE NEEDS A more detailed review of the past year’s work will be found on suc¬ ceeding pages. However, due to limitations of available funds, the Bureau of necessity was forced to restrict the scope of some of the studies there described and has been unable even to initiate many other important and highly commendable investigations designed to improve health conditions, increase safety, promote efficiency, foster economic development, or conserve resources in the mineral industries. The Bureau believes that it can render worth-while service if funds are provided for conducting the work outlined in the following brief sum¬ mary of principal needs. The Bureau s data on the properties of coal have been of great use to the National Bituminous Coal Commission in the proper classifica¬ tion of coals as a basis for price fixing, and to other Government agencies as a guide in the economical purchase of coal for their own use. Because the analyses now on file unfortunately do not cover most o the \arious coal fields adequately, complete surveys similar to those conducted recently in Alabama and Washington should be made in all of the other fields. Accidents caused by falls of roof and coal are responsible for approxi¬ mately one-half of the deaths and a large proportion of the injuries now occurring in coal mines. Moreover, the behavior of the mine roof, as influenced by the nature of the strata and method of mining, affects BUREAU OF MINES 119 appreciably the percentage of coal recovery. Investigation of this problem of roof behavior would produce advantageous results in increased safety and prevention of waste. The amount of harmful sulphurous gases emitted into the atmos¬ phere varies considerably with different types of coal-burning power- plant equipment and different operating conditions. A field survey should be made to determine the variations, and a laboratory investi¬ gation should be conducted to determine the allowable limitations. There is an increasing demand which the Bureau is unable to meet for research in fundamental mining problems, such as seismic investi¬ gations of rock vibrations caused by blasting and the vibration rate of rocks under stress; mine ventilation; and elimination or control of dust produced during mining operations. The mechanization of coal mines has proceeded so rapidly during the past few years that additional personnel is needed to determine the safety and “permissibility” of the electrical and mechanical equipment being used. Additional personnel is also needed to meet the widespread demand for reports on mining and milling methods and costs, to keep abreast of improvements in mining technology, and to aid small-scale operators and prospectors through technical reports, mineral-industries surveys, and personal visits by Bureau field engineers. The number of nonmetallic minerals is so great, and the variety of things that might be done with them by using cheap electric power is so numerous, that a study of the processes using hydroelectric power in preparing them for market is urgently needed, especially in view of the Government’s interest in a number of projects where such power is available. There is also need for facilities with which to develop laboratory metallurgical processes devised by the Bureau to the pilot-plant scale of operations. This would make it possible to demonstrate commer¬ cial applicability of the processes and thus provide an incentive for their adoption by industry. The laboratory process using sound waves to precipitate solids from smelter fumes or smoke from chim¬ neys is a case in point. The petroleum industry and regulatory bodies realize that the difficult problem of oil and gas well spacing is one of major importance. Information as to how wells should be spaced to assure maximum recovery through prolonged flowing fife is far from complete. A thorough, unbiased study of present-day conditions would aid greatly in conserving and prolonging the life of the Nation’s oil supply by showing the fallacies of ruthless offset drilling. As new oil reserves are sought in deeper reservoir rocks the cost of removing the oil becomes excessive unless full use is made of the energy of the high-pressure gas associated with the oil. As an aid in the solu- 120 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR tion of this increasingly serious problem, factual data as to quantities of oil now left in the ground, better utilization of available gas energy, recycling of gas, and storage of gas in partly depleted fields should be collected and widely published. Results of the survey of crude oil storage made during the past year show that further technical studies are needed on the physical and chemical properties of various types of crude petroleum if data ob¬ tained in the survey are to be used advantageously to obtain optimum refinery yields of required products. Equally important is the col¬ lection of statistical information regarding underground reserves so that relationships may be established between desirable volume of oil in storage above ground and the rate at which oil can be produced from underground reserves when a sudden demand arises. To meet an increase in the demand for helium that will ensue when legislation is enacted permitting the sale of helium to commercial aviation companies and for medical use, two additional wells should be drilled in the. Government-owned helium-bearing structure at Cliffside, and one of the existing wells, which is in faulty mechanical condition, should be repaired. To find nonmetallic minerals that will be acceptable to the trade it frequently is the practice to seek desposits of satisfactory minerals at a great distance, or even abroad, when material near at hand might be available if purified or properly treated. Tests by the Bureau in a number of instances have developed such purification or treatment processes, but the field is so large that additional personnel and equip¬ ment, particularly in the new experiment station at College Park, Md., are urgently needed if the growing demand for this work is to be met. Recent disasters have resulted in many requests to the Bureau for information and aid in overcoming hazards due to accumulations of explosive gas and vapor, which cannot be complied with by the present staff. State regulations that demand a limitation on the amount of fumes emitted by explosives used in mining have created a need for additional research on the production of poisonous gases by all the classes, grades, and sizes of industrial explosives used underground. The present highly competitive situation in the coal industry makes production of the maximum amount of lump coal imperative. The “cushioned blasting” method has been proposed as a means for attain¬ ing this end. The Bureau has been asked for an opinion as to the safety of this method but is not in a position to render one because funds are not available for the necessary investigation. The use of Diesel engines on mine locomotives offers a means of avoiding recognized hazards that result from the use of trolley loco¬ motives in coal mines, but the possibility of introducing other hazards, BUREAU OF MINES 121 from carbon monoxide in the exhaust gas or from flame or sparks : emitted by Diesel engines, has not been determined. The Bureau ! has been requested to investigate this matter, but has been unable to | do so for lack of personnel. In the transfer from the Bureau of Mines to the National Bitumi- j nous Coal Commission of funds and personnel formerly employed by the Bureau in work on bituminous coal, the fact was apparently over¬ looked that the Bureau also dealt with anthracite, coke, fuel briquets, lignite, peat, and international trade in coal. All of these still remain as Bureau functions but cannot be kept current by the force that can be maintained with the reduced funds. Much of the value of the economic information supplied to industry on these subjects lies in the promptness with which it is made available. Unless additional per¬ sonnel is provided, important features will have to be postponed indefinitely or dropped entirely, and the completeness and continuity of statistical and other economic data to which the anthracite, coke, and other fuel industries are accustomed and entitled will be destroyed, to the material prejudice of their interests and those of the public as well. Additional funds are needed to permit collection of data on inter¬ state movements and distribution of gasoline and other finished petroleum products, which are essential to the studies and forecasts of market demand. These forecasts are invaluable to the petroleum industry, the several State regulatory bodies, and the Federal Govern¬ ment itself in the development of a sound program for oil conservation. Outstanding achievements in mineral technology during the past 30 years have greatly changed the quantity of minerals that can ulti- | mately be made available, have had a sharp effect upon competitive | positions of different mining areas, and have reduced mining costs. In consequence, the Bureau of Mines is called upon constantly to advise mineral producers as to the amount of a specific mineral that can be produced economicaUy or consumed at a specific price, and as to the effect of price fluctuation upon the stability of various branches of mining. In order to answer these questions, and to provide mineral producers with authentic price data for their guidance, new research must be undertaken to develop information on mineral prices com¬ parable to that available in the fields of commerce, manufacturing, and agriculture. The Bureau has been asked to continue on an annual basis the survey of iron and steel scrap consumption, which was originally made possible by funds provided by the Works Progress Administra¬ tion and other cooperating agencies. Statistical and economic data on scrap is essential to the public interest, for it is gradually being : realized that the stock of metals in use and the scrap returning to industry constitute a great national resource and that a thorough 122 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR understanding of the secondary-metal problem is vital to the formu¬ lation of any sound national policy with respect to raw-material supply. There is a fast-growing recognition of the importance of nonmetallic minerals, but in perhaps no other field of mineral production is market research so necessary, because the value of the minerals is created by effective market demand; and in probably no other field has such research been so completely neglected by the Government, and by private agencies. Provision for additional personnel would enable the Bureau to undertake fundamental studies of consumption trends, marketing problems, and reviews of industries that would permit intelligent analysis of industrial needs and thus promote better utili- i zation of the Nation's vast reserves of nonmetallic minerals. Additional personnel is also needed to review and prepare for publi¬ cation the constantly increasing volume of information and data on i mineral commodities received from abroad, and to conduct regional studies of the mineral industries in the more important foreign i countries. The Mine Inspectors' Institute of America in a formal resolution has asked the Bureau of Mines to maintain facilities at the Experi- j mental mine for creating controllable mine fires and other disaster j conditions in order that theoretically trained key men may obtain j actual experience in mine rescue and recovery work and thus be equipped to serve as leaders when real emergencies arise. Additional funds are needed for personnel and expenses of such work. The demand for first-aid training is greater than at any other time in the history of the Bureau because of the demonstrated value of this | work as an effective method of preventing accidents. There is good I reason to believe that if the funds available for this work were doubled the accident occurrence in American mines would be reduced at least ; 50 percent within the next 5 years. Additional personnel is also | needed to meet the demand for accident-prevention education for mine officials and safety workers, which represents the best defense i of the operating companies against the mounting costs of accident compensation. The increasing pollution of streams, due to mineral substances that ! are injurious or a menace to health, creates the need for a study of ; these pollutions to determine a means of controlling or removing them. ; There is also a need for resuming the study, in cooperation with the I United States Public Health Service, of health and sanitary condi¬ tions in mining communities, which was recessed several years ago. The seriousness of the dust-health problem in mining has created ! an urgent demand for field studies in coal, metal, and nonmetallic j mineral mines to determine what can be done to protect the mine worker from the menace of this occupational disease, to help the em¬ ployer protect himself from the heavy expense it causes, and to save BUREAU OF MINES 123 the general public from the costs of charity or relief that are often consequent. A study of air conditioning in mines should be made to determine means for preventing hot, humid, and frequently dust-laden air which is the cause of much ill health, inefficiency, and accident occurrence, particularly in deep metal mines. REVIEW OF THE YEAR’S WORK During the fiscal year 1937, the work of the Bureau of Mines was administered under the Technologic, Economics and Statistics, Health and Safety, and Administrative Branches from offices in Washington, but most of the activities were conducted in mining districts through¬ out the entire country. Fourteen experiment stations (at Bartlesville, Okla.; Berkeley, Calif.; Boulder City, Nev.; College Park, Md.; Laramie, Wyo.; Minneapolis, Minn.; New Brunswick, N. J.; Pitts¬ burgh, Pa.; Reno, Nev.; Rolla, Mo.; Salt Lake City, Utah; Seattle, Wash.; Tucson, Ariz.; and Tuscaloosa, Ala.) studied problems con¬ nected with mining, utilization, and conservation of the Nation's mineral resources in their localities, a number of field offices were assigned special duties, and the safety instructors moved on a flexible schedule, visiting mining establishments on request. TECHNOLOGIC BRANCH The Technologic Branch, which conducted research and techno¬ logic investigations covering all phases of the mining industry, in¬ cluded the Coal, Mining, Metallurgical, Petroleum and Natural Gas, Nonmetals, and Explosives Division. COAL DIVISION The Coal Division, formerly called the Mechanical Division, studied the properties, preparation, and utilization of coal, acted as consultant in the purchase and use of fuel by the Government, and operated the Bureau's coal-hydrogenation plant and Experimental mine. Coal carbonization. — Carbonization tests to determine gas and coke-making properties have been completed on 50 typical American coals, including one noncoking subbituminous coal from Colorado. The results to date have been correlated with the proximate analyses, and relationships have been found that permit reasonably good estimation of the yield of coke, gas, and byproducts for a given coal from its proximate analysis. Laboratory equipment designed for studying the expanding prop¬ erties of coking coals was used to determine the expanding or con¬ tracting properties of various coals and blends of coals. This infor- 22914—37 - 10 124 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR mation is of great value to coke-oven operators in helping to avoid destruction of ovens by expanding mixtures of coal. A comprehensive study of the properties of coking coal indicated that the structure of the coke from very plastic coals is improved by mild oxidation. Coal analysis. — During the year, 7,712 coal analyses were added to the Bureau’s already voluminous records, which are available to Federal agencies as well as to the public to aid in purchasing solid fuels. Two especially equipped coal-sampling trucks collected 701 samples at 147 mines in 4 States; a special survey was made of 47 mines in Alabama. Miscellaneous analyses. — Laboratory distillation tests to deter¬ mine yields of gas, coke, and byproducts were made on 46 typical coals from various States, including a special survey of 28 samples from Alabama Carborundum has been found to be a suitable inert material for mixing with coal in the Bureau of Mines agglutinating-value test for determining the caking properties of coals. This material is readily available on the market, and different lots have uniform surface characteristics and give similar results with the same coal. Physical chemistry. — Completion of another series of experiments on the rate and mechanism of the thermal decomposition of ethane has provided more fundamental data for further development of the new gas-polymerization theory, which is reducing greatly the quantity of natural and refinery gases heretofore lost. Coal preparation. — Gradual improvement is taking place in the coal fields where washing has been adopted. Bureau experts kept in touch with the operators and unobtrusively pointed out various inefficient and wasteful practices until they were corrected. Studies were made on decreasing the cost of drying washed coal. In the past year the Bureau made an intensive study of the coagulation of silt from washery waste waters so that the latter will cease to be obnoxious in streams. Better and cheaper coagulants are in prospect. Use of fuels. — The investigation of the effect on combustion of treating coal with small amounts of chemicals has been completed, and the results have been prepared for publication as a bulletin, now in press. Data assembled during studies on the relation of ash composition to the formation of clinker and slag have been found of value in connection with the operation both of industrial furnaces and small domestic stokers. Fuel economy service. — The fuel costs at Government power and heating plants have been decreased in consequence of recommenda¬ tions made after efficiency tests to determine fuels and equipment. Feed-water conditioning service was continued, with marked improve* ment in economy and safety of boiler operation. A handbook for BUREAU OF MINES 125 operators of fuel-burning equipment was published, and advice on smoke abatement was given to the public and to the officials of certain cities. Coal hydrogenation. — The new continuous hydrogenation plant at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station was completed recently and has been operated six times in tests lasting 10 to 24 hours. Pittsburgh- bed coal was liquefied at 420° C. and 3,000 pounds hydrogen pres¬ sure. The hydrogen was produced from natural gas and steam by a process developed by the Bureau. New methods have been de¬ veloped for determining the composition of tar and oil from the hydro¬ genated coal, and analyses of neutral oils have been improved by successive extractions with increasing concentrations of sulphuric acid. With the completion of the plant, the Bureau is prepared to conduct comprehensive studies on the composition and properties of the various kinds of American coals, as they affect the utilization of these coals for combustion, carbonization, gasification, and liquefaction. Experimental coal mine. — Studies of the bearing strength of potash salt from the mines near Carlsbad, N. Mex., conducted in the Bureau’s Experimental mine at Bruceton, Pa., indicated that if proper mining methods are pursued under careful control there is little danger of sudden shearing breaks of the roof that might admit water and cause loss of the mines. After mine explosions in Colorado and Pennsylvania the explosi- bility of coal dusts from the districts concerned was determined by tests in the Experimental mine, and the rock-dusting requirements for mines working these coals are now accurately known. MINING DIVISION The Mining Division continued its investigation of metal-, non- metal-, and coal-mining methods and mine ventilation, extended the mineral-industries survey, and tested and inspected electrical equip¬ ment for “permissibility” in mines. Metal-mining methods. — The investigation of metal-mining methods comprised a detailed field study of mining and milling methods and costs, with reports thereon; a part of the mineral-industries survey; and technical assistance to small operators and prospectors. Field work was continued throughout the year in nine Western States. Ten information circulars were published, including four contributions to the mineral-industries survey; in addition, manuscripts for a com¬ prehensive bulletin Copper Mining in North America, and 15 informa¬ tion circulars were completed and are ready for publication. Field engineers gave technical assistance to numerous prospectors and small- scale mine operators who obviously were unable to employ competent consultants. 126 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Metal-mining research. — Facilities for independent research on the fundamentals of mining practice were established during the year when a testing adit was driven 300 feet on the Government reservation at Mount Weather, Va., and completely equipped for the purpose. Previously the work was limited to investigations of improved metal¬ mining practices developed at individual mines by operators. A research program was set up, comprising rock-drilling tests with ’ various kinds of steel and steel alloys and with different types of bits; ventilation studies; explosives investigations, including production of noxious gases in blasting; research on the formation, means of elimina¬ tion, or control of dust production in mining ; development of apparatus and technique for determining the strength and predicting the failure of mine roofs and pillars; and related problems. During an investigation of rock-drilling practices a national survey of metal mines was made, from which an empirical index for the use of detachable bits was derived. A comprehensive technical survey was made of the use of mechanical loaders in metal mines, and an analytical report thereon was partly completed. Four information circulars were published. Nonmetal mining. — Studies of mining and preparation methods and costs were conducted at 28 mineral-wool plants, 5 clay mines, 2 gypsum mines, and 1 silica-sand plant. Screen tests were made at four rock quarries to determine the relation between size gradation of primary crusher feed and size gradation and shape of the products. A new technique was developed for measuring vibrations caused by blasting in quarries and their effect on artificial structures; to determine the characteristics of ground vibration from quarry blasts and the effect of various charges and kinds of explosives, and tamped and untamped charges, 125 field tests were made in 19 quarries and 1 mine. Seven information circulars and one report of investigations were published. Three papers were completed for publication in the technical press or by technical societies, and five manuscripts were com¬ pleted and are ready for publication as information circulars. Coal mining. — Studies were begun on multiple-shaft mechanized mining in coal mines to develop data designed to increase efficiency and promote safety and conservation in coal mining. An information circular, Mining Methods Used in the Grundy Coal Field of Buchanan County, Va., was published. Field studies were completed and manu¬ scripts prepared on Shaft-Bottom Lay-Outs in Coal Mines, and Some Aspects on Strip-Mining of Bituminous Coal in the Central and South Central States; both await publication. Mine ventilation. — An investigation of causes, behavior, and control of anthracite mine fires was continued throughout the year; a prelim¬ inary report was prepared and discussed with the cooperating mine officials. The results developed by laboratory research were applied BUKEAU OF MINES 127 j to a particular fire, for which a complete history is being obtained. Material was assembled as a basis for a report on the present status of mechanical cooling in mines and the limits of its economical appli- cation to the mines in the United States. Mineral-industries survey. — A field examination of the noted Mojave gold-mining district, Kern County, Calif., was completed, and an information circular, The Golden Queen and Other Mines of the Mojave District, California, was published. A study of the mineral industry in the southern Mother Lode counties of California was undertaken. The survey of Calaveras County was 60 percent com¬ plete, and a report thereon is in preparation. Tuolumne and Mariposa Counties, also in California, have also been studied in part and will be coverd in separate reports. Electrical equipment. — Inspection and tests for permissibility under • Bureau of Mines schedules, conducted in the electrical laboratories at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station, resulted in formal approval of 9 coal-cutting machines, 13 coal loaders and conveyors, 1 drill, 3 storage-battery locomotives, and 2 electric cap lamps. Four motors, three starters, and one headlight were found suitable for use in per¬ missible outfits, and over 600 changes in design of permissible compart¬ ments were reviewed and approved. Nearly 700 persons witnessed demonstrations of electrical ignition of gas-and-air mixtures by the staff of the section in a campaign to impress on the mining public the hazards of faulty electrical equipment and improper installation. Problems relating to the voltage of mine circuits, installation of trans¬ formers underground, and cables in roadways, shafts, and slopes were studied. Six reports of investigations, three information circulars, and two schedules were published during the year. METALLURGICAL DIVISION The Metallurgical Division conducted investigations on the treat¬ ment of mineral raw materials from the condition as mined to the finished product, starting with highly theoretical implications, working logically through laboratory development of Dew methods, and con¬ cluding with plant testing to the point of demonstrative practical application. This procedure provides incentive for the establishment of new industries; examples of recent new commercal operations based on results obtained by the Division are the installation of a flotation . unit to treat scheelite and slimes and the construction of a mill to separate talc and magnesite by flotation. Metallurgical fundamentals. — Selenium glass, selenium crystals, i tellurium, and one form of calcium hemihydrate were investigated by low-temperature specific-heat measurements for the first time in his- i tory. When further thermodynamic data on the calcium sulphate hydrates have been obtained, they will permit an understanding of the 128 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR present unsatisfactory behavior of some lots of carefully prepared plaster and will provide information that should insure a uniform and superior product. A study was made and a manuscript prepared on the thermody¬ namic properties of metallic carbides and nitrides. Consideration of the data offers a satisfactory insight regarding the theoretical basis for the use of calcium carbide in debismuthizing lead bullion, the gaseous case-hardening of ferrous materials, the direct synthesis of ammonia from methane and air, the behavior of manganese in mild steels, and the synthetic production of cyanide from ammonia and carbon monoxide. Preliminary experiments indicated that a cyclic process for removing hydrogen chloride from the hydrogen used in the reduction of chro¬ mium chlorides by active carbon — a step in the production of chromium from ores by the new process developed in the Division — will operate effectively. The possibility of producing chemically pure chromium for somewhat less than 20 cents per pound appears to be good. • A small experimental demonstration unit was evolved which oper¬ ated with an efficiency of 85 to 95 percent of the theoretically maxi¬ mum possible concentration for the separation of gases of different density or molecular weight by diffusion. More than 400 tests have confirmed the belief that this device, which provides a mechanical means for separating gases in a manner just as simple as the conven¬ tional separation of mineral particles by gravitational methods, may be converted into a new tool for the metallurgist or chemist applicable to a wide variety of technical processes. Papers were published during the year as follows: A Revision of the Entropies of Inorganic Substances; Heats of Fusion of Inorganic Substances; Sponge-Iron Experiments at Mococo; Reduction of Zinc Ores by Natural Gas; Chemistry of Anhydrous Chromium Chlorides; The Thermodynamic Properties of Sulphur and Its Inorganic Com¬ pounds; and The Thermodynamic Properties of Metal Carbides and Nitrides. Metallurgy of steel. — Special equipment for determining magnetic susceptibility at elevated temperatures and a vacuum furnace capable of operating at 1,300° C. were developed, constructed, and operated in the course of a study of the constituents of open-hearth slags of various types. Blast-furnace studies. — As a step in assisting steel manufacturers to meet the very rigid requirements demanded by consumers, investiga¬ tions were made on removal of the maximum amount of sulphur and other impurities in the blast furnace. It has been found that the ox¬ ides in basic pig iron bear no direct relation to those in the basic open- hearth steel produced from it, but that there is a definite relation be- BUREAU OF MINES 129 tween the silicon and sulphur content and the temperature of iron in the runner. Special studies. — The most spectacular achievement of the division during the year was the devising of apparatus for applying high-fre¬ quency standing sound waves to the flocculation and removal of dust and smoke from gaseous suspensions. This process appears to have good possibilities for the solution of these problems and only awaits a practical method for the production of suitable standing waves. The various factors that control the flocculation and removal of dust, smoke, and fume from gaseous suspensions by high-frequency sound waves were studied with three types of laboratory machines, constructed and operated on various aerosols. This method has aroused the interest of a wide variety of industries that desire to recover valuable products that now are wasted up the stack and of communities that must handle the problem of preventing air pollution. A descrip¬ tion of these machines and their operation has been published. Ore-dressing. — Grinding studies were continued, and the results described in the following publications: Ball-Mill Grinding; Relation of Ball Wear to Power in Ball Milling; Observations from Some Crush¬ ing and Grinding Tests; Analogy Between Size-Analysis of Droplets in Emulsions and Particles in Crushed Ore ; and Use of the Coer cime ter in the Study of Grinding. Some success was achieved in magnetic-roasting studies, in in¬ vestigations on the chemistry of flotation, and in tests of new flotation reagents. Data obtained on the flotation of nonsulphides were pub¬ lished in three papers — Flotation of Complex Molybdenum-Vanadium Ores, Flotation of Vermont Talc-Magnesite Ores, and Flotation of Langbeinite. Precious metals. — Results of an investigation of the recovery of tungsten from slimes previously wasted has resulted in the commercial installation of a 75-ton flotation plant, which is recovering more than 91 percent of the tungsten. A paper was published giving the findings of a preliminary investi¬ gation on the loss of gold in dredging and its prevention. Nonferrous metallurgy. — A method was devised for recovering lead and silver from oxidized siliceous ores that resisted attack by usual ore-dressing routines. By grinding with iron balls, the lead becomes metalized and can be removed by gravity treatment or flotation, and the silver becomes associated with finely divided abraded iron and can be separated magnetically or floated with the lead. Two papers, entitled “Smelting in the Lead Blast Furnace” and “Treating Drosses in Lead Smelters”, were prepared for publication. Ore-testing. — Work was actively continued on the standardization of testing methods, the development of new methods of analysis, and the determination of recommended processes for the treatment of 130 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR representative ores from various mining* districts. Results of the work are published yearly as a progress report of the division. Electrometallurgy. — Plant-scale furnaces and testing equipment were installed in the Boulder City Experiment Station, and active work was done on the development of methods to use surplus power for treating ores that should promote the establishment of new in¬ dustries, in the vicinity of large western dams. Methods of purifying solutions used in a cyclic process in which manganese is recovered by electrolysis from the treatment of low- grade ores were perfected, and production of metallic manganese progressed on a moderate scale. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL-GAS DIVISION The Petroleum and Natural Gas Division studied technical and engineering problems relating to the production, recovery, and trans¬ portation of oil and natural gas and the refining and storage of crude oils. It also operated a helium-production plant at Amarillo, Tex. Production and recovery oj petroleum and natural gas. — The spacing of wells so that oil is drained from a producing formation with greatest efficiency and economy is one of the most important, complex problems of the petroleum industry. As a contribution to the solution of this problem, engineers of the Division have established an empirical relation between the mass rate of fluid production (gas, oil, and water) and the drop in pressure in the producing formation. That the Division’s research activities are yielding practical benefits is shown by the special reports on producing oil and gas fields that have been made by the Bureau upon request of operators desiring to conserve and utilize efficiently the energy in naturally producing structures and of Government organizations concerned with regula¬ tion of oil and gas production in various States. During the current year, data reports were made by Bureau engineers on the Fitts pool (Oklahoma), the Tepetate oil field (Louisiana), and the Laredo and Otis fields (Kansas), which aided the oil companies in controlling and the authorities in regulating oil and gas production in these fields by supplying needed information from a competent, unbiased source on conditions in the producing formations that affect efficient and economical rates of withdrawal from the natural underground res¬ ervoirs. Transportation oj natural gas. — Another example of cooperative work is the study of freezing in natural-gas pipe lines. This study, which is being conducted in cooperation with the natural-gas depart¬ ment of the American Gas Association, relates to the conditions under which hydrocarbon hydrates are formed in pipe lines containing natural gas under high pressure, with a view of devising means of preventing them. During the year an apparatus for determining the BUKEAU OF MINES 131 dew point of gases under pressure was constructed, and it is believed that better understanding of dew-point determinations — an essential consideration — will be obtained. Engineering field studies. — Engineering reports on the Big Spring and other West Texas fields and on the Oklahoma City oil field were compiled. Results of studies of gas reserves in the Oklahoma City oil field and in the Michigan “stray” sands were published. Special engineering problems. — Three reports on brine disposal in oil fields, one on results of oxidation of oil in place due to repressuring oil-producing formations with air and air-gas mixtures, and one dis¬ cussing causes and prevention of blow-outs during drilling were issued. An information circular prepared jointly by this division and the Health and Safety Branch covered some problems of respira¬ tory protection in the petroleum industry, with suggestions for their solution. An ingenious method for determining compressibility of natural gas was described in a paper published in a technical journal. Chemistry and refining of petroleum. — The second and third gasoline- survey reports in cooperation with the Cooperative Fuel Research Committee were published. This series is to continue during the coming year. A report giving analyses of crude oils from some Mich¬ igan fields attracted unusual attention. Two papers were printed in a technical journal reporting results of experiments on determination of so-called molecular weights of petroleum fractions of relatively large molecular weight. An apparatus and method for continuous isothermal separation of the major fractions of petroleum were developed, and the application of the principle to a routine method of analysis of crude petroleum was studied. Crude-oil stock survey. — At the request of the Interstate Oil Com¬ pact Commission and pursuant to a special Congressional appropria¬ tion a quantitative and qualitative survey of all crude petroleum in storage in the United States was made. The need and purpose of this survey were based upon the possibility that crude oil held in storage for many years had lost much of its gasoline content. The physical condition of the crude oil in storage was considered by the Commis¬ sion an essential factor in forecasting demand for petroleum from the standpoint of equitable balance between demand and quantity of oil in storage. A preliminary report of results and conclusions was made at a meeting of the Commission at Santa Fe, N. Mex., July 10, 1937. Helium plant. — The helium production of the Amarillo plant was increased to 4,800,000 cubic feet; it was taken by the Army and Navy for use as a lifting agent for nonrigid airships. The Bureau also supplied about 8,000 cubic feet of helium to the United States Public Health Service, which is cooperating with hospitals in the use of helium mixed with oxygen in treating asthma and other respiratory diseases. 132 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Other activities. — Two engineers from the petroleum field office, Dallas, Tex., cooperated with two engineers of the Bureau’s Safety- Division in investigating the causes of an explosion of natural gas used to heat the consolidated school buildings at New London, Tex. Conclusions and recommendations to prevent future occurrence of such catastrophes were embodied in a report for publication. As a result of the burning of the German airship Hindenburg , the division was called upon for advice and technical data regarding the use of helium in dirigibles. A comprehensive report on petroleum and natural-gas conservation was prepared for the Third World Power Conference. NONMETALS DIVISION The work of the Nonmetals Division was concerned with the beneficiation, processing, and utilization of nonmetallic mineral sub¬ stances, and with fundamental studies, such as embrittlement of boiler steel and the application of new research tools. Potential increase in supply oj lithium salts. — Demands for larger supplies of cheaper lithium salts are now answerable; the division’s study of concentration methods for low-grade spodumene ores and its chloride-volatilization process for extracting the lithium from spodumene in the form of lithium chloride point the way to increase production at low cost. Research on application of beta spodumene concentrate in pottery and glassmaking has been accelerated in consequence. Improving quality of talc. — Froth flotation for the treatment of talcs is also being applied commercially. Last year magnesite was removed from a Vermont talc and this year tremolite was separated from a New York talc by flotation methods. In this latter instance it is desirable merely to control the ratio of talc to tremolite in talcs intended for use in ceramics. Pure talc is needed for the higher- grade uses, such as in cosmetics and special porcelains. Hydration of lime. — Studies of the hydration of limes show the importance of controlling hydrating temperature, as reflected in the behavior of hydrated lime. Sufficient plasticity to class many limes as finishing lime is obtained if enough care is taken to hydrate com¬ pletely most of the magnesia present. Concentration of kyanite. — Samples of kyanite from large, low- grade deposits in all parts of the Nation were under investigation, and more are to be collected. Froth-flotation and agglomerate- tabling methods, using the more modern cationic and anionic re¬ agents as collectors, have proved most successful so far; however, the impurities in kyanite deposits vary in character and dispersion, and not all the concentration problems have been solved. BUREAU OF MINES 133 Treatment of clays. — Tests on fractionation of clay by froth flota¬ tion were made at the Tuscaloosa laboratory. It would appear that the process can be used with advantage to remove the colloidal frac¬ tion of the clay first of all. This is done without any mineral selec¬ tion, which is obtainable only on the more granular fractions of clays. Removal of mica, feldspar, and quartz from clay seems to be in sight. There are thousands of clays, no two alike, and the field of research is far larger than the force available to investigate it. Studies of the olivine obtainable in dunities of the Pacific North¬ west have shown that they are of unusual refractory grade; there¬ fore, their adaptability to various uses was investigated. Similar encouraging results were obtained with the chromites of the same region. The soapstone of the Northwest has been tested for several years and is now actively developed commercially. Studies of the effect of structure of the soapstone shapes on firing behavior were made during the year. Seasoning of cement. — The work of the division on the possibility of substituting anhydrite for gypsum as a retarder for portland cement was finished. The amount of anhydrite that can be substituted is a function of the condition of the cement clinker, especially the water vapor that has been absorbed from gases at the proper temperature. Studies of 'particle size. — A mathematical law of size distribution in crushed materials was derived and tested on numerous minerals; from it can be deduced such important constants as total area per unit weight, number of particles, and uniformity of coefficient. Boiler-water studies. — One of the outstanding results attained by the division during the year concerned treatment of boiler feed-water in connection with research on causes and mitigation of “embrittlement” cracking of boiler steel. Last year, silica dissolved in the caustic boiler water was found to be an important factor in the cracking of the steel. Since then, the presence of dissolved lead, titanium, antimony, and a few rare metals in the alkaline water has also been found very important, lead being particularly harmful. The addition of proper amounts of lignin or tannins, or their derivatives, affords the best pro¬ tection against embrittlement. Studies of the mechanism of this cracking and its prevention are being continued. New research tools. — Very successful application has been made of the newer cationic flotation reagents in separating feldspar and quartz, both by flotation methods and by table agglomeration. The coming year should see important adoption of these methods. The quartz spectrograph as an instrument for quantitative chemical determinations has been diligently adapted to the analysis of silicate and carbonate rocks. These are fields of analytical chemistry where existing methods are long and tedious. 134 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR EXPLOSIVES DIVISION The Explosives Division conducted research on the explosibility and inflammability of gases and vapors and tested explosives and blasting devices. Gas explosions. — An important continuing problem is the develop¬ ment of information relating to the causes and elimination of gas explo¬ sions from accumulations in confined spaces. A member of the Division assisted in the investigation of the terrible school disaster at New London, Tex., and drew up recommendations for practice that should prevent other similar disasters. Since 1929, work done in cooperation with public utility companies in and near Boston, Mass., has reduced the explosibility of manhole atmospheres to about one-ninth that shown when the study was begun. Inflammability of gases and vapors. — Fundamental studies of chem¬ ical compositions and related conditions governing the burning or explosion of gas were extended to certain organic compounds upon which data have not hitherto been available. A bulletin containing information available on the subject, for which the supply has been exhausted, is being revised to meet the continuing demand. Detection and elimination of mine fires. — A chemical method was developed for locating incipient anthracite mine fires and for following the progress of those in inaccessible workings, together with much information on the behavior of anthracite and associated combustible material when subjected to heat. This study has proved useful in diagnosing the cause of such hazards and determining appropriate measures for minimizing them. Mechanism of flame propagation. — Cooperative studies have devel¬ oped many important kinetic considerations involved in the propaga¬ tion of flames and explosions. Methods of testing explosives. — Many striking phenomena were noted in the study of variables governing the ignition of gassy atmospheres by explosives. The danger zones in the spaces near boreholes were mapped. Evidence was accumulated to show that unusual concentra¬ tions of energy in the products of detonation may cause dangerous ignitions. Permissible explosives and blasting devices. — To simulate severe service under dangerous gas or gas-plus-dust conditions, 1,254 tests were made within the Bureau’s testing gallery; 1,280 other important control tests of a physical or performance character were conducted, and 195 explosives were analyzed chemically. The active permissible fist of explosives at the end of the fiscal year comprised 195 brand names, and the list of blasting devices included 8 models. BUKEAU OF MINES 135 OFFICE OF CHIEF MINING ENGINEER The Chief Mining Engineer acted as liaison officer in international cooperation in mine-safety research, served as chairman of the Bureau’s Mine Safety Board, and investigated special problems relat¬ ing to mining. International cooperation in mine-safety research. — Interchange of quarterly progress reports and data with the research stations of Great Britain, Belgium, France, and Germany was continued. A conference at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station with representatives of the British Safety in Mines Research Board who had attended the Third World Power Conference was devoted to discussion of problems con¬ cerning gases, harmful dusts, and dust explosions. Demonstration coal-dust explosions were made at the Experimental mine. Mine Safety Board. — The Mine Safety Board continued regular meetings and reviewed reports on mine accidents. Although no new recommendatory safety decisions were made during the year, a number were under consideration. Schedules of explosives were studied, with especial reference to emission of fumes. Data were obtained on a liquid-oxygen explosive disaster in France and a serious explosion in an open-cut mine in Chile. A revision of the circular citing all Safety Board decisions, with explanatory text, was prepared and submitted for publication. Ground Movement and subsidence in mining. — Studies on ground movement and subsidence were continued by the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers committee which cooperates with the Bureau. The chief mining engineer, as chairman of the committee, prepared a review of the studies of the committee since it was formed in 1923. Studies on prevention of coal-mine bumps, such as occur in eastern Kentucky, were continued, and recommenda- I tions by the chief mining engineer were followed with success. Conservation of potash salt in mining. — Investigations were made in June 1936 in mines on Government lands at Carlsbad, N. Mex., with a view to reducing the loss of potash salt by changing the mining i method. Blocks of potash salt from these mines were tested later in a compression machine at the experimental mine. Diesel mine locomotives. — Diesel locomotives have not yet been l used in American mines, but it is believed that they are safer for coal I mines than trolley locomotives. The study of their use in Germany, I France, and England was continued, additional data were obtained by correspondence, and a report was published as Information Cir- cular 3320. Experimental mine tests. — A report on coal-dust tests in the ex- ; perimental mine since 1932 was in preparation, to be published as one of a series of bulletins on the subject. A review of a quarter 136 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR century of successful tests in the experimental mine, which have shown that major mine explosions are preventable by rock dusting, was completed. European mining methods. — A bulletin covering data on European mining methods obtained on trips abroad was being prepared for publication. ECONOMIC AND STATISTICS BRANCH The Economics and Statistics Branch assembled and published data on the production and consumption of mineral commodities and prepared reports of special economic studies; it also was responsible for the annual publication entitled “Minerals Yearbook.,, The Branch comprised the Coal Economics, Petroleum Economics, Mineral Pro¬ duction and Economics, Metal Economics, Nonmetal Economics, and Foreign Minerals Divisions. COAL ECONOMICS DIVISION The work of the Coal Economics Division concerned itself with statistical and economic problems relating to the solid-fuel industries. Service to industry. — The division procured statistics and studied economic trends with respect to anthracite, bituminous coal, lignite, peat, coke, and fuel briquets. As a service to producers, distributors, and consumers the division issued weekly and monthly reports that reviewed short-time movements of supply and demand; many of these data were summarized in annual reports for Minerals Yearbook that provide a background for current service and trace basis changes in the coal and related industries. Special investigations. — A detailed and historical study of un¬ employment in coal mines, undertaken in cooperation with the Works Progress Administration, was practically completed during the year. Data regarding expenditures for supplies and materials, colliery fuel, purchased electric power, and salaries and wages in bituminous-coal and anthracite mines in 1935, collected in cooperation with the Bureau of the Census as a feature of the Census of Business, were prepared for publication. Special reports were also completed on the mechan¬ ical mining and cleaning of bituminous coal and anthracite, the con¬ servation of coal resources, technology and the mineral industries, and mechanical loading in metal and nonmetal mines. International trade in fuels. — The monthly report on international coal trade included special studies of coal-market control abroad and trends of the American coal market in Canada. A separate publica¬ tion on competitive conditions in the international coal trade was released. Economies in publication. — The collection of statistical reports through trade agencies, inaugurated several years ago to reduce costs, was continued in the fiscal year 1937. BUREAU OF MINES 137 R PETROLEUM ECONOMICS DIVISION The Petroleum Economics Division collected statistics on petroleum and natural gas, prepared monthly forecasts of demand for petroleum products, made special studies of crude-oil stocks and of factors affecting productivity in the oil and gas industry. Forecasts of demand. — The monthly forecasts of demand for motor fuel and crude oil were a major feature of the work of the division during the year. These forecasts have been issued regularly by the Bureau since June 1935, and they represent an impartial projection of the trends of current demand. They constitute a useful service, essential to the information of the petroleum industry, of the several State agencies, and of the Federal Government itself in developing a sound oil-conservation program. Enlargement of the staff engaged in collecting the necessary basic statistical data has resulted in progressive improvement in the scope and accuracy of the forecasts during the past year. Survey of crude-oil stocks .■ — One of the most important objectives of oil conservation is to avoid the waste resulting from the unnecessary storage of oil above ground. At the request of the Interstate Oil Compact Commission, the Petroleum Economics Division in coopera¬ tion with the Petroleum and Natural-Gas Division of the Bureau undertook a survey of crude-oil stocks as of June 30, 1936. The main objectives of this survey were to determine the age and origin of crude held in storage, the extent of deterioration from the standpoint of straight-run gasoline production, and the relations between necessary working stocks and surplus reserves. The economic results of the survey indicate the necessity for a continuous check of the liquidation of older stock accumulations in contrast to the changes in current or working stocks. The amount of older stocks desirable is directly related to the extent of under¬ ground reserves from which current production can be increased quickly. This segregation of older stocks will make possible an adequate check of the fluctuations of current stocks and their proper relation to market demand. Special studies.— A survey in cooperation with the Bureau of the Census resulted in completion of a census of oil and gas production that had not been undertaken since 1919. A special study of factors affecting productivity in the oil and gas industry was undertaken by the division in cooperation with the Works Progress Administration, and the results indicate the great technical advances that have been made in the discovery, production, and refining of oil. MINERAL PRODUCTION AND ECONOMICS DIVISION The Mineral Production and Economics Division procured and published production statistics for metal mining, supervised the compilation of the Minerals Yearbook, continued statistical studies of 138 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR employment, accidents, and explosives, and assisted in a census of mines and quarries and in a study of technologic changes in the mineral industry. Metal-mine statistics. — Following the Bureau of Mines policy of publishing production statistics as soon as possible after the close of the calendar year, the first of the preliminary reviews covering metal mining in the western States was released early in January, and by the end of the month summary reports covering the 13 States that produced nonferrous metals had been issued. By the end of June, statistics for metal mining were virtually completed, and the State mine-review chapters (except those for Arizona, Montana, and Nevada) in Minerals Yearbook 1937 contain final figures for 1936 as well as details for 1935 that were incomplete in the previous volume. Minerals Yearbook. — Minerals Yearbook 1936 was issued in August 1936. The volume included 69 mineral-commodity chapters and comprised 1,136 pages, including a comprehensive index. Tbe demand for this annual official review of the mining industry has grown rapidly in recent years, and nearly 10,000 copies of the 1936 volume were distributed. As with others of the series, orders for Minerals Yearbook 1936 had virtually exhausted the edition shortly after delivery by the printer. The entire manuscript for Minerals Yearbook 1937 was submitted for transmittal to the Public Prmter on June 22, 1937. This volume is substantially larger than its predecessors, for it includes detailed statistics on coal, petroleum, and certain other commodities previously published in the Statistical Appendix. Thus, for the first time in more than 30 years, a single volume contains complete data on the entire mining industry. Employment and accidents.' — ’The division conducted its usual statistical investigations of employment and accidents in the mining, quarrying, smelting, milling, and coking industries of the United States. Bulletins showed the progress made in promoting safety in the mineral industries. Four safety contests, based upon reports of accidents and man-hours of employment, were conducted during the year. The division also prepared and published reports covering the quantity of explosives produced in the United States and the amounts of nitrogen and other materials used in their manufacture. Joint conduct oj census oj mines and quarries. — During the fiscal year 1936 a canvass of the mining industry for 1935 was conducted by the Bureau of Mines in cooperation with the Bureau of the Census. This work was undertaken with the advice of the Central Statistical Board, and questionnaires of the two Bureaus were consolidated into a single schedule. Returns have been received that are believed to be accurate enough to indicate the volume of employment as well as expenditures for supplies, salaries, and wages paid by the mineral BUREAU OF MINES 139 industries, but in no instance do they justify computation of unit costs. Detailed preliminary data for 1935 for most of the mineral fuels, metals, and nonmetals have been compiled and made public through the office of the Census of Business. Changes in mineral technology and output per man. — In cooperation with the Works Progress Administration the division studied tech¬ nological changes and output per man in selected mineral industries in the United States. Two reports were published, “Technology and the Mineral Industries” and “Small-Scale Placer Mines as a Source of Gold, Employment, and Livelihood in 1935.” These initiate a series intended to show technological changes in the extractive industries and their effect on production and employment. METAL ECONOMICS DIVISION The Metal Economics Division was created July 1, 1936, to effect a more logical organization of the economic and statistical work in met¬ als. The division also conducted special studies of the consumption of iron and steel scrap and tin. Statistical reports. — Forty-five marketing and production canvasses of the metal industries were completed; the results were made available to the public promptly in 30 mineral market reports. Fifteen chap¬ ters were prepared for Minerals Yearbook 1937 by division specialists. Two information circulars were published, 3 articles were written for technical journals, and 32 large-scale charts depicting the international flow of minerals were prepared for printing. The division also com¬ piled the metals section of Mineral Trade Notes. Over 2,000 requests ! for information from the public and from various Government agencies were answered during the year. Consumption studies of iron and steel scrap and tin. — An outstanding [ accomplishment of the division during the year was the completion of the first comprehensive survey of the consumption of iron and steel scrap. The usefulness of this new service was attested by the wide publicity given to the Bureau’s publications in trade journals, and the following statement from a spokesman of the scrap iron and steel industry. For the first time in the history of the industry, an authoritative and reliable contribution to the literature of the scrap industry was made by the Bureau of Mines. * * * I would strongly urge the continuation of this survey as a necessary function of the Bureau of Mines, which, because of the respect earned by it from industry because of impartiality and thoroughness in its work, has been able to secure the complete cooperation of both the scrap industry and the steel industry. The canvass of the uses of tin, discontinued in 1931, was resumed upon request from tin consumers. The new survey included secondary tin and complete data on plant inventories and the flow of scrap and other byproducts. 22914—37 - 11 140 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR NONMETAL ECONOMICS DIVISION The Nonmetal Economics Division is essentially a service organiza¬ tion supplying economic and statistical data on nonmetallic mineral commodities to a group of industries having a total annual production valued at more than $600,000,000. Statistical reports. — The statistical canvass and compilation of chap¬ ters for Minerals Yearbook is an important function of the division, which prepared 19 chapters for the 1937 volume, covering more than 80 commodities. These chapters reviewed the outstanding activities in each industry, and the statistical data were supplemented by a wealth of current information. Supplementing the yearbook chap¬ ters, monthly reports were issued on cement and quarterly reports on gypsum — compilations much appreciated and in active demand. Cur¬ rent statistical data were issued as mineral market reports giving pre¬ liminary estimates or advance final figures. Data were prepared for joint reports of the Census of Business, as well as for those on employ¬ ment and productivity issued in cooperation with the Works Progress Administration. Special studies. — Special reports covering significant economic fea¬ tures of the nonmetallic mineral industries included papers on trends in the use of various building materials, economic significance of high- grade concentrates, and economies resulting from the use of wire saws in working slate and building-stone. Other reports included an anno¬ tated bibliography of 450 references covering all work of the Bureau of Mines on building materials of mineral origin and a comprehensive bulletin describing all phases of the asbestos industry, with particular emphasis on foreign supplies and international trade. The division prepared a review of technical progress in the entire field of industrial (nonmetallic) minerals during 1936 for publication in an outside mining journal. Chapters on refractories, minor industrial minerals, and dimension stone were written for inclusion in a forthcoming volume on industrial minerals and rocks. Reports on the salt and gypsum industries were nearly completed. Mineral trade notes. — The division continued the monthly publica¬ tion of Mineral Trade Notes, the chief function of which is to present abstracts of consular reports. The circulation has increased steadily - and has been supplemented by a loan service of consular reports and by the issuance of five special supplements. Intimate acquaintance with mineral developments in foreign countries is thus made possible. Service work. — Hundreds of inquiries on mineral subjects were an¬ swered monthly; during the year these included requests from over 30 Government agencies. The marketing of minerals was promoted by furnishing inquirers with lists of buyers. Extensive data files, which : are constantly augmented, furnished a reservoir of detailed informa- BUREAU OF MINES 141 tion. The series of information circulars built up during recent years was of great assistance, but many of them are out of print, and only loan copies could be supplied. The welfare of the nonmetallic mineral industries was promoted also by close cooperation of staff members with the activities of the American Institute of Mining and Metal¬ lurgical Engineers, particularly in establishing its Industrial Minerals Division, and in serving on the editorial board responsible for publi¬ cation of a 700-page volume on industrial minerals. FOREIGN MINERALS DIVISION The Foreign Minerals Division completed the survey of the inter¬ national flow of mineral raw materials, collaborated with American consular officers abroad in conducting mineral-economics surveys, and developed arrangements to make consular economic and commodity reports available to American industries. Mineral raw-materials survey. — The survey of mineral production, distribution, and consumption of 32 minerals, preparation of -which was begun in the fall of 1935, was completed in June 1937. This study covers in detail world occurrences of the 32 major industrial minerals and reviews the position as producer and consumer of these minerals held by the 12 major industrial countries. The finished volume comprises 342 pages of text, tables, and international flow charts and has been published by the McGraw-Hill Book Co., due to lack of adequate printing funds in the Bureau. Foreign mineral specialist. — During the past fiscal year the Bureau's foreign mineral specialist, detailed as vice consul to European posts, has made comprehensive mineral-economics surveys of 10 European countries (Italy, Germany, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Bulgaria, Ru¬ mania, Austria, Hungary, Yugoslavia, and Greece). These studies were prepared in collaboration with American consular officers. Only 4 of the 14 major reports prepared by this specialist have been published, because of lack of funds. The material not as yet released is being prepared as a regional survey covering southeastern Europe, and it is anticipated that a report can be published during the com¬ ing fiscal year. I Consular reporting service. — During the year the division developed to a very satisfactory degree cooperative arrangements with the American consular service whereby the latter now furnishes the Bureau regularly with economic and commodity reports essential i in the preparation of the three monthly bulletins covering international ' trade in minerals, petroleum, and coal and very helpful in the. prepara¬ tion of the various commodity chapters for Minerals Yearbook. During the past year the Bureau received approximately 3,100 con¬ sular reports all of which were used for current publications or made available for loan. 142 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR HEALTH AND SAFETY BRANCH The Health and Safety Branch, which consisted of the Safety and Health Divisions, was responsible for safety training, answered emergency calls for aid after disasters at mines or mineral plants, and studied conditions relating to the health of workers. SAFETY DIVISION The Safety Division supervised first-aid and mine rescue training, investigated mine fires and explosions, studied safety conditions at mines, and carried on various other safety activities. During the past year the division personnel included 25 engineers, 26 safety instructors, 15 clerks, and 10 other employees, a total of 76. Members of the division were scattered fairly evenly through the various mining States, being headquartered at 17 different cities. Training courses. — In the past year the Safety Division gave the full Bureau of Mines course in first-aid or in mine-rescue training to 69,662 persons in the mining and allied industries in 616 communities in 39 States. Much of this work was done at smaller mines, as may be seen from the fact that it was given in 616 communities — many more than the 489 of the previous year, when 72,038 persons completed the courses of instruction. Since the inception of the Bureau in 1910, full Bureau first-aid or mine-rescue courses have been given to the following numbers of persons in the mining industries: Coal mining, 756,776; metal mining, 114,551; petroleum industry, 77,067; metal¬ lurgical plants, 29,320; nonmetallic mining, 13,202; cement plants, 13,290; tunnel work, 4,750; and miscellaneous mining activities, 23,903; a total of 1,032,859. It is now conceded that this phase of the Safety Division’s work alone enables at least 200 lives to be saved annually. Those engaged in actual field work of the Safety Division (about 50 in all) ordinarily come in contact with more than 300,000 persons in the mining and allied industries annually, conveying to them the Bureau’s safety knowledge and teachings; it is estimated that during the past year, however, the work of the field personnel reached 500,000 persons. Only 2 of the 10 all-steel mine safety cars were in active use, but 36 passenger automobiles and 14 automotive trucks were employed, and traveled 622,283 miles. Mine fires and explosions.- — In the course of the year 22 mine ex¬ plosions in 10 States and 21 mine fires in 13 States were investigated, and the Bureau’s personnel aided in rescue or recovery work at prac¬ tically all of them where life was involved. There were 6 major fire or explosion disasters (a major disaster being one in which 5 or more lives are lost); in these, 56 were killed, a tremendous improvement compared to the average of 17 major disasters and 562 fatalities an¬ nually in the 4 years preceding the establishment of the Bureau. However, the past year’s record as to disasters was by no means as BUREAU OF MINES 143 good as that in the previous fiscal year, when only 2 major disasters occurred and the total loss of life was only 17. Without doubt, much of the relative immunity from mine fires and explosions in the United <' States is due to various phases of safety work promoted by the Bureau, especially its advocacy of rock dusting. This practice prevents the occurrence of many widespread explosions every year; it is estimated that for the past 8 or 10 years rock dusting alone has prevented several i hundred fatalities annually. Sixty-two miscellaneous accidents in 21 States (including those from roof falls, explosives, electricity, and other causes) were investi¬ gated; the Bureau was called upon to investigate numerous surface explosions of black powder, dynamite, pulverized fuel, and gas. A Safety Division engineer was one of the experts dispatched to investi¬ gate the New London (Tex.) school disaster. Mine reports. — 'One hundred and eighty-two reports on safety con¬ ditions at individual mines or plants in the mineral industries in 30 States were made during the year; some of these were transmitted confidentially to the operating company, with constructive criticism of existing conditions and definite recommendations for improvement. These reports, with verbal suggestions by Bureau men during or after the inspections on which the reports were based, resulted in hundreds of important alterations in operating conditions (equipment, methods, and practices), with a resultant definitely favorable influence on the i prevention of accidents. Large numbers of these changes have been reported by field men, and several hundred letters were received during the year from mining officials voicing appreciation of the service. Other activities. — During the past year, 1,009 persons in 32 States were qualified to teach first-aid courses and given provisional first-aid instructors’ certificates, bringing the total number to 7,552 issued since 1930.. Certificates of 100-percent first-aid training were issued 1 to 135 mines or plants (representing 22 States), wherein every person had taken the Bureau of Mines first-aid course; to June 30, 1937* these certificates had been issued to 1,654 plants. In the course of the year, 269 expert mine rescue men took the Bureau advanced course in mine rescue and recovery operations and earned certificates, bringmg the total to 3,029. The Bureau accident- prevention course for higher officials in bituminous-coal mining was > given in 8 States to 1,288 officials, of whom 608 took the complete i course, lasting several weeks, and received certificates. In all, 6,632 \ certificates have been issued in 16 States since 1930. Twelve new safety clubs (Holmes Safety Association chapters) were organized in • four States, bringing the total to 462 clubs in 28 States. Numerous I special studies were made of rock dusting, ventilation, electricity, t haulage, air conditioning, wetting methods, detecting gases, testing roof, and reducing air dustiness. 144 •report of the secretary of the interior HEALTH DIVISION The activities of the Health Division were concerned largely with means of controlling occupational -disease hazards from dust or gas, and consisted of studies of factors governing the formation of atmos¬ pheric contaminants and development of simple devices and pro¬ cedures for determining and preventing them. Dust investigations. — A midget impinger dust-sampling apparatus has been developed that is light, compact, and hand-operated and yields essentially the same results as the standard instrument. The small size and self-contained feature of this device are very desirable, especially for use in mines. The microprojection apparatus developed for particle-size determinations had been modified to permit counting impinger samples, thus increasing the ease and speed of counting dust particles. Instructions were given to 57 persons in the technique of dust sampling and counting. Petrographic examination w~as made of 236 samples collected in the mineral industries, to ascertain their composition, particularly with regard to free-silica content. The spectrograph and X-ray apparatus were used to ascertain the composition of material collected in dust investigations. Studies were made in metal mines to obtain information on the determination, generation, and control of atmospheric dust. It was found that drilling vertical holes produced more dust than drilling horizontal holes; the amount of dust generated in drilling decreased with the depth of the hole; and wet drilling with sharp bits caused higher dust concentrations than with dull bits. The following pro¬ cedures were found to be beneficial in reducing the dissemination of dust into the air: Increased flow of water through the drill; reduction of air leakage through drill steel; use of compressed air-water blasts during and after blasting; generalized sprinkling of active workings; use of water curtains; and increased ventilation. Several brief papers describing these investigations are being prepared for publication in the fiscal year 1938. Analysis oj mine gases. — In connection with studies on the cause of mine explosions, the control and extinguishing of mine fires, and the promotion of safe and hygienic working conditions, 1,243 samples of gases taken in mines and tunnels were analyzed, ADMINISTRATIVE BRANCH The administrative branch contained the Information and the Office Administration Divisions. BUREAU OF MINES 145 INFORMATION DIVISION The work of the Information Division included the editing and distribution of publications, supervision of motion-picture production and circulation, maintenance of the Bureau library, and preparation of exhibits. Editorial. — During the fiscal year 13 bulletins, 8 technical papers, 3 miners’ circulars, 72 separate chapters comprising Minerals Year¬ book, 1937, 1 economic paper, and 4 miscellaneous reports were edited and sent to the printer — a total of 101 printed publications. More¬ over, during the year 48 chapters from Minerals Yearbook, 1936, were prepared for publication as reprints, and 9 other publications were reprinted. Owing to lack of printing funds, however, only a part of the Bureau’s output could be printed at Government expense; conse¬ quently, 222 papers were submitted for publication in the technical and trade press. The division also edited 37 reports of investigations and 63 infor¬ mation circulars — papers that supply promptly to the mining industry and general public results of Bureau investigations that are usually described in detail in later printed reports or that give salient facts on the mineral industries in concise form suitable for use in reply to queries. In addition, 17 periodical reports were edited. These publications — 497 in all — involved the editing of 28,709 pages of manuscript. Publications. — During the past fiscal year 124,000 copies of the free editions of printed Bureau publications and approximately 280,000 reports of investigations, information circulars, and monographs were distributed by the division. These were sent, however, only as the result of a direct request either for a specific publication or for all publications on a particular subject. In addition, the Superintendent of Documents sold about 100,000 copies of the Bureau’s printed reports. Numerous brief statements announcing the issuance of new publica¬ tions or describing current investigations were supplied to the daily and technical press. These short items were printed widely, and they | effectively acquainted the public with the results of the Bureau’s - work. More than 66,000 letters requesting publications or information on the Bureau’s activities and general mining subjects were answered. Motion-picture production. — As a means of disseminating informa¬ tion on safety and efficiency in the mineral industries, the Bureau maintains what is perhaps the largest library of educational motion- picture films in the world. These films are prepared under the super- |( vision of the division, through the cooperation of industrial concerns that bear the entire cost of production and that of providing copies for distribution. 146 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR During the year 3 new film subjects were added, 7 revised, and 594 additional reels obtained for circulation. Through a cooperative arrangement between the National Park Service and the Bureau of Mines, the division obtained the assistance of one of the country's largest industrial organizations in the sponsorship of films depicting the Bryce Canyon and Zion National Parks. Motion-picture circulation. — Circulation of the Bureau's motion- picture films, and other graphic services, such as drafting and photog¬ raphy, are centralized at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station, but there are 16 subdistributing centers for films throughout the country, selected with regard to accessibility. The films are loaned to schools, churches, clubs, civic and business organizations, miners' local unions, etc. No charge is made for use, but exhibitors are asked to pay transportation charges. On June 30, 1397, the Bureau had 1,981 sets of films, including 3,775 reels, aggregating 2,098,000 feet. During the year the films were shown on 100,342 occasions, before an estimated audience of 8,809,000. The attendance was 31 percent higher than in the last fiscal year. Library. — The year's accessions to the library comprised 3,782 books and pamphlets, 326 periodicals were received currently, and 3,135 books were loaned for use outside the library. Exhibits. — The division prepared, installed, and supervised nine exhibits illustrating Bureau activities at expositions and conventions. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION The Office Administration Division is charged with handling per¬ sonnel matters, property records, accounting, multigraphing and mime- ographing, and general administrative routine. Property. — Records as of June 30, 1937, show the following valuation of Bureau property: Automobiles and trucks _ $85, 353. 51 Canvas and leather goods _ 3, 876. 74 Drafting and engineering instruments _ 11, 192. 83 Electrical equipment _ 68, 197. 00 Hardware and tools _ 35, 288. 36 Household equipment _ 20, 800. 78 Laboratory apparatus _ 515, 770. 00 Medical equipment _ 9, 551. 99 Office furniture and equipment _ 356, 512. 99 Photographic apparatus _ 31, 792. 54 Machinery and power-plant equipment _ 1, 034, 214. 44 Land, buildings, and improvements _ 2, 464, 880. 92 Rescue cars and specialized apparatus _ 406, 470. 00 5, 043, 902. IQ This property is located in Washington and at various field stations and offices of the Bureau. BUREAU OF MIXES 147 Personnel. — On June 30, 1937, there were 698 full-time employees on duty in the Bureau, distributed as shown in the following table: Classification and number of appointees Profes¬ sional Subpro¬ fessional 1 C. A. F. Custo¬ dial 2 Total Washington . . . .. . 3 40 3 149 6 198 Pittsburgh . . . . 4 93 52 56 46 247 Field _ _ _ _ _ _ 6 142 46 47 18 253 Total . . . . . 275 101 252 70 698 1 Includes instrument makers, safety instructors, laboratory aids, assistants, etc. 2 Includes laborers, mechanics, messengers, etc. 3 Engineers, 17; chemists, 1; miscellaneous, 22; total, 40. 4 Engineers, 44; chemists, 33; miscellaneous, 16; total, 93. 5 Engineers, 68; chemists, 29; miscellaneous, 45; total, 142. In addition to the foregoing full-time employees, the following em¬ ployees held appointments on a wrhen-actually-employed basis: 54 Consultants; 94 excepted; 12 classified; 17 unclassified; and 39 em¬ ployed on field agreements. FINANCES The total funds available to the Bureau of Mines for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, including direct appropriations, departmental allotments, reappropriated balances, and sums transferred from other departments for service wTork, wrere $2,229,261.15. Of this amount $2,223,022.17 was spent, leaving an unexpended balance of $6,239.28. On the regular work of the Bureau, $2,162,714.37 was expended. This figure is subject to slight corrections due to unpaid obligations. Table 1 presents classified and complete information regarding the financial history of the Bureau since its establishment in 1910. Table 2 gives a statement of the distribution of Congressional appropriations to the branches and divisions and the expenditure of these funds in 1937, by Bureau divisions. 148 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR TABLE 1. — Bureau of Mines Appropriations and Expenditures, Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 1911-37 Fiscal year Appropri¬ ated to Bureau of Mines Depart¬ mental allot¬ ments1 Funds transferred from other depart¬ ments 8 Total funds available for expendi¬ ture Unexpended balances Total ex¬ penditures Expendi¬ tures ex¬ clusive of service items 3 1911.. . . $502, 200. 00 $34, 200. 00 $536, 400. 00 $22, 818. 27 $513,581.73 $513,581.73 1912 _ 475, 500. 00 45, 640. 00 521, 140.00 6, 239. 77 514. 900. 23 514, 900. 23 1913 583. 100. 00 47. 850. 00 630, 950. 00 4, 087. 20 626. 862. 8G 626, 862. 80 1914 _ 664, 000. 00 57, 307. 79 721, 307. 79 4, 678. 29 716, 629. 50 716, 029. 50 1915 . 730, 500. 00 55, 424. 60 785, 924. 60 4, 178. 11 781, 746. 49 781. 746. 49 1916 . 757, 300. 00 48. 710. 87 806,010. 87 9, 058. 63 796, 952. 24 796, 952. 24 1917 981, 060. 00 52, 400. 00 1, 033, 460. 00 48, 588. 10 984, 871.90 984,871 90 1918 _ 1, 407. 070. 00 51,901.98 4 $3, 062, 000. 00 4, 580, 971.98 395, 745. 10 4, 185, 226. 88 1, 172, 939. 64 1919 . . 8 3. 245, 285. 00 49, 542. 86 • 8, 600, 000. 00 11,894, 827. 86 2, 452, 236. 78 9, 442, 591. 08 1, 137, 471. 37 1920 _ 1, 216, 897. 00 52, 800. 00 1, 269, 697. 00 9, 592. 18 1,260, 140.82 1, -45, 891. 36 1921. . 1,362,642. 00 62, 618. 72 666. 720. 66 2, 091, 980. 72 13. 985. 89 2, 077, 994. 83 1,412, 923. 15 1922 . . 1, 474, 300. 00 59, 800. 00 182, 200. 00 1, 716, 300. 00 52, 120. 45 1, 664, 179. 55 1. 483. 038. 47 1923 . . 1. 580, 900. 00 70,814. 30 97, 100. GO 1, 748, 814. 30 10, 959. 08 1, 737, 855. 22 1, 640, 840. 57 1924.. . 1, 784, 959. 00 50,710. 00 347, 820. 00 2, 183, 489. 00 38,085. 43 2, 145, 403. 57 1. 804. 800. 41 1925... . 2, 028, 268. 00 57, 500. 00 236, 465. 86 2, 322, 233. 86 107, 743. 20 2, 214, 490. 66 1, 998, 669. 20 1926 . . 1, 875, 010. 00 81, 220. 00 510, 501. 15 2, 466. 731. 15 28. 891. 78 2. 437, 839. 37 1,841, 150. 80 1927 . 1,914,400. 00 94, 443. 39 325, 000. 00 2. 333, 843. 39 44, 871. 29 2, 288, 972. 10 1,926,910. 12 1928. . 3. 025. 150. 00 113, 266. 45 328, 000. 00 3, 466. 416. 45 7 736, 235. 62 2, 730. 180. 83 1, 997, 270. 66 1929 _ 2. 725, 118. 00 103, 000. 00 205, 500. 00 7 3, 753. 094. 67 8 152, 701. 34 3. 600, 393. 33 2. 280, 960. 68 1930. . 2. 274, 670. 00 123, 300. 00 166, 200. 00 8 2, 684, 386. 38 9 135.714, 93 2, 548. 671. 45 2,216. 995. 72 1931 . 2, 745, 060. 00 120, 680. 91 166, 500. 00 • 3, 134. 595. 10 18 195. 534^37 2, 939. 060. 73 2, 304, 121.45 1932.. . 2, 278, "65. 00 137, 866. 48 194. 500.00 i« 2, 770. 712. 18 ” 344, 689. 43 2, 426, 022. 75 2. 186, 799. 92 1933 . 1, 860, 325. 00 75, 100. 00 184. 000. 00 ” 2. 361, 138. 96 13 475, 895.41 1, 885. 243. 55 1, 710, 949. 42 1934 . . 1, 574, 300. 00 50, 230. 00 17, 000. 00 '» 1. 872, 586. 04 is 397, 131.28 1, 475, 454. 76 1. 254. 846. 72 1935 . 1, 293, 959. 07 50. 000. 00 126,513. 10 13 1.520.472. 17 >4 34. 154. 47 1, 486,317.70 1, 349. 490. 11 1936 . 1, 970,311.00 69, 500 00 47, 570. 0G 14 2. 1 14. 966. 51 18 12, 817. 54 2, 102, 148. 97 2. 058, 175. 91 1937 . 2, 093, 200. 00 69, 000. 00 65, GOO. 00 «» 2. 229, 261. 45 18 6, 239. 28 2, 223, 022. 17 2, 162, 714. 37 1938 . 2, 222, 450. 00 83, GOO. 00 60, 000. 00 18 2, 368, 868. 32 >7 2,305,450.00 > Includes printing and binding, stationery, and contingent funds. * Includes proceeds from sales of residue gas. * Service items include Government fuel yards, helium, and other investigations and services for other departments. 4 Includes gas investigations for War Department. 8 Includes $1,586,388 for Government fuel yards. 8 Includes War Minerals Relief Commission, $8,500,000. 7 Includes $719,476.67 unexpended balance reappropriated. 8 Includes $120,216.38 unexpended balance reappropriated. * Includes $102,354.19 unexpended balance reappropriated. 10 Includes $159,580.70 unexpended balance reappropriated. 11 Includes $241,713.96 unexpended balance reappropriated. 1J Includes $231,056.04 unexpended balance reappropriated. 13 Includes $50,000 unexpended balance reappropriated. 14 Includes $27,585.51 unexpended balance reappropriated. 18 Includes $2,612.45 unexpended balance reappropriated. i® Includes $3,418.32 unexpended balance reappropriated. 17 Estimate. TABLE 2. — Bureau of Mines Expenditures, Fiscal Year 1937 BUREAU OF MINES 149 Total $12,368 12, 246 90, 615 79, 074 05 00 CO oT co 9,312 394, 375 62, 953 283, 741 165, 614 91,297 319, 354 7, 698 1,325,032 48, 517 123, 089 52, 555 29, 459 36, 188 63, 549 353, 357 284, 581 56, 437 3 CO 2, 229, 261 2, 223, 022 Ci 8 CO Special funds 4, 447 i 4, 449 4,447 Con¬ tingent ex¬ penses $12,966 I . 12,966 13, 000 12, 966 CO Print¬ ing and binding O OO S0* 3,988 390 © 00 6, 564 65 1,855 2,202 00 00 894 25,862 839 162 § OO »o N OO 13,077 13,077 65,000 65, 000 Gas produc¬ tion 1 oo ! 05 1 & \ 8,987 9, 179 8,987 192 Build¬ ings and grounds, Pitts¬ burgh, Pa. $5, 309 05 o CO »o 82, 262 CC c S a Jt u 5*c 0 c ) c as Administrative Branch: Office Administration Division . Information Division . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i o - - '5 c P b 'c l £ C *c i S C Technologic Branch: nivicirm c 'a ic 5 U il >1 e c ; > :p q > 5 il & i > i| , V IT fC \ b IJ C : J > > \p < a oa a e : c II d c p ~ fcj *5 ! ! ® il H i a J c : i i* Principal mineral technologist . '3 £ Economics Branch: Pnnl F.nnnnmins Division Mineral Production and Economics Divi¬ sinn d c "3 > P 2 i c 1 p "5 c I ‘1 i 1 1 fi c 1 1 <£ ■ i i B. sS > c i-S :i £ c '*.5 > \p ii it ii* u il Petroleum Economics Division . . fl( c E - Health and Safety Branch: Sftfetv Division Health Division . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 "3 o Eh Total appropriations . Total expenditures . . Balances . x Available for expenditure in 1938. 150 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The following table covers expenditures by the Bureau of Mines to June 30, 1937, from allotments from National Industrial Recovery and Public Works appropriations: Project no. Description Allot¬ ment Balance Expendi¬ ture 1 Repair mine rescue station, McAlester, Okla _ $1,000 16, 800 $1, 000. 00 16,800.00 2 Plans for building for experiment station, College Park, Md. 3 Buildings and grounds, Pittsburgh and Bruceton, Pa _ 172,000 $4. 48 171, 995. 52 4 Roads, Pittsburgh and Bruceton . 13, 000 1.16 12, 998. 84 5 Repairs to experimental mine . 15, 000 .17 14, 999. 83 6 Repairs to building and equipment, Bartlesville Experiment Station . . . . 45, 000 .52 44, 999. 48 7 Paving around Bartlesville Experiment Station... . 10, 000 3. 75 9. 996. 25 8 Building and equipment, experiment station, Tuscaloosa . 200, 000 6. 50 199, 993. 50 9 Locating underground water resources in Nevada . 4,950 269, 500 41.59 4, 908. 41 10 Extension of Petroleum Experiment Station, Bartlesville . 5. 31 269, 494. 69 11 Fence, electric circuits put underground, roads, etc., at ex¬ perimental mine, Bruceton - - - - - - 43, 450 2. 99 43, 447. 01 12 Building for mining experiment station, College Park, Md... 350, 000 0) 13 5-car garage, Vincennes _ 7, 500 17,000 30,000 (2) 17, 000. 00 29, 998. 08 14 15 Construction of bombproofs, protective partitions, and test¬ ing floors, for study of hydrogenation of coal, etc . Enlarging hydrogenation laboratory . 1.92 Total . 1, 195, 200 68. 39 837, 631. 61 1 Transferred to Procurement Division, Treasury Department, for supervision of construction. * Transferred to Post Office Department for construction in connection with new post-office building. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY W. C. Mendenhall, Director DURING the fiscal year 1937 the Geological Survey continued its systematic work in investigating, mapping, and reporting on the geology, the mineral and water resources, and the physical features of the United States. The results of this work are basic in all con- servational activities, as those who plan and direct the conservation policies toward the wise development and use of the Nation’s resources must first have the facts about the quantity, quality, distribution, I and availability of those resources and adequate maps with which to pursue and record further studies. Through its technical supervision I* * of prospecting, mining, and producing operations on public and Indian lands under permits, leases, and licenses, the Survey was directly | engaged in the practical application of conservation policies. I During the year the aggregate expenditures for which the Geological Survey was responsible amounted to about $4,222,000, as compared I with about $4,620,000 during the preceding year. These aggregates I were made up of the regularly appropriated funds, the cooperative ; funds from States, counties, and municipalities, the funds transferred | from other departments of the Government for types of work falling I within the Survey’s field, and the emergency funds derived chiefly r! from the Public Works Administration and devoted largely to mapping * of various types, to river-utilization surveys of power and storage r. resources, to conservation work on public lands, and in a lesser degree ! to the study of mineral resources. Although there was a decline from the preceding year in aggregate i funds available, the fiscal situation has nevertheless improved, because i the Congress, in view of the decreasing availability of emergency funds, had increased the regular appropriation to $2,807,000, from the $2,285,000 of the preceding year. I As a part of our informal service to the public, more than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock samples were made and more than 2,200 chemical analyses were completed. 151 152 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR More than 14,500 square miles of new area was surveyed in the field topographically. This work will yield 102 contoured topographic maps of areas in 36 States and in Puerto Rico. In addition, by the aid of aerial photography, 4,780 square miles was surveyed in 5 States for the production of planimetric maps without contours. Fifty-seven book publications of the Survey’s regular series, aggre¬ gating nearly 6,000 pages of printed matter, dealing with geology, mineral resources, and water supplies were issued during the year, and about 673,000 copies of 296 topographic and other maps were printed. The geologic map of Texas was completed. There were 59 geologic parties in the field in 33 States. The field investigations on several continuing projects were completed, and work was begun on new projects including geologic studies of areas in Idaho, Arizona, and in the Big Horn Basin in Wyoming and the geologic .aspects of the Ohio River flood. Measurements of stream flow were maintained at 3,379 stream- "gaging stations. All the States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii are affected by this work. Drought and flood studies were continued during the year. The work on underground waters, so important in the drought- stricken areas, was continued, much of it in cooperation with the States, and 75 reports on this topic were released for public use. In the land-classification and mineral-leasing activities of the Survey more than 9,000 formal findings of technical fact were made regarding the mineral resources, water power, or storage possibilities of public land, and the Government’s ownership of great reserves of coal, oil and gas, potash, phosphate, and other minerals was safeguarded. Technical supervision was given to more than 9,000 properties con¬ taining oil and gas and more than 600 containing coal, and 100 con¬ taining other minerals. On Indian lands more than 5,300 oil and gas leases were supervised, as well as more than 100 properties containing coal, asphalt, and lead and zinc. GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE YEAR'S ACTIVITIES Geologic work. — Fifty-nine field parties were active during the year, and work was done in 33 States. Work was continued throughout the year in metal- mining districts of Colorado, Idaho, and New Mexico and in the oil fields of Kansas and Michigan. Cooperative work was also done in Arizona, Florida, Mississippi, and Virginia. The geologic map of Texas was completed. Physio¬ graphic and geologic studies were continued in the Yosemite and Sequoia National Parks, Calif., Zion National Park, Utah, and Glacier National Park, Mont., in cooperation with the National Park Service. Geologic examinations of areas in the Carolinas, Georgia, and Alabama were made for the Forest Service, and of dam and reservoir sites for the Office of Indian Affairs and the War Department. Work on many projects was completed in 1937, and work was begun on new projects including studies of the areal and economic geology of the Irwin quad¬ rangle, Idaho, the Pearce quadrangle, Ariz., and the Big Horn Basin, Wyo., GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 153 and of the geologic aspects of the Ohio River flood. The determination and com¬ pilation of the physical properties of rocks, as part of the “borderland” field between geology and chemistry and physics, received increasing attention. More than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock samples were made, including 1,587 chemical analyses in connection with the Geological Survey’s projects and 1,570 tests for persons not officially connected with the Survey. Many tests were made of activable bleaching clays, two deposits of which are now in commercial produc¬ tion, largely as a result of study and tests made in the Survey’s laboratory. Tem¬ perature measurements of wells were made in two States. The section of geo¬ physical prospecting continued work on projects in hand and made new field ! studies related to ores and ground water in Nevada and oil and gas in Michigan. It also continued laboratory studies of the construction and operation of geo¬ physical apparatus. Explorations in Alaska. — In the field season of 1936 seven field projects were carried on in Alaska. Of these projects, four were principally concerned with geologic investigations relating to the mineral resources of the Territory, two were primarily topographic, and one was a general survey of recent mining developments in the more important camps. In addition, an assay laboratory was maintained at College, Alaska. The general collection of statistics regarding the production of mineral commodities was continued. For the field season of ; 1937, three field projects had been started before the end of the fiscal year, and two additional field projects were to be undertaken as soon as practicable. All these field projects will be continued throughout the open season as late as con¬ ditions permit. Topographic mapping. — The area covered by new topographic surveys, resur¬ veys, and revision amounted to 14,502 square miles, representing 102 topographic maps with contours. The topographic mapping was done in 36 States and in Puerto Rico. The area covered by planimetric maps without contours, result¬ ing from aerial photography, covered 4,780 square miles in five States. In addi- i tion, aerial photographs were used as bases for topographic mapping in 26 quad¬ rangles. Stereoscopic plotting apparatus, utilizing single-lens aerial photographs, as a practical demonstration of the use of such equipment in connection with topo¬ graphic mapping, is being extensively applied in the mapping of the Tennessee River Basin in cooperation with the Tennessee Valley Authority and in special areas in Virginia, in cooperation with the Conservation and Development Com¬ mission of Virginia, Geological Survey. The transportation map of the United States, in sections, which is being made for the Bureau of Public Roads was continued with increased output. The maps of Delaware, in two sections; Washington, in nine sections; Rhode Island, in one section; Connecticut, in one section; and South Carolina, in five sections, were published. The maps of Massa- i chusetts , in three sections; New York, in seven sections; and Maryland, in three l sections, are in course of publication. Investigations of water resources. — The water-resources branch collected and 1 made available for publication stream-flow records at 3,379 river-measurement stations on rivers in the 48 States, the District of Columbia, and the Territory of Hawaii, thus obtaining authentic information on the behavior of streams in drought i in flood, and under normal conditions — information that is invaluable for plan- '• ning of projects for use or control of the surface water supply. It investigated > underground water supplies in 22 States and in Guam and Hawaii and obtained | basic information on the occurrence, quantity, and quality of underground water supplies, which is essential for the development, conservation, and use of ground water upon which a large part of the population of the country must depend. Drought studies have been continued. Investigations of stream-flow and silt movement of streams in eight projects of the Soil Conservation Service and similar 154 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR studies on the Colorado River have also been continued. The annual report on the capacity of water wheels in water-power plants of 100 horsepower or more in the United States on January 1, 1937, was released in April 1937. Engineers of the branch had general supervision of operation under permits and licenses of the Federal Power Commission in connection with 150 projects. Investigations of the water problems along the international boundary between the United States and Canada were continued for the State Department. The collection of information on recent outstanding floods was continued. Partial or complete analyses were made of 1,754 samples of water from surface and underground sources with reference to the suitability of the waters for industrial and agricultural use and for domestic use (not related to questions of health) . Classifying and leasing public land. — The Conservation Branch made 9,036 formal findings of technical fact involving the mineral resources, water power, or storage possibilities of public lands; added 100,699 acres to outstanding water¬ power reserves and eliminated 17,507 acres therefrom; defined the “known geologic structure” of 2 producing oil and gas fields amounting to 9,354 acres; completed 1,261 miles of river-utilization surveys and 155 square miles of reservoir surveys in public-land States, and made geologic and geophysical studies of formation materials and conditions at 61 dam sites; supervised activities and operations under 166 power projects licensed by the Federal Power Commission and 172 permits and grants from the Interior Department; supervised on public lands 9,052 oil and gas holdings involving 4,112 productive wells and 657 coal properties, 39 potash properties, 44 sodium properties, 18 sulphur properties, 11 phosphate properties and 1 oil-shale property; supervised on naval petroleum reserves 22 leaseholds involving 538 productive oil and gas wells; and on Indian lands 5,342 leaseholds involving 4,397 oil and gas wells, 40 lead and zinc properties, 108 coal properties and 1 asphalt property; assisted hundreds of oil and gas per¬ mittees and operators in preparation of unit plans of development and operation; formulated the revised Oil and Gas Operating Regulations, effective November 1, 1936. Publications. — The publications of the year consisted of 57 reports in the regular series, making a total of 5,760 pages; 96 new or revised topographic and other maps; 199 reprinted topographic and other maps; and several pamphlets for administrative use. Among the book publications were reports on the mineral resources of the region around Boulder Dam, the Bayard area, New Mexico, and the Butler and Zelienople quadrangles, Pennsylvania; fuel resources of Pike County, Ky., the San Juan Basin, N. Mex., and areas in Alaska, Arkansas, Montana, and Oklahoma; spirit leveling in Connecticut and Massachusetts; records of water levels and artesian pressure in observation wells in the United States in 1935; records of wells on the Snake River Plain, Idaho; ground- water resources of the Florida Peninsula, the Elizabeth City area, North Carolina, and of the San Antonio, area and Duval, Kleberg, Medina, and Uvalde Counties, Tex.; and several stratigraphic and paleontologic papers, notably a comprehensive report on the Tertiary floras of Alaska by the outstanding authority on the subject. Besides these printed reports 30 brief papers were issued in mimeo¬ graphed form as memoranda for the press. The engraving and printing division printed more than 673,000 copies of maps and did repay work amounting to about $220,000 for 68 other units of the Federal and State Governments. Note. — Detailed tabular statements are given at the end of the report. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 155. GEOLOGIC BRANCH I SUMMARY Fifty-nine parties were active in the field during the year and work, was done in 33 States. Work was continued throughout the year on I metal-mining districts in Colorado, Idaho, and New Mexico, and in 5 the oil fields of Kansas and Michigan. Cooperative projects were I also conducted in Arizona, Florida, Mississippi, and Virginia. The I geologic map of Texas, embodying the results of many years of work j by the Federal and State surveys and by oil companies and private I geologists, was completed and was available for distribution early in I July 1937. The section of geologic map editing also aided the State surveys in the preparation and proofreading of geologic maps of California, Washington, and Iowa. Physiographic and geologic studies were continued in the Yosemite and Sequoia National Parks, Calif., Zion National Park, Utah, and Glacier National Park, Mont., in cooperation with the National Park Service, and geologic examina¬ tions of selected areas in the Carolinas, Georgia, and Alabama were made for the Forest Service. Dam and reservoir sites were examined for the Office of Indian Affairs and the War Department, and informa¬ tion was furnished on request to several other Federal organizations. New projects begun in 1937 included studies of the areal and economic geology of the Irwin quadrangle, Idaho, the Pearce quad¬ rangle, Arizona, and the Big Horn Basin, Wyo., and of the geologic aspects of the Ohio River flood. More attention given to the determination and compilation of the physical properties of rocks, as part of the “borderland” field between geology, chemistry, and physics, and correlations between the physical properties of minerals and their chemical composition, many of which were completed during the year, will make the future identification of these minerals more rapid and more exact. More than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock samples were made, including 1,587 chemical analyses in connection with the Geological Survey’s projects and 1,570 tests for persons not officially connected with the Survey. Many tests were made of activable bleaching clays, two deposits of which are now in commercial production, largely as a result of study and tests made in the Survey’s laboratory. Tem¬ perature measurements of wells were made in two States. The section of geophysical prospecting, transferred from the Bureau of Mines to the Geological Survey on July 1, 1936, continued work on projects in hand and made new field studies related to ores and ground water in Nevada and oil and gas in Michigan. It also continued laboratory studies that may lead to reduced cost in the construction and operation of geophysical apparatus. 22914-37- 12 156 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR WORK OF THE YEAR BY STATES Alabama. — Geologic mapping was continued in the Russellville iron-ore district in Franklin, Colbert, and Lauderdale Counties, and geologic examinations were made of some other deposits of brown iron ore in the eastern part of the State and of some manganese deposits in Blount and Etowah Counties. Reports on the brown iron ore in the Russellville district and on iron ore in the Red Mountain formation in northeastern Alabama were in progress. A paper on Foraminifera of Choctaw Bluff was completed for Survey publication. Work on gold in Alabama is mentioned under “Southern Appalachians.” Examinations were made for the Forest Service of proposed additions to the Black Warrior National Forest and Akmulgee division and the Talladega unit of the Talladega National Forest, and a report was prepared for the Forest Service on proposed additions to the Chatta¬ hoochee National Forest in Georgia and Alabama. Arizona. — A field study of the geology and ore deposits of portions of the Ben¬ son and Pearce quadrangles, including the Gleeson, Courtland, Black Diamond, and Pearce mining districts, was begun. The report on the geology and ore deposits of the Ajo quadrangle was completed for Survey publication, and a paper on the physiography of the Ajo region was submitted for publication by the Geo¬ logical Society of America. Progress was made on a report on the geology and mineral resources of the Tucson quadrangle and on a report on detailed mapping of the ore deposits of the Tombstone district, in cooperation with the Arizona Bureau of Mines. Arkansas. — The report on the geology and ore deposits of the southwestern Arkansas quicksilver district was transmitted for Survey publication. The report of the western portion of the Arkansas coal field was issued as Bulletin 847-E. Reports on the fauna ard stratigraphy of the Morrow group of Arkansas and Oklahoma and on recent developments in the carbonate ores of the Batesville manganese district are in preparation for official publication. Papers on the mineral taeniolite from Magnet Cove and on Pennsylvaniar sedimentation in the Arkansas coal basin are in preparation for publication in some scientific maga¬ zine, and one on the lead and zinc ore-bearing formations of northern Arkansas was submitted for inclusion in the volume on the ore deposits of the Mississippi Valley to be published by the National Research Council. California. — A comprehensive report on the general geology, oil resources, physiography, paleontology, stratigraphy, and economic phases of the Kettleman Hills and a report on the geology and ore deposits of the Grass Valley region were nearing completion for Survey publication. Field studies were made of the dia¬ tom-bearing deposits of the Temblor formation in Kern County, and a paper on comparison of diatom floras of the Temblor formation of California and the Calvert formation of Maryland and Virginia was in preparation. Investigations of the geology of the San Andreas rift; of the Death Valley region; and of the structure, stratigraphy, and oil resources of the lower Tertiary strata in Reef Ridge, in the Kettleman Plains and Dudley no. 2 quadrangle in the Coalinga region, were continued. Oil centers in California were visited to obtain data in connection with a study of source of beds of petroleum carried on in cooperation with the American Petroleum Institute. Studies of the geomorphology of the Sequoia National Park and adjoining areas in Inyo National Forest and of the northern portion of Yosemite Valley were made in cooperation with the National Park Service, and a report giving an outline of the geology of the Sequoia National Park was in preparation. Reports on Pliocene diatoms from the Kettleman Hills and on lower Pliocene mollusks and echinoids from the Los Angeles Basin and their inferred environment have been completed. Reports are in preparation on the siliceous rocks of the Monterey formation, the geology of the Palos Verdes GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 157 Hills, and the geomorphology of the San Joaquin Basin. A paper on the geologic history of Mount Whitney was submitted for outside publication. Papers in preparation for outside publication cover vein filling at Nevada City; calcium carbonate content of California Cretaceous and Tertiary sediments; significance of wet, lean, and dry gas to absence or presence of petroleum; and Nevada City- North San Juan granodiorite. Colorado. — In continuation of the cooperative program carried on with the State of Colorado and the Colorado metal mining fund in investigations of the mining regions of the State, studies were continued of the Ouray, Red Mountain, and Sneffels-Camp Bird districts in the San Juan region and of districts in the La Plata Mountain region; in the mineral belt of the Front Range, including mapping in the vicinity of Boulder, Nederland, Central City, Ward, Idaho Springs, Jamestown, Gold Hill, and in the Cripple Creek district; in the Mosquito Range, the Sugar Loaf-St. Kevin district, and the Butte mine and other mines in the vicinity of the London fault. Studies of the geology and ore deposits of the Chattanooga district and of the Kokomo-Robinson area were begun. The report on the Snowmass region is now in press as Bulletin 884. A report on the ore deposits in the vicinity of the London fault was transmitted for Survey publication. A geologic map of the Leadville district and a geologic map of the Front Range mineral belt, both with brief explanatory text, have been prepared and will be published in advance of the comprehensive reports on these districts. A paper on the Laramide igneous sequence and differentiation in the Front Range will be published by the Geological Society of America, and one on the geology of the Neglected mine, La Plata district, by the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers. A preliminary report entitled “ Resurvey of the La Plata District” was published in volume 13, no. 9, of the Proceed¬ ings of the Colorado Scientific Society, and one on the mode of igneous intrusion in the La Plata Mountains was prepared for the section of volcanology of the American Geophysical Union. A paper on the petrologic results of a study of the minerals from the Tertiary volcanic rocks of the San Juan region was also completed for outside publication. A report on the geology of the Pine River dam site was prepared for the Reclamation Service. Geologic map¬ ping was done in a portion of the Yampa coal field, in the Elkhead Creek, Pilot Knob, Daton Peak, and Mount Harris quadrangles. Delaware. — See Maryland (Chesapeake & Delaware Canal). District of Columbia. — A geologic map of the District of Columbia, with descrip tive text, is in preparation for Survey publication. Florida. — An investigation of the physical geography of Florida was made in cooperation with the Florida Geological Survey. A report on the fauna of the Alum Bluff group of Florida was completed for publication and the report on phosphate investigations in Florida, is nearing completion for official publication. A paper on mollusks of the Tampa and Suwannee limestones of Florida was transmitted to the Florida Geological Survey, and a description of seven new species and one new subspecies of mollusks from the Choctawhatchee forma¬ tion of Florida was prepared for publication in some outside journal. A paper on Government prospecting for phosphate in Florida will be published by the American Institute of Minng and Metallurgical Engineers. Georgia. — A detailed geologic study of the geology and mineral resources of the Pine Log quadrangle, including manganese ores, ocher, limonite, and barite, was begun. A report on the Coastal Plain of Georgia is being prepared in cooperation with the Georgia Division of Mines, Mining, and Geology, Depart¬ ment of Natural Resources. A paper on some gold deposits of Georgia was prepared for the committee on processes of ore deposition, National Research Council. 158 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Idaho. — In cooperation with the Idaho Bureau of Mines, investigations of the geology and ore deposits were made in the Atlanta-Rocky Bar mining district, the Florence mining district, the Coeur d’Alene dry belt, and Kootenai County, and a study of the placer deposits of central Idaho was continued. The paleon¬ tology and stratigraphy of the Carboniferous formations of south-central Idaho were studied. The report on the Edwardsburg-Thunder Mountain district was sent to the Idaho Bureau of Mines and Geology for publication. Reports on the Atlanta, Warren, Florence, and Murray mining districts and on the Boise Basin ! were nearing completion at the end of the year, and one on the geology and mineral resources of an area around Freedom was begun. Papers on the sig- j nificance of amygdules in Columbia River lava, “Modern Forty-Niners”, the influence of structure on deposition in the Boise Basin, the Clark Fork-Sandpoint porphyry belt, and the genetic features of the Idaho batholith were prepared for publication outside of the Survey, and one on bedding veins near Murray was prepared for the volume on ore deposition to be published by the National Research Council. Studies of the glacial geology and physiography of portions ' of eastern Idaho and of the geology and ore deposits of the Borah Peak quad¬ rangle were continued. Mapping in the Irwin quadrangle was begun, and progress was made on reports on the geology and ore deposits of south-central Idaho, on Idaho mining districts, and on the geology and mineral resources of the Paradise and Ammon quadrangles, in southeastern Idaho. Illinois. — A geologic investigation was made in the southern part of Illinois and Indiana included in the flood area in the Ohio Valley. A report on geologic ; factors in the interpretation of fluorspar reserves in the Illinois-Kentucky field, was published by the Geological Survey as Bulletin 886-B. One of the Cave in Rock fluorspar district, prepared in cooperation with the Illinois Geological j Survey Division, was transmitted to that organization for publication. A paper on the origin of bedding replacement deposits of the Illinois fluorspar field was published in Economic Geology. Work on the late David White’s report on the Pottsville flora of the Eastern Interior Basin, mainly in Illinois, was continued. Preparation of a paper on the Fusulinidae of the Pennsylvanian formations of Illinois, for publication by ! the State, was continued. Indiana. — A report to be known as part 3 of the flora of the New Albany shale I of Indiana and Kentucky and one on new crinoid genera from the Mississippian of Indiana were in preparation. The Ohio Valley investigation and the report on the Pottsville flora of the Eastern Interior Basin are mentioned under Illinois. Kansas. — In cooperation with the Geological Survej7 of Kansas, an investigation of the rocks generally designated the “Mississippi lime” that are found in deep wells in the oil and gas fields in southeastern Kansas was continued. A report on the geology and coal resources of the southeastern Kansas coal field in Crawford, Cherokee, and Labette Counties and one on Pennsylvanian invertebrate faunas were transmitted to the Kansas Geological Survey. Some oil centers in Kansas, Oklahoma, and Texas were visited to collect data in connection with a compre¬ hensive report on source beds of petroleum. Studies of the lead and zinc deposits of southeastern Kansas included in the Tri-State district are mentioned under Oklahoma. Kentucky. — See Indiana (New Albany shale) and Illinois (Ohio Valley investi¬ gation and report on the Pottsville flora). Maine. — A paper on Graftonite from Greenwood, Maine, was published in the American Mineralogist. Maryland. — A report on the Upper Cretaceous deposits of the Chesapeake & Delaware Canal of Maryland and Delaware was completed for publication by the Maryland Geological Survey. Examinations of the geology of the Savage GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 159 River dam sites were made for the district engineer of the War Department. In informal cooperation with the Maryland Geological Survey, geologic examinations were made in portions of Frederick County, and the geology of the Westminster quadrangle was reviewed. A paper on Crassatellites from the St. Marys formation was submitted for outside publication. Massachusetts. — In connection with a general study of the granites of New England, investigations were made of areas around Chelmsford, Westford, and Graniteville. Michigan. — A resistivity survey in some of the oil districts near Lansing was made by members of the geophysical section in cooperation with the State geolo¬ gist, division of geology, Department of Conservation of the State of Michigan. Studies of Devonian fossils and stratigraphy of Michigan were continued. Mississippi. — Studies of the Upper Cretaceous deposits of northern Mississippi in connection with a revision of the geologic map and a report on the stratigraphy of the State were in progress. A report on the geology of the Jackson area was in preparation for Survey publication. Examinations were made in connection with the drilling of a deep test well (State of Mississippi fee no. 2 well) for oil and gas by the State on State-owned land near Jackson, and a report on cores and cuttings from the well was prepared for the Mississippi Mineral Lease Co nmission, Jack- son. A report on the well was also prepared for the Mississippi Geological Survey. A report on the gas reserves and probable life of the Jackson gas field was made to the Public Works Administration. A paper on the Prairie Bluff chalk and Owl Creek formation was prepared for publication by the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Missouri. — Progress was made on an official report on the stratigraphy and fauna of the Louisiana limestone and on a paper for outside publication on the Warsaw fauna (Mississippian) of the Joplin district. Montana. — Geologic mapping of the geology and mineral resources of the Little Rocky Mountains and adjoining regions in Phillips and Blaine Counties was continued, and an investigation made of the geology of the Fort Belknap Indian 1 Reservation. General reconnaissance studies of the physiography and glacial i geology of portions of western Montana, northwestern Wyoming, and eastern Idaho were continued, and in cooperation with the National Park Service an investigation of the geologic features of Glacier National Park was made and a report prepared for the Park Service. The study of the Fort Union and asso¬ ciated formations of North Dakota, Montana, and Wyoming was continued. A study of scarps and other evidences of Pleistocene and Recent faults in south- \ western Montana was in progress. The report on the geology and ore deposits i of the Libby quadrangle was nearly completed, and one on the structure and stratigraphy of the Black Hills rim, Montana and Wyoming, was in progress, f The report on the geology and mineral resources of north-central Chouteau, f western Hill, and eastern Liberty Counties was issued as Bulletin 847-F . "W ork on a paper on suggested correlations of the Lance and Fort t nion formations in Montana, North Dakota, and South Dakota was continued. Papers on the p following subjects were submitted for outside publication: Quartz monzonite and related rocks of the Libby quadrangle; a new locality for Middle Cambrian fossils near Noxon; helvite from the Butte district; amphibolization of sills and dikes in the Libby quadrangle; asymmetric distribution of stream terraces in south¬ eastern Montana; add fossil plants from the Colgate sandstone and adjacent strata. Nevada. — Geologic field mapping was completed and reports were in progress on the Comstock lode at Virginia City and on the general geology and ore deposits of the Hawthorne and Tonapah quadrangles. Geophysical studies were made at j Mineral Hill, Spring Valley, Caliente, Delamar,. Hawthorne, and Comstock. 160 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Preparation of a report on the Basin Ranges was continued. An abstract of a paper on the Slumbering Hills was published in Economic Geology, and a paper | on the geology of the Searchlight district, Clark County, was transmitted to the Nevada State Bureau of Mines for publication. Other papers were prepared on early Jurassic orogeny in west-central Nevada; Triassic and Jurassic rocks of the Hawthorne and Tonopah quadrangles; and recent fault scarps in the western part of the Great Basin, Nevada and California, for the Geological Society of ! America; and on the Pennsylvanian-Permian boundary in southern Nevada, for the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. New Hampshire. — In connection with a study of the granites of the New Eng¬ land States, investigations were conducted at Concord. New Jersey. — Papers on bentonite in the Upper Cretaceous of New Jersey and on the stratigraphic significance of Kummelia, a new Eocene bivalve genus from ' New Jersey, were submitted for publication in outside periodicals. New Mexico. — Study of the geology and ore deposits of the Little Hatchet Mountains, in cooperation with the New Mexico Bureau of Mines, was continued. I An area in Rio Arriba County not previously mapped, on the east side of the San Juan structural basin, including land-grant and Indian lands, was studied with particular reference to coal and oil resources, including the coal-bearing Cretaceous rocks of the Lumberton-Monero area. Official reports covering these recent investigations, together with earlier investigations in this basin and on the geology and potash resources of the Potash Mines area, were in progress. A report on the geology of the Zuni Dam was made for the Office of Indian Affairs. A paper on the geologic significance of a geothermal gradient curve for the Dooley No. 7 well will be published by the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. New York. — Reports on the structure and gas possibilities of the Oriskany sand¬ stone in Steuben, Yates, and parts of adjacent counties, and on Pleistocene diatoms from Long Island were completed for Survey publication. Progress was made on a report on talc in the Gouverneur district, field work for which was done under Public Works allotment in 1934. Other papers were in preparation on 4 the geology of the Clove and Millbrook quadrangles for Survey publication, on the structural petrology of these quadrangles for outside publication, and a paper on fossil plants inclosed in pyrite nodules from the Tuliy (Devonian) lime¬ stone, also for outside publication. North Carolina. — A report for Survey publication on Mollusca from the Miocene and lower Pliocene of Virginia and North Carolina, with notes on the stratigraphy, j was advanced; and one on Foraminifera, diatoms, and mollusks from test wells 4 near Elizabeth City was completed. Papers were submitted for outside publica¬ tion on a new subspecies of Pecten from the upper Miocene of North Carolina; 1 sphalerite from a pegmatite near Spruce Pine; and the molluscan fauna of the ] Pliocene Croatan sand of North Carolina. Others were in preparation on Pleisto¬ cene fossils from a well at Hatteras and Miocene diatoms from Hamilton Wharf. North Dakota. — For work on the Fort Union and associated formations, see Montana. Progress was made in the compilation of material for a geologic and topographic map of the State. The report on the geology and coal resources of the Minot area was in preparation. Ohio. — Several places along the Ohio River were visited in connection with a geologic investigation of the flood area in the Ohio Valley. A paper on Devono- Carboniferous stratigraphy and faunas from Ohio and Pennsylvania was in preparation. Deep-well drilling is reported under Pennsylvania. Oklahoma. — An investigation was begun of the geologic structure, stratigraphy, and petroleum possibilities of an area adjoining Black Knob Ridge in and near the west end of the Ouachita Mountains. Field and office work on an investiga¬ tion of the subsurface geology and oil and gas resources of Osage County was GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 161 continued, and a report covering Tps. 22 and 23 N., Rs. 10 and 11E., was com¬ pleted for Survey publication. The report on the geology and mineral resources of the Howe-Wilburton district was completed for publication as Bulletin 874-D. A report on the geology and fuel resources of the McAlester district was issued as Bulletin 874^A, and one on the Quinton-Scipio district is in press as Bulletin 874-C. Reports were in progress on the stratigraphy and fauna of the Morrow formation, the stratigraphy and Mississippian faunas of the Wyandotte quad¬ rangle, the fauna of the Moorefield formation, and the flora of the coal beds of eastern Oklahoma. Work in the Missouri, Kansas, and Oklahoma lead and zinc areas, including detailed areal mapping, studies of mines and stratigraphy, and structure contour mapping, was continued. Papers on the Black Knob Ridge and on the Verden sandstone, an exposed shoestring sand of Permian age, were prepared for the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. An abstract of a paper on the stratigraphy of the pre-Carboniferous rocks of Black Knob Ridge was published in the Digest of the Tulsa Geological Society. Papers on the origin and distribution of the Bartlesville and Burbank shoestring oil sands in parts of Oklahoma and Kansas and on new shoestring oil fields expected in Osage County, Okla., and Cowley and Butler Counties, Kans., were submitted to the American Association of Petroleum Geologists for publication, and one on physical characteristics of the Bartlesville and Burbank sands in northeastern Oklahoma and southeastern Kansas was published in the bulletin of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Work on source beds of petroleum is mentioned under Kansas. Pennsylvania. — Reports are in preparation on the geology and mineral resources of the Honeybrook and Phoenixville quadrangles and, in cooperation with the Pennsylvania Geological Survey, on the York and Hanover quadrangles. Studies of the regional metamorphism in the lower Kittanning coal beds of western Pennsylvania were continued. Studies were also made of the stratigraphy and flora of the Pocono formation of West Virginia and Pennsylvania; the structure of the northern anthracite coal basin; and deep-well drilling in the Appalachian region. A paper on the structure of the Honeybrook uplift will be published by the Geological Society of America. South Carolina. — A paper on massive low-fluorine topaz at the Brewer mine was submitted to the American Mineralogist, and one on an extraordinary topaz replacement body in the Brewer mine was submitted to the American Geophysical Union for publication. A paper on Pliocene and Pleistocene mollusks from the Intracoastal Waterway in South Carolina was prepared for publication, and one on the Pleistocene Horry clay and Pamlico formation near Myrtle Beach was submitted to the Washington Academy of Sciences. (See also Southern Appa¬ lachians.) Southern Appalachians. — The report on gold deposits of the southern Appa¬ lachians, including areas in Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama, was completed for Survey publication. Tennessee. — A report on limestone for concrete aggregate for a dam near Chat¬ tanooga was prepared for the Tennessee Valley Authority. Texas. — Studies of the structure, stratigraphy, and fossils of the Navarro group; the faunas of the Rio Grande embayment of Texas and adjacent regions in Mexico; the geology of the Sierra Diablo region, west Texas; and the stra¬ tigraphy, geomorphology, and structure of the southern Guadelupe Mountains were continued. A geologic map of Texas was issued. The report on the brown iron ores of east Texas was transmitted for Survey publication, and reports on the geology and ore deposits of the region around Terlingua and of the Shatter silver district were completed. Reports on new fusulinids from the Cisco group (Pennsylvanian) of the Brazos River region, on Guadalupe faunas, a revision of 162 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Professional Paper 58, and on water possibilities in the El Paso district as deter¬ mined by geophysical methods were in preparation. A correlation chart of the Cretaceous formations of the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain and west Texas was completed for the National Research Council. Papers were prepared for outside publication on structural features of the quicksilver lodes of the Terlingua region, for the committee on processes of ore deposition of the National Research Council; braunite from Mason County, for the American Mineralogist; a sphenolith in the Terlingua district, for the American Geophysical Union; a microscopic study of geothite and hematite in the brown iron ores of east Texas, for the American Mineralogist; and an abstract on Permian rocks of the southern Guadalupe Mountains, for the Digest of the Tulsa Geological Society. Work on source beds of petroleum is reported under Kansas. Utah. — Geologic mapping of the greater part of the Strawberry Valley quad¬ rangle for the purpose of classifying land as to oil shale, coal, oil, gas, and phos¬ phate, and a study of the stratigraphy was begun. Investigations of the coal resources and oil and gas possibilities of the Hanksville-Caineville district and detailed studies of the structure, igneous rocks, mineral resources, and physiog¬ raphy of the Henry Mountains were continued. Geologic studies of the Marys- vale district were continued, and a preliminary report on the alunite deposits of the region was submitted for Survey publication. A general geologic reconnais¬ sance of the plateau country of southern Utah, including Zion Canyon, was in progress. A report on the geology of the area between the Green and Colorado Rivers in Grand and San Juan Counties was completed for Survey publication. The report on the geology and mineral resources of the Randolph quadrangle, Utah and Wyoming, is nearing completion. Reports on the geology of the Green River Desert- Cataract Canyon region; the structure of southeastern Utah; the Cretaceous-Eocene boundary in cental Utah; and iron ores of Bull Valley were in preparation. Vermont. — Progress was made on th'e study of the metamorphic rocks in east- central Vermont, in cooperation with the Geological Society of America. Granites of Vermont were studied in connection with the general investigation of granites of the New England States. Virginia. — The report on the titanium deposits in Nelson and Amherst Counties was nearly completed. Geologic work was done in the Galax and Independence 'quadrangles and adjoining portions of the Max Meadows and Speedwell quad¬ rangles in connection with the cooperative report on the geology of the Gossan Lead, to be published by the Virginia Geological Survey. For work on gold deposits, see Southern Appalachians. Washington. — Investigation of the areal geology, mineral resources, and mines of the Metaline quadrangle, Pend Oreille County, was continued. A paper on inesite ■from Quinault was submitted for outside publication. West Virginia. — Studies of the flora of the Pocono formation of West Virginia and of the Pottsville floras along the New River were in progress. Deep-well drilling is mentioned under Pennsylvania. Wyoming. — Areal and structural geologic mapping of portions of Park and Hot Springs Counties on the west side of the Big Horn Basin, with particular refer¬ ence to coal and petroleum resources, and a study of the coal, oil, and gas resources of portions of the northeast side of the Big Horn Basin in Big Horn County, Wyo., and Carbon County, Mont., were in progress. Further investigations of the Ter¬ tiary rocks of the Green River and Bridger Basins and Fossil syncline and of the geology and mineral resources of the Afton quadrangle were begun. Reports on the geology and oil and coal resources of the Cody-Pitchfork area, the geology of the northeastern part of Big Horn Basin, and the geology of the Shoshone area, Park County, were in preparation. Work on the Randolph quadrangle is men- GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 163 1 tioned under Utah; on the Black Hills rim, on the Fort Union and associated for- ' mations, and on the physiography and glacial geology, under Montana, r General studies. — General investigations included studies of types and ranks of I ’’ coal; source beds of petroleum; salt-dome cap rock; Foraminifera of the Creta- ; ceous formations of the Gulf coastal region; Globigerinidae; the genus Ceratopea; fossils from the Eocene of the Gulf Province; borderland problems of geology, physics, and chemistry; clay minerals; deep-sea cores collected in 1936 across the I North Atlantic Ocean; and a core sample from the deep-sea bottom southeast of New York City. WORK IN CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS Work in chemistry and physics applied to geology is designated geochemistry and geophysics. Much of the chemical work in the Survey consists necessarily of analyses to determine the composition of the rocks, ores, and minerals involved in projects under study by geologists, and the remainder deals with the particular problems of geochemistry. These problems are to determine the abundance and distribution of different chemical elements in the crust of the earth, to explain the origin of natural products, including gases and ores, to classify rocks and minerals, and to describe the decomposition of rocks under weathering agencies. The physical work deals with the physical properties of minerals or of strata in place, such as their thermal or electrical conductivity, their temperature, their porosity, grain size, radioactivity, and compressibility. The discovery of isotopes — that is, elements of similar chemical properties but of different physical properties — has considerably enlarged the field for chemical and pl^sical study, particularly as related to geology. The results may affect the estimation of geologic time based on the transformation of one element into another, as such estimates require that the particular isotopes undergoing change be determined rather than the total quantities of the elements involved. This field is being developed as rapidly as possible. The use of X-rays, likewise, is now required to explain the real atomic structure of min¬ erals, and hence their physical properties and chemical behavior. Among materials analyzed in the laboratory during the year were clays from California and other States, alunite from Utah, oil from New Mexico, mercury ore from Kansas, silver ore from Idaho, phos¬ phate rock from California, ocean-bottom samples from the North Atlantic, garnet from North Carolina, alkali brine from Wyoming, and silicate rocks and limestone from many different States. Com¬ plete analyses were also made of the minerals actinolite, all unite, biotite, feldspar, graftonite, halloysite, prehnite, rliodochrosite, samarskite, and sodalite. Several drill cores were examined and well cuttings logged. Spectrographic tests were made on different minerals and ores. Crystallographic measurements were made of a number of unusual minerals. 164 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Altogether 4,576 examinations or tests of minerals and rock samples were made. These included tests and identifications of 1,570 speci¬ mens for persons not officially connected with the Survey; 1,587 chemical analyses made for geologists and 615 similar analyses made in connection with studies of methods of analysis and geochemical investigations; and 804 tests relating to core samples, well cuttings, and similar materials. Special mineralogic work included the analysis of several varieties of zinc carbonate (smithsonite) . “Fairy stones” from Virginia were investigated; only the altered crystals are usable commercially, as ornaments. The investigation of the stability relations of sodium and ammonium borates was continued with reference to their geologic occurrence. Many samples of garnet, lepidolite, and spinel were purified and prepared for analysis, 16 rocks and minerals from Guam were identified, and 20 crystals of quartz from Arkansas were measured and rare faces and unusual combinations determined. Among the more important items of work in physics were the testing of activable bleaching clays in several States and geothermal surveys of wells in Oregon and southeastern Illinois. The investigation of bleaching clays has led to a rationalization of that industry. At least two deposits previously extensively surveyed by numerous tests are now in commercial production, and other deposits have been found which will eventually effect a more economical use of the raw materials available. Dam sites in Oregon were surveyed by electrical conductivity methods. The geothermal surveys in the lava beds of Oregon revealed the possibility of water-bearing beds of unusual thickness. From the data of existing geothermal surveys, it was estimated roughly that a temperature of 1,000° C. (1,832° F.) would be found at a depth of about 30 miles (48 kilometers) in the crust of the earth. Many correlations of the physical properties of minerals with their chemical composition were completed during the year, which will make future determinations more rapid and more exact. The work in chemistry and physics is mainly confined to laboratory investigations. However, field trips were made in New York, Penn¬ sylvania, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Tennes¬ see, Ohio, Illinois, Utah, Wyoming, and Oregon, and papers were pre¬ sented at regular meetings of the American Chemical Society, the Society of Economic Geologists, the American Geophysical Union, Geological and Mineralogical Societies in Ohio, the American Institute of Mining Engineers, the Virginia Academy of Sciences, and the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY 165 The following papers were completed during the year: Fahey, J. J. Determination of mercurous chloride and mercury in mercury ores: Ind. Eng. Chemistry, analytical ed. Fahey, J. J., with J. J. Glass. Graftonite from Greenwood, Maine: Am. Min¬ eralogist. Milton, Charles. Contributions to the petrology of the Franklin Furnace •quadrangle, New Jersey: Jour. Geology. Milton, Charles. Open hearth slags (preliminary paper): Am. Inst. Min. Met. Eng. 19th Open Hearth Proc. Murata, K. J. Hydrogen ion concentration and the formation of copper com¬ plexes: Washington Acad. Sci. Jour. Nutting, P. G. Study of bleach-clay solubility: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geol¬ ogists Bull. Schaller, W\ T. Lithium: Industrial Minerals, vol. 2, Am. Inst. Min. Met. Eng. Schaller, W. T. Borates: Idem. Schaller, W. T. Crystallography of valentinite and andorite from Oregon: Am. Mineralogist. Stevens, R. E. Bibliography of reagents for potassium, rubidium, and cesium: Am. Chem. Soc. Jour. Stevens, R. E., with F. L. Hess, Rare alkali biotite from Kings Mountain, N. C.: Am. Mineralogist. Stevens, R. E., with J. T. Pardee and J. J. Glass, Lowr-fluorine topaz from Brewor mine, N. C.: Am. Mineralogist. Van Orstrand, C. E. Temperatures in the lava beds of east-central and south- central Oregon: Am. Jour. Sci.; abstract: Washington Acad. Sci. Jour. Van Orstrand, C. E. On the estimation of temperatures at moderate depths in the crust of the earth: Am. Geophys. Union Trans.; abstract, with additional notes: Science Service. Wells, R. C., wTith R. E. Stevens. The analysis of pollucite: Ind. and Eng. Chemistry (read at spring meeting of Am. Chem. Soc., Chapel Hill, N. C.). ALASKAN BRANCH The work of the Geological Survey in Alaska is directed primarily toward aiding in the development of the mineral resources of the Terri¬ tory and involves field examinations of the various factors that pertain to these resources, and laboratory and office studies by which the field observations are analyzed and the results made available to the public through reports, maps, and other media. The product of this work is used extensively by Government organizations engaged in other -special fields of investigation within Alaska, such as the Forest Service, the Alaska Road Commission, and the Biological Survey. The Sur¬ vey’s maps of Alaska are indispensable in any enterprise concerned with the development of the Territory. Manuscripts and publications. — During the year seven reports and five maps, including two new editions and two reprints, and four memoranda for the press have been published. Nine reports including maps, one separate map, and re¬ prints of four maps are in course of publication. In addition three manuscript 166 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR reports, including maps, are in various stages of preparation for publication. At t.hp p.nH of the year one manuscript report and three maps were partly completed. Work of the year. — In addition to the routine duties of serving as a central sta- tion, seven projects involving new field investigations were carried on during- the season of 1936. These field projects included four that were directed primarily to the geologic phases of the investigation of the Territory’s mineral resources, two that were primarily topographic, and one that was a general study of recent mining developments in the principal producing camps of the Territory. The areas in which the principal new geologic projects were undertaken were the Glacier Bay district, in the northwestern part of southeastern Alaska; the Alaska Range region, including especially portions of the valleys of the Slana, Tok, and Robertson Rivers; the region adjacent to the Alaska Railroad, including some of the mining camps as remote from that general tract as the Nuka Bay district, - in the extreme southern part of Kenai Peninsula, or the quicksilver showings in the Kuskokwim River Valley near Sleitmut; and the mining developments in the Eagle, Fortymile, and Circle districts, in the Yukon region not far from the inter¬ national boundary. The general study included visits to many of the more im¬ portant mining centers from southeastern Alaska to western Seward Peninsula,, where such diverse deposits as gold placers, tungsten lodes, and tin placers were- examined. The topographic projects included semidetailed mapping of exten¬ sive areas on Admiralty Island, in southeastern Alaska, and reconnaissance and exploratory mapping in the Alaska Range region at the head of the Copper River,, including portions of the valleys of the Robertson and Gerstle Rivers and areas: adjacent to the Richardson Highway in the valley of the Delta River and Don¬ nelly Dome. Two projects not directly involving new field work were the maintenance of a testing laboratory at College, Alaska, where mineral specimens sent in by prospec¬ tors can be identified or can be assayed and the results made available for the- | information of the general public, and the annual statistical canvass of the pro¬ duction of mineral commodities. In the field season of 1936 the late passage of the Interior Department Appro- j priation Act for 1937 prevented full utilization of the open season, so that several' of the parties were forced to delay beginning effective work until nearly the first ‘ of July. Similar conditions existed in 1937. As a consequence, for the field season of 1937 only three parties had been started prior to June 30, though others were organized as soon as practicable after funds became available. Two of the projects are concerned primarily with topographic mapping and one writh geologic- investigations. One of the topographic projects is in the Copper River region north of the highway between Slana and Nabesna and is planned to cover the tract east of Batzulnetas and north of the Nabesna River, in continuation of the mapping that has been in progress for the last 3 years in this general region. The other topographic project includes detailed mapping of the more productive portions of the known platinum-bearing areas in the vicinity of Goodnews Bay, near the mouth of the Kuskokwim River, followed by reconnaissance mapping of more remote parts of the district continguous to those areas. The geologic project involves study of the known platinum-bearing areas adjacent to Goodnews Bay, with the view of determining the geologic facts as to the origin and character of the mineralization by which the valuable metals were introduced into the country rock, the processes that have subsequently acted on these deposits so as to produce workable placers, the character of the platinum minerals, and the distribution and extent of the deposits that may warrant commercial exploitation. Among the additional field projects authorized to be undertaken are a geologic examination of the northern and western part of Admiralty Island, in southeastern Alaska, an area that is now yielding gold from its lodes and that may contain GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 167 .-significant deposits of nickel-bearing ores, and a general study of recent mineral developments in the larger, more accessible, mining camps throughout the Terri¬ tory. TOPOGRAPHIC BRANCH GENERAL OFFICE WORK Necessary office work incidental to the field work of the topographic branch consisted in the inking, inspection, and editing of the completed topograhic field sheets prior to their submission for reproduction and the computation and adjustment of the results of control field work. In addition to the routine adjustment of primary control, there has been in progress a general adjustment of both horizontal and vertical control to agree with the standard datums of the United States. During the year 157 new topographic maps were edited and trans¬ mitted for engraving. Editing was also completed on 753 miscella¬ neous maps, making a total of 910, and 1,848 proofs of-maps in course of publication were read. On June 30, 322 new maps were in preparation for reproduction and 239 were in process of engraving and printing. In addition to the work incidental to the field work of the branch the compilation of planimetric maps from aerial photographs amounted to 2,765 square miles. For the conservation branch of the Survey the work of inking, assembling, and preparing for publication was done on 78 maps of river surveys. Twelve such maps were completed and transmitted for lithography during the year. For the Tennessee Valley Authority the work of inspection and preparing for lithography was done on 450 maps and 561 proofs were read. For the Bureau of Public Roads the work of preparing the Trans¬ portation Map of the United States was continued. Compilation and inking were in progress on 48 sheets, 10 of which were completed. Proofreading and checking was done on 31 sheets. Maps of 5 States, comprising 18 sheets, were published. FIELD SURVEYS Abbreviations for projects used below: Federal Emergency Ad¬ ministration of Public Works, “P. W.”; Tennessee Valley Authority, “T. V. A.” Cooperation with States was continued in about the same amount as in recent years. Topographic surveys were accom¬ plished in 36 States and m Puerto Rico. The mapping of Los Angeles County, Calif., on a large scale was completed. The status of topographic surveys shows that the United States is now 47.4 percent mapped, the year’s increment amounting to 0.3 percent. 168 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Alabama. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Greasy Cove project com-' ' pleted. Arizona. — At the request of the Office of Indian Affairs, Silver Bell No. 3 15' quadrangle completed. Payson No. 4 15' quadrangle, continued at the request of the Forest Service. In preparation for geologic mapping, Aravaipa No. 2 15' quadrangle begun. Arkansas. — In cooperation with the Geological Survey of Arkansas, Blake- more 15' quadrangle begun. Poteau Mountain No. 1 15' quadrangle begun at the request of the Forest Service. Benton No. 4 15' quadrangle (P. W.) begun. California. — In cooperation with the State engineer of California, Tobias Peak 30' quadrangle and Avenal 15' quadrangle completed. In cooperation with the county surveyor of Los Angeles County, Crystal Lake, Mount Baden-Powell, Swarthout, and Mount Waterman 6' quadrangles completed. Kramer No. 1, Kramer No. 2, and Kramer No. 4 15' quadrangles (P. W.) completed. In pre¬ paration for geologic mapping, Downieville No. 1 15' quadrangle begun. Colorado. — East Denver 2c and East Denver 3b 7)4' quadrangles completed, i Mapping without contours from aerial photographs completed for West Denver 4a 7)4' quadrangle and continued for West Denver Id 7%' quadrangle in cooper- i ation with the cify of Denver. In cooperation with the Colorado Metal Mining ; Fund, Ward-Sunset mining area begun. In preparation for geologic mapping, $ Platoro mining area and Summitville mining area completed and Gold Hill area ; begun. Chattanooga mining area (east), Chattanooga mining area (west), I Chattanooga mining area (Ophir and vicinity), Chattanooga mining area (Alta i Basin and vicinity) and Chattanooga mining area (Hanson Peak and vicinity) ; completed (P. W.). At the request of the Forest Service, Bardine No. 2 15' jr quadrangle begun. Great Sand Dunes National Monument begun for the I National Park Service. Florida. — St. Augustine 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Georgia. — For the Forest Service, Spring Place 15' quadrangle begun. East I Ridge 7%' quadrangle continued, and Fort Oglethorpe and Coosa Bald 7)4' | quadrangles (T. V. A.) begun. Idaho. — For the Forest Service, Boehls Butte 15' quadrangle and Newport ' 30' qu adrangle completed. At the request of the Office of Indian Affairs, Pocatello No. 2 15' quadrangle continued. Logan No. 3 and Yellow Pine No. 2 15' quad- I rangles (P. W.) continued. In preparation for geologic mapping, Wallace special area begun. Illinois. — Ashmore 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Lena and New Douglas 15' quadrangles continued, and Oilfield, Alto Pass, and Monticello 15' quad- j| rangles begun in cooperation with the Department of Registration and Education ji of Illinois, Geological Survey. Louisiana. — The Louisiana Board of State Engineers cooperating, mapping |j without contours from aerial photographs completed for 7)4' quadrangles within p De Ridder, Juanita, Lees Mill, Starks, and Mystic 15' quadrangles. Maine. — For the Forest Service, Gorham 15' quadrangle completed. Massachusetts. — In cooperation with the Department of Public Works, Division I of Waterways, Blue Hills, Norwood, Mansfield, Brockton, Onset, Woods Hole, 7)4' Falmouth, Marion, 7)4' New Bedford, Apponagansett, Sconticut Point, j Northfield, Millers Falls, and 7)4' Middleboro 7)4' quadrangles completed and I Warwick No. 1, Warwick No. 4, Middleboro No. 1, and Middleboro No. 3 7J4' quadrangles begun. Michigan. — In cooperation with the State Highway Department of Michigan, ; Smiths Creek and Goodells 7)4' quadrangles begun and mapping without con- \ tours from aerial photographs completed for Marine City, Algonac No. 2, Algonac No. 3, Algonac No. 4, Lake Orion, Romeo, Ray Center, Richmond, Dundee GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 169 No. 1, Dundee No. 4, Grosse Pointe No. 2, Grosse Pointe No. 3, Smiths Creek, Goodells, Adair, Rattle Run, Davisburg, Milford No. 1, Wixom, Monroe No. 1, Monroe No. 2, Monroe No. 3, Monroe No. 4, New Haven, Waldenburg, Mount Clemens No. 3, Selfridge Field, Pontiac No. 1, Pontiac No. 2, Pontiac No. 3, Pontiac No. 4, Port Huron, St. Clair, Romulus No. 1, Romulus No. 2, Romulus No. 3, Romulus No. 4, Washington, 734' Rochester, Rochester No. 3, Rochester ! No. 4, Orton ville, Oxford, South Lyon No. 1, South Lyon No. 2, Redford, Wayne- No. 2, Wayne No. 3, Wayne No. 4, Wyandotte No. 2, Wyandotte No. 3, Ypsilanti No. 1, Ypsilanti No. 4, and Estral Beach 734' quadrangles and begun for Detroit No. 1, Detroit No. 2, Detroit No. 3, and Detroit No. 4 734' quadrangles. Mississippi. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Terry 15' quadrangle- completed. Missouri. — In cooperation with the Geological Survey and Water Resources of Missouri, Bradleyville, Elmer, Edgar Springs, Fielden, Franks, Hannibal, Spring- field 3 S. 34 15' quadrangles and Tiffin, Springfield 3b, and Warsaw 2c 734' quad¬ rangles completed; Big Piney, Bolivar No. 2, Fordland, Gatewood, Long Lane, ! Middlebrook, Protem, Richland, Springfield No. 4, Topaz, Vienna, Warsaw No. 3, and Warsaw No. 4 15' quadrangles continued; Bolivar No. 1, Cabool, Cedar Gap, Doniphan, Exeter, Knoblick, Louisiana No. 4, Macomb, Mountain, Noel, and Raymondville 15' quadrangles and De Soto SW. 34, Manchester NW. and Springfield 4b 734' quadrangles begun. Warsaw 3b 734' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Montana. — Silvertip 30' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Nebraska. — For the National Park Service, Scotts Bluff National Monument completed. Nevada. — For the Forest Service, Mountain City 15' quadrangle completed. I In preparation for geologic mapping, Mineral Hill No. 4 15' quadrangle begun. New Hampshire. — For the Forest Service, Gorham 15' quadrangle completed. New Mexico. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Taos 30' quadrangle com- I pleted. At the request of the National Park Service, Bandelier National Monu¬ ment completed. Jemez No. 1 15' quadrangle begun for the Forest Service. New York. — Poughkeepsie and West Point 15' quadrangles and Tarrytown No. 1 734' quadrangle completed in cooperation with the Department of Public Works of New York. Binghamton No. 4 and Saratoga No. 2 734' quadrangles | (P. W.) completed. North Carolina. — Blowing Rock 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Hayesville 734' quadrangle (T. V. A.) completed and Peachtree and Andrews 734' quadrangles (T. V. A.) begun. North Dakota. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Lake Upsilon 15' quad- j rangle completed. Me Ville 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Oklahoma. — At the request of the Forest Service, Cache 15' quadrangle and Cache No. 2 734' quadrangle completed. Oregon. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Troutdale 15' quadrangle com¬ pleted. For the Forest Service, Mapleton 15' quadrangle continued. Pennsylvania. — In cooperation with the Department of Internal Affairs of Pennsylvania, Topographic and Geologic Survey, Mattawana, Marienville, and Delaware Water Gap 15' quadrangles completed and Slatington and Coburn 15' quadrangles begun. Puerto Rico. — In cooperation with the Commissioner of the Department of the Interior of Puerto Rico, San German, Puerto Real, and Sabana Grande 734' I quadrangles completed, Moca and Aguadilla 7)4' quadrangles begun. South Carolina. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Nixonville and Myrtle Beach 15' quadrangles completed. 170 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Tennessee. — Oswald Dome 7\V quadrangle (T. V. A.) completed and East i Ridge, Charleston, Wauhatchie, Calhoun, East Chattanooga, Fort Oglethorpe, } j Hooker, 7J4' Chattanooga, Goodfield, Riceville, Parksville, Caney Creek, and Benton 7}V quadrangles (T. V. A.) begun. For the Forest Service, Spring Place \ i 15' quadrangle begun. Mapping without contours from aerial photographs com- n pleted for Lyles, Texas Hollow, Nunnelly, and Littlelot 7%' quadrangles. (T. V. A.) ■ completed. Texas. — In preparation for geologic mapping, Tyler No. 4 15' quadrangle com-j i pleted. Tyler No. 1 15' quadrangle (P. W.) begun. Map,. — In preparation for geologic mapping, the revision and extension of \ ! Cottonwood quadrangle completed. At the request of the National Park 1 i Service, Cedar Breaks National Monument completed. For the Forest Service, to) Delano Peak No. 2 15' quadrangle begun. Vermont. — In cooperation with the State geologist of Vermont, Barnet 15' |lj quadrangle continued. Virginia. — Gerrardstown and Capon Bridge 15'' quadrangles completed and 1 1 Middletown and Stephens City 15' quadrangles begun in cooperation with the i Conservation and Development Commission of Virginia, Geological Survey. Washington. — In cooperation with the Director of the Department of Con¬ servation and Development, Union Gap and Hog Ranch Buttes 15' quadrangles ii completed. For the Forest Service, Newport 30' quadrangle completed and i Pomeroy 30' quadrangle begun. Marcus 30' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. West Virginia. — Culture revision begun for Wellsville 15' quadrangle (P. W.). 1] Wisconsin. — Arkansaw 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Wyoming. — Cokeville 30' quadrangle (P. W.) completed and La Barge 30' |j quadrangle (P. W.) continued. For the Forest Service, Leckie No. 1 15' quad- I rangle begun. WATER-RESOURCES BRANCH The importance of water and of systematic records related to the quantity, chemical quality, and availability of both surface and ground waters becomes greater each year. The growth of the country in population and industry, with consequent increases in demands for water, and especially the continued series of dry years that in¬ cluded the disastrous and widespread droughts of 1934 and 1936, ll and the recent disastrous floods in different parts of the country, have 1 impressed on the people the controlling importance of water in our j surface streams and in underground basins in relation to many of < man’s activities. The information collected by the Geological Survey is used extensively by many Federal, State, and private agencies. The Public Works Administration, the National Resources Com- ■ mittee, and related activities have found the Survey records and information with respect to water to be invaluable in studies of • projects of all classes and in all sections of the country. Reliable information with respect to supplies of water, both on the i surface and in the ground, and to their fluctuations with variations i in rainfall is essential to orderly, sound, and economic development along many lines, as in domestic water supplies, irrigation, flood pro- 1 > tection, control of pollution, recreational uses, and water-power ; development. GEOLOGICAL. SURVEY 171 The investigations by the branch are conducted largely in coopera¬ tion with Federal bureaus; State, county, municipal, and other governmental agencies; and permittees and licensees of the Federal Power Commission. A major part of this cooperation is set forth below. Federal bureaus. — Investigations of ground and surface water and of the quality of water were conducted for the following Federal bureaus: Department of Agriculture: Bureau of Biological Survey. Bureau of Plant Industry. Soil Conservation Service. Weather Bureau. Department of the Interior: Office of Indian Affairs. Bureau of Mines. Bureau of Reclamation. Division of Grazing. National Park Service. Division of Territories and Island Possessions. Department of Justice; Bureau of Prisons. Department of State. Federal Power Commission. National Resources Committee. Resettlement Administration. Tennessee Valley Authority. War Department: Office of Chief of Engineers. Mississippi River Commission. Schofield Barracks. States. — Amounts aggregating approximately $630,000 were made available by States and municipalities for cooperative investigations of surface water, ground water, and quality of water. In addition to the data obtained as a result of this cooperation, other data having an estimated value of over $140,000 were furnished by individuals and other organizations. Permittees and licensees of the Federal Power Commission. — At the request of the Federal Power Commission, 30 engineers of the branch have been designated as representatives of the Commission to perform such field work as may be assigned to them by the Commission. The operation of about 290 gaging stations was conducted by the branch or was performed by permittees and licensees under the supervision of the branch in connection with 115 projects of the Federal Power Commission. Engineers of the branch have had general super- I vision of operation under permits and licenses of the Federal Power j Commission in connection with 150 projects. Division of Surface Water. — The division of surface water conducts investigations of surface water, which consist of the measurement of 22914—37 - 13 172 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR the flow of rivers in the 48 States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii at selected gaging stations where the volume of water is meas¬ ured and records of stage and other data are collected. In this work 45 States, the Territory of Hawaii, several Federal bureaus and several individuals cooperated in the maintenance of the 3,379 regular gaging stations that were in operation at the end of the year. Records for about 108 additional gaging stations were received from Federal bureaus and from individuals. There were 47,398 regular and miscellaneous discharge measurements made during the year. Division oj Ground Water. — The division of ground water inves¬ tigates the waters that lie below the surface of the zone of saturation (from which wells and springs are supplied) ; the source, occurrence, i quantity, and head of these waters; their conservation; their avail¬ ability and adequacy for domestic, industrial, irrigation, and public supplies and as watering places for livestock and desert travelers ; and the methods of constructing wells and recovering water from them and of improving springs. Each year surveys are made of selected areas where problems of water supply are urgent, and the results are prepared and released to the public. Each year a water-supply paper is published that gives the current records of water levels or artesian pressure in observation wells in different sections of the country. During the fiscal year 75 technical reports or papers relating to ground water or reservoir sites were released to the public. Work was done in 30 States and in Guam and in Hawaii. Nearly all the work was done in cooperation with Federal, State, Territorial, or local govern- I mental agencies. Division of Quality of Water. — The division of quality of water analyzes water from surface and underground sources with reference to the suitability of the waters for industrial and agricultural uses and for domestic use (not related to questions of health), so far as use is j affected by the dissolved mineral matter. The partial or complete I analysis of 1,754 samples of water was completed during the year. | Close cooperation was continued with the division of ground water in the study of problems relating to quality of ground water and the preparation of the parts of ground-water reports that involve con¬ sideration of the chemical character of the waters. Division of Power Resources. — The work of the division of power resources comprised the compilation and publication of the annual report on the capacity of water wheels in water-power plants in the United States of 100 horsepower or more on January 1, 1937. The I report was released in April. The report on the capacity of water | wheels January 1, 1938, will be prepared and published by the Federal Power Commission. The compilation and publication of the monthly and annual reports of the production of electricity for public use and i the consumption of fuel in generating the electricity reported, which GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 173 had been done by the power-resources division from 1919 to 1936, were transferred to the Federal Power Commission on July 1, 1936. A study is being made of the records of power production from 1920 to 1935. These studies are based on the records compiled by the Geological Survey and published by the Federal Power Commission- as Power Series No. 6 of the National Power Survey. Division of Water Utilization. — The division of water utilization investigates problems affecting the utilization and control of the waters of streams, makes studies for the interpretation of records of stream flow, and performs administrative work relating to super¬ vision and investigation of these problems and to activities conducted by the field organization of this branch pertaining to power projects of the Federal Power Commission and of the Interior Departments The division supervised and coordinated the collection by the district offices of the division of surface water of special stage and discharge" information relative to the outstanding floods of March 1936 in the Northeastern States and to notable floods in Texas. The division assembled these flood data, together with data for other recent notable floods, and prepared reports thereon for publication as water-supply papers. The reports that were completed during the year are fisted below: Water-Supply Paper 796-B. Flood on the Republican and Kansas Rivers in May and June 1935, by Robert Follansbee and J. B. Spiegel. Water-Supply Paper 796-C. The New Year’s flood of 1934 in La Canada Valley, California, by H. C. Troxell and J. Q. Peterson. Water-Supply Paper 798. Floods of March 1936, Part 1, New England rivers. Water-Supply Paper 799. Floods of March 1936, Part 2, Hudson River to Susquehanna River region. Water-Supply Paper 800. Floods of March 1936, Part 3, Potomac, James, and upper Ohio Rivers. Water-Supply Paper 816. Major floods in Texas in 1936, by Tate Dalrymple and others. The Division has been active during the year in investigations of water problems along the international boundary between the United States and Canada for the State Department and also in the collection of information on recent outstanding floods in the Ohio and Mississippi Valleys. CONSERVATION BRANCH The work of the Conservation Branch involves surveys and in¬ vestigations precedent to an inventory of the water and mineral resources of the public domain, supervision of private operations for development of power and production of minerals from public and Indian lands, and supplying information and advice to numerous land-administrative agencies of the Government. The first of these activities remained nearly at a standstill for lack of funds for field explorations, but a small increase of appropriation 174 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR permitted better and quicker service to be given to land-administrative agencies, there being a decrease of 33 percent in cases pending at the end of the year, though the annual volume of work had increased 23 percent. An increase in appropriations for mineral-lease supervision per¬ mitted reasonably prompt action to be taken on proposed plans for cooperative or unit development of oil fields and somewhat better supervision of production operations. At the end of the year 1,343 plans of development and operation had been received and only 42 of these were awaiting original technical consideration in the branch. The volume of work under field supervision, which has regularly shown an annual increment, again advanced materially. On public land alone 85 operating properties were added to the total number under supervision, production increased between 5 and 10 percent, and revenue increased to about $6,300,000. The funds available have never been adequate for supervision of these vast operations, and during this year, as in other years, revenue far in excess of the appro¬ priation has been lost because of inability to make timely inspection of field properties and make sure that operations are so conducted as to accomplish the greatest ultimate production and effective current beneficial use of the mineral resources involved. In addition to their regular activities members of the Branch were engaged on related projects under the auspices of the Public Works Administration. Useful conservation work was thus accomplished, employees who otherwise must have been furloughed for lack of funds were continued in service, and emergency employment was given to many engineers, clerks, and laborers. MINERAL CLASSIFICATION DIVISION The work of the Mineral Classification Division, restricted largely to office procedure, although less than in previous years, was delayed in part by lack of geologic information due to scanty field investiga¬ tions. The activities of the Division were directed in considerable part to determining the areas subject to inclusion in plans for unit or cooperative development submitted by holders of Government oil and gas prospecting permits and leases. In the aid of mineral classification pertinent information relating to the occurrence of carbon dioxide gas in California, New Mexico, and Utah; of coal in Montana, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming; of oil and gas in Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming; and of phosphate in Wyoming was obtained either by the personnel of the Mineral Classification Division or through the geologic branch. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 175 In the routine work of the Division, 8,937 cases requiring technical • consideration were disposed of during the fiscal year. In addition to the preceding work, revisions of the definitions of the known geologic structure of two producing oil and gas fields were prepared and promulgated as follows: Definitions of Known Geolosic Structure, Fiscal Year 1937 State Field Date promulgated Acres Nnw Mp.xiro Eaves _ Apr. 10, 1937 . 8,074 1,280 Wyoming Rex Lake _ _ Apr. 5, 1937 . The aggregate area of the outstanding definitions of the known | geologic structure of oil and gas fields on June 30, 1937, amounted to 1,155,253 acres in California, Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, I North Dakota, Oklahoma, Utah, and Wyoming. WATER AND POWER DIVISION The work of obtaining basic information as to the water-power j resources and storage possibilities of public lands and of making it available for use in the administration of public-land laws and by » Federal and other agencies engaged in planning, constructing, and operating water-power projects was continued in the field, being made ; possible by the extended availability of Public Works funds. River- i utilization surveys covering 1,261 miles of important streams and tributaries were made in 11 public-land States. Surveys of reservoir and dam sites embracing an area of 155 square miles were also com- i pleted. Supplemental geologic and geophysical studies of foundation j materials and conditions were made at 61 dam sites. Office activities included action resulting in the addition of 100,699 acres to outstanding water-power reserves in 12 public-land States and the elimination of 17,507 acres from such reserves in 7 States, with a net increase of the total reserved area in 22 States to 6,583,439 acres. The elimination of 260 acres from reservoir-site reserves left a net total of 133,444 acres withdrawn. One restoration of lands withdrawn under the act of October 2, 1888, was also made. Field supervision of power projects for the Federal Power Commission involved investi¬ gations and reports on 9 projects, supervision of construction and operation on 148 projects, and studies of cost accounting on 9 projects, i Field supervision of power projects holding permits and grants from the Interior Department involved 172 projects, making a total of 320 projects for the Interior Department and the Federal Power Commission. Statistics compiled by the division show that the holders and users of rights of way granted by the Secretary of the Interior for power 176 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR purposes had, for the calendar year 1936, an aggregate installed capacity of 4,852,841 horsepower, including 3,300,704 horsepower at hydraulic plants and 1,552,137 horsepower at fuel plants, and an aggregate energy generation of 11,468,380,623 kilowatt-hours, which is an increase of 44 percent over the production in the next preceding year. The energy generated by water power increased 3,118,916,918 kilowatt- hours, or about 45 percent, and that generated by fuel increased 388,074,113 kilowatt-hours, or about 38 percent. Revenues accrued to the Government from these grants aggregated $236,211 from 1912 to 1936, and $12,814 additional has been assessed for the calendar year 1937. Payments for unauthorized occupancy of public lands by power projects prior to the issuance of license therefor by the Federal Power Commission amount to $101,633 additional. MIMING AND OIL- AND GAS-LEASING DIVISIONS The work of the mining and oil- and gas-leasing divisions consists of inspectional and regulatory supervision of mineral prospecting and development on public lands, Indian lands, and naval petroleum reserves. The mining division is charged with supervision of all operations for the discovery and development on public lands of deposits of coal, phosphate, sodium, potassium, and oil shale; in New Mexico and Louisiana of sulphur; on certain land grants of gold, silver, and mercury; and on restricted allotted and tribal Indian lands of all minerals except oil and gas. This supervisory and regulatory work during the fis' al year was accomplished through six field offices in Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Utah, and through a cooperative agreement approved May 4, 1935, with the Department of Mines, Territory of Alaska. The work of the Oil and Gas Leasing Division includes inspectional and regulatory supervision of all operations for the discovery and development of petroleum and natural gas on public lands of the United States, on naval petroleum reserves, and on all Indian lands subject to departmental jurisdiction, both tribal and allotted, except the Osage Reservation, Okla. The work was accomplished in the fiscal year 1937 through the agency of 13 field offices and sub¬ offices at Taft, Calif.; Roswell and Farmington, N. Mex. ; Tulsa and Oklahoma City, Okla.; Wichita Falls, Tex.; Denver, Colo.; Casper, Midwest, and Thermopolis, Wyo.; Billings and Shelby, Mont.; and Salt Lake City, Utah. Public lands. — The number of public-land properties under super¬ vision of the Oil and Gas Leasing Division increased 8.6 percent, to a total of 9,052, involving 12,485,167.59 acres in 17 States and Alaska. With the aid of funds allotted by the Public Works Administration j the Division was enabled to continue important conservational and GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 177 remedial measures through the proper plugging and conditioning of many old abandoned wells. The results of this work are outlined more fully under the heading “Public Works projects. ” A substantial part of the time of the personnel of the Division was devoted to assisting oil and gas permittees in fulfilling departmental requirements for the submission of unit or cooperative plans of opera¬ tion and development involving permit acreage, and to reviewing and revising the engineering and royalty features of such plans after their submission. At the end of the fiscal year 1937 a total of 1,343 plans of unit or cooperative development for oil or gas pools, fields, or areas involving public land had been filed with the Geological Survey, of which 47 had been given final approval by the Secretary of the Interior, 1,145 had been rejected, withdrawn, or suspended, 201 had been reviewed and returned to their proponents for revision and con¬ summation, and 161 were pending final action, including 42 which were awaiting technical consideration in the Conservation Branch. The Oil and Gas Leasing Division formulated the revised oil and gas operating regulations, effective November 1, 1936, which established a uniform basis of regulation for the development and production of the oil and gas resources on reserved and unreserved public lands of the United States, including naval petroleum reserves, and on all [ restricted Indian lands, tribal and allotted, except those of the Osage Indian Reservation. Drilling activity on public lands during the fiscal year 1937 included the commencement of 333 new wells and the completion of 344 wells, of which 257 were rated as productive of oil and gas and 87 as barren. The total number of wells under supervision on June 30, 1937, was 7,934 in 17 States and Alaska, including 4,112 capable of oil or gas production. The production of petroleum, natural gas, and natural ; gasoline from public lands in 1937 was substantially greater than in other recent years, and the revenues accrued therefrom were materially increased. Coal properties under supervision in 14 States and Alaska decreased 37, to 657 ; potash properties in 8 States decreased 56, to 39 in 3 States; sodium properties in 9 States increased 4, to 44; sulphur properties in 1 State decreased 8, to 18; phosphate properties increased 2, to 11; and the oil-shale lease remained at 1 in 1 State. The total number of properties under supervision was 770, a decrease of 95, substantially all of which were inactive. The reduction in coal properties resulted indirectly from the Secretary’s instructions of January 24, 1934, and that in potash properties from the Secretary’s orders 799, 817, 854, and 914, all of which tended to slow down the issuance of new permits and leases. In prospecting for the above-named minerals 16 bore holes were drilled during the year. 178 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Accidents to employees working in mines under departmental leases are generally fewer than in competitive mines not on Govern¬ ment lands, and it is gratifying to note that of the 33 awards made to coal mines or to operators by the Joseph A. Holmes Safety Association <;■ for the calendar year 1936 two were made to departmental lessees. The use of safety appliances and safety clothing is increasing generally h throughout mines on Government lands. Indian lands. — The Secretary’s order 1112, approved September 4, t 1936, which relates to oil and gas operations and which constitutes a new cooperative agreement between the Geological Survey and the »i Office of Indian Affairs, extended the cooperative technical supervision I and the royalty-accounting duties of the Geological Survey to embrace I all tribal and restricted allotted lands within the limits of all Indian i reservations except the Osage Nation. Oil and gas supervision in- j volved 5,342 leaseholds, 4,463 wells, and aggregate bonus, royalty, I and rental accruals estimated at $2,665,000 for Indian beneficiaries in i 10 States and 30 different tribes. The cooperative duties involved j royalty accounting, appraisals of bonuses, royalty offers, and pollution 1 damages, assistance to lessees of Indian land on operating problems I and in the preparation of unit plans of development, and assistance I to agency officials and tribal councils on technical phases of leasehold | development and administration. Mining supervision involved 40 lead and zinc leaseholds in the Quapaw Reservation, Okla., with aggregate royalty accruals of ; $568,299.94, an increase of 57.54 percent from the preceding year; 57 coal leaseholds involving Choctaw, Chickasaw, and Five Tribes lands in Oklahoma, with an aggregate production decreased from 568,725.92 tons in 1936 to 527,579.75 tons in 1937; and revenue accruals from royalties, bonuses, and sale of coal lands amounting to $89,308.31; one asphalt lease involving segregated Choctaw and Chickasaw lands in Oklahoma; and 51 properties in other States, 18 of which are agency mines. It included also special investigations of 18 properties for minerals other than fuels. Naval petroleum reserves. — On behalf of the Navy Department supervision was continued during the fiscal year over operations for the production of oil and gas within Naval Petroleum Reserves Nos. 1 and 2, in California, and for the conservation of shut-in production within Naval Petroleum Reserve No. 3, in Wyoming. Production from 538 wells on the reserves aggregated 3,567,213.54 barrels of petroleum, 2,816,073,000 cubic feet of natural gas, and 11,076,165,000 gallons of natural gasoline and had an aggregate royalty value of $787,906.64. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 179 PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS Under the supervision of the conservation-branch personnel, aggre¬ gate expenditures of $165,286.47 were made during the fiscal year 1937 from funds allotted by the Administrator of Public Works for field investigation in conservation work pertinent to branch functions. On 11 projects $109,423.36 was expended for river-utilization surveys of power and storage resources of important streams in 11 States. On 1 12 projects $55,863.11 was expended in 9 States in the plugging and f abandonment or conditioning for use as a source of water of numerous : wells drilled for oil and gas on public lands and theretofore improperly abandoned or merely deserted; in extinguishing or controlling coal- i outcrop fires and in filling, bulkheading, or otherwise safeguarding abandoned mines or prospective openings on public and Indian lands ; and in surface studies of coal occurrence and subsurface studies of oil and gas occurrence in Indian lands in Oklahoma. SUMMARY OF FIELD ACTIVITIES, BY STATES Alabama. — Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State in aid of mineral classification. Examined 1 tract in Franklin County for pur¬ poses of mineral classification. Supervised 1 coal lease. Alaska. — Supervised 1 power project, 144 prospecting permits for oil and gas, and 2 leases, 2 licenses, and 9 prospecting permits for coal. Arizona. — Completed 162 miles of river-utilization surveys on Black Creek, the Little Colorado River, and the Rio Puerco, and surveyed in detail 44 square miles in the Cottonwood Wash, Leroux Wash, Lyman, and Zuni reservoir and dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 6 dam sites. Supervised 25 power projects, 72 prospecting permits for oil and gas, and 3 for coal, 6 for sodium, and 5 for potash on public land, and 4 coal mines on Indian land. Arkansas. — Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations in northeastern and northwestern Arkansas in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 1 power project and 9 prospecting permits for oil and gas. California. — Investigated occurrence of carbon dioxide gas in Brawley area, Imperial County. Completed 140 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Car- son (including East and West Forks). Trinity, and Yuba (including Middle North and South Forks) Rivers and tributaries, and surveyed in detail 24 square miles in the Beno, Steiner Flat, Trinity Center, Fairview, and Bullards Bar reservoir and dam sites and the Silver Queen, Washington, Governor Stevens, and Spaulding dam sites. Supervised 89 power projects, 223 leases and 1232 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land and 22 leases on Naval Petro¬ leum reserves, 4 prospecting permits for coal and 23 for sodium, and 1 sodium lease and 2 potash leases. Colorado. — Completed structural and stratigraphic investigations in the South Park area, Park County. In cooperation with the geologic branch made a reconnaissance investigation of land in southeastern Archuleta County. Com¬ pleted 111 miles of river-utilization surveys on Buzzard Creek, the Gunnison River, the Little Snake River, Troublesome Creek, and the Yampa River and tributaries; and surveyed in detail 5 square miles in the Buzzard Creek, Columbus 180 \ REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Mountain, and East Fork reservoir sites and the Black Mountain, Middle Fork, North Fork, Stonewall, Three Forks, Walker, and Yampa Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 11 dam sites. Supervised 12 power projects, 32 leases, and 691 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land and 5 oil and gas leases on Indian land; 90 leases, 13 licenses, 38 permits, and 9 awarded lease applications for coal, and 1 sodium lease on public land; and 2 Indian agency coal mines. Dug out and re-covered 2 coal¬ mine and outcrop fires in Rio Blanco County, under Public Works allotments. Florida. — Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State, including inspection of two drilling operations in Hillsborough County and one each in Lake and Nassau Counties. Idaho. — Completed 90 miles of river utilization surveys on the North Fork of the Coeur d’Alene and Weiser Rivers and tributaries; and surveyed in detail the Leland Glen reservoir and dam site and the Bumble Bee, Evanville, Hultman Creek, Spion Kap, Teddy Creek, Brown, Lost Valley, and Squaw Flats dam sites. Supervised 32 power projects, 74 prospecting permits for oil and gas, 1 lease and 17 permits for coal, and 2 phosphate leases. Kansas. — Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations in western Kansas in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 3 leases and 18 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Louisiana. — Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 17 leases and 2 prospecting permits for oil and gas. Mississippi. — Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State in aid of mineral classification and examined 1 tract each in Attala, Choctaw, Leake, Montgomery, and Webster Counties. Montana. — Examined land in the Rattlesnake Butte area, Petroleum County, for mineral classification. In cooperation with the geologic branch initiated structural and stratigraphic investigations in the Little Rocky Mountains area, Phillips and Fergus Counties. Completed 173 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Middle, North, and South Forks of the Flathead River and tributaries and surveyed in detail 14 square miles in the Glacier View and Big Prairie reservoir and dam sites. Supervised 38 power projects; 117 leases and 859 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land; ajnd 99 leases, 32 permits, and 45 licenses for coal; 7 phosphate leases; 47 oil and gas leases, 2 Indian agency coal mines, and 26 coal and 3 silver-lead-gold leases on Indian land; continued important conservation measures through the plugging and conditioning of abandoned oil wells under Public Works allotments. Nevada. — Completed 17 miles of river surveys on the Carson River (including East Fork) and Marys River and made detailed surveys of the Heenan Lake, Silver King Nos. 1 and 2, Silver Queen, Soda Springs, Chalk Basin, and Hanks Creek dam sites. Supervised 24 power projects, 81 prospecting permits for oil and gas, 4 coal permits, 1 phosphate lease, 6 sodium permits, and 7 potash permits. New Mexico. — Continued an areal, stratigraphic, and subsurface structural investigation in Lea County. In cooperation with the geologic branch initiated an investigation of coal and oil resources of the Lumbarton and Monero districts Rio Arriba County. Completed 158 miles of river utilization surveys on the Pecos River, Rio Chama, and San Juan River; surveyed Dead Man’s Wash in connection with erosion studies; surveyed 16 square miles in Los Osteros, Canon de Chama, El Vado, and Lower Abiquiu reservoir and dam sites; and made detailed surveys of the Tecolote and Los Osteros No. 2 dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 5 dam sites and of Dead Man’s Wash erosion area; continued operations in connection with plugging oil wells and reconditioning water wells under Public Works allotment. Supervised 3 power GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 181 projects; 193 leases and 1,862 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land; 5 oil and gas leases on Indian land; 24 leases and 23 prospecting permits for coal; 9 prospecting permits for sodium; 9 leases and 70 prospecting permits for potash; and 44 sulphur permits. Supervised on Indian land 73 agency coal mines, i North Dakota. — Supervised 1 lease and 25 prospecting permits for oil and gas; 67 leases, 1 permit, and 18 licenses for coal; and 1 permit for sodium. Oklahoma. — Investigated oil and gas operations in western Oklahoma for pur¬ poses of mineral classification. Supervised 3 power projects, 15 leases, and 93 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land and 5,252 oil and gas leases on Indian land. Supervised on segregated tribal and restricted allotted Indian lands 33 leases, 21 permits, and 1 temporary mining permit for coal; 1 asphalt lease and 2 right-of-way leases; supervised on Quapaw Indian lands 40 zinc-lead leases. Oregon. — Completed 131 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Applegate River, Chewaucan River, Deep Creek, Grave Creek, Hood River and tributaries, Nehalem River, and South Umpqua River; and surveyed in detail 5 square miles in the Lower Applegate and Paisley reservoir sites and the Alternate, Cranberry, State, Grave Creek, Elsie, Days Creeks, Shovely and Tiller dam sites. Made geologic and geophysical studies of foundation materials and conditions at 14 dam sites. Supervised 43 power projects, 134 prospecting permits for oil and gas, 1 lease and 4 prospecting permits for coal, 2 sodium permits, 3 potash permits, and 1 oil-shale lease. South Dakota. — Initiated an areal and structural investigation in Butte and Harding Counties for purposes of mineral classification. Supervised 50 prospect¬ ing permits for oil and gas and 6 oil and gas leases on Indian land; 5 leases, 3 permits, and 1 license for coal on public land. Utah. — Examined land in the Diamond Fork area, Utah County, for purposes of mineral classification. Investigated occurrence of carbon dioxide gas in the Farnham area, Carbon County. Continued stratigraphic and structural investi¬ gations in Washington County. In cooperation with the geologic branch initiated a structural and stratigraphic investigation of the Henry Mountains area, Emery, Garfield, and Wayne Counties, and of the Strawberry Valley quadrangle, Utah and Wasatch Counties. Completed 109 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Bear River, Sevier River, and Willard Creek and surveyed in detail 27 square miles in the Otter Creek and Piute reservoir and dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at one dam site; continued opera¬ tions in connection with plugging oil wells and reconditioning water wells under Public Works allotment. Supervised 17 power projects; 25 leases and 884 pros¬ pecting permits for oil and gas on public land and 1 oil and gas lease on Indian land; 48 leases, 57 permits, and 2 licenses for coal; 11 sodium permits, 31 potash permits, and 1 phosphate lease. Washington. — Completed 98 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Cispus, Cowlitz, Sauk, and Toutle Rivers and surveyed in detail 11 square miles in the Mossy Rock and Sauk reservoir sites and the Green River dam site. Made geologic and geophysical studies of foundation materials and conditions at 21 dam sites. Supervised 21 power projects, 12 prospecting permits for oil and gas, 1 lease and 14 permits for coal, 1 sodium permit; 3 silver-gold leases and 4 tungsten leases on Indian lands. Wisconsin. — Supervised 1 power project. Wyoming. — Examined land in the West Dewey area, Weston County, and the Smith Creek area, Carbon County, for purposes of mineral classification. In cooperation with the geologic branch continued phosphate investigations in northern Lincoln County; and structural and stratigraphic investigations in the Cody, Pitchfork, and Shoshone districts, Park County, and the east side of the 182 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Big Horn Basin, Big Horn County. Through the geologic branch examined land in the Cottonwood Creek area, Park County, for purposes of mineral classifica¬ tion. Completed 72 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Bear River and Savery Creek and surveyed in detail 9 square miles in the Yellow Creek reservoir site and the Needles and Lower and Upper Savery Creek dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 2 dam sites. Supervised < 10 power projects, 477 leases and 1,707 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land, 24 oil and gas leases on Indian lands, 56 leases, 60 permits, and 22 licenses for coal, 2 prospecting permits for sodium, and 1 permit for potash. { Performed technical supervision at Emergency Conservation Gamp 858, estab- i lished for conserving coal deposits. WORK ON PUBLICATIONS Texts. — The book publications of the year numbered 57 and con¬ tained 5,760 pages. Besides these publications 30 brief papers in mimeographed form were issued as memoranda for the press. During the year 38,785 pages of manuscript were edited and prepared for printing, 1,397 galley proofs were read, and 6,385 page proofs were revised. Indexes were prepared for 39 publications, covering 6,310 pages. Copy and proof or stencils for 580 pages of multigraph or mimeograph matter were read. During the year 22 foreign letters, in German, French, Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese were translated. Illustrations. — The section of illustrations prepared 2,213 drawings and photographs, transmitted 1,154 illustrations to accompany 44 : reports, received and examined 569 proofs, and examined 82 edition prints. Geologic map editing and drafting. — The geologic map of Texas, scale 1:500,000 was completed and published. This map is in four parts, each 50 by 40 inches, and is printed in 23 colors, with 108 map units represented by patterns. This map was prepared and drafted, the proof read, and the color printing directed in this section. A total of 213 illustrations, comprising geologic maps, sections, and diagrams, were drawn in the section, and illustrations for 27 papers were edited. Proofs of 18 geologic maps and sections were read. Distribution. — A total of 353 publications, comprising 57 new books and pamphlets, 96 new or revised topographic and other maps, 199 reprinted topographic and other maps, and 1 geologic map, were | received during the year. Several special pamphlets and forms for administrative use were also delivered and distributed. The total units of all publications received numbered 140,802 books and pam¬ phlets and 673,590 topographic and other maps, a grand total of 814,392. The division distributed 101,827 books and pamphlets, 3,413 geologic folios, and 746,820 maps, a grand total of 852,060, of which 3,051 folios and 645,123 maps were sold. The net proceeds (gross collections less copying fees and amounts refunded) from the sales of publications were $37,963.17, including $37,136.32 for topo- GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 183 graphic and geologic maps and $826.85 for geologic folios. In addition to this $10,308.74 was repaid by other establishments of the Federal Government at whose request maps or folios were furnished. The total receipts, therefore, were $48,271.91. Engraving and 'printing. — During the year 70 newly engraved topo¬ graphic maps including 4 revised maps, were printed, and 26 special maps, making a total of 96 new maps printed and delivered. Of the newly engraved maps 45 were completed under the Public Works allotment. Corrections were engraved on the plates of 413 maps. Reprint editions of 184 engraved topographic maps and 15 photo- lithographed State and other maps were printed and delivered. In addition, 81 new topographic maps had been engraved and were in- press June 30, including 56 under Public Works allotment, and the? I engraving of 161 other new topographic maps was in hand, including 93 under Public Works allotment. One new geologic map was printed, the edition amounting to 4,550 copies. Of new and reprinted maps, 296 different editions, amounting to 673,590 copies, were delivered. A large amount of work was done for 68 other units of the Govern¬ ment and State governments, and the charges for it amounted to about $220,000, for which the appropriation for engraving and printing geologic and topographic maps was reimbursed. Transfer impressions numbering 386 were made during the year and the amount turned over to miscellaneous receipts was $179.90. Of topographic maps, geologic maps, and contract and miscellaneous work of all kinds, a grand total of 3,441,687 copies were printed and delivered. The photographic laboratory made 16,111 negatives (including 5,408 wet plates for photolithographs, 585 wet plates for photographic prints, 35 paper negatives, 3,010 dry plates, 471 lantern slides, 406 half-tone negatives, and 6,196 field negatives), 23,518 prints (including 2,093 maps and diagrams, 21,010 photographs for illustrations and records, and 415 bromide enlargements), 4,674 zinc plates, 400 intaglio etchings, and 11 celluloid prints and mounted 5,165 prints. LIBRARY The library served nearly 10,000 readers during the year, about half of them not members of the Geological Survey. The total number of i books, pamphlets, and serial parts circulated amounted to more than 46,000 items. Books borrowed from other libraries for the use of the [ Geological Survey numbered 1,249, and 1,310 books were loaned to other libraries. Loans to members of the Survey and to other indi¬ viduals privileged to borrow books increased from 7,299 to 8,537. Nearly 19,000 new books, pamphlets, and serial parts and more than 1,500 maps and charts were received during the year, and more than 10,000 new cards were filed in the catalog. 184 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The most satisfactory feature of the year was the authorization for binding of 1,784 volumes at a cost of approximately $7,000, but the library’s urgent needs for binding remain at 17,000 volumes, as of the accessions during the last 2 years many paper-covered volumes are in immediate need of binding. The bibliography of North American geology for 1935-36 was -delivered to the editor in April and is in press as Bulletin 892. The volume contains 4,716 entries, as compared to 3,836 entries in the volume for 1933-34. During the year some 1,600 Geological Survey reports were trans¬ ferred from the library to the division of distribution. APPROPRIATIONS AND EXPENDITURES The appropriation made directly for the work of the Geological Survey for the fiscal year 1937 included 10 items, amounting to $2,807,817, of which $76,804.88 remained unobligated on June 30, 1937. In addition, $5,000 was allotted from appropriations for the Interior Department for miscellaneous supplies. Classifications of Obligations Incurred by the United States Geological Survey During the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1937 Salaries Topo¬ graphic surveys Geologic surveys Alaskan mineral resources Gaging streams Salaries of permanent employees . Wages of temporary employees . Supplies and materials . . . - . Dead storage of passenger-carrying vehicles.. $140,385.69 $591,058. 35 561, 957. 06 13, 258. 64 21. 31 966. 15 1, 275.29 114,400.23 1, 182. 98 5,025. 27 53, 337. 0? 136, 352. 61 $421, 393. 25 25, 796. 99 6, 515.84 $41, 405. 87 3, 800.91 629.91 $848, 714. 56 212, 918. 69 36, 107. 14 19.59 175. 94 5, 143. 60 112, 945. 93 10, 521. 96 8,903. 35 33,080. 11 4, 897. 80 174.90 3, 037. 16 35, 488. 48 30.00 11, 784. 77 13, 905. 55 40, 604, 72 34, 523. 22 21, 221. 93 156, 544. 29 Other storage and pasturage of animals . Communication services . . . Travel expenses _ _ 322. 78 339.20 29, 460. 78 2,045. 67 2, 042. 60 6,840.50 4,451.81 5. 56 10, 660. 38 Hire, maintenance, repair, and operation of passenger-carrying vehicles _ _ _ Transportation rkf things . . _ _ 357.80 Hire, maintenance, repair, and operation of froifTht-oarTvino' vehicles. _ _ Printing and binding- _ 85.99 Furnishing of heat, light, power, water, and electricity __ _ _ _ _ Rents _ .. . _ 39.41 7, 073. 36 78. 95 1,065. 93 1, 135. 02 70, 109. 38 14, 600. 34 221. 13 3, 962. 12 72.70 2, 407. 80 4, 842. 03 5, 006. 75 3, 985. 34 600.00 156.96 Repairs and alterations . . . Special and miscellaneous current expenses. . Purchase of passenger-carrying vehicles - Purchase of freight-carrying vehicles. _ Purchase of scientific instruments and parts . Othpr equipment. _ _ _ _ ._ 1,993.48 Structures and parts _ .. _ Miscellaneous refunds, adjustments and transfers.. .. . _ 104, 796. 54 463. 99 25.00 Total . . . 140, 385. 69 1,677,733.89 520, 171. 28 59, 721. 86 1, 590, 743. 69 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 185 Classifications of Obligations Incurred by the United States Geological Survey During the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1937 — Continued Classifi¬ cation of lands Printing and bind¬ ing Prepara¬ tion of illustra¬ tions Geologic and topo¬ graphic maps Mineral leasing Total Salaries of permanent employees. Wages of temporary employees. _ $83, 284. 20 2, 379. 95 1, 070.42 $21, 105. 10 256. 24 $240, 780. 92 68.53 59,808. 30 $332, 646. 52 55, 533. 38 3. 491. 24 55.00 22.00 2. 708. 72 22, 839. 65 12, 147. 29 2. 825. 25 1, 750. 56 743.51 3,972. 35 1, 173. 65 20,049.89 89.31 11, 730. 56 $2,720,774.46 862, 455. 51 121, 137. 73 95.90 1, 619. 67 9, 609. 71 296, 814. 80 27,056.84 19, 822. 31 95,879. 73 264, 317. 03 4, 147. 25 5, 071. 35 77,077. 13 270.96 27, 599. 09 19,882.60 116, 949. 77 90, 605. 23 21, 221. 93 263, 453. 89 Dead storage of passenger-carry- Other storage and pasturage of 132. 80 122. 03 6,402. 61 1, 158. 94 187. 25 871. 49 657. 32 Communicatiou services . . Travel expenses _ 15. 31 105. 22 Hire, maintenance, repair, and operation of passenger-carrying vehicles _ Transportation of things - Hire, maintenance, repair, and operation of freight-carrying vehicles _ 480. 79 Printing and binding _ _ $117,000.00 127. 99 Furnishing of heat, light, power, j water, and electricity _ Rents _ Repairs and alterations _ _ Special and miscellaneous current expenses _ _ _ _ 193.43 10, 152. 89 Purchase of passenger-carrying vehicles _ _ 610. 03 • Purchase of freight-carrying ve¬ hicles _ _ 1 Purchase of scientific instruments and parts _ _ _ 695. 15 1, 688. 91 16.88 13, 774. 52 516. 89 20, 039. 42 Other equipment _ Structures and parts. _ Miscellaneous refunds, adjust¬ ments and transfers _ 150.94 918. 13 555. 00 Total . 99, 605. 47 117,000.00 21, 489. 33 326, 121. 49 492, 890. 19 5, 045,862.89 In addition to the above amounts, there was expended directly by cooperating agencies $64,151.82 for topographic surveys and $403,570.02 for stream gaging. APPENDIX and planimetric mapping by the Geological Survey in the United States, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii, to June 30, 1937 186 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 187 188 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Summary of Outstanding Mineral Withdrawals and Classifications June 30, 1937, in acres State Coal Oil Oil shale Phosphate Potash With¬ drawn Classified as coal land With¬ drawn Class- fied as oil land With¬ drawn Classi¬ fied as oil-shale land With¬ drawn Classi¬ fied as phos¬ phate land With¬ drawn Alaska _ 56, 993 Arizona _ 139, 415 Arkansas _ 61, 160 8, 720 3, 082, 272 California _ _ 17, 603 4, 142, 233 1, 178, 392 215, 370 90, 324 Colorado _ 1, 172, 778 952, 239 Florida _ 66, 796 276, 239 120 270, 036 Idaho 11, 520 4, 603 Louisiana _ 466, 990 1, 336, 697 4,233 67,651 Montana _ 6, 259, 193 83, 673 4, 119, 616 5, 954, 364 4, 361 19, 373,884 280, 089 3, 833 Nevada 39, 422 9, 282, 160 New Mexico 984, 829 11, 178, 286 18, 887 250, 093 1, 267, 697 141,444 3 6, 847,235 North Dakota... Oregon _ 84,894 South Dakota _ Utah _ 3, 404, 043 691, 801 2, 143, 991 21, 344, 473 2, 737, 274 2, 703, 755 277, 344 2, 937 Washington.. .. Wyoming _ 541, 777 2, 079, 897 425, 214 989, 133 25, 293 Total _ 26, 971, 813 33, 276, 103 5, 168, 593 71, 884 5, 989, 949 4, 081, 208 1, 889, 601 302, 219 9,411,906 i Includes 3,151 acres of coal land reserved for use of the United States (coal reserve no. 1). ’ Includes 13,578 acres withdrawn as helium reserve. 3 Includes 2,078 acres of coal land reserved for use of the United States (coal reserve no. 2). General Summary of Cases Involving Land Classification Class of cases Record for fiscal year 1936-37 Record since receipt of first case Pend¬ ing prior to July 1. 1936 Re¬ ceived during fiscal year Total Acted on during fiscal year Pend¬ ing June 30, 1937 Gain or loss during fiscal year Re¬ ceived Acted on Mineral leasing laws: Permit applications. . . 9 302 311 294 17 -8 62, 353 62, 336 Lease applications _ 209 1, 837 2,046 1, 635 411 -202 4,318 3, 907 Committee cases _ 13 289 302 290 12 +1 13, 157 13, 145 Concurrence _ _ 21 1, 537 1, 558 1, 494 64 -43 Interference (surface rights) 10 90 100 90 10 Unit operation plans ... _ 595 547 1, 142 981 161 +434 1, 343 1,182 Cases involved in unit plans _ 2,528 783 3,311 2,345 966 +1, 562 4,042 3,076 Development (drilling opera¬ tions, etc.) . . 5 56 61 59 2 +3 17, 579 17, 577 Mineral classification: Oil and gas (including “349”) _ 130 1,402 1, 532 1, 268 264 -134 29,943 29, 679 Water and power: Federal Power Commission: Preliminary permits _ .. 5 48 53 41 12 -7 446 434 Determinations under sec. 24. 19 36 55 52 3 +16 628 625 Classification _ _ _ 1 6 7 4 3 -2 557 554 Rights-of-way . . . 15 138 153 123 30 -15 7, 326 7,296 Irrigation project reports. ... 2 2 2 +2 944 944 General information: General Land Office (coops., etc.). . _ 9 376 385 358 27 -18 Indian Office _ 9, 549 9.549 Total _ _ _ _ 3, 571 7, 447 Ul,018 9,036 1,982 +1, 589 i Includes all cases pending at beginning of fiscal year. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 189 Mineral Production from Public Lands and Revenues accrued therefrom, Fiscal Year 1937 State Petro¬ leum (barrels) Natural gas (M cubic feet) Gasoline (gallons) Coal (short tons) Potas¬ sium (short tons) Sodium (short tons) Phos¬ phate (short tons) Accrued revenues 134, 115 70, 326 73 597, 299 1, 136 $7, 181. 55 7, 032. 64 3, 468, 274. 98 162, 905. 43 2, 557. 95 64, 950, 70 105, 657. 39 160. 00 652, 676. 03 29, 656. 85 20, 516. 90 206. 75 508. 84 133, 999. 44 2, 778. 86 1, 601, 671. 80 Alabama _ California . . Colorado . . Idaho 18, 773, 946 1, 156, 234 39, 758, 420 2, 679, 558 68, 320, 426 88, 858 68, 439 1, 499 23, 359 Louisiana _ 204, 630 473, 719 1, 457, 774 2, 391, 952 17, 706 Montana _ 359, 698 2,745 Nevada _ New Mexico . North Dakota _ 5, 632, 723 16, 397, 193 1, 059, 270 46, 012 477, 472 449, 584 5,932 Oklahoma _ _ 121, 769 262, 395 Oregon . . 27 2, 832 1, 329, 040 27, 788 1, 175, 385 South Dakota _ Utah... . . 611 107, 794 11, 856 Washington _ Wyoming _ 10, 488, 279 15, 652, 570 27, 961, 659 Total . Total 1936... . 36, 877, 412 34, 371, 038 78, 445. 261 75, 016, 349 97, 722, 170 95, 291, 995 4, 221, 203 4, 062, 189 449, 584 378, 601 75, 870 57, 610 26, 104 50, 732 6, 260, 277. 27 5,172, 768.84 Figures for oil, gas, and gasoline from Louisiana, New Mexico, and Oklahoma are for 11 months ended May 31, 1937. PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION George W. Holland, Director THE act approved by the President on February 22, 1935 (49 Stat. 30), regulating interstate and foreign commerce in petroleum and its products by prohibiting the shipment in such commerce of petroleum and its products produced in violation of State law, generally known as the Connally Act, was to have expired June 16, 1937, but by the act of Congress approved by the President, June 14, 1937 (Public No. 145, 75th Cong., 1st sess.), the act was extended to June 30, 1939. By Executive Order No. 6979, dated February 28, 1935, the Secre¬ tary of the Interior was designated by the President to execute certain powers and functions vested in the President by the law, and sub¬ sequently Executive Orders Nos. 6980--B, 6980-C of March 1, 1935, Executive Order No. 7024-B of April 25, 1935, and Executive Order No. 7129-A of August 6, 1935, were issued for the enforcement of the law. The Secretary of the Interior by Orders Nos. 1054 and 1057, dated March 14 and March 31, 1936, established the Petroleum Conserva¬ tion Division to advise and assist him in the enforcement of the act and in the administration of Federal Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1, both located at Kilgore, Tex. The Division is also authorized to discuss the work of any agency dealing with oil and gas, recommend action on any case brought to its attention, co¬ ordinate information, and, through appropriate channels, act as the contact agency with the Interstate Oil Compact Commission (see H. J. Res. 407, approved Aug. 27, 1935, Public Res. No. 64, 74th Cong., and S. J. Res. 183, approved Aug. 10, 1937, Public Res. No. 57, 75th Cong.), present required data to the Congress, attend oil and gas conferences in which the Department is interested, cooperate with the oil-producing States in the study of physical waste and the enactment of uniform oil and gas conservation laws, and contact other depart¬ ments of the Government whose work deals in any measure with oil and gas. 190 PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 191 Federal Tender Board No. 1 was established by Executive Order No. 6980-C on March 1, 1935, to operate in a designated area known as the East Texas Field, which includes the counties of Gregg, Upshur, Smith, Rusk, and a part of Cherokee. The Board is required to issue •certificates of clearance, or tenders, permitting the shipment in inter¬ state commerce of petroleum and its products whenever it determines that the petroleum or petroleum products does not constitute contra¬ band oil. Contraband oil is defined as petroleum which, or any •constituent part of which, was produced, transported, or withdrawn from storage in excess of the amounts permitted to be produced, trans¬ ported, or withdrawn from storage under the laws of a State or any regulation or order prescribed thereunder by any board, commission, officer, or other duly authorized agency of such State, or any of the products of such petroleum. Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1 was established by Executive Order No. 7024-B, dated April 25, 1935, to exercise all duties and functions pertaining or incidental to investigations necessary to the enforcement of the Connally Act and to investigate and report on all applications for tenders. The administration of the act is essentially a field activity. Of the 72 persons employed at the close of the fiscal year, 58 were in the field and 14 in Washington. It has been necessary to establish but one tender board, that in east Texas. Should the need arise, additional boards can be established by the President. The law is effective, however, in other fields, although the tender system is not employed. The Rodessa Field in Louisiana, Texas, and Arkansas, was under constant observation, and examinations were made in other areas, such as Corpus Christi, Conroe, and Talco. Reports covering opera¬ tions in Oklahoma, New Mexico, and Kansas were received and checked periodically. THE EAST TEXAS FIELD The need for a tender board in the East Texas Field is evident when the magnitude of the area is understood. This field is about 50 miles long and 3.5 to 10 miles wide. It contains more than 130,000 acres of productive territory in which 23,000 oil wells were producing in June 1937. Two-thirds of the flowing oil wells in the State of Texas are in this area. The field produces about 15 percent of the national crude oil output or nearly as much as the aggregate production from all of the wells in Louisiana, Kansas, and New Mexico, the three States which rank fourth, fifth, and sixth in national output. At the time the field was discovered in 1930, it contained at least one-fourth of the oil reserves of the entire United States. During the fiscal year, the reported production of crude oil in east Texas w^as 160,717,784 barrels, 192 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR of which 148,167,000 barrels, or 92 percent was shipped from the field i on Federal tenders. Although only 8 percent of the crude oil is refined in the field, the petroleum products, including casinghead gasoline and butane, moving on Federal tenders totaled 23,230,000 barrels during the year. For summary of refineries operating in the East Texas field, see tables A and A-l and for summary of casinghead operations see table B. The Federal Government and the State of Texas have worked together in east Texas in the prevention of waste with the result that ! the ultimate productive capacity of the field has been greatly extended. It has been estimated that the recoverable oil from the field has been i increased about 30 percent or 600,000,000 barrels, which would be equal to the discovery of 60 average size oil fields. With the Federal Government prohibiting the shipment of contra¬ band oil in interstate commerce and the State government disapprov¬ ing its movement intrastate, the market for contraband oil is practi¬ cally destroyed and the production of such oil in east Texas has been reduced to a fraction of 1 percent. During the fiscal year, the Federal Tender Board and the Federal i Petroleum Agency received and considered a total of 6,420 applications ! for tenders, of which 4,120 were for 227,104,844 barrels of crude petroleum, and 2,300 for 23,187,091 barrels refined products. All of i the applications were approved by the Board except 65 for crude : petroleum and 28 for refined products. Tenders were issued for 223,742,735 barrels of crude petroleum, j Applications not approved totaled 2,670,463 barrels and applications- * pending totaled 974,964 barrels. For refined products, tenders were issued for 23,230,065 barrels. Applications for refined products nob 1 approved totaled 33,650 barrels and applications pending totaled 176,474 barrels. Of the total production allowable of 163,245,068 barrels for the East Texas Field during the fiscal year, 99.15 percent was represented by wells reported to the Tender Board. Almost all of the crude oil shipped from the East Texas Field on Fed¬ eral tenders moved through 12 trunk pipe lines and various gathering systems. For details of this operation see tables C and C-l. The principal activities of Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1 have been in the east Texas area. Throughout the fiscal year continuous efforts were made by the Agency to detect violations and to prepare and present cases to the Department of Justice. As of June 30, 1936, 84 investigations were PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 193 pending and during the fiscal year, 124 new investigative cases were set up by the Agency and assigned to members of the staff. At the close of the year, 66 cases were pending. A total of 31 cases were referred to the Department of Justice. The marine unit at Houston, Tex., was discontinued during the fiscal year. During the fiscal year examiners were assigned to the Kodessa, Corpus Christi, and Houston areas, and investigations were made and reports prepared under the Connally Act in certain fields of southern Louisiana and west Texas. In the East Texas Field a check was made of a large number of leases to determine whether such leases could make their full allowable in accordance with the rules and regu¬ lations of the Railroad Commission of Texas. The following table shows the expenditures made of available funds: Personal Services Agency Appropriation Petroleum Conservation Division _ $50, 900 Federal Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1 _ 151, 875 Total _ _ _ _ 202, 775 Miscellaneous Class Appropriation Materials and supplies _ $13, 866 Communications _ 2, 123 Travel _ 6, 695 Transportation of things _ 351 Printing and binding _ 1, 192 Rent of buildings _ 11, 017 Equipment _ 1, 675 Total _ 36, 919 Total obligated _ _ _ 239, 694 Unobligated _ 60, 306 Total funds available _ 300, 000 Personnel as of June 30, 1936: Washington Field Total Petroleum Conservation Division (including Federal Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1) _ _ 19 78 97 Personnel as of June 30, 1937: Petroleum Conservation Division (including Federal Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1) _ _ 14 58 72 194 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS Refineries Operating in the East Texas Field and Reporting to the Federal Tender Board No. 1, Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1937 CRUDE PETROLEUM Barrels Stocks 7 a. m., beginning of period . . . . . . . . 303, 676 Receipts: East Texas crude via pipe line . 11, 460, 648 East Texas crude via trucks . . . . . 10, 940 East Texas crude from casinghead plants. . 383 Rodessa crude via pipe line . . . . 688, 639 Talco crude via pipe line . . . . . . . . 16, 020 Talco crude via tank car . . . . . . . 147, 221 Southwest Texas crude via tank car . . . 162, 159 Total crude to be accounted for . . . . . . . . . . 12, 789, 686 Disposition: Percent East Texas crude charged to stills . 92. 01 _. 11, 395, 634 Rodessa crude charged to stills . . . 5. 34.. 660, 989 Talco crude charged to stills . . . . 1. 37.. 169, 516 Southwest Texas crude charged to stills . . . . . . . 1. 28.. 158, 202 Total crude distilled . . . 100.00.. 12,384,341 East Texas crude burned at refineries . . . . . . 183 East Texas crude transferred to fuel oil . . . . . . . 132 East Texas crude delivered to pipe lines . . . . . 37, 274 Adjustments in crude stocks. . . . . . 1, 138 Crude sold or otherwise disposed of . . 2, 207 Stocks 7 a. m., close of period . . . 280, 874 12, 706, 149 Net difference in stocks during period . . . 83, 537 Total crude accounted for . . . . . . . 12, 789, 686 TABLE A-1 Refineries Operating in the East Texas Field and Reporting to the Federal Tender Board No. 1, Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1937 REFINED PRODUCTS— STOCKS, DELIVERIES, AND YIELDS ‘ Product Stocks 7 a. m., end of period Deliveries Stocks 7 a. m., beginning of period Casinghead gasoline blended and other products received Add* Manufac¬ tured Per¬ cent yield Fuel oil . . 50, 107 116,414 20, 986 6, 095 39,833 2, 529, 552 7, 632, 683 615, 285 675, 745 641, 487 48,004 119, 768 22. 233 24; 985 119, 375 132 232, 227 958 24, 931 8, 752 3,031 4, 665 14, 399 2, 556, 454 7, 405, 854 616, 111 661. 520 563, 073 581, 329 20.643 59. 800 4. 975 5. 341 4.547 4.694 Gasoline and naphtha.... Kerosene _ Gas oil distillate _ Unfinished oils _ 13, 271 Loss in refining Total . 233,435 12, 094, 752 334, 365 246, 588 55, 778 12, 384, 341 100. 000 1 All figures in barrels. * Stocks of refineries discontinuing operations or reports during fiscal year. PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 195 Summary of Casinghead Plant Operations in the East Texas Field/ Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1937 Monthly average Number of plants operating in the field... . . . . . 19 Number of plants reporting to the Federal Tender Board No. 1 . . . . . 17 Number of wells feeding 16 plants _ _ 18, 921 Allowable oil for above wells (barrels) . . 11, 863, 166 Fiscol year totals ( million cubic feet ) Gas received from leases . . . . . . 47, 202, 161 Still gases received from refineries . 425, 652 Total gas processed . . . . . . . . . . 47, 627, 813 Stocks beginning of period: Barrels Barrels Casinghead gasoline . . . 29, 975 Straight run gasoline . 1,324 Naphtha.... . 1, 654 Total stocks beginning of period . 32, 953 Casinghead gasoline, butane, and propane manufactured from lease gas . 1 4, 387, 209 Gasoline manufactured from still gases. . . . . . 56, 692 Total manufactured . . . . . . . 4,443,901 Casinghead gasoline received at plants . . . . 6, 696 Naphtha and straight run gasoline received for further processing . . . 154, 255 Total supply . 4, 637, 805 Shipments of casinghead gasoline intrastate . . . 2, 770, 311 Shipments of casinghead gasoline interstate . 1, 765, 026 Total shipments . . . . . .* 4, 535, 337 Evaporation and handling loss . . . . . 42, 151 Casinghead and butanes vented and flared . 34, 734 Stocks 7 a. m. end of period: Casinghead gasoline . . . 23, 386 Straight run gasoline . 1, 192 Naphtha . . . 1, 005 Total stocks end of period . . . . . 25, 583 Total disposition . 4, 637, 805 Average monthly allowable oil per well (barrels) . 626. 46 Average monthly gas production per well (million cubic feet) . . . 207. 88 Average gas-oil ratio of wells (cubic feet per barrel) . . . 331. 85 Average gallons casinghead gasoline, butane, and propane per million cubic feet well gas . . 3. 90 Average gallons gasoline per million cubic feet still gas . . . 5. 59 1 Includes 316,868 barrels butanes and 11,839 barrels propanes. * Includes butanes and propanes. 196 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Summary of Operations, 12 Trunk Pipe Lines and Various Gathering Systems Operating in the East Texas Field and Reporting to the Federal Tender Board No. 1, Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1937 ACCOUNTABLE CRUDE PETROLEUM AND PRODUCTS Stocks 7 a. m. beginning of period: Barrels Barrels E ast Texas crude . — . . . . 3, 688, 479 Rodessa crude . . . — . — . . 177, 114 Van crude . . . . Topped crude . . . . . . . . Gasoline _ _ _ Casinghead gasoline- . . . . 1,760 Total opening stocks _ 3, 867, 353 Receipts: East Texas crude run from leases of reporting producers _ 160, 861, 929 East Texas crude run from leases of delinquent producers . . 111, 879 Total east Texas crude run from leases _ _ _ _ _ _ 160, 973, 808 East Texas crude from gasoline and reclamation plants _ _ 94, 753 East Texa> crude from nonreporting pipe lines in field _ _ 37, 522 East Texas weathered crude from broker _ _ _ _ _ 9, 870 East Texas crude from refineries _ 45, 818 Rodessa crude from Rodessa field . . 4, 292, 736 Talco crude from Talco field _ _ _ _ 19,008 Van crude from Van field.. . . . . . 223, 502 Total crude receipts _ _ _ _ _ _ 165, 697, 017 Topped crude received from refineries _ _ _ 470, 973 Kerosene received from refineries . . . . . . . . 12, 412 Recycle stock received from refineries _ _ _ _ _ _ 2, 594 G asol i ne received from refineries . . . 69, 713 Casinghead gasoline from gasoline plants . . 3, 168, 824 Total petroleum products received into lines . . . . . 3, 724, 5 1 6 Net overage reported: East Texas crude . 48,008 Van crude . . 3,028 Gasoline.. . 17 Tot al net overage reported . . . . . . . . 51, 053 Total receipts and opening stocks _ _ _ _ _ _ 173, 339, 939 Less net corrections in various monthly opening stocks... . . . . 19, 105 Net crude and products to be accounted for _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 173, 320,834 Interline receipts _ ... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 70, 911, 345 Total of all oils handled . 244, 232, 179 PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 197 TABLE C-1 CRUDE PETROLEUM AND PRODUCTS ACCOUNTED FOR Deliveries: Barrels Barrels East Texas crude direct from field... . . . 148, 167, 139 Rodessa crude direct from field . . . . . . 3, 074, 828 Van crude direct from field . . 226, 272 Talco crude d irect from field . 2, 988 Topped crude direct from field . - 407, 407 Kerosene direct from field . . . . 13, 736 Gasoline direct from field . . . . . . 58, 705 Casinghead gasoline direct from field _ _ _ 3, 149, 140 Total deliveries direct from field . . . 155, 100, 215 East Texas crude'to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1 _ _ _ 11,458,157 Rodessa crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1. 688, 639 Talco crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1— 16, 020 Total crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1. 12, 162, 816 East Texas crude to east Texas refineries not reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1 . . . . 916,973 Topped crude to East Texas refineries not reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1 . . . . 116,163 Total crude delivered to refineries _ _ _ _ _ 13, 195, 952 East Texas crude delivered to reclamation plants. . . . . . . 627 East Texas crude delivered to pipe lines not reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1 . . . . 20, 173 East Texas crude delivered to broker not reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ ,, . . 956 East Texas crude consumed in Field . . . . . . . . 31, 613 \ Recycle stock delivered to east Texas refineries . . . . . 2, 594 Net shortage reported: E ast Texas crude . . . . . . 9, 545 1 Rodessa crude _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 10, 943 Van crude . . . . . . . 258 Topped crude . . . . . . . . 1 ; Casinghead gasoline . . . . . . . . 18,396 Total net shortage . . . . . . . . . 39, 143 Stocks 7 a. m. close of period: E ast Texas crude . . . 4, 384, 662 ► Rodessa crude . . . . . . . . 523, 764 Van crude . . . . . . . . . . Topped crude. . . . . . . . 839 ) Gasoline. . . . . . . . . . 11,025 Casinghead gasoline- . . . 9,371 Total closing stocks _ _ _ _ _ 4, 929, 661 Total crude and products accounted for . . . . . . . 173, 320, 834 Interline deliveries . . . . . . . 70, 911, 345 Total of all oils handled. 244, 232, 179 OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS John Collier, Commissioner THE Federal Government, working through the Office of Indian Affairs, has had the traditional role of guardian of Indian property and protector of Indians. As conservator, the Indian Office has- been at times faithless, and through most of later times ineffective. In recent years, protections for Indian property have been tightened, but it has not been until the past 3 years that the tide has been turned and that Indian property has begun to increase in amount and value. Of the 130,000,000 acres held in trust for Indians by the Government in 1887, when the General Allotment Act was passed, some 49,000,000 of the poorest acres remained in 1933. At the close of the fiscal year 1937, this amount had been increased to approximately 52,650,000' acres, with additional purchases pending. Land has not only been acquired for Indians, been safeguarded from slipping away: Indian land, through allocations of emergency funds, is being rebuilt. Only a beginning has been made, but already the healing of damaged Indian ranges, the protection of Indian timber and the blessing of new water supplies have helped to revitalize Indian land. More important, even, than economic benefits from augmented resources have been the reorganization of Indian enterprise and the kindling of confidence among Indian groups in their undertakings of tribal enterprise. This report, which tells something of the work of the past year, deals first with this progress in Indian reorganization, then with efforts to conserve and administer Indians’ physical resources and to provide Indians with a source of livelihood, then with education of Indian children and the Indian health program. It concludes with a discussion of the steps being taken to improve the mechanics of the Indian Service, and with a brief mention of problems yet unsolved. 198 OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 199 TRIBAL GOVERNMENT PROBLEMS The problems which immediately confront newly organized tribes » are several, but perhaps the most immediate and most pressing is I that of getting funds on which to operate. Tribal funds, which are derived from a cash conversion of tribal capital assets or from income on tribal property, are deposited in the Treasury and cannot be appropriated to tribal use except by Congress or, in some instances, with the approval of the Secretary of the Interior. Therefore, even though tribes may have funds to their credit, under still-existing law L they are in the position of incompetent wards with inheritances lying securely in the hands of a guardian. These tribes must find [ their own sources of revenue. If they are fortunate enough still to [ own unallotted tribal land, they may cause the rental on the land to be paid into their tribal treasury instead of into the Federal Treasury, as previous law required. Several tribes have already taken steps ! to bring about this change of procedure, and others will follow. ! This advantage, as has been pointed out, is accessible only to tribes owning undivided communal land. As tribes become incorporated and borrow money from the act’s revolving credit fund to establish and develop business or agricultural enterprises, other revenue will come in. Such revenue will also be under tribal rather than governmental control. Another means of securing revenue, the possibilities of which have scarcely been explored as yet, would be a system of fees for services which the tribal govern- i ment renders its members and for privileges which it extends to nonmembers. This task of obtaining revenue to cover the costs of ! tribal government operations is critical, and in its solution will he the future of successful group activity for many tribes. The land tangle. — A problem scarcely less important is that of land utilization and management. It is most graphically illustrated in the case of heirship lands wdiich have become so entangled in a welter of fractionate ownership that Indians and agency officials alike get to the point of throwing up their hands in despair. Meantime, the land lies idle or is leased, usually to non-Indians. Through the machinery for exchange of lands, which the Reorganization Act authorizes, an indication is given of how the problem might be solved. It could be solved far more quickly if money were available to purchase lands in such dolorous standing. It can be appreciated, however, how much money would be required when it is considered that approximately 7,000,000 acres are involved. At one reservation, Flathead in Montana, the Indians have taken the initiative in this matter by having a bill introduced in Congress which would permit them to use their own tribal funds for the purchase of lands within the reservation borders. This would allow them to purchase not only heirship lands but lands which have gone into white ownership. 200 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Applied anthropology aids in administration. — The Indian Service continues to make use of applied anthropology in formulating its policies and in dealing with Indian groups. The small anthropological staff has continued to devote its efforts primarily to the gathering of social and economic facts regarding tribes or groups which are organiz¬ ing either under the Indian Reorganization Act, the Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act, or the Alaska Act. The main concern has been to see that the constitutions are really based on the contemporary social and economic life of the people concerned. Unfortunately, the staff has been too small to gather basic facts for all tribes which are organizing. During the current year the applied anthropology staff was reor¬ ganized from dollar-a-year positions to regular civil service status. TRIBAL ORGANIZATION At the end of the fiscal year, 65 tribes, representing an Indian population of 86,238, had adopted constitutions and by laws, to which formal approval had been given by the Secretary of the Interior. Of these tribes, 32 had ratified charters of incorporation, the population of this latter group being 34,492. Constitutions and charters for additional groups were in process of being drafted and considered, and will be voted upon in the course of the fiscal year 1938. Oklahoma groups begin to organize. — The figures above are exclusive of the Oklahoma tribes, where organization work did not begin until a few months before the close of the fiscal year. There are approxi¬ mately 38 tribal groups eligible for organization in Oklahoma. Some will probably not undertake formal reorganization. At present, two constitutions have been voted upon, in elections in which not a dis¬ senting vote was cast. One charter has been ratified, in an election likewise unanimous. What reorganization work in Oklahoma thus far has disclosed is the fact that interest in tribal survival has endured in spite of the almost complete destruction of tribal reservations and tribal govern¬ ments. Particularly in eastern Oklahoma among the Five Civilized Tribes, the idea has been prevalent that tribal feeling had largely disappeared. Actually, among the Creeks and to lesser extent among the Cherokees, native patterns of community organization and group action have persisted. Organization of Alaskan villages. — The problem of organizing the Alaska natives is complicated by several factors. First, by the great distances between villages, to which the lack of transportation and the enduring winter add immeasurably. Transportation is limited to boats for coast travel and to dog teams for interior travel — both of which are slow; and to airplane travel, which, while rapid, is expensive. Actually, the cost of transportation by boat or dog team, considering the amount of time, is about as expensive as air travel. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 201 Organization work also is complicated in that the Alaska natives, with some exceptions, do not fall into well-defined tribal groups occupying definite geographical areas and having a tradition of tribal organization and a background of governmental recognition. Tribes in the United States, while they have been scattered and tribal governments have been broken down, at least have behind them a history of a common life upon Indian reservations. There is no such history in Alaska, and even the status of land ownership is an ambiguous one which in some cases may have to be clarified before organization work can proceed. At the close of the year, nine constitutions had been submitted to Washington by village groups in Alaska, and these were being re¬ viewed. The Hopi organize. — Few anthropologists or students of Hopi life were ready to believe that the Hopi Indians in Arizona would ever agree to come together. There are nine independent villages at Hopi, speaking two unrelated languages (Hopi and Tewa), besides various dialects. There was practically no tradition of concerted tribal action. Added to this were important social differences, unlike in¬ terests, even rivalries, and extreme divergencies in the acceptance of white culture. These were the elements which had to be welded together into a working agreement of. representative government. Also, the Hopi were inclined to suspect any suggestion of self-improve¬ ment emanating from Washington. What seemed to be the impossible was accomplished. Approxi¬ mately 50 percent of the eligible voters came to the polls in October 1936, and of the ballots cast 80 percent were in favor of the constitu¬ tion. The preamble of the rather remarkable Hopi document speaks of it as “a way of working together for peace and agreement between the villages, and of preserving the good things of Hopi life, and to provide a way of organizing to deal with modern problems, with the United States Government and with the outside world generally.” MAKING CREDIT AVAILABLE Credit has been an urgent Indian need. Until passage of the Reorganization Act, credit was obtainable only in meager amount from reimbursable funds, which reverted to the Treasury when repaid; and in some cases from tribal funds. The Reorganization Act authorized a revolving fund of $10,000,000, of which $2,500,000 was appropriated in 1936 and $980,000 in 1937. Of the appropriated amounts, $50,000 was authorized for administrative expenses in 1936 and $65,000 in 1937. 202 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR LOANS TO INDIAN CORPORATIONS Due to the fact that loans from the Reorganization Act fund may be made only to Indian chartered corporations, loans have had to be deferred until tribes organized and obtained charters of incorporation from the Secretary. Meantime, studies of credit needs were made, regulations formulated and the credit system explained. As tribes organized and formed plans, loans were made. The following commitments were made during the 1937 fiscal year (of the total amount of $2,719,931, the sum of $410,908 had been advanced by June 30, 1937): Reservation or Agency Corporation Amount Blackfeet, Mont _ The Blackfeet Tribe of the Blackfeet Reservation _ $100, 000 40, 000 15, 000 20,000 65,000 16,000 163, 000 55, 000 35,000 3,000 15,000 10, 000 1 2, 090, 931 35, 000 7, 000 20, 000 30, 000 $2, 719, 931 Crow Creek, S. Dak _ The Lower Brule Sioux Tribe _ _ Carson, Nev _ The Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe _ _ _ _ _ _ Flathead, Mont _ The Fort McDermitt Paiute and Shoshone Tribe _ _ _ The Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes... _ _ Great Lakes, Wis _ Mescalero, N. Mex _ Rocky Boy’s, Mont . Rosebud, S. Dak _ The Red Cliff Band of Lake Superior Chippewa Indians . The Apache Tribe of the Mescalero Reservation _ The Chippewa Cree Indians of the Rocky Boy’s Reservation _ The Rosebud Sioux Tribe _ _ _ _ Salem School, Oreg _ Tulalip, Wash _ The Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde Community _ The Tulalip Tribes of the Tulalip Reservation _ _ Tongue River, Mont . Winnebago, Nebr _ The Muckleshoot Tribe of the Muckleshoot Reservation. _ The Northern Cheyenne Tribe of the Tongue River Agency.. .. The Winnebago Tribe of Nebraska _ _ _ _ Total commitments. The Ponca Tribe of Native Americans of Nebraska . . The Santee Sioux Tribe of Nebraska . . . . . The Omaha Tribe of Nebraska . . . i $2,060,931 is for a series of loans covering a period of 18 years. The loans are largely for industrial purposes. Each borrower from the corporation is required to work out a definite plan showing how he expects to use the funds, and the source from which repayment will be made. The time of the loans is determined by the type of enterprise in which the funds are invested. The maximum time for which a corporation may receive a loan is 20 years. The interest rate which corporations may charge has been set at 3 percent. The Government requires a 1 percent charge. LOANS TO INDIANS OF OKLAHOMA The Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act authorized the appropriation of $2,000,000 for loans to Oklahoma Indians, associations, and corporate groups. In addition, it made available for loans to Oklahoma Indians a just share of funds appropriated pursuant to the Indian Reor¬ ganization Act. No appropriation was made under the Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act; consequently it has been necessary to conduct credit activities in Oklahoma from the funds and with the staff provided under the Indian Reorganization Act. During the year a number of individual loans have been made, totaling $19,521 under the Oklahoma credit system. Charters for OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 203 1 district and for 22 county credit associations in Oklahoma were approved. These organizations will borrow money from the Govern¬ ment, and will loan to Indians in the respective districts. One cooperative livestock association charter was approved on the Chey¬ enne and Arapaho jurisdiction. REIMBURSABLE FUNDS USED FOR INDIAN ENTERPRISES; EDUCATIONAL LOANS; RELIEF The act providing appropriations for the fiscal year 1937 carried $165,000 for encouraging industry and self-support among Indians. All but $404.51 of this sum was allotted to 33 jurisdictions. This was supplemented with allotments totaling $363,387.62 from tribal loan funds. Fifteen thousand dollars of the general appropriation was set aside for educational loans; $14,187.31 was allotted to 17 jurisdictions for loans to 82 students. Sixteen students from nine tribes received loans totaling $3,246 from their respective tribal loan funds. Several sources of relief have been available during the year ; conse- quently, it has not been necessary to use a large amount of reim¬ bursable funds for subsistence. Only $3,773 was used for support loans as against $12,355 last year, all made from the general appropriation. TRIBE REHOUSES ITS MEMBERS The Mescalero Apaches have been living during the past 15 or 20 years around the central agency, in shacks and wickiups in appalling disrepair. The Indians leaned heavily for guidance and economic help upon the agency personnel. There is ample land (tribally owned and assigned to individuals) at Mescalero, but apathy has prevailed and assignments have never been put to their full use. The tribe organized under the Indian Reorganization Act and rati¬ fied its charter on August 1, 1936. Subsequently, on its own initiative, the tribe has worked out, with Indian Service staff members, a plan to change its entire economic life — to rehouse its members on or near their land assignments, and to equip them to work their land. The tribe has borrowed $163,000 from the revolving fund. Of this amount $144,000 is being used to build 108 homes in 5 communities (there are about 750 Indians on the reservation). Work on the houses is being done under the supervision of the tribal business committee and the agency. If individuals do not make good use of the houses and lands [ assigned to them, the business committee has the power to remove them and reassign the houses and lands. Repayment to the loan 1 fund will be made from proceeds from tribal timber sales. Of the loan of $163,000, approximately $18,000 has been reloaned i to individuals for purchase of farm equipment and teams. Fifty-four loans, averaging $310 each, were made this spring. More than $1,000 22914—37 - 15 204 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR has been repaid already. Every family which obtained a loan planted a garden this year; they are now making arrangements to can the surplus produce. LAND INCREASES IN AREA; PROTECTIONS ARE TIGHTENED Indian landholdings have increased during the year. Sources of increase have been several: Through restoration (by authority of sec. 3 of the Indian Reorganization Act) of lands to reservation status which had been formerly opened to homestead entry; through the land purchase fund of the Indian Reorganization Act; through land purchase funds provided by the Resettlement Administration; and by various special acts. LANDS RESTORED TO INDIANS THROUGH THE INDIAN REORGANIZATION ACT Under section 3 of the Indian Reorganization Act, 349,207.73 acres, formerly opened to sale or entry, have been restored to tribal ownership and reservation status. The total restorations made to date are as follows: Reservation: Acreage Utes (Ute Mountain Band), Colo _ 30, 000 Grand Portage, Minn - - - 9, 277. 59 Flathead, Mont _ _ 192, 425. 63 Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache, Okla _ 1 600 Pine Ridge, S. Dak _ 9, 504. 51 Standing Rock, N. and S. Dak - 107, 400 Total _ 349,207.73 1 Approximate. Under the provisions of section 2 of the amendment of May 1, 1936 (49 Stat. 1250), to the Indian Reorganization Act, relating to the j Territory of Alaska, 300,000 acres were withdrawn for the benefit of l natives of Eklutna. Additional withdrawals involving approximately 6,000,000 acres are in various stages of progress. LAND ACQUIRED THROUGH REORGANIZATION ACT FUNDS By authority of the Reorganization Act, Congress appropriated .! $1,000,000 for the acquisition of land during the fiscal year 1936.1 For the fiscal year $1,000,000 was again appropriated, and in addition the Secretary of the Interior was authorized to enter into contracts | for the acquisition of additional land, not to exceed a total of $1,000,- j! 000. With these funds and authority to contract, 236,783 acres were :| optioned and 105,965 were purchased. Furthering the land acquisition program under the Reorganization Act, $950,000 has been appropriated to meet the contracts entered 1 into by the Secretary of the Interior under the 1937 contractual:] OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 205 authority referred to above; in addition $500,000 has been appro- riated with which to make new acquisitions during the fiscal year 1938. The lands being acquired for Indians under the provisions of the Reorganization Act are classified as irrigable, agricultural, grazing or forest in character. They are being utilized to establish or complete tribal agricultural, grazing and forestry units and for use by indi¬ viduals as small farms, subsistence gardening tracts and home sites; also as fishing sites and wild rice camps. Some timber and grazing lands are being acquired; however, where it is known that lands are to be acquired for farming or subsistence gardening purposes for indi¬ viduals, only desirable agricultural lands are selected, since one of the outstanding objectives of the purchase program is to buy lands upon which Indians can make a living. In those cases where purchases are being made for tribal and com¬ munity purposes the lands will remain in large compact areas, to be administered by the Indians themselves for the benefit of the tribe. Where purchases are being made for individual family use the lands will be available for their use through assignments issued by the tribal council. When purchases are completed, other units of the Service, par¬ ticularly the extension, credit, and organization groups, step into line to advise and help on problems of home building and acquisition of stock and equipment. RESETTLEMENT PURCHASES ADD TO INDIAN LANDS The Resettlement Administration, which took over the submar¬ ginal land program of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration, has accepted options constituting legal commitments covering 1,218,395 acres of land within or adjacent to existing Indian reserva¬ tions or communities, at a total option price of $3,585,165. Of this area the purchase of 993,673 acres, at a cost of $2,655,145, has actually been completed. SPECIAL PURCHASES ADD VARIOUS SMALLER TRACTS The purchase of lands under the Arizona Navajo Boundary Exten¬ sion Act of June 14, 1934 (48 Stat. L., 960), was brought nearer to completion by the purchase of 13,757.62 acres, together with improve¬ ments, at a cost of $41,478.82. This brings the total purchases under this act to 323,903.99 acres. Under acts of Congress 12.19 acres have been added to the Barona Ranch, Calif. (Capitan Grande Indians); 240 acres have been added to the Kanosh Reservation, Utah; 320 acres have been added to the Koosharem Reservation, Utah; 1,280 acres have been added to the Shivwitz Reservation, Utah; and authority has been granted for the purchase of 640 acres for the Santa Rosa band of Mission Indians, : California. 206 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Legislation has also been enacted authorizing the exchange of Indian lands in Owens Valley, Calif., for lands and water rights now owned by the city of Los Angeles. This legislation enables the city of Los Angeles to acquire lands needed for watershed purposes and provides lands for the Indians better than those they now own. The progress reported last year in the purchase of land within the various Pueblos in New Mexico with funds awarded pursuant to the Pueblo Lands Board Act as amended continued during the fiscal year 1937. Purchases of 64 tracts totaling 3,201.43 acres were completed, involving an expenditure of $77,368.97. Negotiations are now under way for the purchase of many more tracts. Lands have been acquired through purchase and donation for school, hospital, and other administrative purposes, involving six tracts covering 295.44 acres. The total cost of the lands was $1,962. NEW MEXICO NAVAJO BOUNDARY BILL STILL PENDING/ LAND LEASED FOR NAVAJOS During the year an aggregate of 497,722.75 acres of white-owned land was leased for the Navajo Indians at an annual rental of $16,275.01. The lands were leased pending acquisition by purchase or exchange in Arizona under the provisions of the act of June 14 (48 Stat. L., 960), and the enactment of similar legislation applicable to New Mexico. TRUST PERIODS EXTENDED Trust periods were extended automatically, by authority of the Indian Reorganization Act, for all tribes which accepted the act. As a protection to those tribes which did not accept the act, by order of the President dated September 30, 1936, the period of trust on allotments made to Indians and on lands patented to tribes or bands of Indians which otherwise would have expired during the calendar year 1937 was extended for a further period of 25 years. CANCELLATION OF FORCED PATENTS AND RECOVERY OF TAXES During the past fiscal year 2,454.72 acres of land were restored to their original trust status through cancellation of 15 patents in fee issued to various Indian allottees during the trust period without their application or consent. Cancellation of the patents was effected under the authority of the act of February 26, 1927 (44 Stats., 1247), as amended and supplemented by the act of February 21, 1931 (46 Stats., 1205). The total number of such cancellations of which the Indian Office has record is 469. Judgments in suits instituted by the Department of Justice at the request of the Indian Office were rendered by various Federal courts for the recovery of taxes illegally collected or to cancel tax assessments involving approximately 75 allotments for which patents in fee were OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 207 issued without application and heretofore canceled by the Department under the authority ot the acts above cited. Recommendations were made to the Department of Justice for the institution of similar suits involving approximately 30 additional allotments and the cases are now pending. A FEW SALES AND PATENTS IN FEE MADE TO AVOID HARDSHIP IN INDIVIDUAL CASES A few tracts have been sold to meet emergency situations on reserva¬ tions not affected by the provisions of the Indian Reorganization Act and these mostly have been tracts located in areas not predominately Indian-owned. A number of Indians have conveyed their lands, or portions of them, to the United States in trust for other Indians and many inherited allotments have been partitioned so as to give each heir a separate tract of land for his individual use and occupancy. Adjustments of this nature are constantly being made. Permits and leases for business purposes have increased since sales of trust allotments have been precluded ; these bring additional income to the Indians. Tribal councils and business committees have the authority to determine, subject to departmental approval, the tribal lands to be used for mission and church purposes. Restricted lands of individual members of the Five Civilized Tribes, totaling 2,711 acres, were sold. Of this, 980 acres were to be used for State and Federal projects and the majority of the remaining sales were restricted to emergency situations or where the lands were taxable and were about to be lost through tax sales. Only eight patents in fee for trust allotments were issued to Indians upon application. In all of these instances it was shown that such action was necessary in order to relieve conditions of financial distress, and that the sale of such lands would not interfere with the program of consolidating lands in Indian ownership. The restrictions were removed from four tracts of purchased land under similar circum¬ stances, and for the most part involved town property. To protect the lands of Five Civilized Tribes Indians in Oklahoma approximately 48 suits have been instituted upon the recommendation of this office to remove clouds from the title and recover possession of allotted or purchased lands. Such of these cases as have been brought to a conclusion have been almost invariably decided in favor of the Indians. The act of June 20, 1936 (49 Stats., 1542), which declared that all lands theretofore purchased out of trust or restricted funds of an Indian and conveyed by a deed restricting alienation or encumbrance of the land without the consent of the Secretary, should be exempt from taxation until otherwise directed by Congress was amended by the act of May 19, 1937 (Public, No. 96, 75th Cong. 1st sess.), so as to limit its effect to homesteads to be selected by the Indian owner of the land. 208 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR INDIAN MINERALS ADMINISTERED ON CONSERVATIVE BASIS On September 4, 1936, the Department transferred full supervision of field operations, including royalty accounting, of oil and gas leases under the jurisdiction of the Five Civilized Tribes Agency to the dis¬ trict engineer, Geological Survey, Tulsa, Okla. This work has been done by the Survey engineers for some time prior to September 4 at other agencies in Oklahoma outside of the Osage Reservation. New oil and gas operating regulations were approved, following the transfer, on October 30, 1936. There has been considerable increase in interest in oil and gas lease sales in Oklahoma, particularly in the area of the Choctaw and Chick¬ asaw Tribes and on the Kiowa Reservation. There was a slight increase in the production of oil on the Osage Reservation during the year. Developments continued on the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana. There was practically no activity in oil and gas leases on the Crow Reservation, although there are a few producing wells on that reservation. Two placer gold mining leases have been approved in the Big Horn Canyon of the Crow Reservation. Developments so far have indicated fair prospects of the recovery of some royalty from these leases, but sufficient work has not been accomplished to show definite value of the leases. There has been considerable increase in activity on leases of restricted Quapaw Indian lands for lead and zinc mining purposes due to the increased price for concentrates during the year. INDIAN FOREST AND RANGE RESOURCES A large share of the remaining Indian estate is in the form of range, timber, and wildlife. These assets are administered through the super¬ intendents by the Division of Forestry and Grazing, which, during recent years, has shaped its policies to insure enjoyment and return from these resources for all time. To put into effect these principles of conservation, the General Grazing Regulations of December 28, 1935, the General Forest Regula¬ tions of April 23, 1936, and the Navajo and Hopi Grazing Regulations of June 2, 1937, were approved and promulgated by the Department, and major forward steps have been taken in giving them practical expression. CONSERVATION POLICY STRENGTHENED The year past has been one of action in the promotion of the prin¬ ciples of conservation on Indian lands. Range studies have been conducted to establish carrying capacities which will maintain the productivity of the land in perpetuity. Timber surveys have been carried out which when completed will make possible the compilation of careful working plans for the major forested reservations and insure the practice of sustained yield forest management. A policy of eco- OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 209 nomic selective logging, governed by sound silviculture, is resulting in a balancing of age classes and a reduction of timber losses from pine beetles. Pine beetle infestation on the Yakima and Warm Springs Reservations has been diminished through the application of arti¬ ficial control, prosecuted in cooperation with the Civilian Conservation Corps — Indian division. Finally, a handbook of fire control has been formulated and approved which will help to reduce losses from fires. All of these accomplishments have been effected without a material reduction in the revenues flowing from Indian lands, without any increase in the appropriations of the organization principally respon¬ sible for the practice of conservation thereon, and with the cooperation of the Indians. Opposition to essential stock reduction programs and to conservative selective cutting of Indian timber has made itself mani¬ fest, but conservative opinion has in general prevailed among Indian groups. DEMAND FOR INDIAN TIMBER REVIVES Owing to an upward trend in the production of lumber during the year 1936 a demand for Indian timber has again developed and many applications to purchase timber have been received and considered. Only a limited number of small sales was consummated, however, and these were authorized principally as salvage operations to reduce losses being sustained through the activities of the western pine bark beetle. Several comparatively large sales were under consideration for advertisement by the Indian Office and the Department at the close of the fiscal year; it is expected that some of these units will be placed on the market in order to meet the needs of the Indians and salvage timber which is being destroyed by the beetles. TIMBER CUT BRINGS $1,413,004.97 TO INDIANS Approved existing contracts continued in full operation during the year, producing a total volume cut of 414,591,243 feet, board measure, and a gross return of $1,413,004.97 to the Indians. Returns on the reservations of major importance from a forestry standpoint for the fiscal period were, in order of volume, as follows: Reservation Volume cut, board feet Value of tim¬ ber cut Klamath Agency, Oreg . . _ . . . . 181, 635, 540 75, 030, 600 29, 843, 660 27, 491, 620 24, 079, 360 22, 264, 770 17, 564, 546 9, 825, 590 8, 600, 480 7, 138, 190 3, 913, 680 3, 112, 840 2, 823, 967 690, 310 288, 400 •287, 690 $663, 158. 94 195, 197. 35 105, 800. 07 75, 231. 65 71, 564. 53 64, 299. 21 125, 607. 77 37, 370. 26 25, 236. 53 9, 930. 18 11, 997. 92 16, 282. 49 7, 282. 19 2, 416. 09 891. 03 738. 76 Quinaielt (Taholah Agency) Wash _ _ Menominee Agency, Wis... _ _ _ _ _ _ Spokane (Colville Agency), Wash. _ . _ _ Fort Apache Agency, Ariz _ •Colville Agency, Wash _ _ Consolidated Chippewa, Minn _ _ _ _ Kalispel (Northern Idaho Agency) Idaho . . . Mescalero Agency, Ariz.. _ _ Makah (Taholah Agency) Wash . . . . . . . . Flathead Agency, Mont . Red Lake Agency, Minn _ _ _ Hoopa Valley Agency, Calif _ _ _ _ _ Jicarilla Agency, N. Mex . . . . . . Crow Agency, Mont _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tulalip Agency, Wash . 414, 591, 243 1, 413, 004. 97 210 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR INDIAN SAWMILLS MAKE SHOWING The Menominee Indian Mills of Wisconsin and the Red Lake Indian Sawmill of Minnesota again closed their books on a successful operating year. They were successful not merely from the standpoint of profit-taking — although the results in that connection were not insignificant — but also from the standpoint of Indian industrialization, Indian wages earned, and Indian progress realized. They were success¬ ful, moreover, in that the natural resources under development have been so exploited that their use today has in no way made less likely continued enjoyment tomorrow. SOIL CONSERVATION PRACTICES ON INDIAN LANDS In the Navajo and Pueblo regions, under Indian Service leadership, the Government’s work has become a compound of the work of the Departments of Agriculture and of the Interior. The union of serv¬ ices was commenced in both areas while the Soil Conservation Service was under the Department of the Interior. It was continued after the transfer of the Soil Conservation Service to the Department of Agri¬ culture. The administrative control in each of these areas rests with the Indian Service superintendent. Land-use planning is the primary function of the Soil Conservation Service in the set-up, but in addi¬ tion, demonstrations and operations are carried forward by it. In the Navajo area, the Bureau of Animal Industry plays a vital role, while in the Pueblo area, through Indian Service initiative, there has been built up a committee on problems of the Rio Grande watershed, with a representative of the Indian Service as chairman, which draws to¬ gether in diverse relationships the contributions of the grazing district, the General Land Office, the Indian Service, the Resettlement Admin¬ istration, the Soil Conservation Service, and the Forest Service. The committee’s assignment is to find out how the dense rural and village population of Indians and Spanish -Americans can be enabled perma¬ nently to subsist itself through utilization of the land and water of a gravely depleted watershed — that of the Rio Grande in central and northern New Mexico. Practically, the work in the Pueblo country amounts to a total enterprise of regional planning, and it points toward a more inte¬ grated regional administration in times immediately to come. A most interesting circumstance in the Navajo and the Pueblo areas, of course, is the consciousness of and sustained cooperation by the Indians themselves in the tasks of planning and execution. Prob¬ ably no white groups have made, voluntarily and swiftly, economic readjustments so drastic as have been made in the last 2 years by the Pueblos of Acoma and Laguna and by the Navajo Tribe. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 211 PHYSICAL WORKS IMPROVE RANGE On the Navajo Reservation and in the Pueblo jurisdiction, the Soil Conservation Service has made detailed plans for range management, erosion control, and the consequent economic adjustments. In both areas, the Soil Conservation Service has constructed extensive works for the control of run-off, spreading of flood waters, the extension of flood irrigation, and for various types of range improvement. On the Navajo Reservation, the Soil Conservation Service has established a demonstration and experimental area covering almost 100,000 acres. Cooperative range improvement and erosion control work was undertaken by the Soil Conservation Service on the Shoshone Reser¬ vation in Wyoming and on the Warm Springs Reservation in Oregon. SURVEYS FURNISH BASIC ECONOMIC DATA In December 1935 the Soil Conservation Service organized, in coop¬ eration with the Indian Service, a unit of technicians for making physical and human surveys of various reservations for the purpose of producing plans and programs in the execution of which the Indian Service would bring about a better and more complete use of reserva¬ tion resources. The basis of these programs was the introduction and application of land-use practices which would check erosion and bring about not only the full development but also the conservative man¬ agement of Indian resources. At the end of the fiscal year 1937, surveys had been completed and land-use plans made for Havasupai, Papago, Pima, and Walapai Reservations in Arizona, the Mescalero Reservation of New Mexico, the Shoshone Reservation in Wyoming, and the Uintah and Ouray Reservations in Utah; range management plans for seven of the Pueblos had been completed by this cooperative unit and surveys had been started on eight additional reservations. EXTENSION WORK EMPHASIZES LIVESTOCK Severe drought again prevailed on eastern Montana, Dakota, Ne¬ braska, and Oklahoma reservations. In these areas, a good many cattle and other livestock which ordinarily would have been retained for breeding stock, were sold for lack of forage. The cumulative effect of drought in these States has been disastrous. The emphasis during the past year on conservation, economic rehabilitation, and the organization of Indians for the extension of credit has thrown extra burdens on the Extension Division. 212 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR INDIAN LIVESTOCK INDUSTRY SET BACK BY DROUGHT/ GAINS ARE EVIDENT SINCE 1933 Extension workers have put special emphasis on helping Indians to build up their livestock industry. The 12 States of Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming, contain some 46,568,000 acres of Indian land, or about 90 percent of all Indian-owned land. Approximately 80 percent of this area is range land. The tables below 1 show that the number of Indians owning dairy cattle and the number of such cattle decreased slightly in 1936; and that the number of Indians owning beef cattle decreased slightly although the number of cattle increased by 3,628 head over 1936. The figures, comparing 1935 and 1936, should be considered in con¬ junction with the fact that 70,664 head were sold or slaughtered, as compared with 54,827 in 1935. Dairy Cattle 1933 1934 1935 1936 Number of Indians owning — . Total number owned . Average value per head _ 6,336 16,406 9, 133 25,711 $23. 07 $593, 127 2,171 $36,008 3,500 $245 8, 556 20, 966 $37. 85 $793, 526 1,001 $22, 229 10, 151 $1, 235 8,476 20, 624 $38. 30 $789, 892 1,415 $29, 529 5, 400 $530 Total value _ Number live animals sold _ 252 $3,603 Amount received _ Pounds dressed meat sold _ _ _ _ Amount received _ Beef Cattle Number of Indians owning _ 8,627 167, 313 13,787 229, 343 13,812 233, 974 13. 159 Total number owned _ 237, 602 $29. 53 Average value per head _ $18. 95 $31. 10 Total value _ ._ _ $4, 346, 307 36, 046 $7, 276, 265 44, 766 $7,015,443 46, 718 Number live animals sold _ 12, 284 Amount received... _ _ $210, 609 $578, 070 547, 179 $44, 820 $1, 305, 875 880, 947 $86, 114 $1, 158. 524 610, 688 $62, 788 Pounds dressed meat sold _ 793, 063 Amount received _ $52, 486 Total income received from cattle: 1933, $266,698; 1934, $659,143; 1935, $1,415,453; 1936, $1,251,371. The beef cattle table shows a greater number of cattle sold in 1936 than in 1935, and the income from those sold in 1936 less than that received in 1935. This was due largely to the number of Indian cattle forced onto the market in poor flesh, bringing only prices paid for common and canner cattle. / Cattle Jor foundation herds. — The greatest impetus in the livestock industry was gained during the winter of 1934-35 and fall of 1935, when a total of 42,100 head of cattle was obtained from various sources for issue to Indians as foundation herds in order to give them a start in the livestock business. These cattle were issued 1 All figures in this section are for calendar years. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 213 under contracts providing for the return of a yearling heifer of like quality within a certain number of years. The repayments will, in turn, be issued to other Indians under similar contracts. A revolving pool of cattle has thus been established, and to date, over 7,000 additional cattle have been supplied to Indians from this pool. In time, it should be possible for all Indians who vrant to undertake cattle raising to obtain an economic unit from this pool. Indians are using their own range. — The Indians have been leasing the bulk of their grazing lands to whites because they have had no sources of credit or other means of getting a start in using their own land. As the livestock industry is built up, and the Indians have use for their own lands, lands are being withdrawn from further leasing and are being held exclusively for Indian use. The following table will show the increase in Indian use of grazing lands in a 2-year period, 1934-36, on a number of reservations: Acreage Grazed by Indians 1934 1936 Blackfeet, Montana _ - _ - _ 44,926 62. 343 177, 788 173, 102 80. 000 80, 550 502,411 1,088,330 244, 138 75, 231 190, 050 324.531 142, 334 285, 250 285, 325 171, 900 102. 510 544, 306 1, 422, 519 536. 531 110, 568 310, 269 Crow, Montana __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Fort Belknap, Montana _ Fort Berthold, North Dakota... _ Fort Hall, Idaho _ Fort Peck, Montana _ Klamath, Oregon _ _ San Carlos, Arizona _ _ Shoshone, Wyoming _ Standing Rock, North Dakota _ Yakima, Washington _ _ Cooperative livestock associations show marked increase. — The most important development in the Indian livestock field, perhaps, has been the marked increase in Indian initiative and management. Indians, through cooperative livestock associations, are managing controlled grazing, round-ups, sales, and other business affecting their livestock enterprises. Cooperative livestock associations have increased from a comparatively small number in 1933 to 53 in 1935 and to 119 in 1936. These 119 associations, at the end of 1936, had a total membership of 4,476 and owned 123,061 head of cattle. Sheep and goats. — The reduction program was continued on the overstocked and overgrazed Navajo Reservation. The dipping records of the Bureau of Animal Industry show the following compara¬ tive figures in the number of sheep units: 1 1933, 1,013,606; 1934, >! 942,059; 1935, 801,406; 1936, 724,336. I In spite of the decrease in the number of sheep in the Southwest, increases were recorded in the totals for all other reservations. 1 The term “sheep unit” here includes grown sheep, lambs, rams, goats, and kids. Lambs and kids are j figured on the basis of 2 for 1 grown animal. The term does not here include cattle and horses. When these • are added, the Navajo range is found still to be carrying an overload of several hundred thousand sheep f units. 214 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The Southwestern Range and Sheep-Breeding Laboratory , Wingate, N. Mex. — The object of the laboratory-research program is to develop a strain of sheep with a type of wool suitable for Navajo handicraft and having a ready commercial market, but which also will produce more mutton than existing Navajo sheep while retaining their hardiness and ecologically adaptable characteristics. The research program is now under way. There are 1,342 sheep at the laboratory, of which 629 are ewes. These are divided into five groups varying in size from 116 to 155 head. The groups are again divided into some 16 pens, according to fleece qualities and body conformation, each pen being bred to rams which have been selected for making improvements in wool and mutton in keeping wdth the purposes of the laboratory. A Navajo Indian weaver has been employed to weave blankets from the various grades of wool as a test of their suitability for the production of Navajo rugs. Other livestock. — A total of 78 purebred stallions and 1,484 mares were purchased. A total of 5,895 horses, mules, and burros were sold, most of which were wild or of little value. At the close of 1936, 29,550 Indians owned 115,006 horses, mules, and burros. In 1936 poultry owned by Indians totaled 355,461. This figure is an increase over that of 1935, in spite of severe drought on more than 20 reservations. The number of birds consumed and the number marketed also increased; the number of Indians owning poultry, however, decreased. Approximately 53 percent of the swine owned by Indians are on Oklahoma reservations where drought conditions continued. The number of Indians owning swdne decreased from 5,153 in 1935 to 4,799 in 1936 and the number owned decreased from 23,573 in 1935 to 19,981 in 1936. INDIAN FARMERS FIGHT DROUGHT AND INSECTS Continued crop failures have forced many Indians to turn to Government-financed relief projects for a livelihood. The acreage farmed by Indians has decreased since 1933, and further decreased by 11.8 percent in 1936. In spite of the fact that many Indians have had to abandon farming for wage work, it has been heartening to notice the voluntary drop on many reservations in E. C. W. employ¬ ment every spring, due to the Indians’ wishes to try once more to get something out of their farms. A total of 514,529 acres was cultivated by Indians during 1936. The irrigated acreage cultivated by Indians increased from 149,043 acres in 1935 to 192,997 acres in 1936, or 29.4 percent. The acreage planted to cereal crops was 244,135 acres, a slight increase over 1935, but the severe drought that prevailed in large areas decreased yields OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 215 by 32 percent. Cotton yields decreased 25 percent and sugar beets 28 percent from 1935. Because of emphasis placed on the necessity of growing forage crops for livestock feed the acreage planted increased 53 percent over 1935; however, drought greatly reduced yields. Insects and drought completely wiped out gardens in many sections of Oklahoma and the Great Plains. LOCAL EXTENSION ORGANIZATIONS SPREAD KNOWLEDGE OF MODERN PRACTICES Increased membership in 4-H clubs, farm chapters, and women’s clubs has meant a spread of ideas of self-help and agricultural progress. Self-help centers are being established, where Indian women are taught to can and preserve food, to make clothes, and to learn sound practices in nutrition and home management. Last year’s totals in food preservation are impressive: 393,843 quarts of fruit; 55,183 of meat; 264,964 of vegetables and 51,062 quarts of fish. In addition 124,636 pounds of fruit were dried; 122,992 pounds of meat; 617,763 pounds of vegetables; and 135,980 of fish. Indian women made 142,710 pieces of clothing under auspices of home-extension groups. Indian leadership is developed at these centers, and through them it is possible to reach a large number of homes with a small number of trained workers. INCREASES IN INDIAN OPPORTUNITY THROW ADDITIONAL BURDEN ON EXTENSION STAFF The attainment of the goal of self-support by the Indians is, to a very large degree, dependent upon a successful extension program. The fewness of the extension staff, however, makes it impossible for the Indians to receive the amount of help they seek and need. The developments which are taking place on most of the Indian reserva¬ tions — soil conservation work, Emergency Conservation Work, new irrigation developments, rehabilitation enterprises, the organization of Indians under the Indian Reorganization Act, credit and other benefits derived from that act, land purchases, and the setting up of a cattle pool of some 35,000 head of cattle for the restocking of Indian ranges — have created a situation on many reservations which makes it essential that additional extension personnel be provided if the Indians are to receive the full benefits of the expenditures which have already been made and are to be made. IRRIGATION WORK EMPHASIZES SMALL SUBSISTENCE PROJECTS The Indian Service’s Irrigation Division seeks to fit irrigation and water development into the general reservation programs of re¬ sources utilization and of increased self-help by Indians. Activities of the Division include development of water supplies for stock and 216 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR domestic use and the design, construction, and operation of irriga¬ tion systems. The development of water supply for stock and domestic use during the past year has been confined to the Navajo, Hopi, Pueblo, and Papago areas in Arizona and New Mexico, together with some small developments in California and the Great Plains area. SEVENTY-FIVE COMMUNITY GARDENS DEVELOPED A program of subsistence garden development around which the Indians could build up their cattle and stock industry was inaug¬ urated in 1935 with funds provided by the Public Works Adminis¬ tration. This work is being continued with congressional appropri¬ ations augmented by E. C. W. labor. These small subsistence developments are confined exclusively to Indian-owned land. (The larger irrigation projects include both Indian and privately owned land.) At the end of 1936 a total of 75 gardens had been developed, totaling 813 acres. During the growing season of 1936, 31 of these gardens produced approximately 350,000 pounds of vegetables with a market value of $8,000. CONSTRUCTION COSTS TO AVERAGE LESS THAN $100 PER ACRE Recent studies indicate that there are approximately 1,200,000 acres of irrigable land within the present Indian irrigation projects, of which about 500,000 acres have been provided with irrigation facilities and have an adequate water supply. The total construction cost to date is approximately $50,000,000 and the estimated cost of completing all work now planned for the ultimate irrigable area of 1,200,000 acres is $50,000,000. The work now planned includes not only supplemental storage and the extension of irrigation facilities, but also the expenditure of approximately $5,000,000 for assisting j the Indians in the subjugation of their lands. The completion of I this program will result in an average construction cost of less than I $100 per acre, including the subjugation work. INDIANS’ AND LESSEES’ USE OF INDIAN OWNED IRRIGATED LAND Out of the 500,000 acres now supplied with irrigation facilities and for which there is an adequate water supply, some 470,000 acres were irrigated last year, of which 150,000 acres were irrigated by 7,600 Indian families; 120,000 acres of Indian lands were farmed under lease; and 200,000 acres were in white ownership. Actual use of the land by Indians is increasing. The following tabulation shows the actual use of irrigated land in Indian irrigation projects during the calendar years 1934, 1935, and 1936: OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 217 Year Acres Indian operated Acres Indian leased Acres privately owned Total 1934 . . . . . . . 139, 868 140,788 147, 264 102,094 108, 435 117, 178 193, 523 198,088 197,995 435, 485 447,311 462, 437 1935 . . . - . 1936 . . . - . PROJECTS APPROXIMATELY SIXTY PERCENT SELF-SUPPORTING Funds available for irrigation and water development activities during the fiscal year 1937 totaled $3,324,164 of which $1,156,664 was from appropriations for regular operation and maintenance, $780,900 from appropriations for construction and $1,386,600 from allotments made by the Public Works Administration. All appro¬ priations for irrigation development are reimbursable by the lands benefited. Under the Leavitt Act of July 1, 1932 (47 Stat. 564), however, no construction assessments are made against Indian lands as long as the lands remain in Indian ownership. Annual irrigation operation and maintenance charges are collected from all Indians who are considered financially able to make payment. Most of the smaller projects are operated by the Indians themselves with some assistance in the way of supervision and the furnishing of materials and supplies, and on the larger projects the Indians are permitted to work out the annual charges which amount to from 50 cents to $2 per acre. All privately owned lands within these projects pay their proportionate share of both operation and maintenance charges and construction •charges and Indian lands leased pay their proportionate share of the operation and maintenance assessments. LARGE PROJECTS CARRIED FORWARD IN SIX STATES The principal construction activities during the year, carried on with allotments made by the Public Works Administration, consisted of the construction of a storage reservoir in the Owyhee River, Duck Valley project (Nevada), the construction of an equalizing reservoir on the Fort Hall project (Idaho); the completion of the distribution system to Indian lands on the San Carlos project (Arizona); the be¬ ginning of construction of a pumping plant to serve 13,000 acres on the Fort Peck project (Montana); the construction of a storage reser¬ voir on the Flathead project (Montana); continuation of drainage work on the Wapato project (Washington); and miscellaneous con¬ struction work in the Navajo and Pueblo areas (Arizona and New 1 Mexico). 218 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR INDIAN EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK GIVES WAGE WORK AND BUILDS UP INDIAN RESOURCES Of fundamental importance in the revitalization of Indian life has been the Indian Emergency Conservation Work. It has given wage work where relief was desperately needed. But its importance has not only been its relief aspects. Rather, it has made possible the systematic conservation and building up of reservation resources. The work has gone on long enough for Indians themselves to see results and to sense the economic potentialities of their holdings. The rise in morale achieved through the consistent policy of encouraging participation of tribal councils in planning the work, and of advancing capable Indians into responsible positions, has been as important a result as the actual physical improvements. I. E. C. W. ended its fourth and final year on June 30, 1937. Hence¬ forth this activity will be known as the Civilian Conservation Corps, Indian Division. The sum of $8,914,000 allotted for the work in 1937 was a slight decrease from that received during the fiscal year 1936. ENROLLMENT AND EMPLOYMENT More than 50,000 Indians have participated in Indian emergency work since the beginning of the work in June 1933. The total daily number of men on the pay roll during the past 4 years has been approx¬ imately 8,500, and more than 11,500,000 calendar days have been worked. At some of the agencies it was necessary to stagger employ¬ ment. Indians have been given preference in supervisory and facilitating positions, when qualified. There are not many Indians technically trained. However, a large number of group foremen, mechanics, machine operators, camp assistants, and assistant foremen are Indians. The employment record for skilled, facilitating, and supervising posi¬ tions shows 540 Indians as against 436 whites, for the 4-year period. Wages for Indian enrollees have been, as in camps for whites, $30 per month, plus board, lodging, and clothing, or a commutation of $15 per month when the worker lives at home and provides his own meals. The family camp continues to be popular. Reservation staffs have helped these groups in their social, sanitation, and health problems. HEALTH GOOD,- ACCIDENTS FEW E. C. W. staffs have worked hard on safety and health programs. There were very few deaths during the past year; there was some illness and a few accidents. Red Cross aid continues to be given; first-aid schools have been encouraged and life-saving courses have been held. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 219 PRODUCTION ACCOMPLISHMENTS SHOW VARIED CONSERVATION PROGRAM According to an announcement made a few months ago by the office of the director, Mr. Robert Fechner, the conservation program of the United States has been advanced at least 20 years by the work of the Conservation Corps. This is also true of the Indian program. The record of work done is impressive. Conservation has been empha¬ sized: Water development, prevention of soil erosion, and similar projects have improved reservation lands. Major activities under¬ taken during the past 4 years follow: Telephone lines _ miles __ 5, 636. 7 Firebreaks _ do _ 2, 282. 8 Truck trails - - - do _ 6, 420. 6 Horse trails _ do _ 2, 019 Fences, 2,576,431 rods or - do _ 7, 863. 5 Springs, small reservoirs, and well development _ units. _ 6, 909 Impounding and large diversion dams _ 922 Insect and tree pest control _ _ _ acres __ 911, 394 Erosion control, check dams: Permanent _ units. . 16, 402 Temporary _ do _ 50, 474 Bridges: Vehicle _ do _ 659 Stock _ 226 Corrals _ units.. 141 Elimination useless range stock - 269, 836 Reservation values have been substantially increased ; the work has been urgently needed and well done. APPROXIMATELY 70 PERCENT OF FUNDS SPENT FOR WAGES Pay-roll items (actual wages and emoluments) total 69.7 percent of the funds spent during the 4-year period. Emoluments include shelter and subsistence, commutation thereof, feed and hire of teams. Pur¬ chases of heavy equipment total 7.7 percent. Supplies and materials accounted for 15 percent. Heavy equipment definitely increased the amount of work accomplished, and had little, if any, unfavorable effect on the employment of Indians. LEISURE-TIME PROGRAMS GIVE INDIAN ENROLLEES VALUABLE TRAINING After working hours, programs of recreation and education for Indian enrollees have been maintained. Training on the job has been emphasized. Most of the educational enterprises has been vocational rather than academic. The regular employees of the Indian Service have generously volunteered their services to assist in the program. 22914—37 - 16 220 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR SAVINGS ACCUMULATED BY INDIANS More than $1,800,000 has been deposited in individual Indian money accounts during the past 4 years. Household equipment, live¬ stock, farm equipment, and clothing have been purchased from these savings; homes have been repaired and new ones constructed. A substantial balance remains for later use. ••INDIANS AT WORK" The pamphlet “Indians At Work” has become increasingly popular. It is liked by the Indians, and is read with regularity by them. RELIEF AND REHABILITATION PROGRAM MAKES A BEGINNING IN IMPROVING LIVING CONDITIONS The Indian relief situation had been crucial even before the depres¬ sion. Early in the present administration a partial survey of the housing and economic condition of Indians emphasized the fact that a large number were in desperate straits — landless, miserably housed, and without means of support. While direct relief was being provided, and, after 1933, work relief, there were no funds for attacking this fundamental problem of housing and economic rehabilitation until the passage of the Emergency Relief Act of 1935 and the subsequent allocation to the Indian Office by the President, in January 1936, of $2,000,000 of emergency funds. Later reduced by retransfers to the Treasury to a total of $1,767,027, these funds were used as follows: For direct relief, $336,323; for reha¬ bilitation, $1,360,500; for administration, $70,204. In March 1937, additional funds were made available to the Indian Office as follows: $498,000 for field projects, and $39,000 for administration. By the terms of the Presidential allocation, the rehabilitation funds were to be used for the following purposes: To finance the rehabilitation of Indians in stricken rural agricultural areas by- means of loans or grants, or both, to enable them to construct or repair houses, barns, outbuildings, and root cellars; to develop wells and springs for domestic water; to clear and improve land for gardens and small farms and to purchase land for such purposes when necessary; to make furniture and other handicraft products; and to establish, maintain, and operate other small self-help projects. VARIED CONSTRUCTION AND COMMUNITY PROJECTS UNDERTAKEN As of June 30, 1937, the rehabilitation program had accomplished the following: Building Construction Projects Houses, new _ 874 Houses, repairs _ 1, 711 Barns _ 148 Poultry houses _ 160 Combination cow shed and poul¬ try houses _ 37 OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 221 Building Construction Projects — Continued Woodsheds _ 10 Combination garage and wood¬ sheds _ 58 Toilets _ 999 Hog houses _ 61 Cattle sheds - 5 Root cellars - 79 Combination root cellar and smoke house _ 2 Flour and grist mills _ 8 •Granaries _ 5 Canneries _ 3 Sorghum mills _ 3 Machine sheds _ 5 Smithies and woodworking shops. 7 Combination self-help project buildings, new _ 82 Combination self-help project buildings, repairs _ 25 Combination carpenter shop and canning kitchen _ 1 Combination corral and shearing shed _ 1 Corrals _ 10 Shearing sheds _ 2 Blacksmith shops _ 12 Provision and supply depot (sheep industry) _ 1 Water and Land Development Projects Gardens _ Irrigation _ Water development. 15, 066 Miscellaneous land improve- 11 ments _ 587 13 Self-Help and Miscellaneous Projects Canning and sewing _ 26 Canning and sewing equipment. 67 Hay press _ 1 Portable caldrons _ 3 Sawmills and logging _ 6 Dipping vats _ 73 Furniture and handicrafts _ 7 Fencing _ 66 Hide tanning _ 1 Weaving _ 1 Equipment and tools for arts and crafts _ 1 Agricultural machinery _ 3 Shearing machines _ 2 Projects were conducted at 68 agencies, situated in 23 States. On April 30, 1937, the Indian rehabilitation program had furnished 1,421,384 man-hours of employment at an estimated man-year cost of $963. As of June 17, 1,352 needy Indians requiring employment were being given work. NEED FOR REHABILITATION WORK CONTINUES The rehabilitation program has been of the utmost importance in oaring for cases of desperate need, in restoring initiative and morale, and improving opportunities for community and family self-support. Concerned as it is with permanent improvements in the way of housing, farm buildings, self-help buildings, self-help enterprises, and the development of land and water resources, the rehabilitation program is particularly designed to help Indians toward a level of economic self-sufficiency and decent living. By improving the Indians’ economic status, rehabilitation work should ultimately be reflected in lessened gratuity appropriations for relief and support. 222 REPORT OE THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR ROAD WORK IMPROVES RESERVATION CONDITIONS; AFFORDS RELIEF In its road program the Indian Service has sought to develop adequate reservation road systems, and, as was contemplated by Congress, to provide employment for Indians and to train Indians gradually for technical positions in road building. COSTS OF RESERVATION ROADS HAVE BEEN LOW Reservation road programs are headed by qualified, experienced road engineers. All Indian Service projects are examined and ap¬ proved as to location, type, and design by the Bureau of Public Roads, whose requirements have sharply increased Indian Service road engineering costs. Accomplishments during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937, with the $3,500,000 provided by Congress for Indian road work follow: Roads: Improved _ 879. 07 Surfaced _ 597. 34 Total (miles) _ 1, 476. 41 Bridges: Constructed _ 193 Repaired _ 207 Total _ 400 Culverts: Constructed _ 2, 272 Repaired _ 263 Total _ 2, 535 Maximum number of people employed on road work during the year__ 11, 655 Total man-hours of work furnished during the year _ 4, 039, 505 Average earnings per hour _ $0. 457 A result which cannot be measured statistically is the increased proficiency of Indian employees in surveying, drafting, and other | technical work. Indians in increasing numbers are qualifying for I responsible road jobs. Approximately 70 percent of road expendi- i tures go for wages. NEED FOR ROAD WORK CONTINUES The need for road-improvement work on Indian reservations is of continuing urgency. Congress recognized in two acts (acts of June 19, 1934, and June 16, 1936) that $4,000,000 are annually required for road work on nearly 200 Indian reservations in 24 States, for this purpose; but the full amount authorized has not been appropriated in every year. Little or no help from the States or counties or town¬ ships can be expected for roads built for Indian use; consequently OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 223 this task will remain a permanent obligation of the Federal Gov¬ ernment. Following past practice, part of the road appropriation was used to purchase machinery, so that now the Indian Service has a modest amount of modern and efficient road-construction machinery. Garages and storage sheds have also been constructed at most juris¬ dictions for the repair and preservation of valuable equipment and machinery. This Service is organized to carry on road construction and improvements at low costs; and in cooperation with the Bureau of Public Roads, it has made surveys and plans for a 5-year future road-construction program. ROADS ARE FOR RESERVATION USE— NOT DESIGNED FOR TOURISTS The Indian Service has refused to construct or authorize the con¬ struction on reservations of tourist roads which would mean the exploitation of Indian life and culture. Moreover, the Service does not approve of road construction into wilderness areas which will better serve the Indians and the public if left unmolested. But the Service does seek to build reasonably good roads for reservation use. The day-school program, especially, hinges upon roads adequate for daily bus service; and the health program, in attempting to reach out into Indian communities, depends on passable roads. We are re¬ sisting the pressure to build roads of more costly and elaborate type than present or prospective use can justify. CONSTRUCTION With the exception of appropriations continued available for the construction of public-school buildings, and for the Sioux sanatorium in South Dakota, all building and utility construction work during the fiscal year 1937 was carried on as a part of the Public Works program. Ten public-school buildings were completed in the North¬ west district and three more are nearing completion. A number of large and important projects were completed during the year. Among these are the hospitals at Sisseton and Yankton, S. Dak., Cass Lake, Minn, and Crow Agency, Mont. Contracts were let during the year for the combined general hospital and tuberculosis sanatorium at Talihina, Okla., and for the hospital and laboratory building at Fort Defiance, Ariz. Completion dates for these two projects are March 18, 1938, and November 8, 1937, respectively. The Sioux Sanatorium at Rapid City, S. Dak., also being constructed by contract, will be ready for occupancy on January 1, 1938. Except for buildings being erected under contract, the Public Works construction program was completed as of June 30, 1937. The con¬ struction program for the fiscal year 1938 will be financed from an 224 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR appropriation of $2,047,500 contained in the regular Interior Depart- ; ment appropriation act. This change from emergency to regular funds necessitates the replacing of all Public Works employees with persons selected from the civil service registers. The personnel in the three field construction offices (located at Albuquerque, N. Mex. ; Billings, I Mont. ; and Muskogee, Okla.) will be reduced to the minimum number | necessary to take care of the program for 1938. It is hoped that the i shift from emergency to regular employees can be completed by Sep¬ tember 30, 1937, and that the new program can be well under way i before the cold winter weather sets in. INDIAN ARTS AND CRAFTS DEVELOPED AS PART OF INDIAN LIFE AND ECONOMY One of the characteristics of the American Indian is his outstanding- ) ability as a craftsman. Unfortunately, however, most Indian artsv i and crafts products have been marketed in a haphazard fashion, and ; returns to the Indian producers have been low. The wide variations- in quality and the uncertainties of production have made large-scale marketing difficult. With the objective of building up this potential resource and increasing revenues from it while maintaining its integrity, this* administration sought the passage of an arts and crafts bill which would provide funds and personnel for working out better production and marketing methods. Such an act was passed August 27, 1935- (49 Stat. 891), and the Indian Arts and Crafts Board was appointed during the following year. Broad powers are given the Board in the execution of its functions, but it may not itself act as a dealer. "QUALITY” MARKET SOUGHT FOR INDIAN CRAFTS After 6 months of extensive study in the field covering both produc¬ tion and marketing conditions, the Board found itself prepared last January (1937) to define its general policies and to initiate its first concrete projects. In its work with the producer, it is the Board's policy to make raw materials available; to stimulate quality production and to help in the organization of craftsmen groups; to supply craftsmen of tribes having traditional handicrafts with all available information on tech¬ niques formerly used by their tribes and to acquaint them with the exigencies of the current market; to those groups having no tradi¬ tional handicrafts, an opportunity to learn industries is to be given. In its work with the local dealers, it is the Board's policy to encourage- emphasis on quality work and to help in establishing business relations with a quality market. Stimulation and actual cooperation in the organization of exhibits of Indian arts and crafts, stimulation of OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 225 publications on Indian arts and crafts and establishment of an educa- ft tional service for sales forces of stores carrying Indian crafts goods are . included among the Board’s plans for promotion work in the ultimate i market. LOCAL PROJECTS ARE INITIATED I The following specific projects have been initiated by the Board. I Silver 'project (. Navajo , Pueblo, and Hopi Reservations, N. Mex. and | Ariz.). — Standards of genuineness and quality for the silver work of I the Navajo, Pueblo, and Hopi Indians have been established and published. A Government stamp, to be applied only to pieces that I meet these standards, has been devised. The loan of expert Navajo teachers of silversmi thing from the * Division of Education of the Indian Service has been arranged. I These men are serving as advisers to reservation silversmiths who wish to produce the highest type of jewelry. Private groups are supplying the workmen with raw materials and adequate wages. ! Even after visits to all local dealers, no work of a quality equaling ! the products of the teachers and their students (with the exception of old pieces) has been found to be on sale. The Board believes that this project will not only produce a better source of income for the best silversmiths, but will also create a demand for better jewelry I and thus stimulate the production and trade for more profitable i merchandise all over this region. Navajo textile project. — A certificate of genuineness for Navajo textiles has been devised, to be attached to such fabrics as are made only of wool and woven in the traditional Navajo manner. Textile home-industry project {eastern Oklahoma). — To extend the Board’s activities into regions where the traditional crafts work has but little sales appeal or has been completely lost, staff members of the Board made a special survey of this region. As a result, plans have been made to introduce home industries that will give the workman a chance to profit from his manual skill and, at the same time, give him an opportunity to develop a characteristic style of his own. The first home industry to be developed in the Oklahoma region is the making of hand-spun yarn. Inquiries on the market havo shown that most of the homespun yarn used in the United States today is imported from foreign countries and is available only at a very high price. The Board has asked the Education Division of the Indian Service for the loan of an expert spinning teacher as instructor, and hopes later on to help in the organization of an Indian cooper¬ ative or credit association to carry on the work on a commercial basis. The Board also will cooperate in the development of sales outlets for this commodity. It is expected that this project will be widened in the future to include rug making and weaving. 226 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Arts and crafts group project ( Western Oklahoma). — In recognition of the strength of the old traditional arts and crafts societies in this region, the Board has initiated projects based on group work. A staff member of the Board has encouraged the formation of fairly large groups of Indians interested in improving the quality of the traditional arts of their tribes. In Shawnee and in Anadarko, pro¬ duction has already started in cooperation with the local Indian Service agencies and organized groups of local businessmen who have recognized the value of a development of finer Indian products as of definite value to the whole region. Bead work and leatherwork are the principal products to be made under these projects. Experimental laboratory , Tesuque, N. Mex. — A small laboratory was in operation last spring at Tesuque to experiment with the production methods of weavers, tanners, and silversmiths from various reservations. It was the purpose of this laboratory to help the craftsmen to find out what specific types of raw material are best fitted for their purposes and what production methods bring the best results. Legal protection of Indian products against unfair and fraudulent advertising methods. — With the aid of the United States district attorney of the territory involved, the use of misleading labels on one type of imitation Indian jewelry has been stopped; another case of the same kind is in the hands of the attorney now. Two cases of false newspaper advertising have been referred to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for appropriate action. Indian exhibit at Paris World’s Fair. — An Indian exhibit at the World’s Fair in Paris this summer was arranged through the cooper¬ ation of the Board with the American Federation of Arts, which was in charge of the exhibition of American handicrafts. Plans begun for Indian exhibit at World’s Fair in San Francisco in 1939. — Representatives of the Indian Arts and Crafts Board have conferred with the world’s fair authorities and interested private groups in San Francisco on an Indian exhibit at the Golden Gate International Exposition in 1939. A staff member of the Board helped to outline a plan for an exhibit that for the first time will show the whole scope of the Indian’s artisic ability in a dignified, dramatic manner. This display will be more comprehensive than any ever held. EDUCATION OF INDIAN CHILDREN BUILT AROUND FLEXIBLE PROGRAMS, SUITED TO VARYING CONDITIONS The policy of the present administration has been to give considera¬ tion to the human factors which govern relationships between racial groups. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 227 IMPLEMENTING AN EDUCATIONAL POLICY The new pattern of education for the Indians attempts to adjust the school program to the needs of the Indian community, recognizing and preserving significant factors in Indian life and aiding in adjust¬ ment to white culture at points where such adjustment appears inevitable. However, it is not enough to declare that a new policy is in order. It must somehow or other be incorporated into the living of a staff which for many years may have been practicing quite the reverse. Therefore, in order to give positive effect to the new policies, it has been necessary to develop agencies for in-service training. In-service training through summer schools. — During the summer of 1936 the Education Division of the Indian Office operated two in- I service training institutes: One at Pine Ridge, S. Dak.; the other at Wingate, N. Mex. Courses in anthropology, philosophy of Indian education, rural sociology, Indian arts and crafts, and in the vocational, agricultural, and home-making needs of the several areas studied were offered. Demonstration schools were operated in which the very difficult subject of teaching English to non-English speaking native children was made a prime concern. Opportunity was given for teachers in the Service to learn something of the Sioux or the Navajo language. Each institute operated for 6 weeks, and 404 teachers in all were reached. Through arrangements with a number of first-rank American colleges, teachers were enabled to secure college credit toward an undergraduate or graduate degree. In response to requests from the field, this summer training program was extended for the summer of 1937, and four schools were operated. The program was repeated at Pine Ridge and Wingate, and two new centers at Sequoyah and Chilocco in Oklahoma were added. Demonstration schools were organized at each of the four centers, and a total of 972 educational personnel was served. In addition 27 teachers were registered from pub¬ lic schools outside of the Indian Service which enroll Indian children. Apprentice training aids young Indian teachers. — In carrying out the policy of enlarging the number of Indians employed in the Service, a program of apprentice training for Indian college graduates trained in education was inaugurated in the fall of 1936. A dozen young Indians showing better than average potentialities for teaching were placed with a selected group of superior Service teachers to increase their probabilities for success when actually given full-time responsi¬ bilities as teachers. This plan has proved most successful and is being extended for the school year 1937-38 with a small appropriation approved by Congress covering apprentice salaries. 228 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR DAY-SCHOOL AND PUBLIC-SCHOOL ATTENDANCE INCREASES Hitherto Unschooled Children Enrolled The growing emphasis upon day-school attendance of Indian pupils has resulted in an increase of Indian day-school enrollment in Federal schools from 4,532 pupils in 1928 to almost 12,000 during the school year 1936-37. More than half of this increase represents children not previously enrolled in any school. During the same period of time Indian pupils in public schools have increased from 34,163 to 50,328. The most spectacular development of the new day-school policy has been on the Navajo Reservation. Here there has been an increase of 37 new day schools during the last 2 years, with a resultant increase from 822 pupils in attendance at day schools to an enrollment of 2,147. Because of the tremendous number of Navajo children estimated not in any school at all, there has been no decrease in boarding-school enrollment during this period of time. There are still more than 7,000 Navajos of school age who are not enrolled in any kind of school. INDIAN SERVICE HIGH SCHOOLS INCLUDE TRAINING FOR SELF-SUPPORT There has been a continuing increase of Indian pupils enrolled in federally operated high schools. Many of these, because of the spar¬ sity of population on some of the larger reservations, are and must continue to be boarding schools. On some of the smaller reservations or in areas where the population is more compact, these high schools are operated on a day basis. The new Indian Service high schools are developing a program the major objective of which is to produce economically self-sustaining citizens. Recognizing that for many Indians their remaining lands constitute a major asset, these high schools are bending every effort to produce groups of young people who are not only interested in farming or stock raising, but who, through the course of their high- school careers, have engaged in farming under the supervision of the school on a practical self-supporting scale. This type of program has undergone gratifying development at the Chilocco School in Okla¬ homa on whose 8,000-acre campus the children are operating individ¬ ual farms of 40 to 80 acres, caring for a substantial beef herd, raising chickens on a commercial scale, and otherwise experiencing the prob¬ lems involved in making a living on a farm typical of that area. The Fort Sill, Riverside, and Cheyenne and Arapaho Schools, also in Oklahoma, are being extended from elementary and junior high school into senior high schools and are offering a similar program of agriculutral training. The Oglala Community High School at Pine Ridge in South Dakota is placing a great deal of emphasis on live¬ stock training. It is operating a beef herd of over 600 head, engag¬ ing in the poultry business on a commercial scale, and operating a OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 229 hatchery for the furnishing of young stock to the local Indians. A •similar program is being developed at the Rosebud Boarding School And plans of a similar nature are being developed for the Crow Creek, Cheyenne River, and Standing Rock Reservations. The prin¬ ciples underlying this type of development are being applied in vary¬ ing degrees throughout the Indian schools. REALISTIC TEXTBOOKS SOUGHT FOR INDIAN CHILDREN One of the most serious problems of the Indian Service lies in deal¬ ing with races of people, large numbers of whom still speak their native languages and for whom English is a little-used foreign tongue. In many of these groups, as for instance the Navajo, the Pima and the Papago, written records are entirely foreign to the racial experi¬ ence, and reading, therefore, lacks the functional reality which it occupies in the thinking of the average white child. Furthermore, on the more isolated reservations, Indian young people have no oppor¬ tunity for contact with ferryboats and steamers, firemen, policemen, postmen, railroad trains and streetcars, and many other objects and people whose activities form the familiar basis of elementary school Teading. The problem of teaching these young people to read, to make intelligent use of numbers, and in other ways to accept the basis of American education would be greatly simplified if textbook material existed which was phrased in terms of the Indian child’s ■experiences. During the last year the Education Division has, there¬ fore, accepted as one of its responsibilities the encouragement of the preparation of materials to be used in Indian schools. Some of this material will probably be published by the Government because of its exclusive application to limited areas in the Indian Service. In other cases, the Indian Service will encourage its commercial publica¬ tion because it would appear to be valuable for use in white schools as well as Indian schools. SPECIAL SCHOOLS Recognizing the importance of health for a population which has suffered seriously from the inroads of disease introduced by the whites, the Education and Health Divisions are cooperating in the operation of several special schools. At Fort Apache in Arizona, at Ohemawa, in Oregon, and at three of the boarding schools on the Navajo Reservation special trachoma programs are being operated, and the schools are devoted almost exclusively to children suffering from this disease. In several of the day-school areas on the Navajo Reservation, cooperation with the Health Division is making avail¬ able the service of special physicians and nurses to operate trachoma ■clinics for children and parents. 230 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR At Fort Totten in North Dakota an old boarding school closed sev¬ eral years ago has been reopened as a tuberculosis preventorium, and a special regimen is in force calculated to strengthen these children against the greatest scourge of Indian life. At the Eklutna Vocational School and at Wrangell Institute in Alaska where a Territorial tuberculosis survey indicates that almost 25 percent of the population is suffering from active tuberculosis, school children revealed to be suffering from the disease are being given segregated treatment in dormitory units of the two school plants, in the absence of adequate provision for hospitalization or for home treatment. EDUCATIONAL LOANS While much of the educational emphasis in Indian schools is on practical learning, leading toward economic self-sufficiency, the Gov¬ ernment has been earnestly seeking competent Indian young people for advanced vocational and collegiate training. Under the Indian Reorganization Act several hundred thousand dollars have been ap¬ propriated for loans to Indians for higher education and at the present time 372 students are receiving Government aid, 146 of whom engaged in advanced vocational work. To meet the needs within the Indian Service for competent operators of tractors, graders and other road machinery and Diesel power plants, a special school for adults was opened at Phoenix Indian School last year. Its students were lim¬ ited to men of promise, and all of its graduates were placed. Because of increased opportunities for practical experience on the Navajo Reservation, the school is this year being moved to Wingate. Haskell Institute also offers a program of advanced training for commercial students. EDUCATION OF ALASKA NATIVES AND INDIANS During the last year several significant changes have taken place in the organization of the native schools in Alaska, which are also under the jurisdiction of the Indian Service’s Education Division. Civil service standards strengthen personnel. — Until recently the civil service regulations have not applied to these schools. For the last year or two new appointments have been drawn from civil service registers and during the current year an attempt has been made to qualify through noncompetitive examination as many of the incum¬ bent Alaska teachers as possible and to replace with civil service appointees members of the Alaska staff who fall far short of minimum civil service requirements. These steps should materially strengthen the Alaska personnel. New salary classifications recognizing the ex¬ tremely isolated nature of many of the Alaska posts should make these positions somewhat more attractive than they have been in the past. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 231 Quality of native crafts improves. — The interest aroused in the preser¬ vation and development of native arts and crafts has resulted in the initiation of several projects of adult craft activity which should ulti¬ mately be of great value to many of the natives of Alaska. The School at Nome has cooperated in adapting and restyling several of the native skin garments, with the result that 50 native women have been kept busy producing parkas and mukluks which have been absorbed by commercial traders as rapidly as produced. The success of this -endeavor at Nome will be followed up in other northern areas and it is hoped that a material contribution to the cash economy of the Eskimos may result. Efforts are being made to improve the quality of wood carving among the southeastern natives and ivory carving among the Eskimos -of the north coast, both of which have deteriorated in the face of Japanese competition. Demand for secondary education grows. — The same increased interest in secondary education that has been remarked on in connection with the Indians of the continental area is also becoming manifest in Alaska. Only two Federal centers of secondary education are now operated — Wrangell Institute and Eklutna Vocational School. The maximum -enrollment at both of these institutions was reached during the cur¬ rent year and enrollments for the new year indicate a substantial increase which will tax present facilities. This increased interest is apparent among the Eskimos as well as the Alaska Indians, which indicates that consideration must be given shortly toward the estab¬ lishment of a secondary school for Eskimos, keyed to their economic needs and located in the northern part of Alaska where climatic con¬ ditions and vocational opportunities will resemble those in their natural • homes. The Eklutna School, to which Eskimo secondary students are now sent, is located on Cook Inlet only a short distance from Matanuska Colony, in an area where climatic conditions are milder and consider¬ ably different than those encountered in their homes. There has been some evidence that this factor has not contributed to the most healthy conditions for many students from the' northern areas. The preliminary reports of the territorial tuberculosis survey indi¬ cate the presence of active tuberculosis upon the part of about 25 percent of the village populations. A slightly lower percentage was discovered in the boarding schools. Due to the totally inadequate provision for sanitarium care within the territory, the Education Division has been cooperating with the Health Division in providing rest care in segregated portions of the school dormitories for students in need of medical attention. Two thousand native children without school facilities. — There are still approximately 2,000 natives not in any school. Some of these 232 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR are in areas remote from white contact into which no attempt has. yet been made to penetrate. In several of these locations the Eskimos are requesting schools, and at Chandalar, just north of Fort Yukon, the natives themselves have furnished a primitive structure and paid a small salary to a teacher in order to inaugurate the educational work. The Service has furnished some equipment and supplies and hopes in the near future to be able to add this to its active schools. In other areas served only by territorial schools, full-bloods are excluded, and in some of these areas where the white population has disappeared, the Indian Service is taking over the operation of the school and admitting full-bloods as well as mixed-bloods. School buildings need replacement. — Many of the original Alaska school buildings were built hastily and without a view to permanence. Some have long outlived their usefulness and others have been out¬ grown. The Government is, therefore, faced with a problem of replacing many of these structures with better insulated and more permanent buildings which provide more adequately for community needs. Alaska reindeer become Indian Service responsibility. — With the close of the current year the supervision of the Alaska reindeer service has been transferred from the territorial government to the Office of Indian Affairs. In view of the fact that the direct supervision of herds and the business of the native cooperative stores has been handled by Federal teachers, the full responsibility for the reindeer service has been placed under the Education Division of the Indian Office. The Alaska native — Alaska’s greatest resource. — The exploitation of •the mineral and animal resources of Alaska has not been without effect on the native people. The nicely balanced, though primitive, economy which enabled the Eskimo and the Alaska Indian to wrest a living from a country of climatic extremes, has been upset — upset not only physically, but, what is more tragic, psychologically. People, who before the coming of the white man were self-dependent, adjusting their activities to the seasonal rhythm of life, have been taught to depend on a cash economy. Instead of hunting and fishing for their own needs and growing gardens in areas where such effort is rewarded abundantly, the native has been encouraged to disregard these activi¬ ties and work instead for wages, or trap for the white man and buy his food and clothing from the store. More and more a people which once was self-sufficient has become dependent upon external forces which are totally disregardful of their human needs. Alaska is coming to be thought of as an area capable of permanent and desirable economic development. This new permanency of Alaska will necessi¬ tate a redefinition of the native’s position in Alaska life. Although the fact has not always been recognized, the native Alaskan is one of the most important resources of the Territory. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 233 The whites of Alaska cannot continue to profit at the expense of the natives. Constitutionally suited to fife in the Arctic, the Eskimo and the Alaska Indian must form the foundation to any long-range plan¬ ning for the development as contrasted to the exploitation of the Territory. The Education Division of the Indian Office is being guided by these facts in undertaking to develop an educational program which will capitalize the native virtues and at the same time adapt the natives for necessary contacts with their white associates. FOR BETTER HEALTH AMONG INDIANS THROUGH ENLARGED PUBLIC HEALTH WORK, IMPROVEMENT OF HOSPITAL FACILITIES, RESEARCH That Indian health has improved in recent years is borne out by the figures below showing the decline in the death rate between 1933 and 1936. The Indian death rate in 1936 was 13.7 per thousand, or 2.2 more per thousand than among whites (including Negroes). Only as recently as the 1920,s the Indian death rate was double that of the general population. The Indian death rate is still too high. Tuberculosis and the infant death rate are the principal factors. 1933 1936 Per 1,000 decrease as compared with 1933 Tnrh'an hirth rat.p per 1,000 population 23.8 22.3 -1.5 -1.8 Indian death rate per 1,000 population _ 15.5 13.7 The Indian Service maintained a health staff of 1,625 workers1 during the fiscal year 1937, and 4,139 hospital beds, in its effort to improve health among Indians. The increase in the health appro¬ priation from $4,011,620 to $4,502,630 made possible much-needed improvements in equipment and personnel. PUBLIC HEALTH PROGRAM SEEKS COOPERATION OF STATES,- EXTENDS PREVENTIVE WORK State cooperation increases scope of work. — The Health Division is expending its cooperative relationships with State and local health authorities. One notable example is the five-county full-time health district in Oklahoma. This was made possible through the cooperation of the State Board of Health, the Public Health Service, the Children’s • Health personnel at the close of the fiscal year included 10 administrative and supervisory physicians, a supervising dentist, 7 supervisory nurses, 150 whole-time and 87 part-time physicians, a special expert in tuberculosis, 3 special physicians for tuberculosis, 12 special physicians for trachoma, 19 consultants, 14 whole-time and 11 part-time dentists, 115 field nurses, 418 hospital nurses, 12 nurses at large working with special physicians, 6 assistant medical technicians, and 759 other employees, a total of 1,625. This repre¬ sents an increase of about 150 over 1936, due in large part to the opening of new hospitals, with some addi¬ tional employees to provide better service at existing plants. 234 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Bureau, and the Indian Office. The Indian Office is supplying the services of three nurses. The population in this five-county area is 25 percent Indian. The cooperative health work in North Carolina on the Cherokee Reservation has continued and the area has increased from a three- county to a five-county unit. Contractual relationships have been established with the State of Minnesota for the further development of public health service for i the benefit of Indians in the Arrowhead district of that State (the northeast tip of the State). There has been a continuous increase in the number of senior physicians appointed deputy State health officers by State health i departments, made possible by Executive order of May 1935. There j has been a notable increase in this procedure in the Northwestern States. Indian Service pioneers in tuberculosis vaccination. — The work of vaccination against tuberculosis under Dr. Joseph D. Aronson, special expert, was notable. During the fiscal year there were vaccinated against tuberculosis a total of 97 children at the Pima Agency, 232 at the Shoshone Agency, and 177 at the Turtle Mountain Agency. An equal number of controls are under observation. Plans were made during the year to extend this work on the Rosebud Agency and in the southeastern section of Alaska. The public health nursing pro¬ gram and the follow-up of these vaccinated children and the keeping of records has been strengthened. The prevention of disease through immunizations and inocula¬ tions is evidenced by: Vaccinations against smallpox _ 36, 625 Inoculations against diphtheria _ 8, 847 Immunizations against typhoid fever _ 10, 489 A few Indians were immunized against spotted fever. 11 Trachoma schools ” prove effective. — The continued operation of the Roosevelt Trachoma School on the Fort Apache Reservation, Ariz., brought significant results. The concentrated program of treatment of children in this school is demonstrating that it is possible actually to eliminate trachoma from the school child by this means. It has been predicted that after one more year of intensive treatments trachoma will be practically arrested among the school children on the Fort Apache Reservation. HOSPITAL CONSTRUCTION MAKES IMPROVED SERVICE POSSIBLE The hospitals which were reported under construction at the end of 1936 were completed during 1937 and are now available for use, making a total of 93 hospitals and sanatoria, exclusive of infirmaries OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 235 of less than 10 beds, with a total capacity of 4,139 beds, 131 cribs, and 280 bassinets. Included in this group are 15 sanatoria with a capacity of 1,300 beds, some of which are also available for general medical and surgical cases. The increase in number of beds avail¬ able over 1936 was nearly 400. The following hospital and sanatoria projects are under construc¬ tion and will add approximately the number of beds indicated when completed: Beds Fort Defiance Hospital and laboratory, Arizona _ 140 Wishiah Sanatorium, California, unit for Indians - 30 Choctaw-Chickasaw Sanatorium, Talihina, Okla. (replacement and en¬ largement) _ 150 Tahlequah Hospital, Oklahoma _ 75 Sioux Sanatorium, Rapid City, S. Dak - 150 Hospital treatments increase. — In hospitals there were treated 52,222 patients for general conditions other than tuberculosis and in the various sanatoria 2,334 patients were treated for tuberculosis. Out¬ patient treatments numbering 428,207, and 1,311,291 hospital treat¬ ments were given. The number of maternity cases treated in hospitals was 3,857, in contrast with 3,301 last year. The yearly increase of obstetrical service in Indian hospitals is significant of the attitude of Indians toward modern medicine. There were 13,445 Indians treated for trachoma. Pneumothorax operations jor tuberculosis. — In the tuberculosis field, emphasis has been placed on the treatment of selected cases by collapse therapy or pneumothorax. One doctor has been operating on the Blackfeet Reservation and another in the vicinity of San Xavier and on the Sells Agency. Two additional physicians on educational leave went to the Phipps Institute in Philadelphia for this type of training. One was sent to the Pine Ridge Reservation and the other detailed to Dr. Aronson in connection with the tuberculosis vaccination campaign. Dental service aided by use of trailers. — Dental treatment was given to 30,886 Indians and 64,630 treatments were given. This service consisted mostly of work among the school children in an effort to preserve teeth in that age-group; however, dental treatments were furnished adults in emergencies and to relieve pain. The three dental trailers in operation have been of immense help in the covering of large territories. NURSING WORK EXPANDS; TURNOVER, DUE TO HEAVY DEMANDS ON NURSES, HANDICAPS WORK The nursing work of the Indian Service has increased in amount and in scope during the year 1937. Specialized training for nurses improves service. — In the field of public health nursing the research work in tuberculosis control has 22914—37 - 17 236 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR opened several positions demanding nurses trained to collect epidemi¬ ological data and carry on educational activities of an intensive nature. The nurses detailed to this work were willing to take special instruc¬ tions at their own expense (nurses do not have educational leave) at Phipps Institute. In the field of trachoma control, nurses have been given special instruction at the Fort Apache Trachoma School. A public health nurse has been established at the Navajo Agency to do an intensive > follow-up of day-school and community trachoma patients. Several nurses have taken leave without pay to get instruction at Dr. Gradle’s trachoma clinic in southern Illinois. Hospital nursing standards evaluated. — A study was made by the y. National Organization of Nursing Education in cooperation wdth the nursing section looking toward an evaluation of the nursing service « being rendered at one or two hospitals in the Oklahoma district. Certain of these techniques of study are now being used in our super¬ visory work throughout the service. The building of new hospitals has been the occasion for certain standards of organization to be laid down. One chief nurse has been responsible for opening hospitals, so that a similarity of organization is being brought about. High turn-over continues — Superwomen needed. — The nursing service j still suffers from inadequate numbers. The overhead costs in personnel are extremely difficult to absorb in units of 50 beds and below. The nurse in charge is responsible for nursing, for food preparation and purchase, for typing the records, for giving anesthetics, for super¬ vising the cleaning, for issuing drugs, and delivering babies in the i absence of the physician. These superwomen are difficult to find, and, when found and employed, their tempers get worn down. Changes of scene, matrimony, and physical breakdowns are the most frequent . reasons for labor turn-over. More than 50 percent of the nurses have been in the service less than 2 years. This undesirable rate of turn-over will continue until i better hours of work and better quality of performance are made - possible. Nurses of the best caliber do not find either professional or personal satisfaction in trying to nurse 20 to 40 patients for a 12-hour stretch. There are 52 Indian girls taking training in schools of nursing with the help of educational loan funds. There will be places for all of them in the Indian Service on the successful completion of their training. Civil service has beea unable to furnish adequate lists of ehgibles for either public health or hospital vacancies. The plan has been to try to fill the vacancies in isolated places either by transfer or by ; ' probationary appointment, rather than offering appointment in the 1 1 centers where temporary nurses are usually available. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 237 Nurse-aid training continues . — The training of Indian nurse aids has continued this year. Members of the first class have made success¬ ful adjustments in their work. Twenty-three were admitted, 20 graduated, and 17 were placed in the various hospitals of the service. There is a problem in continuing to absorb the supply of trained nurse aids without displacing older personnel who have not had training. Supervisory nurse for each district needed. — The year 1938 promises- I further opportunity for improvement in the quality of work being done if each medical district is furnished with a supervisory nurse. This should give better data on the causes of turn-over and prevent : many of the misunderstandings and breakdowns. RESEARCH AIDS IN FIGHT AGAINST TRACHOMA AND OTHER DISEASES PREVALENT IN INDIAN COUNTRY Dr. Phillips Thygeson, of Columbia University, continued his I research work in the pathology and prevention of trachoma at the i Roosevelt School, Fort Apache, Ariz. The first year of this study seemed to indicate that trachoma was due to a filterable virus. This, the second year, was devoted to the growing of live epithelial tissue in the laboratory according to the Rockefeller technique. The project succeeded. Next year the work will continue in an endeavor to grow the trachoma virus on the growing epithelial tissue in an effort to develop an antitoxin. Columbia University also continued its research work, made possible through the support of the Indian Office, in the study of dental caries and nutrition among the tribes on the Lower Kuskokwim River in Alaska. The dietaries of native groups were carefully studied by weight and variety per individual and samples sent to the laboratory at Columbia University, New York, for analysis, as well as the examination of body excretions from groups showing dental caries and those with no dental caries. Yale University, through Dr. John R. Paul, has made a study of i cardiac rheumatism among various tribes in the western section of the United States. It was found that among 688 children in the northern tribes, the rate of rheumatic heart disease was 45 per thousand. Among 1,106 in the middle-western section the rate was 19 per thousand, while among 1,019 children in the southwestern section the rate was only 5 per thousand. In connection with the Public Health Service, studies were con¬ tinued among the Pueblos in New Mexico to determine the incidence of amebic dysentery. It was shown that among 1,024 Indians ex¬ amined in seven localities in New Mexico the rate of amebic dysen¬ tery ranged from 40.2 percent to 14.1 percent. The general rate was about 20 percent. This is high. In connection with these studies. 238 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR the cause and the source of this infection and its ultimate prevention < are being and will be investigated. Negotiations were consummated with Harvard University for a study of venereal disease among the Cherokee Indians in North . Carolina. This study, without expense to the Indian Office, proposes to obtain a clearer concept of the ratio of venereal disease in racial groups. ALASKA MEDICAL SERVICE Toward the end of the fiscal year, Dr. J. G. Townsend, Director of Health, in company with Mr. D. E. Thomas, Chief of the Alaska ; Section of the Indian Office, Dr. J. F. van Ackeren, Dircetor of the Alaska Medical Service, and Mr. Claude M. Hirst, Director of Edu¬ cation in Alaska, made an intensive trip through the Territory, visit¬ ing all of the hospitals with the exception of that at Unalaska. The trip was of great value in making an evaluation of the Alaska health problem and afforded an opportunity for conferences between the J health and educational representatives toward the furtherance of better service. For the nearly 30,000 Indians, Eskimos and Aleuts of Alaska, I scattered over an area one-fifth the size of the United States, the following medical workers are provided: 1 director, 1 dental super¬ visor, 1 supervisor of nurses, 7 full-time physicians, 6 part-time >, physicians, 27 field nurses, 18 hospital nurses, and in addition, a considerable number of minor employees, most of whom are natives. Dental service is furnished by local dentists under contract on a fee a basis. Tuberculosis death rate is more than ten times the white. — The great i and overpowering problem among Alaskan natives is tuberculosis, the death rate from which ranges from 600 to 800 per hundred thou- i sand, according to locality. (This is in comparison with only 50 per I hundred thousand among the white population.) Little can be done to correct this tragic situation until more hospitals can be built. New hospitals to be built. — In July 1936 the Office of Indian Affairs j took over the operation of the hospital at Point Barrow, which had j been previously operated by the Presbyterian Mission Board. In February 1937 fire broke out in the hospital and it was burned to the ground, together with a considerable portion of the supplies. Since then the medical work has been carried on under a severe handicap. However, an appropriation of $100,000 was included by Congress in the Second Deficiency Act for the construction of a hospital at Point Barrow, and plans are now under way. Representatives of the Construction Division of the Office of Indian Affairs visited Alaska during the spring to make a study of locations for the new schools and hospitals for which an appropriation OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 239 was made, and one member of the group went to Point Barrow. It is hoped that this hospital will be completed within the next 2 years. The Interior Department Appropriation Act for 1938 carries funds for the construction of a modern hospital at Bethel, on the Kuskokwim River. This hospital has been urgently needed for many years. A full-time physician for this area is being added to the staff, and the position of part-time physician is being discontinued. Cooperation with Territorial officials sought. — The medical director of Alaska is working in very close liasion with the Territorial health authorities, and a closer alliance between the Indian Office and the Alaska Health Department is developing. Serving an area hitherto without help. — The first health service to na¬ tives living to the eastward of Point Barrow was inaugurated this year. A public health nurse of considerable Alaskan experience packed two sleds with a 30-day food supply and made the trek to Demarcation Point. The story of her experience brings fresh realization of the desperate need for medical service, the eagerness of the Eskimo for reliable help and the tremendous difficulty of rendering even the most simple type of medical service in that vast area of cold. INDIAN CLAIMS MAKE CREEPING PROGRESS Across two administrations, Congress has been informed that Indian tribal claims will not be settled for another hundred years by present methods, and that in the majority of cases, after jurisdictional acts have been passed, no settlement whatever is secured — no justice done. In 15 years, with suits pending which have set forth claims in excess of a billion dollars, the actual moneys collected by Indian tribes have been in the neighborhood of $6,000,000, while as stated, the majority of the suits brought have been wholly abortive, due to defects in the jurisdictional acts authorizing them. The costs to the Government are extravagant, and the political and moral reactions upon the Indians are demoralizing. The Indian Claims Commission Bill proposes a conservative for¬ ward step. It passed the Senate in 1937, but was lost in the House during the past session of Congress. There follows a summary of the work of the Indian Office during 1937 in the laborious task of settling Indian claims. Reports were made during the year to the Department of Justice and the United States Court of Claims on 16 tribal claims suits. Approximately 80 tribal claims suits are now pending in the United States Court of Claims and the Supreme Court of the United States. Six cases were dismissed with decisions adverse to the Indians. The Seminole Nation of Oklahoma recovered a judgment of $10,099.25 in the Court of Claims. 240 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Reports have been prepared and sent to the committees of Con¬ gress on over 30 bills relating to Indian tribal claims against the United States; 1 report on a depredation claim; 3 reports on attorney- fee claims; and 6 reports on enrollment and individual Indian claims. SHOSHONE AND KLAMATH SUITS SET IMPORTANT PRECEDENTS In the suits of the Shoshone Indians of the Wind River Reserva¬ tion in Wyoming and the Klamath Tribe of Oregon, decisions of more than ordinary importance to Indians were handed down by the Court I of Claims, dealing with the fundamental question of the nature and extent of the tribal title to treaty reservations. Counsel for the United States, relying upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of the United States v. Cook (19 Wall. 591), had contended that the Indian tribal title is analogous to that of a life tenant, em- 1 bracing only the right of the members of a tribe to live on the res¬ ervation, and to use such materials as might be necessary for build¬ ing and farming purposes; and that the Indians are not entitled to ! compensation for the value of the land, as such, or for the timber j and mineral content of the land. In rejecting this contention, the i Court of Claims held that the title of the Indian tribe includes, as j beneficial incidents, the net value of the land, including the net value of any timber and minerals within the boundaries of the reser¬ vation. The court further held that the power of the Government i to hold and manage the property and affairs of the Indians in good | faith for their betterment and welfare does not extend so far as to ! enable the Government to give their lands to others and to appro- ; priate them to its own purposes. The Shoshone Indians were awarded a net judgment of $4,408,444.23, and the Klamath Tribe of Oregon I was awarded a judgment of $5,313,347.42. In view of the important : question and the large amounts involved, these cases probably will be carried to the Supreme Court of the United States. PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel administration in the Indian Service is, as is undoubtedly true of all other agencies, one of the most important functions. Due to the extreme diversity of problems and activities handled by this Service, its requirements for adequately trained persons are repre¬ sentative of nearly every activity that is being carried on under the Federal Government. In every phase of the work, persons with the ability to handle human-relation problems in addition to their specialties are needed. For example, an Indian Service forester must not only be skilled in timber work, he must be able to work with, direct, and train Indians of differing individual temperaments and cultural backgrounds. Like¬ wise, doctors, nurses, extension agents, and other workers in spe- OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 241 • cialized fields must be skilled not only in their particular professions, i but must be experts in dealing with problems of human relations. One of the most acute problems of personnel administration facing | the Indian Service is that of recruiting adequately trained adminis- I trators. In another section of this report reference is made to a | plan looking toward the selection and training of persons for eventual •employment in administrative positions. Ultimately the successful recruitment and training of persons for administrative positions will require modification of present civil- service methods of selection. At the present time, civil-service exam¬ inations make no provision for the elimination of candidates who are not suited to Indian Service work because of prejudices, or inability to work in isolated communities and under conditions as they exist on many of the reservations. Likewise, present civil-service exami¬ nations do not differentiate between successful and merely acceptable performance. In situations where the success or failure of an em¬ ployee hinges so much on his or her ability to handle tactfully and judiciously all kinds of practical situations, depending almost exclu¬ sively on a gift in the field of human relations, it is essential that these important factors be given considerable weight. Some progress has been made along this line. The Civil Service Commission has to some extent recognized the specialized problems that exist in the Indian Service and has announced certain examinations for the sole purpose of filling positions in the Indian Service, such as those for teachers and nurses. More thought and effort is needed, however, before these examinations will result in securing persons with the desired training and experience. There is an all but universal demand by the various field units for additional personnel. Very little increase has been provided during the last several years in the regular personnel available for carrying on of the work of the Indian Service. The large emergency programs that have been carried on, many of which have been completed, have created additional problems for the regular agency staffs, and have demanded that a careful analysis be made of methods of procedure so as to insure the maximum of work with a minimum of effort. Even where such studies have been completed, and where all possible dupli¬ cation of effort has been eliminated, the regular personnel hardly are able to handle adequately the volume of business required of them. In carrying out the announced policy of the administration to place Indians, wherever available and qualified, in regular positions in the Indian Service, notable increases in Indian employment have been effected. Some of the offices at the present time have 100 percent Indian staffs. The number of Indians employed in the Washington office has increased during the past 3 years from 10 percent of the total staff to about 35 percent. Indians have been placed in many 242 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR of the important posts, including those of regional coordinator, superintendent, education field agent, and chief clerk. EMPLOYMENT OF INDIANS An employment service is maintained for the placement of Indians in positions both within and without the Service. During the fiscal year, employment was obtained for some 6,570 Indians, 2,654 of whom were placed within the Indian Service, and 3,916 with private em¬ ployers. Two-thirds of those placed outside of the Indian Service went into permanent positions. The type of situations in which Indians have been placed has varied from highly technical assign¬ ments to household work. Many Indians have been placed in indus¬ trial positions, and satisfactory employment opportunities have pre¬ sented themselves to Indians who have graduated from Indian Service trade schools. The follow-up work with Indians who have been placed outside the Service indicates that for the most part they have been able to adapt themselves satisfactorily to urban industrial life. As far as possible, Indians are encouraged to remain on their home¬ lands and to use their training in working out their individual eco¬ nomic problems and the economic rehabilitation of their tribes. But whenever an Indian indicates a desire to secure employment off the reservation, all possible aid is extended to him in securing work for which he or she is fitted by training and experience. STEPS TOWARD IMPROVEMENT OF INDIAN OFFICE ADMIN¬ ISTRATION The Indian Service is one of the largest bureaus in the Federal Government, with peculiarly complex duties, and jurisdiction over many different kinds of property in many States. Indian self-govern¬ ment eventually should simplify the problem of Indian administration. For the present, however, the processes of education and the exten¬ sion of powers to tribal groups are throwing additional tasks upon Indian Service workers. To simplify and to improve the coordina¬ tion of this complicated and scattered organization is no easy task; however, gradual improvements are being made. DECENTRALIZATION OF AUTHORITY Responsibility has been shifting to field units of the Service and to Indian groups, in the attempt to lessen the number of decisions that must be made in Washington. In Oklahoma and Kansas, a regional coordinator acts as a unifying force over the supervisory personnel in the entire area. He also, although without administrative author¬ ity over the superintendents, acts as a clearing agent for jurisdic¬ tional matters, and serves to bind together the various jurisdictional activities in these relatively homogeneous areas. A similar plan is OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 243 being tried out in the Lake States. An area coordinator, stationed at Minneapolis, has advisory status with regard to all Indian Service activities in the States of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan. A different plan is being tried out in the Southwest. There, in the large Navajo and Pueblo areas, no coordinator has been set up, but the superintendents in the two jurisdictions have been so pro¬ vided with technical personnel that their jurisdictions are virtually self-contained. A recent step forward in the direction of efficient organization has been the creation of uniform supervisory districts. Each technical division of the Indian Service is interested in its own particular field of activity ; some of the divisions are more particularly interested in a definition of territory broken down along economic lines; others, more concerned "with a definition along State lines. And with each tech¬ nical division provided with a different number of employees on its field staff, no two divisional field districts coincided. There were numerous headquarters, and coordination was extremely difficult. After considerable study, a system of 10 districts was worked out: District one’s headquarters, with supervision over agencies east of the Mississippi, is the Washington Office; the area west of the Mississippi including also Wisconsin and Michigan, has been divided into eight districts; and Alaska has been designated as the tenth district. Under this system, a supervisor of health activities, for example, will be brought into the same headquarters with the supervisor of education or forestry or extension. All supervisors in the same headquarters will be interested in approximately the same Indian jurisdictions, and a coordination of effort and an exchange of experience will be pro¬ moted. IMPROVEMENT IN MAIL AND FILES SYSTEM The complexity of Indian Office administration is reflected nowhere so clearly as in the office’s mail and file system. There are stored records dating back to pre-Revolutionary days. The files had not been reclassified since 1907. Many of the old records were still in letter-book or folder form. Approximately a year and a half ago a revision of the mail and files system was undertaken, and the mail and files system is already showing the results of the overhauling. The registration of incom¬ ing mail had dwindled down to about 20 percent. Today, 80 per¬ cent of the incoming mail is being briefed or carded. ACCUMULATION OF RELIABLE STATISTICS AS BASIS FOR SOUND PLANNING Progress in Indian Service administration is not possible without systematic planning and program-making. A prerequisite to sound planning is the accumulation of basic facts — facts about Indians and their resources must be ascertained. 244 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Cooperative studies go beyond enumeration of acreage and popula¬ tion, classification of soil types, and irrigable areas. They go into the- psychological background of the people themselves, so that any plans now made will be based upon not only physical facts but upon a sound anthropological basis. An office planning group has been established, which has begun to collect and correlate all available information about certain reserva¬ tions. The planning group in particular has undertaken a study of the agencies in the Lakes States area. The outcome of all these- efforts, it is believed, will be plans and programs which will serve as- a stable background for consistent developments in Indian adminis¬ tration. The central personnel unit has been reorganized to the end that certain groups of the personnel shall be responsible for the handling- of all the personnel matters for certain groups of reservations. Further development along these lines is contemplated and will, if possible, be accomplished during the coming year. IN-SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAMS In-service training, which seeks to improve the usefulness and op¬ portunities of those already in the Service, is being given in various- forms. The summer school institutes for teachers have already been described (see p. 227), as have also, briefly, the courses being offered to Indian enrollees in E. C. W. camps during their leisure time. In the Navajo-Pueblo area, the foundations have been laid for an experiment in recruitment and in-service training for administrative* positions. The “internes”, selected by personal interview from the graduating or graduate groups in universities, will be placed in varied situations of increasing responsibility. A director of training will oversee their educational experiences and maintain records of their achievement; but administratively they will be held fully re¬ sponsible to the agency giving them their experience. Indian Service and Soil Conservation Service will supply the most important of the experiences and testing assignments. To advise in the conduct of this experiment and others which may follow, the Secretaries of Agri¬ culture and Interior have appointed an interdepartmental committee of Washington office representatives, and the Civil Service Commis¬ sion has designated a representative to sit upon this committee. In the interest of smoother administration, groups of Chief Clerks- have been called into Washington to take part in a series of explana¬ tions and discussion of regulations, business procedure, and common reservation problems. OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 245 CODIFICATION OF DATA NEEDED In the field of organization and administration are two problems which are pressing lor attention. Approximately 3 years ago a codi¬ fication of Indian Service regulations was undertaken. Due to a shortage of personnel, the work of codification has had to be set aside for the time being, and the Office has not yet been able to take up the task and carry it to completion. This should be done; the sooner the better. PROBATE WORK IS EXPEDITED Procedure for the determination of heirs of Indians and for probate of Indian wills has been simplified and made uniform by the probate division. The master docket, instituted in 1934, is proving invaluable. A complete record of each case is kept, immediately available, and up-to-date. The work of the probate division in conducting courses of instruc¬ tion on the proper execution of wills among all Federal employees doing this type of work is now beginning to bear fruit; also the present practice of examining all wills during the lifetime of the tes¬ tator and correcting errors in description and ambiguous or pro¬ hibited devises is eliminating contests and applications for rehearing. The present practice of notifying all interested parties of decisions made by the Secretary of the Interior, and the provision of oppor¬ tunity for hearings in the event of dissatisfaction, is apparently most satisfactory to Indians. Misunderstandings both as to the law and the facts are immediately explained, with the result that nearly all cases are closed satisfactorily after the first hearing. The docket shows that during the current year the applications for rehearing had dwindled to 2.8 percent, and that after explanations and review, the rehearings were less than 1 percent. Records show that during the fiscal year 1937 the probate division disposed of cases as indicated: General probate of wills and determination of heirs _ 1, 712 Five Civilized Tribes cases _ 297 Osage cases, wills, fees, etc _ 70 Total _ 2,079 A study is now being made of the law and the practice relating to inherited interests in estates that, through division among numerous heirs, have become practically valueless and yet entail enormous ex¬ pense in management. Some progress has been made, and it is hoped that plans may be worked out whereby such lands can be made useful to their Indian owners. INDIAN SERVICE APPROPRIATIONS Treasury Appropriations 246 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR 1938 $3, 150, 441. 85 1, 932, 500. 00 1, 293, 998. 00 10, 048, 525. 00 4, 965, 690. 00 2, 770, 100. 00 761, 020. 00 24, 922, 274. 85 4, 291, 775. 00 3, 000, 000. 00 32, 214, 049. 85 1937 $3, 343, 401. 05 2, 288, 470. 00 1, 149, 664. 00 9, 395, 375. 00 4, 422, 360. 00 2, 425, 000. 00 736, 020. 00 23, 760, 290. 05 780, 900. 00 3, 500, 000. 00 28, 041, 190. 05 O CO 05 $2, 780, 880 3, 740, 490 1,321,652 8, 795, 120 3, 849, 620 2, 279, 350 771, 020 23, 538, 132 981, 000 4, 000, 000 28, 519, 132 1935 $1, 806, 894 1, 060, 510 450, 665 7, 990, 565 3, 264, 595 2, 141, 815 42, 020 16, 757, 064 400, 000 2, 000, 000 19, 157, 064 1934 $1, 593, 500. 00 1, 233, 881. 67 599, 614. 00 9, 103, 230. 00 3, 281, 800. 00 2, 141, 900. 00 31, 020. 00 17, 984, 945. 67 711, 600. 00 270, 000. 00 18, 966, 545. 67 1933 $1, 840, 054. 35 1, 301, 000. 00 457, 824. 00 9, 771, 000. 00 3, 508, 800. 00 2, 156, 300. 00 31, 020. 00 19, 065, 998. 35 1, 654, 100. 00 1, 420, 000. 00 22, 140, 098. 35 1932 $2,587,285.73 1, 605, 000. 00 497, 601. 00 10, 185, 400. 00 3, 658, 000. 00 2, 216, 300. 00 40, 020. 00 20. 789, 606. 73 5, 570, 440. 00 670, 000. 00 27, 030, 046. 73 Object General purposes . . . . Industrial assistance . I . . . Irrigation and water development . . . Education _ _ _ . _ . _ Conservation of health.. . Support of Indians _ _ _ _ _ Miscellaneous (roads, annuities, etc.) . . . Subtotals _ _ _ _ _ Construction (general) . . . . . . Roads and bridges . . . . . Total . . GO o £ « Ph o P5 P-, Ph << {H cc W « E-* C5 g O O W P5 O £ w § w 1-3 Ph Ph t> 03 o Eh P3 O < § m A fc t> pH ►3 § O 05 Ph 03 £ O £ s Ph O Pi Ph Ph <1 o Ph O W Ph 03 1000B5 © © © OOOOOl '©© I ;©© !©o I l 00 © | © O © 00 © •*< © «^e<5 e<5 t> eo © © © © © 1000050© i-H © 1C © © © -H © © CO © © © © CO © I © CO W5 W lO 1 © © o o co e» m im iMH O 05 .-i to to 1 Oi r-4 -^4 pH i-H ^ 1 1 1 1 1 Total »« 05 e© us* OQOCOCO !^NOJN©r» N *H C© CO ©4 CO ^ *0 eo eo i-h ,-h*h*h©* ut co 1 eo • *h 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 CC ©4 © 4© 1 1 1 1 1 40 © i-H GO © 40 i-H eo i i i i i • i i i i • i i i i i i i • i i * r i i Residing at jurisdiction where enrolled Female 99, 965 21,235 342 12 297 113 184 33 1,290 1,516 10, 662 32 73 2,852 76 2,205 180 1, 958 67 82 489 446 43 1,419 2, 802 40 2, 521 2,504 12 5 241 247 87 160 Male 104,978 GCt^^H^tOHiONOW GO ©NCOHiOMCO^^COTH©r«tOiONOOOO©05H I r» H (M O CO 40 US *© GO O0 © 05 05 IO CO t>- 05 ©4 t>- 40 4iS ® 40 05 t>- rHlOGOrHCO 1 40 ^ CO r-< 04 h* CO ©4 o ©4 H O 40 ^©5 40 40 (NNHH | gf *4\4jn eo-* ©f csT *h ©£ ww* Total 304, 943 I CO ©5 CO 00 t- O i-H 00 ©* CO US O ©* ^ 05 CO 40 1-H O CO CO 05 ^ ©5 ©5 CO CO o 40 r- CO p-H ^ US CO CO i— ©4 OO^CO*^ OO ©»SCOO«(N^NHH050©05MCON»HOiNON 1 (jo r- r»*n©5 hqc-h^coohhoo qo r- r-< o ^«swco eo ©ieo*M 40 rn* nV ujV ^ N Indian population Female 118, 697 ® ©* co ** 05 co *4 ©5 eo ^ ® us oo co ^ o ao co ® r- co ^ »o r» ^ r>* US401-HC0005 l-^*i?® eo GO®OOGOGOCOt^OOC00040»0»0'^40cO^H 4O^hG0C^ Nh 40 cohh i-i eo 40 co ^4 ©5 c* i-H o 40 ^ r>» cs eo ©T of *neo cfcf ©i ^ Male g QO b\ MHr}iC400O’«t'O©C5‘S H^cO^CDOOO’ifOTfCD^^iOONHODNaD^N ®®c^i-h^‘X) 34r*GO® 40 eo^oo4ocor-05ioc540®©icoocor-i©ic0'^c^©i 4-0 CO -CrtlN ©4 CO eo ©4 fH fH co rH 40 rT »o p-h OO (NCO^W ej| **'m*zi eo ©T ©f *Neo ©Tcf Total 1 1 ©* 45, 653 1,213 41 775 309 459 7 397 2, 781 3,248 21,988 85 417 6, 109 194 4, 651 339 4,164 148 176 1,088 980 108 2, 966 6, 184 112 5,556 5,501 26 29 516 662 208 454 I !*> ! C « © 1st > 5 a te *2 s« B* o iSg- 11,® .22, >, „ _ ,2 © S s=iea§J3 .S’® * I s | 8 a> fi « ® C_ «“ §DC „£ '--““sf fi st! ■S&goSoJgs^s goo rt|oo ^-g'Sg.giS s’© 5® « ®w *K*s- a. © 2 ■ < ■gSgQ^ “pH-e* C fi O-r* «Sg^,o flS® a. £ M ® >.2 O <3 PS 2 j 1 5 e*.2 a 5 1 g if . ®« l&’SflSsp m §■ Cja O >» O «»-. ; ^ j Sg£g'’'S>g&wSeoS2S «« *-«-« * « *'^”“9t' i «■ £|S£3 |gSg§§28&S3g^2;Sg8wSw§NS8§32SS8|S§sr§ - sg»s-gga*5«gsas ooW ~~ « at end of table. TABLE 2-b. — Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies/ According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, Jan. 1, 1937 254 REPORT OE THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR 1 1 I I JX> Pc3 s © S gss-sssa i i i ; -sssgs i i i S : : : : Male 882 I2S22 j 63 18 45 4 2 7 7 4 3 ggg^SSSfc i j i i i i i i i : i i Total |||2:skss | i j ; ssssss; : : : : ; ; ; ; Residing at another jurisdiction Female ! ! ! IlNWOlO : : : i w ; j ! j i i issssa” i i i i i : i0808 j ;a i i i i | ; : ; Male : ; i : :®oo i j i i i « i 1 1>» r» r» i ! ! ! i ; ; i ; 2s08 :Jo!^srS90O'H *33°° is i i ; : Total 2 52 11 11 _ i j j i j ig2gS8'H2S£’H 32S2 i$r i i i Residing at jurisdiction where enrolled Female 8 88 55 20 73 659 40 40 139 132 7 404 76 397 397 172 225 296 1, 794 929 226 51 652 782 133 644 5 83 45 38 201 467 467 124 313 30 Male 11 no 52 17 105 681 54 54 _ 3s''!“S32§8£§§s§Ssrss8 ssssss Total 19 198 107 37 178 1,340 94 94 280 266 14 802 164 813 813 367 446 586 3, 565 1,753 427 104 1,222 1,628 267 1,355 6 184 110 74 394 969 969 248 666 55 Indian population © *03 a © Ph © *3 2 SS8f£gg§|?ggSg8|g58"SSS3 aggSgSr e**~ ! Total ^lSS§ssa-2i||§|||s|s2i2|i|§-|RR 352SIS -r Vp* f-7 ~ OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 255 -SsS^ssssss ss #M“ l!!2SsSS!3gS;S88eo','*<* ;SSSS§£$83?5co^ i 3- _r I38S8§3**~ p j •ISaSa^l*55* Is wee «"h rTnie^i at end of table. TABLE 2-b. — Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies, According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, Jan. 1, 1937 — 256 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Residing elsewhere Female NHH tOHH 1 : ^ : : r r*° i j iMO 1 i i i ill s : 1 i 1 : : ICO .r'-ioeo**.-h c— i Total ■A M • r i 1 " i"“ i i i”s i i ! i i : 1 : : : i Residing at another jurisdiction Female 10 2 2 . r 5 5 21 15 5 1 s is» j» 1 is is I j i iss-s — s i i ! i i i i i i i i i i i : :::::::: : : Male oo eo co ! c^co^-k |« | ja ja s j j isssg**”**:: i i I M I i ! ! ; i i i. . <.1.11.1 . . Total 2 10 10 i i Ico^ooc^o |« • ig i® ! ! • : i | ! 1 1 1 i i i 1 1 j Residing at jurisdiction where enrolled Female 38lT«*S*3i«,s-S,'8S i B S'» . ! . . Male 113 276 269 7 21 254 207 47 ;||8?S»|SS|-S»2|g§2SS3|§Sg32SS§S; 2 =» Total |g§3-13=gi"s-|sg§-s»g|sssssss|sissii2g a' s‘3J Indian population Female §lgr-"lls§s8s-§>-§s i^!I§s§sIss8§”8lgllif | r-* 0.0* • Male auB-«ga,»55"*,,8asa"*,’aa»a9*'!SM8*iias6s 2 =•*>• Total lli3SSS31|ES-|&||~l-||g|S2SRg^23S|8g|- OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 257 124 5 3 10 • i j SjgSS^S 332 sas— «« 2 138 5 3 15 5 2 1 6 536 1,747 30 14 11 5 19 3|S 88S io02» -**-<©* ) ^ O 05 © ICO oo ^ ©5 go »—* co H r- WC^HIH C© ©t N M CO O W M ©5 H © N CC HH IHU5 cs(Nr«©© C3 Ohh -i i-i ;© oo ioeocoor-(N c© ^ ® CO ^ O*C0 t-o COCC^COiHMOiOWNO^iOiO iOCO» t)*CO HH CO CO i CO ©5 co C5 CO ( I CO ©I CO (M ( g » ti q ^ w i i^jAh- e5s«§SassoL ® C®o ■2^® ® 32 .3 O. S 2 ®'3.3 3 3 O.C2 gs aOW&O ^“•2 8'd G^^OO1 CO fill !££■§ *2W 3 c3 c3 o > 3.3 _. ®s s a M M >‘3 P*>S : « 2-9 ^f'3 2 !5SS^ i-g CQ ^ s rS 03_, B&Sfl „ ® ® u^BSB * S ScC 55*5 c« a3 c3 jj* O CO CO rt Cl rl w H co S C a c *— ^3 a3 q 0 0 l&l“laa«S g.&o o O o1^ «^S|agggg“ j o3£3'~'333 SS-w Pi P-l 02 E-I rt S ‘S > S© OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 261 3522; Tt< O NS50! w *— < » CO^ONX COWOM'ft ^ lO 1-H ic G©**— < — < to ■w co co rn h oaoc^coo CO 00 <0 CO CO 00 ^ oiTfio^ n( h co oo cc co wocsrr w eo * HH esT^Teo H as 0* . cc £ 3 s ” £ 8 © ;ph0 a © « “a^S'g So-§o® ''O © « "O a 03 S3 © § {phJhJtf M |oa 5flo a §3 55a o^a Jf lltfQ ^5^ © _,w S.Srt§3 «iiopH © o o sc H Jill C 2 O W O® .-0,2 fe ® a - « s = 9 S’©2> "O M.g t; a •9 & I ss&s’s ! £22 Cl S-9 £ © w - 4J b£ > 05 £> o «xi a"'3 i ©-a _ a a a o-2 a „® ^ u. a/ 2 jc Z o ^ a Tt o ia* Is o «sT| ®.2$f jTa a sa as a & "2 CB 2 =* 9 03 (3 O XI _ -a "O © a £8 © rn a J3 ©is bf rt >< © M*® ©-a m © a« ^ o ** a cS © £ a 0 s -XJ a a a a *-a a* ^T3 3 S §.§ c3 O E .2 ® s> ^ I .2 . 35 * a © © © £ * -s * -a ^3 'S fl M 5 a 'E -as 9 !^ © .2 .® o o> 3 “-a 0*^0 -n OT ^ >> -C fl a .© ©►-3 * © J2 £ L> i°s ISIS’S© Woa aS ^ a.wS .2 x a c ;> ? a~ a 95 o >, fcM >> ^ OJ3 ”= 3 © £ 2>a 2 'tZ x> ^ a> o3 2 C8 9 a ©•y^ «»2 s 2 a -g a a .■£ I S © > © 2 -- ax a- M ’ 2 -a © g 2 >» Sx?5 a 5 x-r cuu .9 a ® a la "O © 1 ' -H1 OJ *2 ■g c/3 S a a fe 11 cn a a" e®2oSa©ao a£ ©23 b-Ss-n 2 «s <- a s?-3_a'a.2^ -a -2^ al^'ca I III « £_a _ w © >,■© ®x ® X? o © CQ ^3- ~ a* •^^nCflOWMgjO IlflS-aii-a ' ° U K O O ® .fi© >*a o & -*f x3 2 P o-c OFFICE OF EDUCATION J. W. Studebaker, Commissioner TO “promote the cause of education”, as charged in the organic act i the Office of Education during the year ending June 30, 1937, carried on its usual services, and in addition continued to pioneer in some of the newer fields including conservation education, radio, and public forums. These have been further explored with a view to their increasing importance in educational programs of the Nation's schools. The year has been a significant milestone in the history of land- grant colleges. It was their diamond anniversary. Seventy-five years ago the Morrill Act was passed by Congress and signed by Abraham Lincoln. This act established our national system of land- grant colleges, which today includes many of the country's leading educational institutions. The act granted public land to each State to be sold or used for the establishment of colleges of agriculture and mechanic arts. Some of the States, instead of establishing new insti¬ tutions, designated existing ones to provide instruction in these fields. Today — after 75 years — there are 69 land-grant institutions with properties and plants valued at nearly half a billion dollars; staffs of faculty members totaling over 28,000; and students, including those in residence and in summer sessions, and those taking extension and correspondence courses, reaching almost a half million. The rapid rise in secondary school enrollments throughout the country for the past few years has for the first time in the Nation's history brought the number of high-school graduates to a total beyond the million mark in 1937. EDUCATION’S OUTLOOK IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS Outstandingly, the horizons of activity of the schools are contin¬ ually being expanded to include the out-of-school group. At the elementary-school level this tendency is showing itself in increasing 262 OFFICE OF EDUCATION 263 emphasis on nursery schools and kindergartens and the related sub¬ ject of parent education. At the high-school level increasing atten¬ tion is being given to the needs of young people who have dropped out of school, whether at the end of the compulsory school age, before completion of the high-school course, or after being graduated from high school. The facilities for their future education most often involve some plan for part-time education, such as night school, part-time day school, cooperative classes, correspondence instruction, and programs combining work and study. In the past, these part- time programs have emphasized chiefly the vocational motive. There seems, however, no reason why part-time programs cannot be more fully developed to serve other important objectives, such as good citizenship, improved home membership, and worthy use of leisure time. Conservation Education A service in conservation education was organized during the year in the Office of Education in response to growing demands from schools throughout the country for consultative service and for teach¬ ing materials in this field. The plans for immediate sendee include: (1) A brief survey of work underway in conservation in schools and school systems; (2) preparation of bibliographical material for use in secondary schools; (3) an exploratory conference on conservation education; (4) preparation of suggestive curricular material and teaching guides. Of these the first-named project has been com¬ pleted and the report printed. Several bibliographies are being pre¬ pared. A conference was held in June, which brought together some of the Nation’s leaders in this movement. A bulletin of suggestive curricular material is in press. It is hoped that on this foundation an increasingly constructive service in conservation education can be developed. In schools throughout the country conservation education is gam¬ ing ground, as indicated by the following facts: (1) It is included with increasing frequency in the instructional programs of elementary and secondary schools, especially in courses of study in science and the social studies. The subject matter is organized in activity units around important science concepts and themes, and as topics and problems in units of the social studies groups, particularly geography and history. Conservation problems furnish topics suitable for activ¬ ity units at all school levels in both material and human resources (2) In universities, instruction in subjects related to the use of natural resources and other background studies is increasingly being pointed toward conservation. Teacher-training institutions are real¬ izing the need for teachers prepared to teach the subject and are offering special courses, both during the regular year and as short 264 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR sessions in summer terms. (3) State departments of education in a number of States issue bulletins devoted directly to general instruc¬ tion in conservation, or prepared to promote special phases of con¬ servation education, such as studies in forestry, wildlife studies, and observance of Arbor Day, bird day, or conservation week. Curricular and Other Interests Interest in the curriculum continues to be a strong motive in both elementary and secondary education. This interest was for a time somewhat submerged by the necessity for retrenchment in school expenditures. That it was not submerged is indicated by the speed and the vigor with which it has returned, under the stimulus of State and local school agencies. In the field of adult education the past year has shown trends to regard educational provisions for adults as part of a regular continuing program for the preparation of the individual for full participation in the society in which he lives. There are evidences of a developing philosophy of adult education that will be effective in defining and establishing its place in American education and in making it an integral part of a publicly supported program. There is a growing realization that education for effective adjust¬ ment to society must give more attention to the individual pupil than has been done under our “mass” system of education. There is thus an increasing tendency in the public schools to provide services for the individual pupil that will aid: In adjustment to school condi¬ tions, in orderly progress through school, in the discovery of attitudes and interests that give promise of desirable development, in the early discovery of antisocial attitudes and forms of behavior, in the selection of educational courses, in making a vocational choice, and in placement and adjustment in employment. The contribution that the industrial arts can make toward the realization of generally accepted educational objectives occupied an important place in the discussion of curriculum problems. The high death and injury rate from automobile accidents has stimulated the development of systematic instruction in safety in all its aspects. Numerous courses of study on the subject are being used throughout the country. Efforts are being made by those engaged in the medical work of schools to see that such work is improved and that public funds spent for this work be more effectively administered. There has been a growing interest in the introduction and improvement of instruction in hygiene in the high-school grades. Increased interest in character education has resulted in measures to correct and prevent behavior difficulties. Such measures include OFFICE OF EDUCATION 265 classes for adults in family relationships, character education curricula, and personal guidance. Significant among educational developments for handicapped chil- I dren is the growing conviction that they are a responsibility of the secondary school as well as of the elementary school. Special pro¬ vision for mentally or physically handicapped pupils of high-school i age has in the past been made only in connection with the special classes organized in elementary schools or through segregated schools. A study made during the past year, however, reveals that the high schools are caring for an increasing number of these adolescents through an adjustment of curriculum and equipment to meet their needs. Such a development is but a reflection of the educational principle that the high school exists for all adolescents who can attend ! day school, regardless of their academic or physical limitations, and that it should plan its program accordingly. During the year, 44 State legislatures met in regular session and enacted important legislation touching upon many phases of educa¬ tion. The most significant of these acts pertained to school financing. A number of States are assuring a much greater share of the cost of a I foundation education program than heretofore ; others have strength¬ ened plans which previously had been made for State participation in school support but which lacked effectiveness in the production of adequate revenue. Provisions made during recent legislative sessions, for special State taxes to be levied in whole or in part for the benefit of the public schools will undoubtedly raise education standards in financially weak areas of several States and consequently the average standards for such States. More than the usual amount of legislation concerning teacher welfare has been enacted during the past year. This falls into two general types; (1) provisions for the retirement of aged teachers and (2) teacher tenure designed to give permanency and stability to the teaching profession. Rural Education In considering the present outlook in rural education the following trends are significant: (1) The abandonment of one-teacher schools and their replacement by larger centralized schools; (2) the dispro¬ portionate increase of the number of rural children attending high schools; (3) the growing disparities in the economic welfare of urban and rural teachers; and (4) marked improvements in the training status of the latter. During the past 4 years the number of 1-room schools has been reduced by 10,169, or about 7 schools per day. During the same period the number of rural schools offering high-school work has been increased by 883, or 5.3 percent, but the number of children attending 266 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR high school in rural communities has been increased by 764,513 pupils, or 53.2 percent. The salary situation is less encouraging. In the past 4 years rural teachers’ salaries were cut approximately 20 percent while those of city teachers were cut only about 10 percent. Over a 15-year period statistics show wider and wider disparities between the salaries of these two classes of teachers. Despite this fact great progress has been made in the improvement of scholastic qualifi¬ cations. Even in the 1-room schools nearly half of the teachers now report 2 years or more of college work, a proportion which nearly doubled during the past 5 years. State certification standards are rising and teacher tenure is improving. If, with these improvements, teachers’ salaries and the financial support of rural schools generally nan be improved, conditions will be promising for the development of a richer program of education for rural children. IN COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES Conditions in higher education have shown steady improvement during the past year. The latest reports show a slight reduction in the number of higher educational institutions in this country, not¬ withstanding an addition to the list of seven new liberal arts colleges and four teachers colleges. The total number of higher institutions of learning as of June 30, 1937, is given at 1,688 as against 1,704 for the year preceding. College enrollments have increased in nearly 600 accredited insti¬ tutions for which reports are available. This increase appears to be general throughout the country. In the institutions reporting, full¬ time enrollments increased in 1936-37 over the year preceding 6.5 per¬ cent; and total enrollments have increased 7.5 percent. According to partial reports, the number of staff members employed in colleges and universities is now nearly back to normal and salaries in a large proportion of institutions, have been restored to former levels. Many universities and colleges continue to study curriculum problems that are partly the result of the depression. There is a tendency to weed out the less necessary courses of study, to integrate departmental activities, and to stress the importance of the more general studies. Professional education seems to have held its own during the past year. Enrollment gains were indicated in medicine and law, and only slight losses were shown for theology, dentistry, pharmacy, and teacher education. Demands for well-educated elementary teachers increased materially. A new approach to the accrediting of colleges recently exemplified by the methods of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools is shown also in the procedures of the Engineers' : Council for Professional Development. The council began during OFFICE OF EDUCATION 267 3, the past year a survey of curricula in engineering schools. The ie, survey considers particular curricula rather than the school as a it whole, keeping in mind the State laws governing the licensing of a engineers for professional practice. d The National Youth Administration has continued the college t student-aid program initiated by the Federal Emergency Relief Ad- • ministration. This has not only helped many students, but has also r served to stabilize the incomes of colleges that were largely dependent upon tuition fees. FEDERAL EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES The scope of Federal activities with respect to education manifested itself along many different lines of action during the year. In addi¬ tion to the accrued normal functions of the Office of Education, it has ! continued the five national education projects which were inaugurated by a grant of emergency funds the previous year, namely, the study of local school-administrative units; surveys of vocational education land guidance of Negroes; educational radio project; cooperative * university research project; and public-affairs forum project. Federal education activities were carried on also by a number of new or supplementary Government agencies. The W. P. A. has con¬ tinued to allot funds to support educational programs for adults through day and evening schools and Americanization classes, and also for young children through nursery schools. These programs, initiated in 1933 and directed or sponsored by public school authorities, have continued to serve age levels for which public schools have not hitherto assumed full responsibility. The National Youth Administration provides assistance for boys and girls 16-25 years of age in continuing their education in high schools and colleges. The Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works continued to make grants and loans to public school districts for school buildings. During the year the President created an Advisory Committee on Education, the original purpose of which was to consider the problem of vocational education. Later this committee was enlarged and assigned the function of studying the whole relationship of the Federal Government to the problem of education in general and to make a report and recommendations on the subject. Recent congressional action concerning education in the several States consisted principally in the inclusion in the Interior Depart¬ ment appropriation bill of approximately $14,500,000 for the further development of vocational education as provided under the Smith- Hughes Act and acts supplementary thereto, including the George- Deen Act of June 8, 1936. 22914—37 - 19 268 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR RESEARCH AND INVESTIGATION IN ELEMENTARY AND HIGH-SCHOOL FIELDS The Office of Education has continued the stud}^ of local school- administrative units in 10 States, begun in the previous fiscal year. The purpose of the project is to explore the possibilities for the organ¬ ization of more satisfactory schools, attendance areas, and local school-administrative units. The work of the 10 State projects has been guided and coordinated by the Office of Education project staff. By this activity a considerable body of information on attendance areas and administrative units, not previously available, has been gathered. This, in itself, is one of the significant contributions of the study. Each State project staff has prepared either a summary or an extended report for every county studied. These reports summarize the basic data collected for school units within the county and present proposals for changes in the organization of those units. In addition, each State project has prepared and is printing a State report describ¬ ing, on a State-wide basis, the status of existing attendance areas | and administrative units, evaluating the existing situation and propos¬ ing a State-wide program for the organization of more satisfactory school units. Significant and practical results are already apparent from this study. In most instances, recommendations growing out of the work of the projects have been made an integral part of the program of the State department of education. In some States, such recommendations have been enacted into law and in all States, the proposed changes in the organization of attendance areas and administrative units have stimulated a healthy discussion of local school units and their problems. On the basis of data submitted by the State projects, the Office of Education is preparing publications describing the work of the project, analyzing the status of existing school units in the 10 States, and evaluating the procedures followed in conducting the project. The Office of Education has continued its program of studjdng cur¬ rent acts of Congress and the various State legislatures affecting education. Two circulars were issued on current school legislation during the year. These circulars summarized the most important legislation enacted by Congress and the State legislatures in 1936 relating to education. Also, during the year there has been prepared a biennial review of educational legislation in 1935 and 1936. A study is in progress to discover to what extent colleges, univer¬ sities, and teacher-training institutions are offering opportunities for the orientation of teachers in parent education; what subjects are being offered for this purpose; where prospective teachers might expect to find such courses. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 269 Another study in parent education is concerned with parent educa¬ tion programs in city school systems. Information has been assembled through questionnaires and field consultations with directors of parent education and superintendents of schools in a selected number of large cities. A study has been made of features constituting the various State plans for financing the public schools. It aims to set forth the basic principles of government upon which the States outline their legisla¬ tive programs for financing the schools, the essential features of such programs, and certain relative data. In the field of secondary education the following studies were com¬ pleted: Needed Research in Secondary Education, which is based upon the findings of the national survey of secondary education; Trends in Secondary Education, dealing with recent developments; the textual material to accompany the statistics in public high schools;. subject registrations in private high schools and academies, and sub¬ ject registrations in public high schools. A study w'as made of the* special subject and general supervisory personnel for elementary and secondary grades in 2,000 cities having a population of 2,500 or more; of the preparation offered by colleges and universities for general and special subject supervisors. Recently constructed report cards of pupil progress in elementary grades w7ere analyzed and trends in the' development of such cards wrere noted. An analysis of 1,664 courses of study was made to show present, trends in organization, methods of construction, objectives, pupil activities, and teacher helps and guides. During the period when the economic depression w^as having the most serious effects upon the schools, the Office of Education presented relevant data in a number of different publications. In order to have a permanent record of some of these important findings, a bulletin which reviews and brings these findings together has now been pre¬ pared. The lack of similar information concerning the effect of previous depressions made it evident that such a record is desirable.. IN COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES Among the studies conducted during the year in the field of higher- education are the following: Student Mortality in Colleges — approxi¬ mately 15,000 freshmen who entered the several schools and colleges of higher education institutions were followed through their college years since 1931-32. Analyses were made of the extent to which these students remained in college, the causes of withdrawal, and related facts. Another cooperative effort included returns from 642 colleges and universities. Insurance and annuity plans suitable for colleges and 270 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR universities were discussed, the extent of their use indicated, and im¬ portant features presented. Other studies in process during the yeari included an analysis of the methods of control exercised by the execu¬ tive branch over State institutions of higher education; Unit Costs of Higher Education; and Continuity of College Attendance. Data! were secured from replies to a questionnaire sent to all colleges of arts! and sciences (including those that are divisions of universities) listed \ in the Educational Directory for 1936. A study of financial aid to college students through employment! opportunities and means offered for reducing student expenses wasij also conducted by means of a questionnaire sent to all institutions of higher learning, by correspondence, and through visits to a few insti¬ tutions known to afford unusual opportunities for self-help. An analysis of faculty salaries paid by colleges and universities in 1936 to faculty members was made, including land-grant colleges, State universities, privately controlled institutions, and denomina- 1; tional colleges. The Office of Education has continued its investigations in the ! problems of graduate study and research. IN SPECIAL EDUCATION The Survey of Vocational Education and Guidance of Negroes continued through the year. Its purpose was to supply a body of u facts upon which an effective program of curriculum reorganization in a the field of vocational education and guidance may be developed. |) Data were collected from approximately 200 communities in 34 States. | Some of thh values of the survey are: (1) Information on facilities 5 and opportunities for vocational education will serve in determining :i the present status of this important phase of the education of Negroes. (2) Studies of 2,000 evening-school students and of 20,000 graduates i and nongraduates of high schools will give some indication of the relation between schooling and subsequent experience. (3) Trends in l enrollment in certain vocational courses and the extent to which States utilize Federal funds in providing vocational education for Negroes are shown in a special study on this subject. (4) Personnel information on 27,000 Negro high-school students should have im- : portant implications for vocational education and guidance programs. ; Research activities in rural education have included: (1) Report of a survey of education in the southern mountains, appraising the economic and social conditions of the more mountainous counties of | six Southern States and comparing the educational conditions in these counties with those of the nonmountain counties of the same States; ? with those of the States as wholes; and with those of the United States. > (2) A report of the present status and trends in rural-school personnel, OFFICE OF EDUCATION 271 including data from more than 200,000 teachers and principals em¬ ployed in the rural schools and showing their salary, training, ex- perience, and maturity status. (3) A brief survey of the present status and trends of the movement to provide professional supervision for rural schools. (4) Preparation (with the cooperation of several leaders in the field working outside the Office of Education) of material for a chapter of the biennial survey on “Review of conditions and developments in education in rural and other sparsely settled areas.’' IN COMPARATIVE EDUCATION As a major investigation for the year, a staff member visited Yugoslavia to study the school system in all its aspects, gather official i and other publications relating to education in that country, and col¬ lect such data as would be valuable for a bulletin on the subject. The project included a brief visit to Albania and a cursory survey of ! education there. Preparation of the bulletin on institutions of higher education in Germany was continued throughout the year. A decennial survey of education in countries other than the United States, to be a part of the biennial survey, was made for Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia. The western continents are still to be reported on. A brief special study was made of education in the island of Rhodes. IN STATISTICS With education in the United States administered as a State and local function, the Office of Education carries on, as one of its major responsibilities, the collection and presentation of information on a national basis for this locally administered educational system. Material was collected by mail and field service for the school year ending in June 1936 and tabulations made as shown in the following table, in which the capital letter “C” stands for data collected and “T” tabulated and “C-T” collected and tabulated within the year. Subject of study. 193&-37 Type of study Biennial Periodic Special State school systems: Personnel and finances .. _ . _ C C-T Preliminary statistics _ _ - _ County school systems: Personnel and finances _ T City school systems: Personnel and finances . _ _ _ - _ C-T Per capita costs _ C-T School janitor service . _ _ - _ T Higher education: Personnel and finances. ... _ C Land-grant colleges .. _ C-T C-T Beeeipt.s and expenditures (preliminarv) _ _ _ Student health __ _ _ _ _ T T Instruction in hygiene _ _ - _ College salaries (1936) _ C-T Continuity of college attendance _ C-T C-T C-T C Economic status of college alumni _ Student mortality in universities . _ Unit costs in higher education . 272 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Subject of study, 1936-37 Type of study Biennial Periodic Special Secondary schools: Personnel . - _ _ _ _ _ T Subject registrations _ _ _ T Elementary schools: General and special supervision of instruction _ T Teaching staff: Rural salaries, tenure, and experience . . T T .Libraries: Public elementary and secondary school . Public library trends _ _ _ _ _ T T T C-T College library trends _ _ _ Residential schools for exceptional children: Personnel and finances _ Visual aids in education _ _ _ C-T Public school building needs.. . . . . IN OTHER FIELDS The investigation concerning instruction in hygiene in colleges and universities was completed and published during the year under the title, “Instruction in Hygiene in Institutions of Higher Education.” A review of data concerning health instruction in both high schools and colleges, from the point of view of the student, was collected from 100 colleges and will be published under the title, “Student Needs nnd Interests in Hygiene.” The medical and nursing services of colleges and universities for the preservation of the health of these students and the care of the sick were investigated and will appear shortly as Health Services in Institutions of Higher Education. A study which has long been in progress concerning the influence of school life on the growth and longevity and general physical condition of children was completed and published as The Physique of the School Child. A study was completed in cooperation with a few outstanding per¬ sons in the field of industrial arts education of the place and function of industrial arts in the public-school programs. In cooperation with 13 institutions of higher education, a study was made of the relation between high school and college. Information ou the status of guidance in cities having a population of 100,000 or more was collected and compiled. Information on guidance programs in the various States was collected from State departments of education and com¬ piled. A study was made of recent developments in adult education and a report was prepared that deals with the purposes, philosophy, and trends in tliis phase of education. In the field of measurements and testing, studies along the following lines were conducted: Factors in the adjustment of college students; cumulative record cards and statistical forms for studying pupil progress. The new division of library service in the Office of Education has been in process of development during the year. Six library specialists bave been brought in to work on the following definite problems: Professional library education; school library administration; library OFFICE OF EDUCATION 273 r> standards ; housing and equipment of school libraries; library statistics; , library service to C. C. C. camps. PROMOTING AND COORDINATING RESEARCH Requests to the Office of Education for assistance in making studies ' of education in other countries totaled 204 during the year. This shows an increase of 26 percent over the number of similar requests the previous year. For nearly every one of the 204 studies, one or more bibliographies, long or short depending on the nature of the subject, were furnished. In addition, a special bibliography on educa¬ tion in Japan was compiled ; a list of references on the history of educa¬ tion in Russia was arranged ; and an article was written for the Journal of Educational Research. The regular annual list of references on comparative education was furnished the Journal of Elementary Education. UNIFORM RECORDS AND REPORTS The Office has continued its cooperative efforts in the interest of more uniform records and reports in the field of State school systems and libraries. A new set of definitions of terms used in State school statistics was formulated. From the results of various conferences the reporting form to be used in 1937-38 has been completed and sent to the States, with instructions to guide them in setting up the materials they will collect for 1937-38. A committee from organiza¬ tions interested in public library statistics cooperated with this Office through the American Library Association in preparing a form to be used by State library agencies, the American Library Association, and this Office in collecting statistics. COOPERATIVE RESEARCH The university research project closed officially on June 30, 1937, after operating about 1% years. Sixty universities located in 32 States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii joined the Office of Education in this activity. More than 165 separate study reports for 40 studies were made by the universities, and the major findings were assembled and coordinated by the Office. Findings are being made available in 11 bulletins and 4 pamphlets. Many of the uni¬ versities are also publishing material growing out of this research. More than 60,000 individuals and hundreds of institutions of higher education assisted in providing data for the several studies. A number of the institutions continued work on the former project studies on their own funds after the project closed. It is believed that the success of this undertaking will encourage future research programs involving cooperative activities of the Office of Education and of the higher education institutions. 274 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR THE LIBRARY The library of the Office of Education, together with libraries of three other bureaus of the Department of the Interior, is now estab¬ lished in the new Interior Building. Here a more extensive library service will be developed than has been possible heretofore. A revised list of publications of the Office has been prepared and this list, which covers the publications issued from 1910 to 1936, will help librarians and students of education in obtaining material and completing files. The work of the library has increased as new projects have been undertaken in the Office. Many calls for books outside the scope of this collection necessitated an increased number of interlibrary loans from other libraries. On the other hand, many books and theses have been loaned from this library to other libraries in various parts of this country and Canada. During the year a series of articles by members of the library staff appeared in School Life, describing various activities and collections of the library. Following the publication of these articles several gifts of college catalogs and valuable old textbooks were received from institutions and individuals throughout the country. The State and city boards of education were circularized for courses of study and many were received, bringing the already extensive collection fairly up to date. During the year an unusual amount of binding has been done, taking care of files of reports, both foreign and domestic, which had never been completed and bound and which were in danger of being lost or remaining incomplete. It is the hope of the library personnel that the enlarged quarters and better equipment may be reflected in greatly improved service for the future. SIGNIFICANT DEMONSTRATIONS IN PUBLIC FORUMS The public forum project during the year established and sponsored in cooperation with local boards of education, 19 public forum demon¬ stration centers in rural and urban communities in all sections of the country. The purpose of these projects was to demonstrate a com¬ munity-wide program of public discussion of public affairs for youth and adults under local educational management and in different types of communities. The 19 centers selected represented a total gross population of approximately 4,000,000 people. The development of the program may be divided into three phases: (1) Preparation and planning for 10 projects, July 1, 1936, to Sep¬ tember 1, 1936; (2) operation of community-wide forums in 10 centers, September 1, 1936, to February 1, 1937; (3) operation of 18 centers OFFICE OF EDUCATION 275 for all or most of the period between February 1, 1937, and June 30, 1937. Between September 1, 1936, and February 1, 1937, 10 projects con¬ ducted 3,895 meetings attended by 350,810 people. Between Feb¬ ruary 1, 1937, and June 30, 1937, 18 projects scheduled 6,119 meet¬ ings attended by 634,473 people. It should be noted that some of the projects during the latter period terminated their schedules in March, still others in April, a few in May, and practically all by June 15. The project organized a total of 10,014 forum discussions with an attendance of 985,283 people. In addition to these meetings the various projects organized 1,187 radio forums, sold or distributed over 60,000 pamphlets on public affairs to augment the discussions by follow-up reading, and prepared thousands of charts, graphs, and other visual aids for use in connection with the discussions. About 237 different leaders of discussion served the projects vary¬ ing lengths of time, conducting on the average six or seven forum meetings per week. These leaders were chosen by the local educa¬ tional managements. About 100,000 days of work were performed by professional and skilled workers certified to the projects by the Works Progress Ad¬ ministration in such capacities as artists, writers, promotion assist¬ ants, discussion leaders for small groups, research assistants, assistant librarians, accountants, bookkeepers, typists, stenographers, and clerks. The administrative staff in the Office of Education included an assistant administrator, field counselor, research assistants, clerks, and stenographers. This Office carried on all the correspondence necessary to establish the demonstration centers and served these centers as a clearing house during the period of operation. In addi¬ tion, this staff prepared for publication and distribution seven pub¬ lications and a monthly digest of project developments. These publications reached approximately 150,000 people and served the adult civic education movement in many ways. A careful plan of research was developed by the administrative staff and each project carried forward a plan of reporting its activities and program de¬ velopment. In addition to the direct responsibilities for a service to the projects sponsored by the Office of Education, the administrative staff completed a survey of 431 forums under various auspices, and provided a counseling service which assisted the leaders and directors of more than 150 forums under different auspices. The administrative staff also prepared numerous articles and reports for newspapers, magazines, and various publications, thus spreading a knowledge of the program as a whole. One of the activities of the administrative staff was the organiza¬ tion of plans to encourage increased reading of public affairs informa- 276 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR tion. Pursuant to this objective, the administrative staff published two indexes of Public Affairs Pamphlets, the first containing about 300 titles, the second together with mimeographed supplements, listing over 900 titles. These carefully cross-indexed and annotated bibliographies of pamphlet material were distributed widely and used not only by forums but by librarians, college and high-school teachers, and leaders of civic and educational organizations throughout the country. In connection with this index and in cooperation with the American Library Association and the public affairs committee, the administrative staff of the public forum project organized 30 pam¬ phlet display centers. These displays, usually attractively laid out in libraries, brought hundreds of current pamphlets on current affairs to the attention of the civic and educational leaders. Also in cooperation with the American Library Association the administrative staff organized a bulletin which will be ready for printing in the near future dealing with practical methods of library service to forums and discussion groups. The thousands of letters received by the Office of Education from educators and civic-minded people in all parts of the country indicate a N ation-wide interest in the work of this division and the widespread influence of the demonstration program. IN EDUCATIONAL BROADCASTING The broadcasting and radio activities of the Office of Education embrace three phases: (1) Demonstration programs over coast-to- coast networks; (2) services to local broadcasters and educators; (3) activities to train and help educators use radio effectively. Activities were carried on under an allotment from emergency funds made October 1, 1936, to the educational radio project. This allotment made possible further continuation of the project originally initiated December 1935. The principal objectives of the project were: (1) To provide employment for W. P. A. and C. C. C. radio and script-writing talent; and (2) to discover ways in which radio can be used for the promotion of education, both for organized in¬ struction as well as for general enlightenment. The National Broad¬ casting Co. and the Columbia Broadcasting System have made gen¬ erous contributions in time, personnel, studio facilities, and counsel. Programs The Office of Education conducted seven series of coast-to-coast programs during the year. These were: Have You Heard? natural science, N. B. C.; Answer Me This! questions and answers on his¬ torical and sociological facts, N. B. C.; Education in the News, re¬ porting developments in fields of education; Safety Musketeers, safety education, C. B. S.; The World Is Yours, dramatizations of OFFICE OF EDUCATION 277 the activities and exhibits of the Smithsonian Institution, C. B. S.; Treasures Next Door, dramatizations of excerpts from the “best sellers” of all times, C. B. S.; Let Freedom Ring, dramas of man¬ kind’s struggle for civil liberties, C. B. S. That a vast audience exists for such programs is evidenced by the fact that more than 400,000 listeners — young and old, from every State in the Union — responded by letters to the Office of Education. The first national school assembly — commencement exercises for graduating classes — was held May 14, with Secretary of the Interior Harold L. Ickes, and other speakers participating. Other “special events” broadcasts held during the year included programs in honor of Inauguration Day and American Education Week. Script Exchange For many years school officials and local broadcasters have been searching for scripts which are both significant and entertaining. To supply this need, the radio project, in cooperation with the National Association of Broadcasters, established the Educational Radio Script Exchange. The script exchange has filled requests for 54,000 scripts, which have been produced in 42 States, over 114 radio stations. In addition to serving as a depository and point of distribution for scripts, the exchange prepared and distributed aids to school groups wishing to go on the air. These aids include a Manual of Suggestions for producing radio programs and a glossary of terms used in the radio industry. Thirteen scripts, showing the functions of municipal gov¬ ernment, were prepared in cooperation with the Public Administra¬ tion Clearing House and the Rockefeller Foundation. This series was broadcast over Station WTNJ, Trenton, N. J. These scripts are now being edited for distribution to local radio stations through the script exchange. In order that the experience gamed from the experimental radio programs may be widely drawn upon, the Commissioner of Educa¬ tion authorized a limited number of educators to observe and par¬ ticipate in the production of the Office of Education’s radio programs. Teachers and school officials from a score or more States participated in this radio workshop operated in cooperation with the New York University. Practice and observations were conducted in New York City. The National Broadcasting Co. and the Columbia Broadcast¬ ing System assisted extensively in this venture. Three sessions of the workshop trained more than 80 persons who are now practicing- and promoting educational broadcasting in their own communities. The problem of improving the quality of educational broadcasting — on national as well as local air lanes — is one requiring sustained ex¬ perimentation and study. Toward the solution of this problem the project has made distinct contributions. 278 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The project has experimented in the application of techniques of i radio-program organization and presentation which can now be passed on to local educators. It has applied on a Nation-wide scale the use of print to supplement radio; and the project’s supplementary printed materials have been acclaimed by listeners as being invaluable to better comprehension of educational radio programs. It has dis- -covered an extensive radio audience for educational radio programs; ! and the discovery will undoubtedly lead broadcasters to set aside more time than heretofore for programs of an educational nature. On the other hand, the receptiveness of the audience to educational I broadcasts is leading public agencies to attempt to learn the art of i disseminating information about their activities. More than a score ] of Federal agencies have turned to the radio project for help in script | writing and production. To these agencies the project has given its | full cooperation. EDUCATIONAL POLICY FORMING In response to demands of State departments of education for in- n formation on education throughout the world, the Office has acted 1$ as a clearing house for circulars and press releases of the Interna- 1 tional Bureau of Education. It has also given information relative i to certification of foreign students and applicants for professional I licenses. Staff members have served on policy forming committees of organ- I izations outside the Office, including the following: American Council It on Education; National Education Association; National Committee r on Research in Secondary Education; Cooperative Study of Sec¬ ondary School Standards; National Research Council; National Con- i Terence of Supervised Correspondence Study; National Council of Parent Education; American Library Association; National Congress ;* of Parents and Teachers; International Council for Exceptional Children; National Negro Student Health Association; National t Tuberculosis Association; American Association of School Physicians; and others. Among important world conferences at which the Office was repre- $ sented were the Fifth International Conference on Public Instruction, * the International Conference on Health in Universities, and the Seventh World Conference of New Education Fellowship. FEDERAL RADIO EDUCATION COMMITTEE Radio is more and more coming to take its place in the American t •educational system, but the most successful use of it by educators ) continues to be a challenging experiment. Agreement as to what are the common problems of broadcasters r .and educators has been reached in considerable measure in meetings, I OFFICE OF EDUCATION 279' during the year, of the subcommittees of the Federal radio education committee. Comprehensive studies of these common problems are to be undertaken within the next few months. Briefly, the studies, may be characterized as follows: 1. A survey of cooperative efforts — in local and State areas. 2. Development of an experiment and idea exchange — To support the Office of Education in conducting a clearinghouse where findings may be made available to broadcasters and listeners. 3. Teacher training — To prepare proposed courses for teacher training in the use of radio. 4. Publicizing programs — A study of methods and media of publicity. 5. Listening groups — to examine the educational value of listening groups and the organization and motivation behind them. 6. The problems and methods of broadcasting to and by schools. 7. Methods of training production managers in educationally owned stations, 8. Collection of experiences of network series — in pamphlet form. 9. Survey of public opinion — To determine what the listening public considers of educational value in radio progams. 10. Essential value of radio to all types of listeners — To determine what edu¬ cational broadcasting is — what makes a radio broadcast ‘'effective” before edu¬ cational broadcasting can become consistently “effective.” It is estimated that the cost of carrying on such a study program will amount to approximately $250,000 over a period of 2 years. At a meeting attended by the chairman of the Broadcast Division of Federal Communications Commission, the Commissioner of Educa¬ tion, the presidents of the Rockefeller and the Carnegie Foundations, and representatives of the broadcast industry, it was agreed that if the necessary amount were divided into approximately three equal parts, each foundation would contribute one-third of the fund and the radio industry, the remaining third. Certain of the studies will be carried on in the Office of Education under the direction of the Commissioner. Other studies will be undertaken by institutions and organizations with research facilities where the nature of the study seems to lend itself to attack by an agency having a particular interest in it and an available staff which can at once begin work. With the inauguration of certain fundamental inquiries and the operation of controlled experimentation, the work of the Federal radio education committee — the official agency authorized to coor¬ dinate efforts of educators and broadcasters — should progress to the end that broadcasting may achieve the greatest social usefulness. SERVICE IN THE FIELD Extensive investigation was made by the Office during the year relative to the work being done in conservation education in various parts of the country. Universities, State departments of education r and local school systems were visited in order to confer with indi- 280 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR viduals active in the development of conservation education in the schools. Consultation and advisory services on school-building problems were given in various States where such service was requested. At the request of the State superintendent of schools in Virginia, and of the county superintendent of Arlington County, a study was made during the year of certain problems connected with the educa¬ tion of handicapped children in the local schools of the county, and recommendations were submitted for adjustment of the same. At the request of the superintendent of schools of Philadelphia, the Office made a study of the plans for the organization of work in the two new vocational schools of that city, and a staff member served in an advisory and consultative capacity at a meeting of administrative officers called to review the proposed program for the schools. Individual staff members have rendered consultative services in person or by extended correspondence to a large number of school officers, organizations, or agencies. Participation in meetings — National, State, and local — of staff members included practically every field of educational interest dur¬ ing the year. Likewise, cooperation with professional and public service groups was most extensive. INFORMATION SERVICE Increased demand for, publications of the Office of Education resulted in an increase of approximately 62 percent in free distribution this fiscal year over the past fiscal year. The total reached 544,347. School Life, official organ of the Office, issued monthly from Septem¬ ber through June, increased its paid circulation during the year by 64.2 percent. Its total paid circulation reached 12,858. March of Education, the news letter of the Commissioner of Education, went to school executives to transmit quickly, from time to time, important information reaching the Office of Education. A total of 77 manuscripts were prepared for publication within the year, excluding the 10 numbers of School Life. More than 300 charts, graphs, maps, and other illustrative material were constructed. In the editorial division alone, 44,749 letters of inquiry about publications were received. Other divisions likewise had heavy cor¬ respondence, which together made a grand total of 692,448 pieces of incoming mail. Reports available relative to public addresses and articles by members of the Office staff indicate a total of 177 addresses and 72 articles published in various periodicals outside the Office. The Office continued its cooperation with newspapers and journals by preparing 192 press notices dealing with Office activities, trends in education, and general news about America’s schools. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 281 EDUCATIONAL EXHIBITS Included among the extensive educational exhibits prepared by the Office during the year were those for the American Vocational Associa¬ tion, National Education Association, National Catholic Education Association, Northwest Territory Celebration, National Congress of Parents and Teachers, American Association for Adult Education, American Library Association, and others. Committees from the staff of the Office of Education have assisted in plans for both the museum and the art gallery in the new Interior Building. PUBLICATIONS PREPARED DURING THE FISCAL YEAR, 1936-37 Bulletins 1935 No. 2. Chapter I, Statistical summary of education, 1933-34. No. 2. Chapter III, Statistics of city school systems, 1933-34. No. 2. Chapter IV, Statistics of higher education, 1933-34. No. 2. Chapter V, Statistics of public high schools, 1933-34. 1936 No. 11. A guide to curriculum adjustment for mentally retarded children. No. 12. Public education in Alaska. No. 13. The deaf and hard-of-hearing in the occupational world. No. 14. Poland’s institutions of higher education. No. 15. Authority of State executives over higher education. No. 16. A step forward for adult civic education. No. 17. William Torrey Harris. No. 18- VI. Youth: Community surveys. No. 19. Functional planning of elementary-school buildings. 1937 ^No. 1. Part I, State and county school officers. No. 1. Part II, City school officers. No. 1. Part III, Colleges and universities. No. 1. Part IV, Educational associations and directories. No. 2. Volume I, chapter II, Trends in secondary education. No. 2. Volume I, chapter V, Review of educational conditions and developments in rural and other sparsely settled areas. No. 3. Public affairs pamphlets. No. 4. Conservation in the education program. No. 5. Insurance and annuity plans for college staffs. No. 6. Bibliography of research studies in education, 1935-36. No. 7 Student health services in institutions of higher education. | °No. 8. Education of Negroes— A 5-year bibliography, 1931-35. [ £>No. 10. Economic status of college alumni. No. 11. College student mortality. I <>No. 12. Some factors in the adjustment of college students. 6 No. 13. Economic status of rural teachers. ^No. 14. Successful practices in the teaching of English to bilingual children in Hawaii. 282 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR No. 15. rNo. 16. 0No. 17. No. 18. No. 19. No. 20. No. 21. : No. 22. PNo. 23. No. 70. No. 71. No. 72. No. 73. No. 74. No. 75. No. 76. No. 77. No. 78. No. 79. No. 80. Learning English incidentally: A study of bilingual children. Student interests and needs in regard to hygiene. Opportunities for the preparation of teachers of exceptional children. Opportunities for the preparation of elementary school supervisors. C. C. C. camp education: Advisers, enrollees, and program. Education for the public service: Study of the civil service in New York City. Vocational education and guidance of Negroes. List of publications of the Office of Education and the Federal Board for Vocational Education, 1910-36. Professional library education. Pamphlets Per capita costs in city schools, 1935-36. An annotated bibliography on the education and psychology of excep¬ tional children. Status of rural school supervision. Subject registrations in private high schools and academies. Crucial issues in education. Safety and health of the school child. Successful methods of teaching English to bilingual children in Seattle public schools. Opportunities for the preparation of teachers of native and minority groups. Unit costs of higher education. State school taxes and school funds and their apportionment. Sources of visual aids and equipment for instructional use in schools. Leaflets No. 34. State library agencies as sources of pictorial material for social studies. No. 35. Essentials in home and school cooperation. No. 38 (revised). Instruction in the effects of alcohol and tobacco. * Bibliographies No. 2 (revised). Guidance. No. 3 (revised). Supervision of instruction in rural schools. ©No. 4 (revised). The education of women. ©No. 21 (revised). Secondary education: Instruction. No. 37. Elementary education: Organization and management. No. 43. Elementary education: Teaching methods. ©No. 46. Education for family life. No. 49. Higher education: Control, organization, and administration. No. 50. Higher education: Curriculum and instruction. No. 51. Student personnel work. No. 52. Educational problems of the southern highlands. ^No. 53. Changing philosophies in higher education. No. 60. Government publications for parents and leaders in parent education. ©No. 61. Government publications on health, physical education, and recreation. No. 62. Government publications showing the work of the Government. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Efforts toward improved international intellectual relations have had six distinct phases during the year: Assisting the Department of State in the selection of official delegates to represent the United OFFICE OF EDUCATION 283 States at international conferences and congresses; nominating persons to receive scholarships offered by other countries; meeting educators from other countries and planning itineraries in the United States for them ; assisting members of the Office and other Americans in arranging for travel abroad ; working toward the accrediting of American schools abroad; and helping keep foreign mailing lists up to date. While the Office annually replies to many requests for data about special opportunities to study abroad, until 1936-37 it did not attempt to select recipients of scholarships or fellowships or in any way to administer them. At the request of the Department of State and in cooperation with the Institute of International Education, it can¬ vassed universities in the United States and nominated two persons to receive scholarships awarded by the Chilean Government for attendance at the summer school of the University of Chile in January and February 1937. It also took up with the University of Heidelberg, Germany, the matter of aiding the university in its selection of young Americans to benefit by the scholarships it offers. The present status of the arrange¬ ment is that the Office of Education will pass upon the credentials of all applicants. During the year the Office has had considerable correspondence with the National Association of Regional Standardizing Agencies, and its four principal constituent members, on arranging accredit- ment for all American schools abroad which may qualify. The present arrangement with the president of the National Association is that he will furnish the Office a statement of the areas of the world assigned to each of the four agencies, and during 1937-38 the Office will circularize these schools and aid them in understanding the methods and purposes of accreditment. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES C. C. C. EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM At the beginning of the fiscal year 1936-37, the C. C. C. educational program had been in operation for 2 % years. During that time certain practical objectives had been developed out of the expressed needs and interests of the enrollees; C. C. C. officials had become acquainted with these objectives and the methods of achieving them; the administrative organization of the program had been completed; the educational personnel had been carefully selected and trained, and had gained experience in camp work; and finally, the program had been extended to include 75 percent of the enrollees who par¬ ticipated in it on a purely voluntary basis. The C. C. C. educational program, therefore, entered into its third fiscal year with clear-cut objectives, a trained personnel, and a record of successful experiences. It was considered no longer an 22914—37 - 20 284 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR experiment, but an essential part of the entire C. C. C. program. This year witnessed the extension of the educational program to include almost 90 percent of the enrollees, but much more than that, there was improvement in the educational activities and the content of the instruction offered. The previous years might be characterized as a period of experimentation and extension of the program — this year might be called a year of consolidation of the ground already gained. At the close of the fiscal year, Congress extended the Civilian Conservation Corps for a period of 3 years and emphasized the importance of the educational program by establishing the corps, “for the purpose of providing employment, as well as vocational training, for youthful citizens of the United States who are unemployed and in need of employment * * *” The act also provided, “That at least 10 hours each week may be devoted to general educational and vocational training” and finally authorized, “That in the discretion of the director continuous service by the enrollee during his period of enrollment shall not be required in any case where the enrollee attends an educational institution of his choice during his leave of absence.” The administration and organization of the program remained unchanged during the year. In accordance with the original Executive order establishing the program, the War Department was responsible for its execution with the advisory assistance of the Office of Education. The other agencies of the Department of the Interior, Department of Agriculture, and Department of Labor were to cooperate with the War Department in this work. The Office of Education appointed a national director of C. C. C. education to act as adviser to the War Department; corps area advisers to act as advisers to the corps area commanders ; district advisers to act as advisers to the district commanders; and camp advisers to act as advisers to the camp commanders. Of the 4,500 men who have been appointed as camp educational advisers, 1,863 were still on duty in June 1937. Ninety-nine percent of these men are college graduates, 74 percent having the bachelor’s degree, 22 percent having the master’s degree, and 1 percent the doctorate. Two percent have a teachmg certificate only and 1 percent have neither a degree nor a teaching certificate. The educational reports for the past fiscal year show a remarkable picture of the growth of the educational facilities in the camps which can be attributed solely to the ingenuity and hard work of the officials and enrollees. In the past, approximately $100 per company per year has been allotted for the purchase of educational supplies and equipment and in addition about 300 books and 30 magazines and newspapers have been supplied to each camp. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 285 The reports show that of the 1,900 camps, 60 percent now have schoolhouses and 77 percent have constructed and equipped vocational training shops. These schoolhouses and shops range from 10 by 10 cubicles to large buildings with several thousand square feet of floor space. Equipment in some camps consists only of a few hand-made knives used for wood carving; in others there are elaborate power tools and other facilities. Thirty-nine percent of the camps have schoolhouses with more than a thousand square feet of floor space and 9 percent have shops of this size. In the average school building there are four small classrooms. Seventy percent of the camps have a separate room for the library and 83 percent have a separate room for reading. The total value of the shop tools and equipment is estimated at $260,000. The library in the average camp has been expanded from 200 to approximately 800 books. It is reported that 76 percent of the camps have adequate lighting facilities for class¬ rooms and shops. The following table gives these data in detail: Physical Facilities for Education as of June 30, 1937 Total number of C. C. C. companies _ 1, 900 Number camps having schoolhouses - 1, 146 Percentage camps having schoolhouses - 60 Number camps having 1,000 square feet of classroom space - 746 Percentage camps having 1,000 square feet of classroom space - 39 Total number of classrooms - 5, 255 Number of classrooms per schoolhouse - 4. 6 Number camps having shops - 1, 460 Percentage camps having shops - 77 Number camps having 1,000 square feet of shop space - 181 Percentage camps having 1,000 square feet shop space - 9 Total value of shop tools and equipment - $262, 768 Number camps having special room for library - 1, 326 Percentage camps having special room for library - 70 Number camps having reading rooms - 1, 571 Percentage camps having rooms - 83 Number camps having projectors for educational purposes - 972 Percentage camps having projectors for educational purposes - 51 Total number projectors owned by the camps - 690 Number of textbooks - 393, 155 Number of reference books - 221, 181 Number of library books not including text and reference books - 941, 141 Total number of books - b 555, 477 During the summer months approximately 27,000 persons acted as instructors, and during the winter months approximately 30,000. Of this number, only 3,800 (the educational advisers and their assistants) devote their entire time to the educational program. The others have been drafted from the Army officers, technical personnel, and enrollees in the camps, from Federal relief organizations, and the regular school systems. 286 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Throughout the development of the camp program of instruction, guidance and individual diagnosis have served as the foundation of all educational effort. The needs and interests of the men are so varied that any program of instruction for them must be elastic and adaptable. Educational activities evolved to meet enrollee needs include the following: (1) The elimination of illiteracy; (2) removal of deficiencies in common school subjects; (3) training on the job; (4) general vocational training; (5) avocational training; (6) cultural and general education; (7) health and safety education; (8) character and citizenship training; and (9) assisting enrollees to find employment. A cumulative record card is kept on the progress of each enrollee. In addition to the enrollee’s academic and vocational rating on the card, there is recorded the result of each interview held with him. The use of this card helps greatly in the individual guidance and placement of the enrollee. The educational activities may be roughly classified in six groups: Academic courses, vocational courses, informal activities, professional training, miscellaneous activities, and certain general activities. During the average month of the past year, about 53,000 courses and activities were carried on in the camps. In an average company there were approximately 26 courses, of which 7 were academic; 8 were vocational; 4 were connected with the job training activities; 3 were informal activities (arts and crafts, dramatics, music, etc.); 2 are classified as miscellaneous (first aid, health, and safety courses); and 2 are classified as professional. The reports show that from 85 percent to 90 percent of the men participate in the educational program. Most of these men attend two and sometimes three or more different courses and activities. Six out of every 10 men attend the miscellaneous courses; 5 out of 10 attend the job-training courses; 4 out of 10 attend the other voca¬ tional courses; 3 out of 10 attend the academic courses; 2 out of 10 attend the informal activities; and 1 out of 10 attend the professional courses. Academic courses in the C. C. C. include those subjects common to the elementary, high-school, and college curriculum which are not vocational. The reports reveal that 3.2 percent of the enrollees are illiterates; 39.3 percent have not completed the elementary grades; 46.3 percent have not completed high school; 11 percent are high- school graduates; and 0.2 percent are college graduates. The extent of participation in the academic courses varies markedly on the different levels of education. Thus 9 out of every 10 illiterates are taking literacy courses; 4 out of 10 on the elementary level are taking elementary courses; 3 out of 10 on the high-school level are taking high-school courses; and 7 out of every hundred on the college level are taking college courses. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 287 Tlie work projects in the field offer opportunities for training in a wide variety of occupations, and the jobs required for the operation and maintenance of the camp add a number of other opportunities for training. Instruction on these jobs is given by those who super¬ vise the work. The report for June 1937 shows that 51 percent of the enrollees are now participating in job training. In addition to the 8,098 job-training courses given during June 1937 there were 14,864 other vocational courses given in the camps. These vocational courses which were attended by 115,331 men, were entirely distinct from the regular job-training program. They were offered during leisure time and comprised subjects in which the enrollees expressed an interest. Among the most popular of these subjects were commercial courses, mechanical trades, journalism, carpentry, art, cooking, forestry, photography, accounting, and business manage¬ ment. Camp educational officials have attempted at all times to train enrollees to make the most constructive use of their leisure time. Organized informal activities include arts and crafts, dramatics, music, discussion groups, camp newspapers, hiking clubs, and hobby groups. Recent reports indicate that approximately 22 percent of the men engage in these activities. Safety, health, first aid, and life saving are, of course, important subjects of instruction in camp fife. The report shows an attendance of approximately 174,000 men for these courses during the month of June 1937. Camp libraries have been expanded to the extent that more than 1,500,000 books are now available to the enrollees. During the past year the circulation of books has averaged 300,000 per month and about 50 percent of the enrollees are regularly engaged in reading. Approximately 6,500 films dealing with a wide variety of subjects are shown to the men every month and more than 1,600 camps now publish a camp newspaper. Agencies of the Federal, State, and local governments, as wrell as educational institutions, fraternal and civic organizations, have aided the C. C. C. educational program. The Works Progress Administra¬ tion supplies some 2,000 teachers; the National Youth Administration, several hundred more. The State and local school systems of the country furnish more than a thousand teachers to the camps, and about a thousand members of local communities near the camps also assist as instructors and leaders of educational activities. Correspondence course materials are being supplied enrollees by scores of colleges and universities, State departments of education, and private institutions. More than 20,000 enrollees are taking such courses. Hundreds of camps near schools and colleges are invited to use the facilities of the institutions by school officials. This readi- 288 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR ness to cooperate has resulted in the attendance of more than 7,500 enrollees each month in nearby schools. Incomplete reports indicate that more than 6,000 men during the past year were awarded ele¬ mentary, high-school, or college diplomas, while enrolled in the corps. One of the most tangible and heartening measurements of the effect of C. C. C. training is the fact that an average of 8,000 enrollees were discharged each month during the past year to accept employment. LAND-GRANT COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES The Secretary of the Interior is charged with the supervision of the expenditures of the Morrill funds and supplements for the support and endowment of the land-grant institutions. This work is delegated to the Office of Education. Each State, including Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico, provides a land-grant college or university; Massachusetts provides 2, and each of the 17 Southern States provide a separate Negro land-grant college. The Federal endowment (act of 1862) raised from the sale of lands and land scrip amounted in 1936 to $24,368,868, not including 662,281 acres of unsold land valued at $5,005,468. The income from these funds totaled $1,120,214 and was used mostly for faculty salaries. The supplementary Morrill funds amounted to $3,530,000, which were divided, $70,000 to each State and Territory (except Alaska which received $50,000). On and after 1938-39, the appropriation will be $5,030,000 annually to the States. The total amount of Federal funds received by the land-grant institutions in 1935-36 was about $36,000,000. The value of the plants and properties of the land-grant colleges was nearly half a billion dollars ($461,821,367). Receipts from all sources reported by these 69 institutions amounted to $165,924,249 of which 12.6 percent was from student fees; 3.5 percent endowment income; 20.0 percent Federal Government; 37.5 percent State government; 1.2 percent county or city government; 2.5 percent private gifts; 5.2 percent from sales and services; 13.0 percent from auxiliary enterprises; and 4.5 percent miscellaneous. Expenditures amounted to $158,326,063. These were paid out as follows: General administration 5.2 percent, resident instruction 35.4 percent, organized research 9.4 percent, extension 15.7 percent, libraries 2.0 percent, and operation and maintenance 7.5 percent, totaling 75 percent for educational and general purposes; auxiliary enterprises 12.2 percent, noneducational expense 2.1 percent, and capital outlays 9.6 percent. A staff of 28,873 faculty members was employed to offer instruction to 209,455 students in residence work. About 20,000 students were taking correspondence courses, about 72,000 enrolled in extension OFFICE OF EDUCATION 289 classes, and 53,000 in summer sessions. First degrees during the year were awarded to 28,946 students; 4,126 students received master’s degrees, and doctor’s degrees were conferred upon 852. HOWARD UNIVERSITY REPORT Howard University was inspected during the year by the Office of Education, as required by law. The annual report was compiled for presentation to Congress. For this annual report the president of the university assembled data according to a plan approved by the Office. These data constitute both the report to the Secretary of the Interior by the president of the university and the report to the Congress by the Office of Education. Inasmuch as the annual report of the president of the university to the Secretary of the Interior is included in the Annual Report of the Secretary, no details concerning the university are given here. VOCATIONAL EDUCATION The cooperative program of vocational education carried on under the Smith-Hughes Act of 1917 and supplementary legislation, has two objectives. They are: (1) To prepare young persons for advantageous entrance into useful employment by equipping them with specific and tangible working assets, and (2) to give workers already employed the education they need to improve or maintain their employability or occupational status, or to regain their employability. Carried on not as a separate educational entity, but as a part of the public secondary school program, as provided under the enabling act, the vocational education program offers training to workers and prospec¬ tive workers in agriculture, trade and industry, homemaking, and the distributive occupations. The administration of the Federal Vocational Education Act, formerly the responsibility of the Federal Board for Vocational Education, is now vested in the Vocational Education Division of the Office of Education. In addition, the responsibility for administering the National Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1920, which provides for the vocational restoration of persons disabled in industry and otherwise, training them where necessary and placing them in wage¬ earning employment, is also vested in the Vocational Division. This report covers the twentieth year of Federal cooperation with the States in a country-wide program of vocational education, the seventeenth year of such cooperation in vocational rehabilitation, and the fourth year of the administration of these two programs by the Vocational Division of the Office of Education. In these two decades the enrollment in vocational schools has increased tenfold, and the number of disabled men and women who are being annually returned to self-supporting employment now equals approximately 10,000. 290 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The vocational education and vocational rehabilitation acts now administered by the Office of Education are as follows: The Vocational Education Act (Smith-Hughes), to provide for cooperation with the States in the promotion of vocational education. (Approved Feb. 23, ; 1917.) The Vocational Rehabilitation Act, to provide for the promotion of vocational ; rehabilitation of persons disabled in industry or otherwise, and their return to employment. (Approved June 2, 1920, as amended June 5, 1924, June 9, 1930, and June 30, 1932.) Additional appropriations for 1936 and 1937 and annually thereafter for cooperating with the States and Hawaii in extending and strength¬ ening their programs of vocational rehabilitation of the physically disabled, are authorized under the Social Security Act, approved August 14, 1935. An act extending the benefits of the Vocational Education and Vocational Rehabilitation Acts to the Territory of Hawaii. (Approved Mar. 10, 1924.) An act to provide for vocational rehabilitation of disabled residents of the District of Columbia. (Approved Feb. 23, 1929.) An act extending the benefits of the Vocational Education and Vocational Rehabilitation Acts to the Island of Puerto Rico. (Approved Mar. 3, 1931.) An act (George-Deen) to provide for the further development of vocational education in the several States and Territories, authorizing for the year 1937-38 and annually thereafter, additional appropriations for vocational education (ap¬ proved June 8, 1936). This act continues authorization of additional appropria¬ tions upon expiration of the George-Ellzey Act of May 21, 1934, which authorized additional appropriations for the years 1935-37; and authorizes appropriations for vocational education in agriculture, trades and industries, home economics, the distributive occupations, and teacher training. An act (Randolph-Sheppard) authorizing the operation of vending stands in Federal buildings by blind persons (approved June 30, 1936). FEDERAL BOARD FOR VOCATIONAL EDUCATION The Federal Board for Vocational Education created under the Smith-Hughes Act, to administer the provisions of the act, is composed of four members ex officio, as follows: The Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Labor, and the Commis¬ sioner of Education; and three persons appointed by the President — ■ one to represent agriculture, one to represent manufacturing and com¬ merce, and one to represent labor. The functions of the board were transferred to the Office of Educa¬ tion in 1933. As now constituted, the board acts in an advisory capacity, serving without compensation. Dr. Paul H. Nystrom, of New York, representing commerce and industry, is the chairman of the Board. Two meetings of the Board were held during the past year, one in February and one in June. Among the problems which were con¬ sidered and on which action was taken at these meetings are the following: 1. Policies of the Office of Education covering participation of State and local boards for vocational education in plant training programs for workers in trade and industrial occupations. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 291 2. Use of State and local advisory committees composed of representatives of labor and industry, and of school administrators, in establishing and operating trade and industrial classes. 3. Need for study of teacher-training curricula insofar as they relate to voca¬ tional teachers. TECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE At the Fifty-fifth Annual Convention of the American Federation of Labor, held in Atlantic City, N. J., in October 1935, the committee on resolutions recommended that the convention “request the Federal Commissioner of Education to appoint a committee for the purpose of advising him in connection with all questions surrounding plant training.” The resolutions committee recommended further that “this advisory committee consist of nine members, three to be out¬ standing representatives from the ranks of organized labor ; three to be outstanding representatives of employers; and three to be recognized authorities in connection with State and local direction of vocational training.” Complying with the Federation’s recommendation, the Commis¬ sioner of Education appointed a committee known as the Technical Advisory Committee on Trade and Industrial Education. Through the efforts of this committee, a set of standards and safe¬ guards to be followed by public vocational schools in determining whether they are justified in using Federal funds in establishing in private industrial plants vocational training programs in which instruc¬ tion is given duiing the working day, was formulated and adopted. These standards and safeguards have been placed in effect by the Com¬ missioner of Education as official policies governing assistance by State boards for vocational education in the establishment and opera¬ tion of pi ant- training programs. A definite statement of this policy was incorporated in the revised edition of Bulletin 1, Statement of Policies for the Administration of Vocational Education, issued in February 1937. The committee recommended that the Commissioner of Education urge upon State boards for vocational education the necessity for appointing State advisory committees, composed of equal representa¬ tion of employers and labor, to advise them on matters pertaining to industrial training problems. A similar recommendation was made by the Technical Advisory Committee with respect to the establish¬ ment of local advisory committees on industrial education. The committee has also devoted considerable time to the interpre¬ tation of certain phrases in Bulletin 1 and the extent to which the standards for plant-training programs should be applied. 292 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR POLICIES OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION The first statement of policies was incorporated in Bulletin 1 of the Federal Board for Vocational Education, issued in 1917. Chang¬ ing conditions and the development of new problems through ex¬ perience in the field necessitated a revision of this bulletin by the Federal Board in 1922 and again in 1926. During the past year the Office of Education made a fourth revision of the bulletin which reflects the policy changes that have been made since 1926, as a result of thorough consideration of the various problems in the field of voca¬ tional education. The changes are based upon the experience gained in cooperating with the States in the development of the vocational education pro¬ gram over a period of 20 years and the criticisms and suggestions secured from representative groups and individuals engaged in and affected by the program of vocational education. Among the individuals and groups from whom advice and counsel were solicited in revising the policies of the Office of Education are the following: State superintendents of public instruction, representatives of city school systems, State boards for vocational education, the American Home Economics Association, the American Vocational : Association, representatives of labor and of employers, the Federal , Advisory Board for Vocational Education, and the Technical Advisory Committee on General Policies, appointed by the Commissioner of Education, and members of the staff of the Office of Education. Special attention was given in revising Bulletin 1 to the problems with which the States were confronted in formulating their general plans for the promotion of vocational education during the 5-year period beginning July 1, 1937, as required under the terms of the Smith-Hughes Act. It was necessary, also, to include in the revised statement of policies, new policies made necessary under the pro¬ visions of the George-Deen Act, which superseded the George- Ellzey Act, and which became effective July 1, 1937. The Office of Education recognizes that as social and economic conditions change from time to time, it will probably be necessary to formulate new policies as needs arise. Any new policies or modifica¬ tions of present policies thus made necessary will be issued as addenda to Bulletin 1. Growth of Vocational Education and Vocational Rehabilitation Programs During the Year A consistent growth has taken place in the vocational-education program carried on under Federal grants, since its establishment under the Smith-Hughes Act, in 1917, as evidenced by the inciease in enroll¬ ment in vocational schools from year to year. Similarly, the growth of the vocational rehabilitation program may be measured by the OFFICE OF EDUCATION 293 increase in the number of disabled persons rehabilitated since the inception of this program under the Federal Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1920. Enrollments in vocational schools operated under State plans, in agriculture, trade and industry, and home economics, increased from 164,123 in 1918 to 1,381,701 in 1936 and probably exceeded l}i million for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937. Of the total number enrolled in 1936, 391,000 in round numbers were farmers, trade and industrial workers, and homemakers taking instruction in subjects related to their daily employment; 334,000 were youth employed in these three fields and attending part-time classes : and 656,000 were boys and girls attending full-time classes. More than 10,300 persons disabled through accident, illness, or congenital causes were prepared for and placed in employment as self-supporting individuals in 1936, under the vocational rehabilitation program carried on in 45 States. This is an increase of more than 900 over 1935, and of 4,700 over 1933. In this particular it should be noted that the marked increase in the number rehabilitated during the past 3 years is attributable to supplementary Federal funds made available through the Federal Emergency Relief Administration and the Works Progress Administration, and more recently through the supplementary annual appropriation of $841,000 provided under the National Security Act. State reports for 1936 show that in addition to the 10,338 persons rehabilitated, 44,625 disabled persons in process of rehabilitation were being carried on the rolls at the close of the year. Acceptance of Vocational Rehabilitation Acts by Kansas and Vermont During the year, the legislatures of Kansas and Vermont accepted the terms of the National Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1920, under which Federal grants for vocational rehabilitation are provided. Arrangements have been made to start the rehabilitation program in Vermont on July 1, 1938. The Kansas legislature, although it ac¬ cepted the Federal act, did not provide funds for its operation. The inauguration of the program in that State, therefore, will be delayed until funds are appropriated for the purpose. Cooperative Services to the States Cooperative services to the States in the fields of vocational edu¬ cation and vocational rehabilitation, which is one of the chief func¬ tions of the Vocational Division of the Office of Education, cover a wide field. Special attention has been given during the past year by the Voca¬ tional Division to assisting State vocational education administrators in formulating plans for the operation of programs of vocational educa- 294 REPORT OE THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR tion for the 5 years, beginning July 1, 1937, so that they may conform to the provisions of the George-Deen Act and the revised interpreta¬ tions of policy set up by the Office. The Vocational Division has rendered similar services to the States, also, in the field of vocational rehabilitation. A brief statement of some of the services rendered by the Vocational Division in the several fields of vocational education and in the field of vocational rehabilita¬ tion is presented in the following paragraphs: In the field of vocational agriculture. — In State conferences devoted to plans and programs for the ensuing 5-year period, special attention has been given to reemphasizing the primary aim of vocational agri¬ culture — to train present and prospective farmers for proficiency in the production and marketing of farm products — as well as the con¬ tributory objectives — intelligent cooperation with others; establish¬ ment and maintenance of a satisfactory farm home; participation in worthy rural, civic, and social relationships; and the selection, pur¬ chase, use, and repair of power equipment on the farm. Continued emphasis has been placed upon farm practice activities which tend to increase the efficiency of the farm business and add to the happiness of the individual farmer. Teacher-training institutions preparing young men to teach voca¬ tional agriculture have adjusted their programs with a view to train¬ ing more teachers in anticipation of the expansion of the national program of vocational agriculture under the provisions of the George- Deen Act, effective July 1, 1937. Marked progress has been made in the improvement of the preemployment teacher-training programs maintained in 71 colleges and universities for the purpose of training white and Negro agricultural teachers. The national organization known as the Future Farmers of America, composed of white boys studying vocational agriculture in the high schools of the country, and the New Farmers of America, a similar organization for Negro students, have continued to grow in numbers enrolled. Both organizations are sponsored by the Office of Education. The 142,000 members of the Future Farmers of America are, through their 4,600 chapter organizations, learning to save systemati¬ cally, and are getting experience in parliamentary procedure, public speaking, home beautification and repair, community activities, con¬ servation of national resources, pest eradication, and cooperative activities such as purchasing and marketing of farm supplies and products. Part of the time of one staff member of the agricultural education service is devoted to service as executive secretary of the Future Farmers of America, which, under the direction of State supervisors of agricultural education, is managed and operated by its officers and members. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 295 In the New Farmers of America, principal emphasis during the year has been placed upon improving training in leadership. A manual similar to one followed by the Future Farmers of America is being prepared for the New Farmers of America and will be distributed to the membership at an early date. In the field of trade and industry. — In addition to rendering assistance to State boards for vocational education in setting up State plans for the next 5 j^ears, aiding them in promoting various types of trade and industrial education, inspecting and evaluating existing programs, auditing vocational education accounts, and exercising the regular supervisory functions, the trade and industrial education service has carried on numerous other activities, including State and local surveys of vocational education needs and investigations bearing upon the organization and operation of effective programs, carried on by field agents. Assistance was given in training leaders for an educational program in connection with the industries of the bay region of California, in a training program for Texas peace officers, in training for drillmasters of fire departments in Connecticut, in training for textile workers in Pennsylvania, in mapping vocational curriculum and building needs for the industrial area of West Virginia, in training conferences for coordinators of industrial education programs in 7 States, in summer teacher-training conferences in 11 States; in programs of training for public service in 5 States, sponsored by State municipal leagues; cooperation with State departments of education, local boards of education, and architects in mapping plans for building and equipment for new vocational schools in 7 States; with the International Brickmasons and Plasterers Union in studying existing programs of training for brickmasons and plasterers in 3 States, with State public health officials of Texas in training local health department inspectors and school custodians, in a survey of the industrial teacher- training programs in Colorado, in a survey of voca¬ tional education needs in Iowa, in a survey of training needs in the cities of Chattanooga and Knoxville, and in a program designed to prepare teachers of nurses’ training courses sponsored by State boards of nurses’ examiners in Minnesota and Pennsylvania. In the field of home economics. — Tbe usual number of regional and interstate conferences have been held and a large number of individual conferences with directors of vocational education, supervisors, and teacher trainers of home-economics education have been carried out. Particular attention has been directed to the issuing of materials on organization and administration. Staff members planned and participated in a short, intensive training course for itinerant teacher trainers for Negro schools; participated in State conferences for home-economics teachers in 5 States ; offered spe¬ cial short courses in summer schools of 6 teacher-training institutions ; conducted 8 interstate conferences (2 for representatives from Negro 296 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR teacher-training institutions and State supervisors); participated in plans for special family-life institutes at 6 teacher-training institutions ; conducted studies of teacher-education programs in 22 institutions in 8 States; called and participated in a national conference on home management for college instructors in home economics to consider ! kinds of family life and community experiences students should have as a part of their home-management work; conducted a conference called by the State department of education in 1 State for presidents, heads of home-economics departments, and teacher trainers in all i colleges of the State to consider the State-wide program in home economics; assisted in home-economics curriculum-building programs f for public schools in a number of States and advised in revision of col¬ lege and university programs for the preparation of home-economics | teachers; provided special programs of interest to city supervisors of f home economics in connection with 2 regional conferences; and worked ii with 2 agricultural groups in 2 regions in planning programs to improve jj farm-family living. In the field of commercial education. — Preparations have been made [ by many of the States in the past 3rear for starting courses for em- ■ ployees in the distributive occupations — those involved in getting the | products of factories and farms to the consumer — as authorized under the George-Deen Act approved June 8, 1936, and effective July 1, 1937. |' Much of the time of the commercial-education service during the past \ year, therefore, has been devoted to assisting the States in securing J information concerning the educational needs of the groups of workers s- in the distributive occupations, and in planning effective instructional : programs for these groups as well as for those who must be trained as teachers of distributive occupational subjects. Particular attention was given to aiding State boards for vocational education in outlining the kinds of classes for teaching distributive occupational subjects so that they might be in a position to include this information in their State plans for the 5-year period beginning ; July 1, 1937. The Office has conferred with several commercial trade associa¬ tions, notably the National Association of Retail Grocers, the National Association of Retail Meat Dealers, and organizations representing retail department stores, in regard to organizing educational commit- - tees to work with the Office of Education and with State vocational I education administrators in developing a program of vocational I education for workers represented by these associations. Considerable time has been devoted to assisting secondary schools < in adjusting commercial courses and curriculums to present-day commercial-employment opportunities and requirements for high- school commercial graduates. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 297 Assistance was also given the Maryland State Board for Vocational Education in revising the State course of study in commercial subjects used in Maryland high schools. Similar help also was given the revi¬ sion committee of the Pittsburgh public schools, and the Philadelphia schools received aid in revising a course in salesmanship. In the field of vocational rehabilitation. — Eight principal services were rendered during the year by the Office of Education to State boards for vocational rehabilitation and local rehabilitation officials, assisting in the following ways: 1. Training new personnel. 2. Organizing rehabilitation case record systems. 3. Expanding State rehabilitation services. 4. Organizing and conducting studies of special phases of rehabilitation service. 5. Developing cooperative relations with welfare and similar organizations in carrying on rehabilitation activities. 6. General promotion of State programs of rehabilitation. 7. Expanding cooperation in rehabilitation work by employees of other State services. 8. Conducting conferences of State staff members. During the past year detailed surveys of vocational rehabilitation programs wTere made in the States of Ohio, West Virginia, Indiana, and Oklahoma. Cooperation With Other Agencies The necessity for cooperating with governmental and other public and private agencies whose activities and objectives dovetail to some degree with the programs of vocational education and vocational rehabilitation, carried on under Federal grants, has been recognized by those responsible for the promotion of these programs ever since their inception. The economic and social conditions of the past few years, during which a number of emergency organizations with functions allied to vocational education have been established, have served to emphasize to an even greater degree the importance of such cooperation. In the field of agricultural education the Vocational Division has cooperated with various farmer organizations such as the Grange and the Farm Bureau; it has continued to cooperate with such Government agencies as the Farm Credit Administration, the Soil Conservation Division, and the Agricultural Adjustment Administration, in pre¬ paring subject matter designed to keep farm boys and farmers informed as to the service they may obtain from these organizations. The Vocational Division has sought the help of these various outside agencies, also, in solving some of its own problems, especially in the field of research, and in preparing bulletins and other materials for use in different fields of trade and industrial training. In this rela* 298 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR tionship, the trade and industrial service has cooperated during thei year with the following organizations: American Municipal Association; Gypsum Industries Association;1' International Association of Chiefs of Police ; International Association of Fire Chiefs; International Society of Master Painters and Deco-; rators; League of New Hampshire Arts and Crafts; Metal Lath i Association; National Occupational Conference; National Federation of Business and Professional Women’s Clubs; National Committee on;) Prisons and Prison Labor; National Council for Household Employ- J'- ment; National Association of State Boards of Examiners in Cosme¬ tology; National Association of University Women; National Associa-| tion of Hotels and Restaurants of the United States and Canada p; National League of Nursing Education; Portland Cement Association; Southern Women’s Educational Alliance; Southern Mountain Workers * Guild; and Structural Clay Products Institute. The cooperation of the Division with Government and with other » agencies in the field of home-economics education may be summarized ,i as follows: Joint study with Home Economics Extension Service, United States Department of Agriculture, on methods of meeting local needs for home-economics education and assistance in nutrition programs in drought areas; cooperation with Rural Resettlement Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, Rural Electrificatio Administration, and Works Progress Administration; assistance to i Interdepartmental Committee of Federal Government in coordinating health and welfare activities ; and participation in conferences with I Children’s Bureau, United States Department of Labor, American i Home Economics Association, National Council of Parents and Teachers, American Youth Commission, National Council of Parent Education, American Vocational Association, National Education i Association, Association of Southern Agricultural Workers, National Consumer-Relations Council, and National Committee on Household Employment. Working relations with Federal and State agencies with which J cooperation is required by law, and with other National, State, and ; local agencies which are in position to aid in the program of vocational rehabilitation, have been materially strengthened during the year. ! In several States and the District of Columbia a coordinated program for the placement of the handicapped was put into effect. Under the provisions of the Randolph-Sheppard Act, authorizing ; the operation of vending stands in public buildings by blind persons, cooperative relations have been established with State commissions i for the blind and other agencies in position to assist in this blind- employment movement. During the year 24 States were authorized :i to set up programs under which blind persons are employed as attend¬ ants in vending stands in Federal and other buildings, and approxi- OFFICE OF EDUCATION 299 mately 100 such stands are in operation. Through such efforts increased use is being made by State rehabilitation departments of the services available from workmen’s compensation bureaus, State li employment bureaus, hospitals, and numerous welfare agencies in [carrying on vocational rehabilitation activities. Contribution to Education in C. C. C. Camps Reports to the Office of Education indicate that States and local ) communities are making their vocational education programs available j to enrollees in Civilian Conservation Corps camps to a considerable degree. Twenty- three States have organized classes, especially for ! these enrollees. In 27 States enrollees are attending classes in nearby ' vocational schools. Eighteen States report that they have conducted group conferences for educational advisers, leaders, and camp com¬ manders, for the purpose of training them in conference-leading, teacher¬ training, and foremanship activities. Special services have been given in 10 States in planning and organizing instructional material for use in camp educational programs. Staff members of the Voca¬ tional Division have assisted the educational division of the Civilian Conservation Corps in a similar way. Research Activities Following the policy inaugurated when the program of Federal cooperation with the States in the promotion of vocational education was started in 1917, definite and specific “studies and investigations” in this field, provided for under the Smith-Hughes Act, have been carried on during the past year. The following list indicates a few of such studies: The occupational status and progress of former voca¬ tional-agriculture students; subject matter material in the fields of farm management, farm production, and the marketing of farm products; teacher training; amount and distribution of time devoted to vocational agriculture in high schools; analyses of State plans for vocational education in agriculture; training for, and occupations of, out-of-school farm youth; potential departments of vocational agri- . culture in high schools; supervised farm-practice programs; training for the fields of painting and decorating, plastering, metal lathing and bricklaying, sheet metal work in the aviation industry, railway and shipyard machine-shop practice, fire and police protection, and other public-service occupations; home economics at the college and high- school levels; teaching of home-management; housing as a part of home-economics programs; education for household employment; homemaking needs of out-of-school youth and adults; service occupa¬ tions for which home-economics education prepares girls. Research activities in the commercial-education field were confined largely to gathering and distributing information to State boards for 22914—37 - 21 300 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR vocational education, and to organizations representing those engaged in the distributive occupations, on the need for training and on possible training programs in this field. In addition to the surveys of State programs of rehabilitation made in Ohio, West Virginia, Indiana, and Oklahoma, the Rehabilitation Service has prepared and published a series of 10 job analyses for use in supervising disabled persons under training for specific occupations. Data from reports covering more than 10,000 persons rehabilitated in various States were tabulated and distributed to those who could make use of such material in rehabilitation work. New Developments Perhaps the most significant new development in vocational educa¬ tion during the year was the preparation under way in the States to take advantage of the provisions of the George-Deen Act, effective July 1, 1937, under which training is to be given in part-time and evening classes for those engaged in the distributive occupations — - wholesaling, retailing, and other merchandising operations. Approxi¬ mately one of every six workers gainfully employed in the United States is engaged in a distributive occupation. Greater emphasis upon plans for programs of training for public- service occupations, and in the eastern section of the United States upon what may be termed general training in specific fields as com¬ pared with specific training covering a single trade as typified by the j unit trade school, are among the new developments in the field of > trade and industrial education. Considerable attention has been given to plans for training in public-service occupations. During the year many of the States have 1 made plans for training in a wide range of such occupations, including | police- and fire-protection work, public-sanitation work, weights and i measures inspection, water-works operation, municipal lighting, milk 1 and meat inspection, and other nonclerical occupations involved in . the operation of modern municipalities. The program of the Public Employment Division of the United | States Department of Labor, the public-health program administered « by the Public Health Service, the program for crippled children ad- I ministered by the Children’s Bureau of the Department of Labor, and the unemployment compensation provision of the Social Security Act 1 have made necessary a closer correlation in the States of the rehabilita- I tion service with the four fields listed. During the year satisfactory 1 progress has been made by the Office of Education in its efforts to 1 correlate the programs of rehabilitation carried on in the States with i the programs of these allied agencies. Of special significance is an arrangement made under the sponsor- i ship of the Office of Education, whereby the executive committee of jJ OFFICE OF EDUCATION 301 the newly created States Rehabilitation Council, composed of State } rehabilitation officials and workers, will function as a technical ad- : visory committee to the Office, in the field of vocational rehabilitation. This executive committee of the council will, upon invitation of the Commissioner of Education, meet from time to time with representa¬ tives of the Office of Education to discuss developments in the voca¬ tional-rehabilitation program and to suggest means of improving this I program, through the adoption of new Federal policies. Apprentice Training The program of apprentice training carried on under the terms of the Smith-Hughes Act has been materially strengthened and the possibility of duplication of this program eliminated through an agreement with the Federal Committee on Apprentice Training, under which the responsibilities of the committee and the Office of Education have been definitely allocated. Under this cooperative relationship the committee assists the States in the promotion of appropriate legislation on apprenticeship and the Office of Education assumes responsibility for sponsoring educational programs of training for apprentices, in cooperation with State boards for vocational education. This training program calls for the selection and training of special teachers for apprentice groups and the selection and training of coordinators, in order that the work experience and school training of apprentices may be brought into proper relation¬ ship. It also calls for the preparation of analyses of specific trades and of training plans, and of outlines for the teaching of technical subjects,, and the adaption of subject matter to meet the special needs of ap¬ prentices in a wide variety of trades and crafts. During the year staff members of the Vocational Division of the Office of Education conducted an 18-day conference on apprentice I training in cooperation with a steel corporation, the Illinois and Indiana State boards for vocational education, and the boards ^of education of Chicago and Gary. Publications Each year reports of annual regional conferences arranged and conducted by regional agents in the three fields of vocational educa¬ tion — agriculture, trade and industry, home economics — and in voca¬ tional rehabilitation, are mimeographed and distributed to those interested in using them as reference material. Such reports were issued in 1936-37 as usual. In addition the following printed and mimeographed publications, a number of which grew out of studies i and investigations, were issued and distributed: 302 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR General ,/Digest of Annual Reports of State Boards for Vocational Education to the Office of Education, Division of Vocational Education, for the year ended June 30, 1936. Agricultural Education V Bulletin 154, Analyses of Special Jobs in Quality Milk Production, revised 1937. L-Dulletin 191, Interpretive Science and Related Information in Vocational Agri¬ culture. o Misc. 1851. Vocational Agriculture Service Map. oMisc. 1880. Supplementary Farm Practices. C. L. No. 2015. Importance of Follow-up. F. F. A. Service Letter No. 138. Summary of the Ninth National Convention of Future Farmers of America. Trade and Industrial Education k'Bulletin 185. Aviation in the Public Schools. DMisc. 1853. National Conference on Trade and Industrial Education. Home Economics Education V Bulletin 187. Home Economics Education Courses. °Misc. 1822. The Forward Look for the Committee on Cooperation. £ Misc. 1859. Selected List of Books, Pamphlets, and Periodicals on Vocations Toward Which Home Economics Training Makes a Contribution. 1 Misc. 1860. Publications Concerning Minority Groups. OMisc. 1861. Source Material on Negro Life and Education. O Misc. 1867. Suggested References on Consumer Education. 0 Misc. 1873. Planning the Family Expenditures. 0 Misc. 1884. Suggestive Materials for the Teaching of Housing in Home Economics Programs. Misc. 1907. The Status of In-Service Training of Home Economics Teachers in the United States in 1934. v Misc. 1910. Illustrations of Tests for Evaluating Instruction in Some Phases of Consumer Buying. , Misc. 1928. Organization and Administration, Home Economics Education (preliminary draft, May 1937, of Bulletin No. 28, revised). Commercial Education Bulletin 186. Cooperative Training in Retail Selling in the Public Secondary Schools. Vocational Rehabilitation /i Leaflet No. 5. Restoring the Handicapped to Useful Employment. A Statistical Study of Disabled Persons Rehabilitated 1935-36. A Study of the Rehabilitation of One-Armed Persons. A Study of Rehabilitated Persons Disabled Through Employment Accidents. An Analysis of Types of Training Given Rehabilitated Persons. A Statistical Study of the Rehabilitation of Persons Disabled by Tuberculosis and Heart Disease. A Study of Persons Rehabilitated Through Training in Commercial Occupations. Analyses of Seven Jobs in Which the Handicapped Can Be Trained. OFFICE OF EDUCATION 303 Appropriations: 1937 and 1938 Appropriations for administering the vocational-education program It carried on under Federal funds for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, | totaled $265,000 — $192,000 under the Smith-Hughes Act and $73,000 ii under the George-Ellzey Act. The George-Ellzey Act expired June i: 30, 1937, and was superseded by the George-Deen Act, which author- I ized increased appropriations for allotment to the States and for administrative expenses. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 1938, Congress appropriated $425,000 for the administration of the Smith- Hughes and George-Deen Acts. The appropriation for administer¬ ing the Federal vocational-rehabilitation acts was increased from j $78,420 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, to $95,000 for the year ending June 30, 1938, the increase providing principally for addi¬ tional personnel required in the administration of the Randolph- Sheppard Act making provision for the establishment of vending stands for blind persons. The Smith-Hughes Act appropriates $7,167,000 annually for i allotment to the States for cooperative vocational education in agricul¬ ture, trades and industries, and teacher training. The total amount authorized in the George-Deen Act of $14,483,000 was appropriated I for 1938, an increase of more than $10,000,000 over the amount j. authorized in the GSorge-Ellzey Act, which expired on June 30, 1937. Appropriations for vocational education in Hawaii and Puerto Rico are continued in the same amounts for 1938 as for 1937. The appropriation to the States for 1937 under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of June 2, 1920, as amended, was in the amount of $1,891,000, and for 1938, $1,800,000. Continued appropriations in the total amount authorized are provided for vocational rehabilita¬ tion in Hawaii and Puerto Rico. The appropriation for rehabilitation in the District of Columbia is increased from $15,000 for 1937 to $25,000 for 1938, in accordance with an amending act. The acts authorizing appropriations for allotment to the States for vocational education and rehabilitation provide that unexpended balances remaining in the States at the close of a fiscal year shall be deducted from the allotments to those States for the ensuing year. Appropriations made in consideration of the unexpended balances provide that the allotments to the States shall be made on the basis of the total amounts authorized in the acts. Appropriations for allotment to the States and Territories are shown in table I, total allotments to the States and Territories for vocational education in table II , and allotments for vocational rehabili¬ tation in table III. 304 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR TABLE 1. — Appropriations for Allotment to the States and Territories for Vocational Education and Vocational Rehabilitation: 1937, 1938 Appropriation Act Fiscal year ending June 1937 Fiscal year ending June 1938 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION Smith-Hughes Act: Total . l $7, 167, 000. 00 i $7, 167, 000. 0 Vocational agriculture _ _ _ _ _ _ 3, 027, 000. 00 3, 050, 000. 00 1, 090, 000. 00 3, 027, 000. 00 3, 050, 000. 00 1, 090, 000. 00 Vocational teacher training . . . . George-Ellzey Aet (expired June 30, 1937): Total . . . » 3, 000, 000. 00 Vocational agriculture . 1, 000, 000. 00 992, 207. 84 1, 007, 792. 16 Vocational trade and industry _ _ _ Vocational home ecnomics _ _ George-Deen Act (effective July 1, 1937): Total . . . . . . 14, 483, 000. 00 Vocational agriculture... _ _ 4, 067, 200. 00 4,058,975.00 4, 048, 825. 00 1, 254, 000. 00 1, 054, 000. 00 Vocational trade and industry _ _ _ Vocational home economics _ _ _ Distributive occupations _ _ _ Vocational teacher training _ _ _ An act making appropriations for the Territory of Hawaii: Total . . . 30, 000. 00 30, 000. 00 Vocational agriculture . . . . . . . . 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 # 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 Vocational trade, industry, and home economics _ Vocational teacher training _ _ _ _ _ An’act making appropriations for the Island of Puerto Rico: Total _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 105, 000. 00 105, 000. 00 Vocational agriculture _ _ _ 30, 000. 00 30, 000. 00 30, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 30, 000. 00 30, 000. 00 30, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 Vocational trade and industry _ Vocational home economics _ Vocational teacher training _ Total, vocational education _ 10, 302, 000. 00 21, 785, 000. 00 VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION Vnnat.irmal Pfthahilit.at.irm Ant. . _______ 1, 891, 000. 00 5, 000.00 15, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 1, 800, 000. 00 5, 000.00 15, 000. 00 25, 000. 00 Hawaii _ Puerto Rico _ District of Columbia . _ _ Total, vocational rehabilitation _ 1,926, 000.00 1, 845, 000. 00 Total, vocational education and vocational rehabilitation _ 12, 228, 000. 00 23, 630, 000. 00 1 Permanent and continuing appropriation. Estimated expenditure $7,000,000. * Allotments to States made on basis of $3,084,603 as authorized in the act. TABLE 2. — Allotments of Federal money to the States and Territories for vocational education, year ending June 30, 193d OFFICE OF EDUCATION 305 George-Deen Act Vocational ing $1,054,000.00 19, 837. 46 10, 000. 00 13, 902. 02 42, 559. 21 10,000.00 12, 046. 06 10, 000. 00 11,006. 36 21, 803. 46 10, 000. 00 57, 202. 79 24, 277. 26 18, 523. 26 14. 100. 81 19, 600. 13 15, 754. 48 10, 000. 00 12, 230. 65 31,857.00 36, 300. 23 19, 220. 53 15, 066. 51 27, 207. 35 10, 0(H). 00 10. 329. 82 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 30, 295. 64 10, 000. 00 94, 365. 76 23, 765. so 10, 000. 00 Vocational education ior uisiriD- utive occu¬ pations $1, 254, 000. 00 24, 429. 46 10, 000. 00 17,120. 09 52, 410. 87 10, 000. 00 14, 834. 50 10, 000. 00 13, 554. 13 26, 850. 55 10, 000. 00 70,444. 17 29, 897. 00 22, 811.05 17, 364.88 24, 137. 19 19, 401. 35 10, 000. 00 15,061.81 39, 231.31 44, 703. 06 23, 069. 73 18, 554. 13 33, 505. 35 10, 000. 00 12, 720. 99 10, 000. 00 10, 000.00 37, 308. 52 10, 000. 00 116, 209. 68 29, 267. 15 10, 000. 00 Vocational horne-eco- nomics edu¬ cation $4, 048, 825. 00 135, 856. 98 20,408. 60 105, 115. 82 108, 333. 79 36, 851.08 33, 938. 47 20, 000. 00 50, 602. 96 143, 788. 43 22, 537. 76 142, 496. 48 103, 044. 87 106, 547. 48 82, 227. 05 129, 684. 62 90, 576. 86 33, 994. 47 46, 904. 63 29, 870. 92 110,019. 17 93, 310 90 119, 356. 49 126. 447. 79 25, 469. 58 63, 704. 76 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 50, 149. 88 22, 607. 48 147,581.33 168, 604. 08 40, 538. 98 ill W home-eco¬ nomics edu¬ cation $4,058,975.00 55, 072. 91 20, 000. 00 30, 995. 77 213, 243. 37 31,752. 56 64, 104. 14 20, 000. 00 50, 149. 93 62, 833. 09 20, 000. 00 279, 646. 92 102, 283. 38 62, 961.33 49, 499. 38 60, 643. 33 53, 597. 61 26,416. 52 58, 788. 05 174, 008. 92 171,207.64 70, 365. 18 27, 283. 12 106, 052. 83 20, 000. 00 33, 409. 76 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 164, 895. 07 20, 000. 00 500, 480. 36 66, 222. 13 20, 000. 00 Vocational 3 o 25 18 1® $4, 067, 200. 00 •s Total $14, 483, 000. 00 401, 144. 05 80, 408. 60 305, 740. 84 493, 375. 58 123, 622. 04 144. 923. 17 80, 000. 00 159, 855. 59 430, 909. 73 85, 860. 29 673, 513. 00 360, 165. 48 331. 923. 17 250, 754. 04 379, 737.33 282, 172. 30 101,582. 84 162, 385. 90 294, 968. 15 459, 102. 70 317, 424. 54 349. 001.51 431,203.86 90, 801.51 192, 684. 27 80, 000. 00 80, 000. 00 302,649.11 82, 607. 48 947, 775. 59 485, 954. 01 129, 730. 19 ! Smith-Hughes Smith-Hughes Act Vocational In $1,089,858.52 21, 639. 44 10, 000. 00 15, 164.85 46, 425. 18 10, 000. 00 13, 140. 30 10, 000. 00 12, 006. 16 23, 784.03 10, 000. 00 62, 398. 95 26, 482. 55 20, 205. 87 15, 381.69 21, 380. 55 17, 185. 58 10, 000. 00 13, 341.65 34, 750. 82 39, 597. 65 20, 966. 48 16, 435.12 29, 678. 81 10, 000. 00 11,268.16 10, 000. 00 10, 000 00 33, 047. 63 10, 000. 00 102, 937. 72 25, 924. 63 10, 000. 00 totals under the Vocational trade, indus¬ trial, and home-eco¬ nomics edu¬ cation $3, 049, 265. 27 32,611.15 10, 000. 00 16, 776. 23 182, 301. 17 22, 779. 21 49, 589. 77 10, 000. 00 33, 290. 52 39, 236. 98 10, 000. 00 246, 935. 68 78, 689. 02 42, 908. 77 31, 978. 49 35,010. 22 36, 522. 14 14,087.15 42,714.98 167, 878. 22 144, 684. 11 55,103. 85 14, 847. 09 81, 459. 38 10, 000. 00 21, 299. 32 10, 000. 00 11,965.26 146,312.71 10, 000. 00 461,031.10 35, 484. 35 10,000.00 included in the Vocational CTfci itumu ot education s§ i «■ © 106, 018. 23 15, 928. 19 82, 028. 87 84, 540. 06 28, 757. 35 26, 484. 45 10, 000.00 39, 488. 86 112, 207.67 17, 587. 72 111, 199. 48 80, 412. 77 83, 146. 09 64, 167. 24 101,201.53 70,683.15 26, 528. 15 36, 602. 80 23, 310. 27 85, 855. 27 72,816.70 93, 141.81 98, 675. 62 19, 875. 61 49, 713. 06 10, 000. 00 10, 714. 23 39, 135. 29 17,642.12 115, 167. 53 131,572.98 31, 635. 26 to Rico are not Total >$7,157, 977. 62 160, 268. 82 35, 926. 19 113, 969. 95 313, 266.41 61, 536. 56 89, 214. 52 30, 000. 00 84, 785. 54 175, 228. 68 37, 587. 72 420, 534. 1 1 185, 584. 34 146, 260. 73 111,527. 42 157. 592. 30 124,390.87 50, 615. 30 92, 659. 43 225. 939. 31 270, 137. 03 148, 887. 03 124, 424. 02 209, 813. 81 89, 875. 61 82, 280. 54 30,000.00 32, 679. 49 218, 495. 63 37,642. 12 679, 136. 35 192, 981. 96 51,635.26 [awaii and Puer State or Territory Total . Alabama _ Arizona. _ . . . . Arkansas . California . Colorado . Connecticut . Delaware . Florida. . Georgia . Idaho . Illinois . . . Indiana... . . Iowa... _ _ _ _ Kansas _ Kentucky . . . Louisiana Maine . Maryland . Massachusetts . Michigan . . . Minnesota . . . Mississippi . Missouri . Montana . Nebraska. . Nevada . . . New Hampshire . . New Jersey . New Mexico . New York . North Carolina . North Dakota . * The allotments to H its to Ilawaii and Puerto Rico are not included in the totals under the Smith-Hughes Act. TABLE 2. — Allotment of Federal money to the States and Territories for vocational education, year ending June 30, 1938 — Continued 306 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR George-Deen Act Vocational teacher train¬ ing $49, 826. 61 17, 961.78 10, 000. 00 72, 200. 90 10, 000. 00 13, 034. 56 10, 000. 00 19, 614. 87 43, 664. 66 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 18, 155. 27 11, 719. 91 12, 962. 89 22, 032. 10 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 11, 573. 86 Vocational education for distrib¬ utive occu¬ pations $61, 360. 55 22,119. 60 10, 000 00 88, 914. 06 10, 000. 00 16, 051. 82 10, 000. 00 24, 155. 35 53, 772. 22 10,000. 00 10, 000. 00 22, 357. 89 14, 432. 86 15, 963. 56 27, 132. 12 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10,000.00 14, 253. 00 Vocational home-eco¬ nomics edu¬ cation $152,810.8? 112,455. 55 33, 146. 11 221, 276. 85 20, 000. 00 97, 692. 95 40, 139. 19 122, 859. 89 245, 386. 28 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 116, 880. 97 48, 490. 36 88, 408. 27 98, 941. 39 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 79, 764. 66 Vocational trade, indus¬ trial, and home-eco¬ nomics edu¬ cation $237, 563. 83 57, 856. 10 30, 789. 18 370, 028. 00 28, 296. 97 34, 676. 21 20, 000. 00 59, 084. 68 146, 433. 22 20, 000. 00 20. 000. 00 62, 036. 16 53, 077. 76 53, 981. 55 86, 784. 01 20,000. 00 20, 000. 00 20, 512. 97 20,000. 00 21, 941. 06 Vocational agricultural education $125, 453. 59 126, 795.87 27, 693. 47 106, 072.11 20,000. 00 113, 473. 43 48, 313. 48 150, 491. 95 291, 248. 04 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 117.718.58 37, 731.20 55, 607. 33 109, 088. 25 20,000. 00 20, 000. 00 20, 000. 00 20,020. 99 126, 739. 41 Total $627, 015. 40 337, 188. 90 111,628. 76 858, 491. 92 88, 296. 97 274, 928. 97 128, 452. 67 376, 206. 74 780, 504. 42 80, 000. 00 80, 000. 00 337. 148. 87 165, 452. 09 226, 923. 60 343. 977. 87 80, 000. 00 80, 000. 00 80, 512. 97 80, 020. 99 254, 271. 99 Smith-Hughes Act Vocational teacher train¬ ing $54, 352. 74 19, 593. 39 10, 000. 00 78, 759. 45 10,000. 00 14, 218. 59 10,000. 00 21, 396. 64 47,631.06 10, 000. 00 10,000. 00 19, 804. 46 12,784.52 14, 140. 41 24, 033. 44 10, 000. 00 j j Vocational trade, indus¬ trial, and home-eco¬ nomics edu¬ cation $197,495.50 36, 002. 87 21, 458. 77 286, 273.09 27, 842. 03 16, 259. 29 10, 000.00 39, 282. 82 104, 691. 96 11, 666. 65 10. 000. 00 34, 419. 18 38, 757. 07 21,535. 80 68,083. 37 10, 000. 00 ; j ; i j i Vocational agricultural education $119, 248. 45 87, 756. 55 25.866.11 172, 677. 04 10, 000. 00 76, 236. 31 31, 323. 28 95, 875. 76 191,491.24 13. 466.11 13, 424. 97 91, 209. 99 37, 840. 26 68, 990. 85 77, 210. 55 10, 000. 00 i i 1 ! Total $371,096.69 143, 352. 81 57, 324. 88 537, 709. 58 47, 842. 03 106, 714. 19 51, 323. 28 156, 555. 22 343, 814. 26 35, 132. 76 33,424. 97 145, 433. 63 89, 381.85 104, 667. 06 169, 327. 36 30, 000. 00 ; State or Territory Ohio . . Oklahoma. .. uregou. - - Pennsylvania . . . Rhode Island _ South Carolina . South Dakota . . Tennessee _ Texas _ _ Utah... _ _ Vermont . . Virginia _ _ _ Washington. _ West Virginia _ Wisconsin . . Wyoming . . Alaska . . s’ i 2 ; 3 il- : OFFICE OF EDUCATION 307 TABLE 3. Allotments of Federal Money to the States and Territories for Vocational Rehabilitation, Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 1937 and 1938 State or Territory 1937 1938 Total . i $1,885,009.61 i $1,938,000.00 Alabama . . 39, 730. 02 40, 912. 77 Arizona . 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 Arkansas . . 27, 842. 67 28, 671. 54 California . . .. 85, 236. 63 87, 774. 11 Colorado _ 15, 551. 07 16, 014. 02 Connecticut . 24, 125. 59 24, 843. 80 Delaware . . - 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 Florida _ _ 22, 043. 31 22, 699. 53 Georgia - 43, 667. 48 44, 967. 45 Idaho - - 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 Illinois.- . . . 114, 564. 47 117, 975. 03 Indiana - - - 48, 621. 96 50, 069. 43 Iowa _ _ 37, 097. 98 38, 202. 37 Kansas. . 28, 240. 79 29, 081. 51 Kentucky _ _ 39, 254. 69 40, 423. 30 Louisiana . . 31, 552. 72 32, 492. 04 Maine - . 11, 972. 28 12, 328. 69 Maryland . . 24, 495. 27 25, 224. 49 Massachusetts _ 63, 802. 50 65, 701. 88 Michigan . . 72, 701. 29 74, 865. 59 Minnesota _ 38, 494. 46 39, 640. 43 Mississippi _ 30, 174. 88 31, 073. 18 Missouri _ _ 54, 490. 29 56, 112. 45 Montana _ 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 Nebraska . 20, 688. 34 21, 304. 23 State or Territory 1937 1938 Nevada _ _ _ New Hampshire _ New Jersey _ New Mexico. . . New York _ _ North Carolina _ North Dakota _ Ohio.. . . Oklahoma.. . . Oregon _ _ Pennsylvania _ Rhode Island . . South Carolina _ South Dakota _ Tennessee _ Texas _ _ _ Utah... . Vermont . . Virginia _ Washington.. . . West Virginia . Wisconsin _ _ Wyoming . Hawaii _ District of Columbia. Puerto Rico _ 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 60, 675. 45 10, 000. 00 188, 993. 65 47, 597. 62 10, 222. 02 99, 791. 63 35, 973. 47 14, 319. 87 144, 602. 35 10, 321.88 26, 105. 33 10, 402. 24 39, 284. 23 87, 450. 62 10. 000. 00 10, 000. 00 36, 360. 99 23, 472. 38 25, 961.79 44, 125. 40 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 62, 481. 73 10, 000. 00 194, 619. 94 49, 014. 59 10, 526. 32 102, 762. 39 37, 044. 38 14, 746. 17 148, 907. 13 10, 629. 16 26, 882. 47 10,711.91 40, 453. 71 90, 054. 00 10, 000. 0G 10, 000. 00 37, 443. 44 24, 171. 15 26, 734. 67 45, 439. 00 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 25, 000. 00 15, 000. 00 i A special allotment of $5,000 to Hawaii and the allotment to the District of Columbia and the island of Puerto Rico are not included in the total. GENERAL EDUCATION BOARD This corporation, which was created by an act of Congress approved January 12, 1903, section 6 of which requires the corporation to file annually with the Secretary of the Interior a report, in writing, stating in detail the property, real and personal, held by the corpora¬ tion, and the expenditure or other use or disposition of the same or the income thereof during the preceding year, has for its object the promotion of ‘eduction within the United States. The bylaws, as amended at the annual meeting of the members and trustees held December 17, 1936, provide that the fiscal year shall commence the 1st day of January in each year and end on the following 31st day of December. Accordingly there is presented herewith a report for the 6-month period July 1 to December 31, 1936. On June 30, 1936, principal fund, belonging without restriction to the board, amounted to $34,734,598.42. Transactions during the period resulted in a net increase of $4,181,447.82, or a balance Decem¬ ber 31, 1936, of $38,916,046.24. This fund is invested in stocks and bonds. In addition, the sum of $14,486,380.95 is reserved to pay appropriations to various educational institutions, and the further sum of $746,500 has been referred to the executive committee for appropriation, a total sum reserved of $15,232,880.95. This fund is invested as follows: Securities, $13,186,621.78, and cash on deposit, $1,299,759.17. Lapses and refunds on prior years’ appropriations amounted to $273,000 and $1,500, respectively, and the further sum 308 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR of $2,750,000 previously authorized, was rescinded. Payments during the 6-month period amounted to $1,856,100.96. There was appropriated from income during the 6-month period the sum of $1,045,834. Lapses on account of prior years’ appropria¬ tions amounted to $298,353.54, however, leaving a net increase in income appropriations of $747,480.46. The income from the above funds, together with income from undisbursed income, amounted during the period to $1,146,108.92; the balance of income from the previous year as of June 30, 1936, amounted to $8,688,467.05, which, together ^vith sundry refunds amounting to $2,841.40, increased the total to $9,837,417.37. Dis¬ bursements from income during the 6-month period amounted to $1,604,928.49, leaving an undisbursed balance of income on December 31, 1936, of $8,232,488.88. Of this sum, $7,899,641.44 is in cash on deposit and $332,847.44 in sums advanced on account of appropria¬ tions which are to be accounted for. This balance of $8,232,488.88 consists of: Unpaid appropriations, $6,874,749.37; amount referred to the executive committee for appropriation, $603,690; and the sum of $754,049.51 which remains unappropriated. The Anna T. Jeanes fund, the principal and interest of which are to be used for Negro rural schools, amounted, on December 31, 1936, to $15,919.21. The sum of $25,000 was appropriated during the period, of which the sum of $12,500 was paid. The unpaid balance of $12,500 is in cash on deposit. The balance in the Anna T. Jeanes fund income account at June 30, 1936, amounted to $2,334.49. There was no income during the period and payments amounting to $1,110.99 reduced this balance to $1,223.50, which consists of unpaid appropriations of $875 and an unappropriated balance of $348.50. The total sum of $1,223.50 is in cash on deposit. March 1, 1937. DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS Ernest H. Gruening, Director THE Division of Territories and Island Possessions, in addition to the regular administrative functions of coordinating and supervising the activities under its jurisdiction, has assumed a large volume of budget¬ ary and accounting work relating to the Territories and possessions, including the governments of Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands; also The Alaska Railroad, Alaska Road Commission, Alaska Insane, The Virgin Islands Company; and the colonization projects on Howland, Baker, and Jarvis Islands. The Division has made considerable progress in furthering the interests of these outlying areas and activities of the United States as they relate to the other Departments and agencies of the Federal Government, and many appearances were made during the fiscal year before the Bureau of the Budget, congressional committees, etc., in behalf of appropriations, legislation, and other administrative matters of importance. The Director of the Division made a number of trips to Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands during the year, and the administrative officer visited the Hawaiian Islands to inspect the Homes Commission projects, territorial institutions, etc., and to organize and despatch the first expeditionary cruise under the Depart¬ ment of the Interior to Howland, Baker, and Jarvis Islands for the purpose of establishing and maintaining permanent colonization projects thereon. These islands are located in the Pacific Ocean on the Equator, approximately south of Hawaii, and groups of four Hawaiian-American citizens are maintained on each for the purpose of preserving United States sovereignty and obtaining certain me¬ teorological material considered to be of value in connection with the proposed establishment of air routes to the Southern Hemisphere. The administrative officer also visited the Momingside Hospital, Portland, Oreg., where the Alaska insane patients are cared for under contract with the Federal Government. 309 310 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Through these personal relationships and the use of the Federal I Government’s radio system and the commercial air facilities, the r Division has maintained close communication with the distant and I widely diversified activities under its supervision. TERRITORY OF ALASKA During 1937 the administrative functions of the Department in connection with the office of Governor of Alaska, The Alaska Railroad, the Alaska Road Commission, the Reindeer Service, and the care of the Alaska insane were performed through the Division of Terri¬ tories and Island Possessions. This Division likewise was charged with aiding the several other branches of the Interior Department operating in Alaska when determining matters of policy with reference to the Territ<$ry. The Director of the Division was chairman of the Inter-Departmental Committee on Alaska, a committee established by the President for the better coordination of all Federal activities in Alaska. The year witnessed the regular biennial and an extraordinary session of the Alaska Legislature. Outstanding among the enactments furthering the utilization of the resources of the Territory and pro¬ viding for the welfare of its citizens were an appropriation for the biennium of $400,000 for roads and airfields, an act creating a Terri¬ torial Planning Council, one organizing an Aeronautics and Communi¬ cations Commission, an enactment providing Social Security legisla¬ tion, and another which established a new tax schedule for mines and mining. The Alaska Railroad during the summer of 1936 provided three round-trip schedules per week between Seward and Fairbanks, with supplementary service out of Fairbanks to Nenana and Mount McKinley Park and out of Seward to Anchorage and Palmer. The Pacific coast maritime strike by disrupting steamer service to Alaska caused the operation of regular passenger trains to be discontinued from November 1, 1936, to February 18, 1937. The 1937 summer schedule was inaugurated June 8. When the Pacific coast maritime strike created a danger of a shortage of food and other necessary commodities in the Territory, The Alaska Railroad under Presidential authority operated an emergency steamship service from Seattle to Alaskan ports. River boat service was maintained on the Yukon during the season of navigation with bimonthly sailings between Nenana and Marshall. The deficit for the railroad for 1937 amounted to $172,065, after including a loss of $174,588 from the operation of ocean-going vessels during the maritime strike, and $7,449 expended for the investigation of mineral and other resources. Excluding these two items, the railroad and river lines would show a profit on normal operations of $9,971. DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS 311 The Alaska Road Commission is charged with the construction and maintenance of roads, bridges, and trails in Alaska outside of national forests. Construction and maintenance of airfields, telephone lines, and shelter cabins is also undertaken for the Territory. The work accomplished during the fiscal year may be summarized as follows: New construction: 63% miles of roads of which 16% miles were surfaced; 15 miles of sled road; 17% miles of trail, and a number of bridges. Improvement: 75% miles of road regraded and widened; 115 miles of road sur¬ faced and 681 metal culverts installed. Maintenance: 1,848% miles of road; 80% miles of tramway; 527% miles of sled road; 2,412 miles of permanent trail; and 304 miles of temporary flagged trail. The cost during the year was $1,055,432 of which $392,632 was for new -work and $662,800 for maint^iance and improvement. Reindeer work has been administered under the supervision of the Reindeer Service with headquarters at Nome, Alaska. During the year 176,613 deer were handled and 67,094 newly marked. The num¬ ber of reindeer recorded as being used by the Eskimos of Alaska for food, clothing and other purposes is 36,922, while the number of car¬ casses shipped from the Territory totaled 6,015. During the year 3,500 reindeer were driven from Barrow to Barter Island to protect the natives of that region against periodic food shortages. Under provisions of law the insane of Alaska are cared for under contract with the Sanitarium Co., Portland, Oreg. The Interior Department is represented at the sanitarium by a medical supervisor with training and experience in psychiatry. At the beginning of the fiscal year, 309 patients were receiving treatment. During the year 49 patients were admitted and patients deceased, discharged or trans¬ ferred number 62, leaving 296 persons receiving treatment at the end of the fiscal year. During the year improvements both in housing and treatment have been accomplished through additional buildings inauguration of insulin treatment, a recreational program, and occupa¬ tional therapy. TERRITORY OF HAWAII The financial condition of the Territory is gratify ingly sound as is evidenced by the fact that at the beginning of the bienium, 1933-35, the general fund showed a deficiency of $1,527,944.49, while the same fund records a surplus of $1,315,133.51 at the close of the biennium on June 30, 1937. As to the biennium 1937—39, the Ter¬ ritory’s budget is in balance. Largely as a result of contributions from the Federal Government, extensive improvements were made to Territorial highways and air¬ ports, the sum of $2,376,872 having been expended by the Department of Public Works during the fiscal year 1937. The largest single item was from the National Recovery Highway fund which aided materially in the construction or realignment of 19 miles of completed, improved 312 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR highways. Following the recommendations of the District Advisor, Airport Section, Bureau of Air Commerce, the legislature at its 1937 session appropriated the sum of $200,000 for the improvement of air¬ ports to bring them up to Department of Commerce requirements and standards. Hawaii's commerce, compiled on a calendar-year basis, showed a substantial increase in 1936; the total value of imports and exports amounting to $219,639,784. This is an increase of more than $35,- 000,000 over 1935. Imports from the mainland, United States and foreign countries during 1936 were valued at $92,462,979 and exports $127,176,805. Sugar, raw and refined, and canned pineapples and juice made up the bulk of the exports; the former being valued at $67,975,548 and the latter $51,452,t93. Among the accomplishments in the health administration of the Territory were the discovery of trichinosis and infectious jaundice, i increased improvement in the control of venereal diseases (due to Social Security funds), work in connection with rehabilitation of crippled children (through Territorial and Social Security funds), and also establishment of additional clinics for mothers and infants in the Territory. The estimated population shows an increase of 3,438 persons during the fiscal year, the total population on June 30, 1937, being estimated at 396,715, of whom 310,956 are American citizens. HAWAIIAN HOMES COMMISSION The Division maintained close relationship with the Hawaiian Homes Commission through Col. George Larrison, the Field Repre¬ sentative of the Department. Major activities during the year included the reduction of home¬ steaders' debts to the commission and others; the increase in the per¬ centage of homesteader labor in relation to the pineapple companies’ labor in the Molokai homestead pineapple fields ; the opening of addi¬ tional homestead lots; the completion of a census of homesteaders with data regarding their blood mixtures, ancestry, occupations, etc. ; an appraisal of the value of commission property; the adjudication in favor of the commission of the ownership of water diverted for the Molokai domestic water supply system; and the increase in acreages of food crops on Molokai. PUERTO RICO One of the important developments during the year was the pur¬ chase of the properties, rights, and franchises of the Ponce Electric Co. by the Government of Puerto Rico. Negotiations were completed on March 31, 1937, whereby funds amounting to $1,400,000 were fur¬ nished by the Federal Emergency Public Works Administration, in DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS 313 exchange for an equal par value of revenue bonds of the insular govern¬ ment, which are equally and ratably secured by the net revenues derived from the operation of the project, and are additionally payable from any revenues available from the sale of electric power from all other parts of the system owned by Utilization of the Water Resources. The acquisition of these properties at a total cost of $1,082,431.41 will enable the insular government to carry forward on a well founded economic basis the development of its hydroelectric system. It will permit the insular government to distribute additional electric power in urban centers at a fair price to the consumers. The balance of funds over and above the purchase price will be used in purchasing additional equipment and improving the property which has been acquired. Loans made by the former Puerto Rican Hurricane Relief Commis¬ sion are now in process of composition and adjustment as authorized in Public Resolution No. 60, Seventy-fourth Congress, approved August 27, 1935. Regulations governing the procedure to be followed in making the compositions and adjustments were approved August 26, 1936, and, due to the present economic situation, were modified August 10, 1937. Two loans were paid off during the year. There are now 3,001 loans outstanding, which were originally contracted in the amount of $5,655,760, 22 loans having been fully repaid. Prior to making adjustments, the total sum due the United States, including unpaid interest, exceeded $6,000,000. An issue of bonds for $1,000,000,000, dated July 1, 1936, the pro¬ ceeds from which were used in the construction of insular and municipal roads, were sold on behalf of the government of Puerto Rico. They were short-term bonds, $500,000 being due July 1, 1937, and $500,000 due July 1, 1938. Bidders were allowed to name a coupon rate which would permit them to submit offers of not less than par. The offer of the Chase National Bank of 100.08, which submitted the most favorable bid, the bonds to bear interest rate of V/2 percent per annum, was accepted. Such a low rate of interest was most gratifying. Jose Padin resigned as commissioner of education, effective Decem¬ ber 31, 1936. The President nominated Jose M. Gallardo as his suc¬ cessor. Dr. Gallardo was confirmed by the Senate on May 3 and entered upon duty June 14, 1937. Funds were appropriated by the Legislature of Puerto Rico for the employment of 100 teachers of English from the continental United States during the year 1936 and for 100 additional teachers of English during 1937. THE VIRGIN ISLANDS Allocations of emergency relief funds by the Works Progress Ad¬ ministration provided for the improvement and extension of Blue¬ beard Castle Hotel, continuation of the homestead program, and 314 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR construction of roads connecting the most important agricultural districts with the three towns of the Islands, Improvements to the Bluebeard Castle Hotel included construction of additional sleeping quarters, and a large water storage system. Essential grading and landscaping was begun with the aid of the C. C. C. organization. There are now 380 holders of homesteads contracts in both the islands of St. Thomas and St. Croix. Extraordinary rainfall has resulted in unprecedented yields in the sugar crop in St. Croix, with the result that many homesteaders are reaping large returns from their plantings. Many urgently needed improvements to the sewer and water sys¬ tems were completed with Public Works funds. Government House, St. Croix, was reconstructed and fireproofed. The P. W. A. Housing Division has practically completed 3 urban housing projects consisting of 126 famly units with a total of 230 rooms located in each of the 3 towns of the islands. A joiners’ cooperative and a farmers’ cooperative distribution outlet have been successfully established after long planning. These cooperatives, together with the handicraft cooperative previously established, will furnish an outlet for an increasing amount of goods and promise to become important factors in the economic improvement of the islands. A total of 777 ships with a tonnage of 3,104,153 gross tons called at the port of St. Thomas during the year, continuing the increase in shipping begun in 1933. Favorable consideration was given by the United States Army Engineers to the project for the improvement of St. Thomas Harbor. In this connection, a committee, appointed by the Governor, made an extensive study and report on the establish¬ ment of a graving dock in St. Thomas. A well-known American corporation has established its principal place of business in St. Thomas. Developments of considerable importance to the economic future of the islands may be anticipated as a result of the action of this corporation. Considerable interest has been evinced recently on the part of American private capital in the possibilities of developing business opportunities in the Virgin Islands. THE VIRGIN ISLANDS CO. During the fiscal year, the company cultivated 2,200 acres of sugar- cane, and prepared land to plant an additional 900 acres. The Company purchased more than $50,000 worth of sugarcane from 700 homesteaders, which together with its own cane, produced 2,800 short tons of raw sugar, 2,500 tons being sold to refineries in the United States. During the year, the Company manufactured 93,000 gallons of pure cane juice rum which was placed in charred oak barrels to be DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS 315 aged, increasing the total rum inventory to 496,000 gallons after deducting the 68,000 gallons sold during the year. EQUATORIAL AND SOUTH SEA ISLANDS Four cruises were made from Honolulu, Territory of Hawaii, to Jarvis, Baker, and Howland Islands during the year under the super¬ vision of the field representative of the Department of the Interior, carrying water, food, and other supplies for the maintenance of the colonists stationed thereon. Buildings for housing personnel, aero- logical equipment, and miscellaneous supplies were constructed by the colonists on each island, and a landing field was prepared on Howland Island. 22914—37 - 22 PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION Ernest Gruening, Administrator , Resigned July 13, 1937 IN the 6 years preceding 1935, Puerto Rico like other parts of the United States was suffering from the effects of the general economic depression. But even before the crash of 1929, sugar, the island’s chief industry, had not been profitable for a decade, due to world overproduction. This had reduced employment and wages in the sugar industry — generally wiped out previous profits in many in¬ stances and increased indebtedness in many more. Moreover, two hurricanes of unusual destructiveness swept over the island within the unprecedentedly brief period of 4 years, in 1928 and 1932, causing property losses estimated at $175,000,000. These storms not only damaged every island industry but uprooted hundreds of thousands of families. The coffee agriculture of the island, on which half a million people depend, was almost destroyed, the fruit industry damaged to a degree so great that it has not recovered. Tobacco and sugar industries suffered greatly. The sugar reduction program launched by the Jones-Costigan Act deprived some 25,000 wage earners of work. National legislation to speed recovery on the continent, when extended to the island, in many instances added to the already existing hardships. Prices of food and other necessities which the island imports in large quantities from the mainland, were raised — quota production of sugar and tobacco was fixed below normal level. The extension of the N. R. A. and the attempt to fix wages in the needlework industry succeeded only in closing the shops of many entrepeneurs and causing further unemployment. Thus, the island’s production generally was curtailed while living costs increased. Aside, however, from these special, if temporary, adverse factors, it became apparent to those sincerely interested that Puerto Rico was suffering from certain fundamental social and economic ills, not entirely connected with world conditions but which if left unchecked would eventually bring social and economic chaos to the island. 316 PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 317 Conditions in Puerto Rico were wretched when Spain retired in 1898. About 15 percent of the school population was in school. During the previous decade smallpox had taken an annual toll of 600 deaths. During the following 30 years under American adminis¬ tration economic and social conditions improved steadily. Modern sanitation, previously nonexistent, was introduced, an extensive road system was constructed, many public buildings, including primary and high schools, were erected. The university was founded. Yet tangible as were these accomplishments they were inadequate to meet the combined factors of depression, population growth, hurri¬ canes, progressive land concentration, and soil erosion. Beginning with the island-wide hurricane of 1928 Puerto Rican economic con¬ ditions entered a crisis which became steadily aggravated. The hurricane of 1932 intensified the disaster. By the summer of 1934 unemployment reached a total of about 350,000. One of the most fundamental problems has been the pressure of island population, increasing at the rate of 40,000 a year in an area already overcrowded and with no new frontiers for pioneering within the limits of its own shores. In the 39 years since the advent of American sovereignty the population has doubled. With the present population of approximately 1,800,000 — 529 persons to the square mile — with an arable area of approximately 1,225,000 acres or 0.7 acres per person, with which to sustain fife, it was obvious that only a highly developed and well controlled program could come anywhere near meeting the problem in this strictly agricultural country. In spite of the insular government’s extensive health program, general health conditions of the island, due to overcrowding, malnutrition, and a generally low standard of living, leave much to be desired and the death rates for tuberculosis, gastrointestinal diseases and malaria reach startling figures. Nearly 90 percent of the rural population in the island’s interior and 40 percent of the urban inhabitants harbor the hookwmrm parasite. Another basic problem has been a progressive concentration of the best lands of the island into few^er and fewer hands. The 1930 census showed that out of the 261,000 persons employed in agriculture 20 percent w ere farm operators. The number of farm operators declined from 5.2 percent of the total population in 1910 to 3.4 percent in 1930. In 1930 farms less than 20 acres in size, practically all of them owned by their operators, constituted 72 percent of the total number of farms; yet the acreage they comprised wras only 12.4 percent of the total acreage in farms. Farms of less than 100 acres, 93.6 percent of the total, included merely 37 percent of the total land in farms in Puerto Rico. On the other hand, large farms of 500 acres and more, many of them of questioned validity under the Organic Act of Puerto Rico and only 367 in number (0.7 percent of total number of farms), 318 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR comprised 32 percent of all the area included in farms. The develop- J v ment of the sugar industry as a highly capitalized and technical n business and the lack of a systematic agricultural policy to develop # diversified farming, destructive storms causing loss of crops, bank- n ruptcy and loss of the small agriculturists’ holdings, ignorance about modem methods of cultivation which permitted increasing soil i erosion, excessive population increase with mounting unemployment, i and other factors, have increased the growing landlessness, crowding i more people into city slum areas, thus aggravating overcrowding in 1 the island’s cities. During the period 1933-35 Federal relief funds were first made available to Puerto Rico. It early became apparent, as stated above, that the economic plight of Puerto Rico was not really due to the same economic factors as on the mainland of the United States. Therefore Federal relief funds made available for the island could serve only a very temporary purpose, unless applied in such a manner as to effect certain fundamental revisions in the island’s economy. When the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration was estab¬ lished by Presidential order, dated May 28, 1935, under the authority of the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, it was with the purpose of carrying out a comprehensive program which would not only relieve the immediate problems by creating widespread employ¬ ment but would also tend toward a correction of adverse economic and social factors. For this purpose specific allotments were made for a wide variety of projects. A unique aspect of the program in Puerto Rico was that the tasks entrusted on the mainland to such varied agencies as the Works Progress Administration, the Public Works Administration, the Resettlement Administration, the Rural Electrification Administration, and the Tennessee Valley Authority were largely concentrated in the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Ad¬ ministration. Funds were allocated towards the end of August and in September 1935 the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration was organized in Puerto Rico. Adequate office space was not avail¬ able. Temporary office buildings were, therefore, constructed and occupied by January 1936. The duties assigned to the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Adminis¬ tration to make reconstruction possible and effective, called for rapid action, simultaneously on many fronts. The need of rapid expenditure to meet the existing major economic crisis conflicted with the desire for prudent, planned, economical disbursements, consonant with a long-range program. This dilemma existed until on February 11, 1936, Congress pass a bill establishing the moneys allocated to Puerto Rico as a special fund available to June 30, 1940, and the proceeds of operations into a revolving fund available in¬ definitely. This action by Congress enabled the Administration PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 319 while meeting the immediate emergency with work-relief projects, nevertheless to slow the tempo of its activities, to make a more analytical approach to many problems which experience indicated needed reconsideration, and to plan a sounder reconstruction program. Activity had already begun along several lines, based generally upon a program which had formerly been developed by a policy com¬ mittee composed of prominent Puerto Ricans, called to Washington in the early part of 1935 to formulate a program of reconstruction for the island. Land was purchased, a resettlement program to put worthy and small farmers back on the land started, workers’ camps were organized as a part of the resettlement and forestry projects, giving opportunity for special educational work. Thousands of workers concentrated in comparatively large numbers called for a health program reaching all parts of the island, supplementing an already efficient but quantitatively insufficient insular program. Housing and public building began, with every effort being made to increase employment and to create projects of a lasting value. By June 30, 1937, labor had been provided to the extent of 68,476,254 man-hours. The peak of employment, gradually rising, had been reached in November 1936, just prior to the beginning of the annual sugar harvest, when a total of 59,062 persons were employed, 97.5 percent from relief rolls. With outside employment increasing some of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration construction projects ended. At the end of June 1937, there were 32,201 laborers (including workers under contracts) employed and 2,576 in the super¬ visory and administrative personnel. On June 30, allocations to the P. R. R. A. from the emergency relief funds of 1935 and 1936 amounted to $40,418,395. Of this amount there had been disbursed $27,828,196.20. Other obligations or commitments amounted to $5,542,653.58, leaving an unencumbered balance of $7,047,545.22. Principal disbursements were for wages and salaries, amounting to $13,565,512.56; purchase of materials, supplies, and equipment, $3,876,341.62; land purchased for rural electrification, forestation, cement plant, housing, and slum clearance, $4,201,258.65; homestead¬ ing, resettlement, and the sugar program involved the expenditure of $4,185,650.81, while payments on construction contracts were $3,129,- 665.56. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION For administrative purposes the P. R. R. A. was organized with divisions of rural rehabilitation, rural electrification, forestry, univer¬ sity buildings, slum clearance, work relief, health, planning, census, legal, finance, business administration, and personnel. To many sections in these divisions was assigned the vast detail work of the 320 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR reconstruction program. The Administrator's office is in Washington, t that of the Regional Administrator in San Juan. i The Reconstruction Administration has drawn on island engineers,, t architects, agronomists, physicians, nurses, social workers, laboratory s technicians, lawyers, skilled clerical and office workers — practically every profession and specialized group — for its personnel. Applications for administrative appointments have been filed by 45,040 persons, and employment for 4,934 to fill the executive, profes¬ sional, and clerical positions has been provided for varying periods. All P. R. R. A. purchases were and are made through the Procure¬ ment Division of the United States Treasury, while all disbursements are made by the United States Treasury Disbursement Office. LAND UTILIZATION Agriculture being Puerto Rico's main source of support, rural re¬ habilitation was made the cornerstone of the P. R. R. A. program. It seeks to reestablish on the land, as owners, hundreds of individuals, many of whom formerly were small farmers and others who were landless laborers. This marks the beginning of a new land policy. The rural rehabilitation division of the P. R. R. A. is charged with the responsibility of carrying out the resettlement program. More than 70,000 acres of land have been purchased, or contracted for pur¬ chase, as a beginning of better land utilization. These lands are, or have been, under production in sugar, tobacco, coffee, and citrus fruit,, the island’s chief crops which provide the bulk of employment. Laborers’ camps have been established wherever large tracts of land have been acquired. With each camp program insofar as possible adapted to the particular needs of the community, its workers have been employed in agricultural and engineering work, incident to reset¬ tlement. Definite hours have been set aside for studies in practical agriculture, manual training, and elementary civics. Athletics have been stressed. Six land resettlement camps were operated, employing 4,237 men. This is in addition to 12 forestry camps, mentioned later. For generations soil erosion has proceeded in Puerto Rico, un¬ checked. Already it has become a serious problem. The steep con¬ tours, the heavy precipitation, combined with faulty methods of culti¬ vation, have permitted the washing out into the ocean of Puerto Rico's greatest natural asset, its soil— really its only true wealth. After any tropical shower the blue waters of the Caribbean are discolored brown for miles out to sea. Yet despite the obviousness of this problem it was never recognized in Puerto Rico until the P. R. R. A. was well under way. No consideration of soil erosion, no program to combat it, appeared in the original rehabilitation plan. Even contour plowing was not practiced in many parts of Puerto Rico. Instead the furrows run straight up and down the hills, veritable conduits for draining off PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 321 the topsoil. Terracing was unknown. In consequence, not only have many hills and upland valleys been largely denuded of their topsoil, but the infertile subsoil has washed down and covered over the top¬ soil of the valleys, seriously impairing the productivity. A soil conservation camp, near Mayaguez, within a year, has success¬ fully demonstrated that much eroding land can be saved for cultiva¬ tion. Extensive work in terracing and soil-saving methods have demonstrated a practical program for Puerto Rico’s eroded farm land. With proper treatment, hundreds of thousands of acres can be restored to profitable productivity. It is planned concomitantly to educate the farmers in these new methods and to extend this work during the coming year to other parts of the island, so that as rapidly as possible soil conservation and correct land utilization may replace the destruc¬ tive methods hitherto in vogue in Puerto Rico. First lands purchased for resettlers were some 4,000 acres, belonging to the American Suppliers, Inc., an absentee owner. The land was located in the mountainous interior, in the La Plata Valley, the finest tobacco section of Puerto Rico. Around 480 small farms have been created there, and allotted to laborers who qualified in the camps as candidates for a farm. On each a house is being or will be con¬ structed. Up to June 30, 1937, 274 houses had been completed and 66 were under construction. Two hundred and seventy-one resettlers are already cultivating their farms, and as more houses are completed the rest will move in. These houses are built of concrete and are designed to be hurricane, earthquake, and termite proof. Immediately after the resettlers occupied their farms a program of initial help was organized for them in the form of seed, fertilizers, insecticides. As a result, 1,070 acres have been prepared for planting up to June 30, 1937. Work on road building and other needed con¬ struction has been provided for the resettlers and the income from this labor totals $9,982.75 in wages. Others are given part-time work in different projects of the P. R. R. A. on a salary basis. The rest of the time is taken up in working on their own farms. A total of 543 acres has been planted. Crops grown by the resettlers will be marketed through newly formed insular cooperative marketing associations, already operating. During the period of land development, home construction, and erection of other buildings, a crop of tobacco and winter vegetables was planted, partly to utilize the land and in the case of the vegetables, to demonstrate the feasibility of raising unfamiliar crops. The tobacco was marketed through the Puerto Rico Tobacco Marketing Asso¬ ciation. The vegetable crop was sold in local markets, camps, and New York markets, bringing in $5,438.48. These receipts went into the revolving fund for further rehabilitation work. 322 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR To estimate the real importance of this vegetable raising program it is necessary to understand that this apparently simple and elemen¬ tary form of agriculture has been virtually nonexistent in Puerto Rico. Despite complaints about the large quantities of foodstuffs that are imported at high prices, nothing practical had been done or had even ! been contemplated to remedy the situation. Previous to the program truck gardens had been almost nonexistent in Puerto Rico. Its land¬ scape makes a sad contrast with the closely tilled fields of densely popu¬ lated regions such as France, Germany, or Japan where every available square foot of ground is utilized and has been for generations. The failure so to utilize Puerto Rico’s soil was the more paradoxical, first, in view of Puerto Rico’s manifest land shortage and, second, its all year round productivity, which permits the growing of three crops of a food staple (such as corn) which in temperate zones can be produced only once annually. Now vegetables never before seen have been introduced. They have been planted and raised by the men in the camps, then introduced into the camp fare, furnishing nutritive elements previously lacking. Three dozen different kinds of root and green vegetables, including turnips, cabbage, beans, okra, carrots, squash, beets, onions, potatoes, and radishes were grown in the camp truck gardens. The prevailing diet among the masses of Puerto Ricans, from whom the campers were drawn, has been consistently lacking in nutritive value. Pol¬ ished rice, beans, and dried codfish, all imported, has been the stand¬ ard fare. To these are now being added, through the program above outlined, a great variety of other foodstuffs. Many of the men, all of whom work in the gardens as a part of their training, are purposing to go into vegetable growing as soon as they become settled on their homesteads. Given an extension and amplification of this program, which will supplement the cane, coffee, tobacco, and other cash crops, the Puerto Rico of the future probably will become an intensely cultivated, terraced country supplying a very much larger proportion of food for home consumption, food more varied, more nutritive, and less costly. In the tobacco, coffee, and citrus areas, where laborers were assigned as a part of the reconstruction program, more than 55,000 acres were planted to such food crops as plantains, bananas, cow peas, yams, corn beans, pigeon peas, sweetpotatoes, rice, cassava, and pumpkins. These plantings extended into more than two-thirds of the municipal¬ ities in the island. No attempt has been made to estimate the value of the food crops produced, but it is large, while the variety and extent is greater than the island has every known, though still far from adequate to meet island needs. In the coffee section two large adjoining plantations, the Castaner nnd Llinas farms, of approximately 1,500 acres and about one-half j PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 323 under coffee cultivation, have been purchased. They are being devel¬ oped as a cooperative farming enterprise with provision for homes and 200 subsistence gardens for laborers, who will acquire theim by pur¬ chase. The house construction program in this area is being continued and up to June 30, 1937, 57 houses had been completed and 25 were under way. During the first week of June 1937, 52 houses were assigned to the qualified laborers of the Janer camp. Remunerative work is being provided so that the settlers may be self-sustaining while initiating the cultivation of their land. The project also is being used as a demonstration farm for the introduction of new crops in the coffee area. It is planned to plant around 50 acres of Cran cultura cane. Acres of vanilla have been planted. Citron and various tropical fruits have been introduced. Another tract of 1,526 acres near Luquillo recently has been pur¬ chased. A workers’ camp was opened on June 1 and 200 houses will be built for distribution. Four hundred and thirty-one acres have been purchased on the island of Vieques, and a camp of 180 men will be operated there. Fifty houses will be built. In providing assistance to tobacco, coffee, and citrus farmers a uniform policy has been followed of supplying part-time labor, fertil¬ izer, and other aid. In return farmers entered into contracts with the P. R. R. A. to sell at one-half assessed value small tracts of land for resettlement and homesteading, the amount sold in no instance exceeding 10 percent of the individual tract. Final agreements entered into on April 30, 1937, provided for the P. R. R. A. to acquire 9,229 acres from 1,607 tobacco farmers, 22,940 acres from 1,698 coffee farmers, and 1,010 acres from 124 citrus farmers. Houses are to be built on these plots and laborers can raise a large part of their sub¬ sistence. Rural resettlement has become an island-wide undertaking. The Reconstruction Administration maintains a central service farm of 40 acres at La Plata which is rapidly converting itself into a practical school for the resettlers. All of its land is under cultivation following new methods in agriculture, judicious fertilizing, disease and insect control, and seed selection. The farm has provided large amounts of seeds, corn, beans, rice, sweetpotatoes, yucas, dasheens, and yams to the resettlers. The farm also supplies plants, baby chicks, livestock, use of barns, implements, and farm machinery. The superintendent of the service farm serves as the local representa¬ tive of all marketing cooperatives and agricultural credit agencies. A modern poultry farm has been established at the central service farm for the purpose of incubating and growing pure-bred poultry for distribution among the resettlers and homesteaders in the wfiole island 324 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Also 40 pedigreed Anglo-Nubian goats have been sent to La Plata for breeding purposes in order to improve the goat breeds of the resettlers. These goats are high milk producers. Five other smaller or junior service farms are in operation in this region, which includes five municipalities. They are affiliated with the central service farm. Service farms will be established at other land projects, as developed. Perhaps not the least important of the land utilization program has been the follow-up service for resettlers. Much training is necessary among the country people of Puerto Rico to overcome the inertia engendered by forced unemployment, undernourishment, illness, and the rural rehabilitation division of the P. R. R. A. has provided an inspection force to assist the newly formed farmer or resettled laborer to plant a garden, raise poultry, or improve his home. The program is aimed directly at checking land concentration, crowding of slums, and importation of foodstuffs. When completed, over 12,000 new houses will be built and as many families will for the first time be producing a good part of their food supply while living under standards heretofore unknown to them. Not the least of the important projects carried out by the rural rehabilitation division has been the introduction of new crops designed to fill the gap that exists in an agricultural country largely devoted to specialized farming. This is especially important in the coffee area where the devastating hurricanes practically have ruined a once prosperous industry, and where curtailed markets have discouraged redevelopment of the original acres. Special attention has been given to the growth of vanilla, an enterprise which originally was investigated by the Puerto Rico Emergency Relief Administration. Studies continued by the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration indicated that 21,000 acres of coffee lands in successful vanilla produc¬ tion would supply the entire American market vanilla beans, supplant¬ ing present foreign imports valued at almost $5,000,000 annually. The industry would provide labor for some 9,000 men and provide an entirely new secondary source of income for coffee farmers. Vanilla propagation, requiring highly specialized technique, is being developed along with further experimentation in the field and labora¬ tory. Methods of cultivation and curing which promise to evolve a profitable new industry are under careful scrutiny. Other crops of promise are citron, sour lemon, and various insecticidal plants, the cultivation of which is being extended by the P. R. R. A. PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 325 CAMPS AND EDUCATION Sin October and November 1935, steps were taken to establish the -camps section of the P. R. R. A. Shortly thereafter it was organized together with the educational and supply units. It functions under ; the direction of the rural rehabilitation division. The general aim of this section is not only to house workers on proj¬ ects, but to contribute to human reconstruction by developing in the workers a greater ability to study and solve problems confronting them in their daily lives, through the inculcation of good social habits, agricultural and industrial skills, and through better nutrition coupled with the inculcation of certain elements of hygienic living. In April 1936 the Reconstruction Administration took over two camps which were already in operation under the forestry division. These camps were enlarged and repaired. During June 1936 the : construction of eight forestry camps was undertaken. Camps were constructed on land resettlement projects with the following result: Eighteen camps have been operated at an average cost of $1,200 a month each. A total of 4,237 men have received the benefits of the workers' reconstruction camps. A total of 1,055,360 man-hours have been worked. A total of 5,376 man-months have been employed. Salaries and wages have averaged $963.54 per man-year of employ¬ ment. During the month of January 1937 camp Dona Juana was transferred to the C. C. C. from the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration. At the end of March, camps Mariano Abril and Fernandez Juncos, and during the month of April, camps Elzaburu, Munoz Rivera, and Betances completed the periods for which they were intended and ceased to operate. Similar action was taken with 11 more camps at the end of June 1937. The educational section of the Rural Rehabilitation Division began to operate January 2, 1936. Its staff is made up of a chief, a super¬ visor of health education and health recreation , a supervisor of agricul¬ ture, a head teacher in charge of special duties in the office, a secretary to the chief, and a stenographer. The present field personnel is es follows: 11 teachers of agriculture, 11 assistant camp teachers, and 11 recreational teachers. The aforementioned objectives are being sought through health education, outdoor and indoor recreational activities, reading, dis¬ cussions of social and economic problems directly affecting the laborers, gardening and poultry, and manual arts. In September 1936 practical truck gardening was included in the educational program. This activity has given encouraging results. Tomatoes, beans, cabbages, carrots, onions, lettuce, cucumbers, egg- 326 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR plants, red peppers, potatoes, squash, and similar crops were har¬ vested with splendid yields. Over 75 percent of illiterate laborers in the camps have been taught i to read and write sufficiently to continue their studies by themselves. HEALTH ACTIVITIES Success of the island reconstruction program to a large degree depends on the extent to which the people may have the facilities for both physical and economic health. Without the former the latter is wholly impossible. While the health activities of the P. R. R. A. confine themselves chiefly to those engaged in the organi¬ zation, nevertheless a fair cross section of the entire island is reached. All workers are given medical examination, and treatment when needed. In the camps future homesteaders are under constant observation. Every effort is made to have them physically fit before they assume their new obligations. Medical treatment is provided for the men’s families as well as the men themselves. Hookworm elimination and prevention, inocculation against typhoid fever, vaccination for small¬ pox, prophylaxis and treatment of venereal disease, are part of the camp routine. Simple sanitation and personal hygiene have been taught in all camps. Outside of the camps, dietary diseases and malaria have been given special study. More than 11 percent of the workers examined at Lafayette sugar central showed positive malaria reaction. Rural medical centers have been in operation in sections where resettlement camps have not been established. These centers cover 51 municipalities. Each consists of three dispensaries staffed by a physician, nurse, social worker, and clerk. Through the dispensaries a careful rural health survey is under way. Both general and special¬ ized clinics have been opened with a physician in attendance twice each week at each dispensary. Measures have been undertaken to check the spread of hookworm and malaria along with the treatment of those infected. The health division has worked in close cooperation with the insular department of health, the department of education, and the School of Tropical Medicine. Health Activities Physical examinations _ 17, 402 Treatment for malaria _ 4, 070 Treatment for uncinariasis _ 13, 122 Typhoid fever innoculations _ 40, 720 Smallpox vaccinations _ I _ 60, 245 Laboratory examinations _ 60, 245 Dental service _ 11, 930 Number of clinics held _ 6, 613 Patients attended _ 127, 569 PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 327 SUGAR PROGRAM Sugar is the backbone of Puerto Rico’s economic life. Annually its agriculture, processing, and transportation represent a business turn-over of millions of dollars. Yet the industry has brought serious problems. From a technical standpoint it is efficiently run. The criticism which it faces from a sector of Puerto Rican opinion relates to its social aspects. The four largest companies, while American, are absentees as far as Puerto Rico is concerned. Others are of Spanish ownership and therefore absentees from the national, American economy, as well as from the insular economy. The profits of these enterprises are taken away from the island and the political power of the companies frustrates adequate assessment and taxation. Moreover, the sugar industry — of necessity a large scale industry — has led to the progressive concentration of the best lands in fewer and fewer hands. The resulting large land holding is in contravention of the will of Congress, expressed 37 years ago and reaffirmed in the Organic Act limiting corporations engaged in agriculture to owner¬ ship of not more than 500 acres of land. (The validity of this legis¬ lation is for the first time being tested in the courts.) Below the larger agricultural-industrial sugar enterprises in the insular social structure are the colonos or cane farmers, independent cultivators whose holdings range from a fraction of an acre to over a thousand acres. These colonos deliver their cane to one of the company mills where it is ground and payment made on a basis of total quantity delivered plus sucrose content. The colonos have been emphatic in asserting a disadvantage in dealings with the larger corporate enterprises; that the virtual monopolies of these centrales resulted in unfavorable contracts to the growers; that credit conditions imposed upon them were oppressive. At the bottom of the sugar scale are the agricul¬ tural workers, poorly paid, inadequately housed, seasonably em¬ ployed during the 5 months of the cane cutting season, and uprooted and unremunerated during the other seven. The great excess of population and labor supply makes betterment of their condition through unionization or collective bargaining difficult to attain. The sugar program of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Adminis¬ tration has been directed along the line of demonstrating through the yard-stock method that these problems might be corrected. For this purpose, the Central Lafayette with properties covering three municipalities in the southeastern part of the island, under French ownership for almost a century, was acquired in December 1936. It is noteworthy that this property was 100 percent absentee- owned both as regards the national and the insular economy. That was one impelling factor in its selection for purchase. The property 328 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR includes a modern raw sugar factory of 2,500 tons daily grinding capac¬ ity, 10,040 acres of land owned and approximately 8,000 additional acres under lease, leases also acquired. The property includes also railroads, rolling stock, work cattle, and other material and equip¬ ment essential for operation. To achieve the objectives of the sugar program, the following general set-up was adopted: (a) Distribution of the land among laborer’s cooperatives, and to resettled colonos. (b) Operation of the mill on a cooperative basis, membership of which was to be the land cooperatives and colonos who had formerly ground their cane in this mill. This group numbered more than 300,. the great majority of whom cultivated less than 10 acres each. To carry out the above, a cooperative, the Asociasion Azucarera Cooperativa Lafayette, was organized by a group of the farmer- colonos on November 19, 1936, and a month later, simultaneously with the purchase of the sugar properties, this cooperative assumed title, and obligated itself to pay to the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration the full purchase price of the mill properties. One million three hundred and sixty-three thousand one hundred and ninety-nine dollars and forty cents was the amount paid for the mill property which will be amortized over a period of 20 years with pay¬ ment of principal to begin in 1940 and with interest at 3 percent. The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration holds a first mortgage on all property as security for this loan. An additional advance of $261,841.12, secured by a lien on the industrial benefits of operations, was extended to the cooperative for initial operating expenses. On December 11, 1936, eight land cooperatives were organized from among the agricultural workmen. A total of 3,006.91 cuerdas of land has been transferred to these eight land cooperatives, together with the cane growing at the time of the transaction, representing a total value of $1,543,741.51. These land cooperatives also purchased and hold in joint ownership the livestock, agricultural implements, and other movable property necessary for the field operations. The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration holds as security for these loans a first mortgage on all this property, and in addition the mill coopera¬ tive and the several land cooperatives have entered into a management agreement with the administrator of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration whereby their interests will be handled by the manager of the mill cooperative, who is a P. R. R. A. employee, thus securing a central and efficient management. The balance of the land is being held by the administration for organizing additional land cooperatives so that every worker’s family in the Lafayette area may be given the opportunity to participate in the enterprise and to become a small home owner. Meanwhile this land, destined for future cooperatives, PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 329 is being cultivated for the account of the administration by the centralized management. As an integral part of membership in the land cooperatives, a re¬ settlement program, designed to give better living conditions to the labor members, has been inaugurated by the P. R. R. A. and land has been set aside for the building of approximately 1,000 laborers’ homes. The first 300 houses are under construction. Each family will be given sufficient land for gardening and for raising small live¬ stock and poultry. Payment will be amortized over a period of years. A centra] service farm has been established to assist the resettled laborers, as well as the colonos who are members of the mill coopera¬ tive, with their agricultural problems. The first buildings have been erected. Three vocational schools, to be operated by the insular government, have been erected within the district and a new modern hospital is being built at the Central for the benefit of the laborers, the other employees, and their families. At the end of the first year’s operations, June 30, 1937, the cooperative ground 257,110.27 tons of cane and manufactured 258,308 bags, 250 pounds each, of raw sugar. The average yield wTas 12.69 percent. Of this amount, 76,383.27 tons of cane wTere delivered from the land of the agricultural cooperatives, the balance from the lands held by the Reconstruction Administration and by independent colonos on their own property. Despite the fact that management of the properties was not acquired until January 1, 1937, and consequently no control was had over initial operating expenses, the project will show a profit of over $200,000 on the first year’s business. The acquisition of Lafayette, which was a totally absentee-owned property sending its profits abroad to a single family, is an important move seeking to rectify the most criticized social aspects of the sugar industry in Puerto Rico. Assuming management to be successful, it should result in — 1. Keeping the profits of the enterprise in Puerto Rico. 2. Elimination of exploitation. 3. Improved housing, sanitation, and social service, tending to establish higher standards of social responsibility among sugar enterprises generally. In the rehabilitation program as first proposed in Puerto Rico, as presented to the Reconstruction Administration and widely publicized, the purchase of a number of mills simultaneously was recommended, as wrell as their transfer to the hands of colonos. The Reconstruction Administration after careful consideration modified both proposals. It limited itself, for the present, to the acquisition of one mill in behalf of cooperatives, in the belief that prudence dictates a careful explora¬ tion of the possibilities of operation of one such enterprise before any wholesale embarkation on a program obviously so administratively 330 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR difficult and fraught with important consequences. Second, it re¬ jected the idea of loaning substantial sums of public money solely for the rehabilitation of a relatively limited group of farmers, some of them substantially well-to-do, to the exclusion of a great body of landless and indigent agricultural workers whose distressed condition under this plan would have remained virtually unmodified. The funda¬ mental objectives — the correction of social weaknesses inherent in the rapid development of Puerto Rico’s indispensable part-sugar econ¬ omy — are, however, maintained unqualifiedly. COCONUT BUD ROT ERADICATION PROJECT According to a report by the insular experiment station after the 1932 hurricane, 185,005 palm trees were destroyed by the two successive hurricanes of 1928 and 1932. It also reported 603,193 standing palms. The palms, palm leaves, stumps, and other coconut trash were lying between the rows of standing palms hindering culti¬ vation of the groves and serving as excellent harboring places for destructive insects, especially the well-known destructive Rhinocerous beetle, transmitter of the dreaded coconut bud rot disease. Produc¬ tion of nuts sank to the lowest level on record, and many groves were in a state of virtual abandonment. With an allocation of $111,900 a strict sanitation campaign was prosecuted — an essential forerunner of any cultivation or replanting. Its objectives were to destroy by fire all tree trunks on the ground, rotten stumps, standing diseased palms, leaves and trash, to prevent the spread of disease from these foci of infestation to healthy growing palms, and to clear the ground for cultivation and further planting. It was calculated that 335,000 palm trees were required to replace those uprooted by storms and to plant barren areas in existing groves. The program was launched in May 1936 as a relief project under the i rural rehabilitation division of the P. R. R. A. A monthly average of 300 laborers were given work for 5 days a week, at a daily wage of J 75 cents, for a period of 1 year and 1 month. On June 30, 1937, a , total of 25,690.48 acres had been cleaned; 57,976 standing rotten palms and fallen trunks and 232,909 stumps had been removed, 586,808 larvae and 40,729 adult beetles had been destroyed. These activities were confined to the Bayamon, Canovanas, Mayaguez, and Arroyo j' districts and are 93.5 percent complete. COOPERATIVES Agricultural cooperatives are not new in Puerto Rico, but due to lack of trained leadership, under capitalization and competition from the speculative groups, the cooperative movement has, until recently, suffered many setbacks. PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 331 In the last 3 years both the insular and the Federal Government have taken important steps to aid the development of cooperatives. The insular legislature created a fund of $100,000 to further coopera¬ tives in the island, and through this the “Cafeteros de Puerto Rico” was able to expand its functions until it now occupies a dominating place in the coffee industry. The extension to Puerto Rico of the Bank for Cooperatives and of the Production Credit Association, aided in forming the Puerto Rico Tobacco Marketing Association. The P. R. R. A. has assisted in improving and consolidating coop¬ eratives already in existence, and attempts to fill in the gaps with new cooperatives where these were needed. With the aid of the insular government in 1935, 163 cotton farmers, organized for cooperative marketing under the Puerto Rico Marketing Association for Minor Crops, produced 211 bales of cotton which sold in New York for $30,000. Last year 743 farmers produced and sold 544 bales of cotton for $88,000. The price in 1936 to the farmer was better, and the cost of ginning and marketing was reduced by half. To furnish further aid, the P. R. R. A. has erected a cotton gin and warehouse at Isabela of adequate capacity, it is believed, to meet the expanding needs of a group of farmers who, by their efforts, are doing much for their own rehabilitation. A corn cooperative also has been organized, based on the experience with the cotton growers. A corn bin and mill have been erected along side the cotton gin at Isabela. In another field again working with the insular government, a needlework cooperative has been established, designed to aid many thousands of skilled needleworkers, whose employment ceased with the ending of relief, in becoming self-supporting. Organized as Puerto Rico Handcraft, Inc., this organization has been selling its high grade handmade, silk garments in the island for some months, preparatory to seeking an outlet in the United States. Needlework has developed into one of the island’s leading industries offering employment to some 50,000 women, many of them on part time and working in their homes. Although wages have been low the industry has provided the sole means of support for thousands of families. As now organized, the industry almost invariably calls for a degree of hand and machine work in Puerto Rico on materials cut and stamped on the mainland. The work is done usually on a con¬ tract basis through agents and subagents whose commissions, together with competition from oriental countries for similar work, keep wages at a minimum. The needlecraft cooperative will do its own designing, cutting, finishing, and marketing. On June 1, 1937, the planning division of the P. R. R. A., having functioned effectively in the two initial years of planning, was dis¬ continued and was reorganized as the division of cooperatives in order 22914—37 - 23 332 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR to concentrate its attention during the coming fiscal year on the or¬ ganization of the following cooperative enterprises: Agricultural cooperative of Puerto Rico (a purchasing cooperative), Arecibo Fruit Growers’ Cooperative Association (a canning cooperative), a coopera- j tive association of all insular vegetable growers, and a cooperative j project for the manufacture of yuca starch, vegetable oil and lard, and j cattle feed. The first two mentioned have already been organized and construction has been started on the canning building for the Arecibo Fruit Growers’ Cooperative Association. CATTLE TICK ERADICATION A tropical variety of fever tick, about which little information is available, has long infested not only island cattle but horses, mules, and goats. The annual economic loss resulting from tick infection has been large and this parasite, in cattle, has been one of the chief factors in holding back the proper development of an island dairy and meat industry. Local consumption of milk if averaged on a per capita basis, would amount to about a spoonful daily. In the diet of the masses beef is practically unknown. In cooperation with the insular department of agriculture and com¬ merce, the P. R. R. A. initiated a program designed to clean the island of the fever tick. The insular legislature cooperated by enacting a stringent quarantine law and work was commenced in April 1936. Research work is being conducted by an entomologist. This work, so far as is known, is the first official research relative to the variety of tick found in Puerto Rico and it is likely to be some months before its life cycle and habits have been ascertained. To carry out the program for fever tick eradication the island has been divided into three zones. In the western zone, 290 dipping vats have been completed, approximately 5 kilometers apart. Late in March a systematic dipping campaign was begun and the area was placed under quarantine. By the end of June 502,296 cattle, 12,492 goats, and 76,261 horses and mules had been twice presented at the tanks for dipping at 14-day intervals. Work is supervised and directed by the local representative of the Bureau of Animal Industry of the Department of Agriculture. RURAL ELECTRIFICATION The topography, meteorology, and agronomy of Puerto Rico com¬ bine to make the island an ideal terrain for the development of hydro¬ electricity. Puerto Rico’s steep hills, rising to the 4,400-foot apex of the twin peaks of Los Picachos, at almost the exact center of the island, release a heavy precipitation. In the Luquillo Range at the PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 333 eastern end of the island it reaches 150 inches annually. The resulting cascades in the steep and narrow gorges furnish potential sites for dams and reservoirs, and the generation of power from the interaction of gravity and water. When it has completed its precipitous descent the stream is utilized for irrigating the cane fields which fill the coastal lowlands. With no mineral fuel resources, with every gallon of oil or pound of coal transported from the continent, at high prices, the conservation of the natural water supply, and its conversion into motive power, is in every sense an economically and socially desirable objective. Thereby a locally available, self-replenishing and perpetual source of energy, obtainable ultimately at moderate prices, replaces an exhaustible, expensive, imported fuel. And thus the two essential objectives, power production and irrigation, are attained, effectively distributing and diminishing costs. Over 20 years ago the insular government entered the field of power development incidental to the establishment of a public irrigation system. In 1915 a division of the insular department of the interior was created, known as utilization of water resources, having under its active control the Puerto Rico Irrigation Service and, later, the Isabela Irrigation Service. Lack of funds prevented more extended development. The P. R. R. A. program for rural electrification has not only provided the insular government with long-needed assistance to carry on the extension of its system and the development of one of the island's most valuable natural resources, but has proved an ex¬ cellent work-relief project. An area of approximately one-half of the island in which a third of the population resides is included in the territory served, and to be served, by the P. R. R. A. program. Not only is the additional power needed to meet existing demands but to provide for expanding industrial requirements not met by private enterprise. The rural electrification program of the P. R. R. A. includes devel¬ opment of two new water power projects, long under study by the insular government, and the addition of new units to hydroelectric plants already in operation. Two hundred miles of transmission lines and 200 miles of distribution lines are included. As completed all of the units are being coordinated into a single service which in turn is interconnected with privately owned public-utility lines for island- wide exchange or power when needed. When the P. R. R. A. initiated its power program three large private corporations controlled the three major urban districts of San Juan, Ponce, and Mayaguez. Believing the inclusion of one or more of these concentrated markets desirable for the insular system, the P. R. R. A. requested the assist¬ ance of the Federal Power Commision and the Rural Electrification Administration, which through their respective executives sent ex¬ perts who approved the purchase of the Ponce and Mayaguez utilities. 334 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR By means of a P. W. A. loan the Ponce plant was acquired in April 1937 and incorporated in the utilization of water resources. Simul¬ taneously, substantial reduction in rates for the electric customers of Ponce took place. Immediately thereafter, following the prescribed program, negotiations were entered into for the similar acquisition of the Mayaguez Power & Light Co., a move highly desired by the citizenry of that community. This transaction which would result in a unified power system occupying the southwestern half of the island, had not been consummated on June 30. The rural electrification division began to function in October 1935. Of the projects for which funds were allotted there have been com¬ pleted and transferred to the government of Puerto Rico, Toro Negro Hydroelectric Plant No. 1, started October 10, 1935, completed March 20, 1937, at a cost of $692,600, Toro Negro Hydroelectric Plant No. 2 started October 10, 1935, completed March 20, 1937, at a cost of $493,100, and Carite Hydroelectric Plant No. 3 started October 7, 1935, completed January 8, 1937, at a cost of $227,000. The combined annual output of these plants is 26,000,000 kilowatt-hours. The cost of transmission and distributing lines and telephone equip¬ ment constructed and installed under these projects, is included in the figures quoted. Ninety-four miles of 37-kilovolt transmission lines and 192 miles of distributing lines to which 2,880 customers have been connected have been constructed to date. It is estimated that the Dos Bocas Dam started November 1, 1937, and the Garzas Dam started October 7, 1935, to be completed in 1939, will cost approximately $3,834,000 and $3,875,000, respectively. The combined annual output will be in the neighborhood of 64,000,000 kilowatt-hours. The expenditures on the Dos Bocas project to date have beeu prin¬ cipally for surveys and engineering, construction materials and equip¬ ment, and the usual construction camp facilities. In addition to similar items of expense, 13.2 miles of all-weather access roads have been completed on the Garzas project, and 1,800 lineal feet of tunnel driven. The engineering, supervision, and construction of these rural elec¬ trification projects have provided work for 291 appointive employees to whom $447,593.24 has been paid in salaries, and 4,221,463 man¬ hours in labor at a cost of $1,007,036 in wages. REFORESTATION The valuable virgin forest which covered most of Puerto Rico when Columbus discovered it, has long since disappeared except in small areas, principally in the Luquillo Range of the Caribbean National Forest and the Maricao Insular Forest. PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 335 Of the total insular extent of approximately 2,000,000 acres, it is estimated that 500,000 acres are best suited for growing timber. Approximately 300,000 acres of this potential forest area are so owned and located as to be practicable for purchase and administration by the government as public forest. So utilized, these forests, besides being of great commercial value, wrould be of great benefit in con¬ serving stream flow — essential for the insular hydroelectric and irriga¬ tion systems — and in checking soil erosion. The remaining 200,000 acres are chiefly in small parcels and so scattered that the necessary reforestation can best be accomplished by private owners. Such a reforestation program has been initiated by the forestry divi¬ sion of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, in cooperation with the United States Forest Service and the insular forest service. It should result in the public reforestation of a total area of slightly more than 200,000 acres by 1940, or about 40 percent of the island’s total area suitable for forestation. Climatic conditions are excellent for tree growth in Puerto Rico due to the year-round growing season and generally abundant rainfall. Many varieties of valuable cabinet woods thrive. Some of the Span¬ ish cedar seedlings planted in 1935 attained a growth of 22 feet wdthin a year, almost 2 feet per month. The forestry division of the P. R. R. A., organized in September 1935, began actual field work the following month. Since then — up to June 30, 1937 — approximately 20,000 acres of denuded forest lands have been purchased and planted. The cost of the land was $300,000, or $15 an acre, including cost of examinations, appraisals, and surveys. Three forest nurseries with a capacity of 20,000,000 trees per year have been established and have produced the equivalent of 30,000,000 trees at an average cost of $6.33 per thousand. Fifteen thousand acres of land have been cleared and planted at an average cost of $33.33 per acre. Approximately 50 miles of road has been constructed at an average cost of $10,000 per mile. More than 100,000 pounds of seed have been gathered from the more desirable types of trees which the island supplies wTdle 18,000 pounds of seed have been brought from South and Central American countries, including Haiti, Panama, Trinidad, Guadalupe, and the Dominican Republic. In general three types of trees have been planted, those useful for con¬ struction, tropical hardwoods suitable for cabinet use, and quick¬ growing trees for making charcoal. Charcoal is still the fuel in most common domestic use in Puerto Rico and many tons are imported annually. The program has had a marked influence in stimulating general interest in reforestation in the island. The insular forest service has reported the distribution of more than 2,000,000 seedlings. These were distributed on request to individuals for planting wind- 336 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR rows or woodlots rather than for foresting definite areas. Neverthe¬ less, these seedlings were sufficient to plant over 1,500 acres. As a part of the forestry program a recreation park was developed in Luqudlo forest, visited by more than 50,000 people within the year. The recreational area is provided with roads, trails, shelters, over¬ night cabins, and two swimming pools. Completion of the roads now under construction will bring the recreational area within easy access of the eastern half of the island. Mona Island — lying in the Mona passage separating Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic — some 25 square miles in extent, form¬ erly rich in tropical timber, and virtually a deserted island, with two cave-dwelling families and three lighthouse keepers as its sole human inhabitants, is now being reforested. It has a large game supply and offers alluring possibilities as a unique tropical forest, game preserve, and recreational area. UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS The University of Puerto Rico, to which the island looks for trained personnel for development of its agricultural resources, protection of health, and broad community leadership, is largely supported by a special property tax, provided more than 10 years ago. Because of financial distress in much of the farming area the university’s income had been greatly reduced during a period in which there has been an exceptional increase in enrollment and enlarged demands on the institution. An enrollment of 1,400 in 1929 has increased to more than 5,000. As a result the university has fallen behind in an orderly program of supplying the barest needs in plant and equip¬ ment. Despite many handicaps, the university, founded in 1903, has grown steadily, has established an enviable reputation in the field of tropical medicine, and made useful contributions to insular agri¬ culture and engineering. The building program, made possible by a P. R. R. A. grant of $1,422,000, provided for new structures for the colleges of liberal arts and sciences, law, and pharmacy situated at Rio Piedras, and the College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts at Mayaguez. A uni¬ versity building division was organized, work was started on the first building on December 5, 1935, and as of June 30, 1937, 2,267,176 man-hours of work had been provided. This building program is largely completed and the new structures will be occupied during the coming academic year. The library, normal building, the home economics building, the biology building, and teachers’ college, all located at Rio Piedras, have been completed and transferred to the board of trustees for the PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 337 use of the university. At Mayaguez, the plant industry building and the agricultural annexes also have been completed. Reconstruction of the administration building at Rio Piedras has been partially completed. An additional appropriation of $65,000 is needed to complete the interior of this edifice. Approximately $60,000 have been spent on campus improvements including fence, sidewalks, athletic field, and roads. The contract for installation of water supply and an electric plant for the college at Mayaguez remains unexecuted, strikes in the United States having delayed the delivery of materials. Work has been started on enlargement and reconstruction of the School of Tropical Medicine, using $240,000 not included in the origi¬ nal allotment made to the university. The enlarged facilities which the building and its adjoining hospital will give the School of Tropical Medicine are of vast importance, not merely for improving the island health program, but for making Puerto Rico, strategically located in the tropics and on the inter- American air routes, the most important center for tropical medicine research in the Western Hemisphere. CEMENT PLANT Edwin C. Eckel, chief geologist of the T. V. A., in 1934 and again in 1936, studied the feasibility of the establishment of a cement plant in Puerto Rico, to be government-owned and operated and to supply all government requirements. He concluded that a plant of 1,000 barrels daily capacity was justified and approved the feasibility of the project as a government property. His estimate of production costs indi¬ cated a large saving to the government in view of the extensive housing project planned as a fundamental part of the reconstruction program. Cheaper cement will make possible a greater number of houses. Construction of the cement plant has been commenced near Catano, across the bay from San Juan, with $1,225,000 appropriated for the project. Since the insular government normally is the largest con¬ sumer of cement, an arrangement has been made whereby the plant is to be operated by the insular government and an appropriation of $150,000 for this purpose was provided by the last session of the insular legislature. The plant will be ready for operation about January 1, 1938. It is expected that under government operation the plant will be able to produce cement at a price approximately equal to that at which foreign cements are delivered in Puerto Rico. However, as only cement of American manufacture is used in government projects it is confidently believed that government operation of the cement plant will result in a saving on all public construction. 338 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR WORK RELIEF With the ending of the administration of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration in Puerto Rico in June 1936, and the cessation of all direct relief, not only were thousands of Puerto Ricans deprived of needed financial and material assistance, but numerous projects were left incomplete, adding to unemployment in many municipalities. The work-relief division was conceived to finish a wide variety of non- Federal public projects already undertaken, to provide employment particularly in those sections not otherwise benefited by P. R. R. A. activities. In all 177 projects have been undertaken, many of them finished, with total appropriations of approximately $1,400,000, of which more than $1,000,000 has been paid in wages. More than 5,000,000 man-hours of work have been provided. Work-relief projects include the completion of more than 82 kilo¬ meters of roads, 13.7 kilometers of streets, 10.7 kilometers of curbing and guttering, and 3 kilometers of side walks. Twenty-four public- school buildings have been reconstructed or repaired, ranging in size from one-room rural schools to urban high schools; a new vocational building for the School of the Blind was erected, and a two-story build¬ ing at the leper colony, partially destroyed by fire, was reconstructed. Two municipal hospitals were built and restored and two city halls reconstructed. A cotton gin and warehouse, at Isabela, was com¬ pleted for a cotton cooperative organized under the auspices of the P. R. R. A. A cooperative corn mill and warehouse was completed and machinery installed. Several laboratories were reconditioned. Extensive repairs were made to the patio of the Governor’s palace, built by the Spanish more than 400 years ago — a building of great historical value and architectural interest. A concrete landing pier was built at Sein Bay, Culebra, where naval vessels and marines assemble for winter maneuvers. On the island of Vieques, where unemployment has been high, the municipal power plant was modernized in cooperation with the municipality. At Mayaguez more than a mile of concrete storm sewer was constructed, and repairs, reconstruction, and additions made to various municipal water systems and filter plants, including the laying of several miles of piping. At Aguadilla an athletic field and recreation park were built to mark the site where Columbus landed in 1493, the only spot under the American flag where the discoverer set foot. Several other public playgrounds and recreational centers were constructed or improved, in several instances with the communities contributing to the cost. Forty-five medical dispensaries were completed and provision made for the erection of 19 buildings to house health units to be operated by the insular government in connection with the reconstruction program. PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 339 Reconstruction totaling $355,000 on War Department property in San Juan was likewise undertaken. It includes the reconstruction of the ancient Santo Domingo barracks, one of the island’s historic edifices dating from the early sixteenth century. It also includes the remodeling of the old “Manicomio”, another colonial edifice, to render it available for the motorized transport of the Sixty-Fifth United States Infantry. The War Department in turn has transferred to the insular government an extremely valuable tract of land of some 7 acres on Ponce de Leon Avenue, the capital’s principal thoroughfare. This tract, located between the School of Tropical Medicine and the United States Weather Bureau, is to be reserved for public medical purposes, the western half of the lot specifically for future expansion of work in tropical medicine. HURRICANE STATIC RESEARCH Research was originated under the Federal Emergency Relief Ad¬ ministration and continued by the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Ad¬ ministration to seek to improve methods of hurricane prediction based on the detection of static electricity in the atmosphere. This work is proceeding in a special laboratory erected on the grounds of the University of Puerto Rico, in conjunction with a similar laboratory at the University of Florida. Since last January two stations oper¬ ated by the United States Naval Research Laboratory and two operated by the National Research Council of Canada have been collaborating. HOUSING AND SLUM CLEARANCE The great deficiencies in the housing of Puerto Rico’s teeming popu¬ lation are apparent to even the most casual visitor. The urban housing program of the P. R. R. A. not only aims to provide more satisfactory shelters for hundreds of thousands of slum dwellers, but also to distribute the population more rationally, and thus take the first steps toward breaking up the congested slum areas of San Juan and other island cities. Surveys have been made in each slum area, listing all families, their income, rent now paid, expenses, etc., so as to determine the financial status of the groups to be affected and to adjust the program accord¬ ingly. The main slum clearance projects are well advanced. One is San Juan, on reclaimed land transferred by the insular government, will provide 216 family units, and a similar project in Ponce, 142 family units. Now nearing completion and ready for occupancy on or before September 1, the San Juan project is a series of adjoining apartments of reinforced concrete, built to withstand hurricanes, 340 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR earthquake, and fire. The structures are three stories high, with interior patio, and four apartments to a floor. Each apartment has two bed rooms, bath, kitchen, and a large combined living and dining room. A recreational building provides playground space for children. On a tract of 220 acres of land at Hato Rey, a suburb of San Juan, work has commenced for the erection of 416 houses — the beginning of a large model village. The site has 2,619 residential lots, with ample space reserved for parks, schools, and churches. Streets have already been laid out, sewerage and water system provided, and the first group of houses will be completed within a few months. The Juan Morell Campos development at Ponce, is a modern urbanization on a 41-acre tract on which there will be 142 home units of four rooms each. Cost of these houses will average $2,000 not including the added cost of development, construction of streets, and utilities. It is planned to rent them to families now living in the slum areas at rents of from $8 to $16 per month, with eventual ownership, under terms not finally determined. Another project of far-reaching possibilities is the Trujillo Alto development. A farm of 485 acres has been purchased for resettle¬ ment purposes but it has been decided (because of its closeness to San Juan) to place on the 1-acre homesteads, heads of families now employed in the city. Concrete houses, costing not more than $900 are now being constructed and a rural village of over 350 houses will result. This will be the first of similar projects as a practical approach toward slum clearance. THE ALASKA RAILROAD O. F. Ohlson, General Manager THE passenger-train schedule in effect during the summer of 1936 provided for three round trips each week between Seward and Fair¬ banks, with supplementary service out of Seward to Anchorage and Palmer, and out of Fairbanks to Nenana and McKinley Park, oper¬ ating in conjunction with the arrival of passenger steamers at Seward on Tuesdays and Fridays of each week, and with the bimonthly arrival of river steamers at Nenana from Dawson on the upper Yukon River, and from Marshall on the lower Yukon River. A reduction was made on September 26 to one round trip each week. From November 1, 1936, to February 17, 1937, passenger-train service was not rendered except to furnish connections with the arrival at Seward of the two voyages of the steamship General W. C. Gorgas. With the resumption of regular steamer service between Seattle and Seward, regular weekly passenger- train service was reinstated on February 18. During April and for 2 weeks in May, passenger service was operated biweekly to correspond with arrival of passenger steamers at Seward. The 1937 summer schedule, identical to that operated in 1936, was adopted on June 8. Mixed train service between Anchorage and Matanuska. branch line points was operated daily until August 23, 1936, when the Sunday train was discontinued. From the 1st of November to the end of the fiscal year, mixed train service to Matanuska branch fine points was operated variously with one to three round trips being made, depending upon the volume of traffic to be moved. Freight-train service between Seward and Fairbanks varied from weekly to biweekly, depending upon the volume of traffic, and the arrival of steamer connections. During the period November 1, 1936, to February 17, 1937, when regular passenger-train service was suspended, freight trains were operated as mixed trains, operating on a weekly schedule, connecting at Seward with Coast Guard cutters which handled United States mail between Seward and Juneau. 341 342 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Special passenger trains and extra freight trains were operated when the volume of traffic offered for movement could not be handled by- regular service. During the period July 1, 1936, to close of river navigation on October 13, 1936, a round trip by river steamer was made every 2 weeks between Nenana and Marshall. River boat service for the 1937 season of river navigation will consist of one round trip every 2 weeks between Nenana and Marshall. During the fiscal year, a total of nine round trips was made by river boats between Nenana and Marshall, one round trip between Nenana and Ruby, four round trips between Nenana and Tanana, one round trip each between Nenana and Hot Springs and Nenana and Squaw Point; one one-way trip was also made from Tanana to Nenana. A 200-ton capacity barge was constructed at Nenana and placed in service in May 1937. Freight handled by river steamers during the fiscal year amounted to approximately 6,220 tons, this being an increase of 2,172 tons over the amount handled the preceding year and consisting mostly of mining machinery and fuel oil, and being indicative of a revival of gold mining along the Yukon River. Passengers handled amounted to 325, a decrease of 19 under the number handled in 1936. During the year, 10 freight tariffs, five supplements to freight tariffs, 11 passenger tariffs and 1 supplement to passenger tariffs were issued, regulating rates on freight and passenger traffic. A study of the freight rate structure was undertaken during the latter part of the year, the result of which was a general increase in rates, made applicable to practically all classes and commodities. Coal rates were increased on May 20, 1937, in amounts varying from 25 to 30 cents per ton on local shipments; and the low export rates were increased 60 cents per ton. Petroleum and petroleum products were increased on the same date 15 cents per hundred pounds, being equiv¬ alent to 1 cent per gallon. The through rates applying from Seattle and Tacoma, Wash., to railroad points were revised on May 30, 1937, to provide for a 3-percent increase on the railroad proportion of the through rates and a Seward terminal charge of $2 per ton. Local class and commodity rates were increased 3 percent and tariff issued in June, to become effective during July 1937. A competitive tariff was issued on April 12, 1937, naming carload rates on beer, groceries, and items of iron and steel from Seattle to Anchorage, at an increase over similar rates in effect last year during the period of navigation on Cook Inlet. The Alaska Steamship Co., a party to the through tariff, increased their proportion of the through rate 5 cents per hundred pounds on October 15, 1936. THE ALASKA RAILROAD 343 The number of rail-line revenue passengers carried in 1937 totaled 27,675 passengers, a decrease of 15,406 passengers as compared with last year, and due largely to a reduction in the local travel between Anchorage and Matanuska Valley points, also to reduced travel during the period of the maritime strike. Rail-line revenue passenger miles for the same period decreased 919,030 passenger-miles, the total for 1937 being 3,672,826 miles. Passenger earnings, rail-line, decreased $34,702.19 in 1937, as com¬ pared to earnings in 1936, the passenger revenue for 1937 being $196,449.72. The average revenue per passenger increased from $5.36 in 1936 to $7.09 in 1937, caused by a greater number of long-haul passengers being handled. Rail-line freight hauled totaled 157,717 tons, an increase of 6,707 tons over that handled in 1936. The tonnage of rail-line freight in¬ cluded 94,294 tons of coal, 2,089 more tons of coal than was hauled in 1936. The rail line ton-miles revenue freight was 25,676,316 ton- miles, an increase of 2,075,425 ton-miles over 1936. Rail-line freight revenue totaled $1,449,010.51, an increase of $110,689.82 over the previous year. The pay roll for 1937 amounted to $1,632,503.66, an increase of $60,049.41 over the preceding year. This increase is largely attribut¬ able to the application of the Annual Leave Act of March 4, 1936, which affects practically all employees of the railroad. The average number of employees in 1937 was 802, an increase of but 11 over the previous year. The statistical report shows an operating deficit of $172,065.90, which includes a loss of $174,587.92 incurred in the operation of ocean¬ going vessels between Seattle and Alaska during the period of the maritime strike. Disregarding the figures for the ocean-line operations and considering only the figures covering the operation of the rail and river lines, there was an operating profit of $2,522.02, which figure included an amount of $7,448.99 expended during the year from a sum of $250,000 provided in appropriation act of 1932 for the investiga¬ tion of mineral and other resources available which will affect railroad tonnage, which amount, if deducted, would show an operating profit of $9,971.01. Last year the profit was computed as $9,677.92. A line change, costing $128,127.25, was made from mile 53.1 to mile 53.3, to eliminate two deteriorated snowsheds built in 1918 at a cost of $199,934. This work was started July 21, 1936, and was completed November 25, 1936. To eliminate 1,188 feet of timber snowsheds in the vicinity of mile 76, work was commenced June 1, 1937 , on a line change to cost approx¬ imately $74,931, work to be completed in October 1937. To protect embankments from erosion, 13,461 cubic yards of rip-rap was placed at various points. 344 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Between mile 49 and mile 58, 11,175 cubic yards of gravel was placed as ballast, and 10,300 cubic yards of gravel was placed in three bridges. Work was started on remodeling the old warehouse at Healy to provide a messhouse and some sleeping quarters. A house was taken down at Eska and moved to Carlo to be rebuilt for section quarters. The section house at Sunshine was moved to higher ground. The construction of a new cold storage plant, adjacent to the commissary at Anchorage, was begun. The new warehouse at Holy Cross, started last year, was finished. Concrete pipes were laid under bridges for six culverts between Curry and Gold Creek. The wooden truss spans of Bridge 146.4, over Knik River, were taken down ; the material for a new steel bridge, consisting of 10 spans, 80 feet long, was purchased; and seven new piers of creosoted piles were driven. The south two spans of bridge 148.3, over the Matanuska River, were taken down preparatory to being replaced with a new steel bridge. The addition to the Curry Hotel, started last year, was completed. It connects the hotel with the annex and comprises 12 rooms with private bathrooms, 4 private bathrooms to serve 4 rooms in the main hotel, and 6 multibedrooms without private bathrooms. From mile 58 to mile 66, the 65-pound steel rails were replaced with 70-pound rails. The telegraph and telephone pole line was reconstructed for 33.6 miles by replacing native poles with butt- treated cedar poles. RAIL LINE OPERATING REVENUES 1937 Increase over 1936 Decrease under 1936 Percent Passenger. . _ $196, 449. 72 1,449, 010.51 217, 308. 55 $34, 702. 19 15. 0127 8. 2707 .4923 Freight _ $110,689. 82 1, 064. 61 M iscellaneous _ Total . . . 1, 862, 768. 78 111, 754. 43 34, 702. 19 4. 3149 RIVER LINE REVENUES Passenger _ $8, 836. 75 64, 894. 05 19, 003. 23 $1, 039. 55 10. 5257 27. 6445 13. 9877 Freight _ _ $14, 054. 40 Miscellaneous.. _ 3, 090. 41 Total . . . . . 92, 734. 03 14, 054. 40 4, 129. 96 11. 9846 RAIL AND RIVER LINE REVENUES Passenger _ _ $205, 286. 47 1, 513, 904. 56 236, 311. 78 $35, 741. 74 14. 8288 8. 9798 .8499 Freight _ _ $124, 744. 22 Miscellaneous . _ 2, 025. 80 1, 955, 502. 81 124, 744. 22 37, 767. 54 4. 6548 RAIL LINE EXPENSES Maintenance and operation including replacements _ | $1,882, 177. 33 j $78,178.16 . . 4.3336 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 Operating ratio, railroad, percent . . 100. 36 100. 70 105. 61 117. 26 122. 73 132.09 154. 31 THE ALASKA RAILROAD 345 RIVER LINE EXPENSES 1937 Increase over 1936 Decrease under 1936 Percent Maintenance and operation . $83, 997. 09 i. 04 1. 1044 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 Operating ratio, river line, percent . 90. 57 102. 57 94. 60 67.23 99.25 103. 09 112. 46 RAIL AND RIVER LINE EXPENSES 1937 Increase over 1936 Decrease under 1936 Percent Including replacements _ _ _ _ $1,966, 174. 42 $77, 240. 12 4. 0890 RAIL LINE DEFICIT Maintenance and operation including replacements. $19,408. 65 $1, 125. 92 6. 1584 Maintenance and operation RIVER LINE PROFIT $8, 736. 94 $10, 862. 48 511.0456 RAIL AND RIVER LINE DEFICIT Maintenance and operation including replacements. $10, 671. 61 $9, 736. 56 47. 7092 RAIL AND RIVER LINE NET PROFIT Net profit (expenses of operation of rail and river lines, expenses of miscellaneous operations and uncollectible railway revenues, less revenues of operation and non- operating income) excluding ocean line $2, 522. 02 $19, 965. 91 114. 4578 OCEAN LINE REVENUES Pq oopti nrpr $36, 534. 25 134, 544. 62 33, 944. 88 Miscellaneous _ — - - 205, 023. 75 $205, 023. 75 OCEAN LINE EXPENSES $379, 611. 67 $379, 611. 67 Maintenance and operation - OCEAN LINE DEFICIT $174, 587. 92 $174, 587. 92 346 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR RAIL. RIVER, AND OCEAN LINE NET DEFICIT 1937 Increase over 1936 Decrease under 1936 Percent Net deficit, including operation of ocean line _ Deficit' 1925 . . . . $172, 065. 90 $154, 622. 01 $1, 575, 139. 08 1, 017, 860. 22 839. 424. 58 799, 095. 66 916, 599. 21 1, 213, 155. 78 577. 474. 24 401, 123. 92 257, 083 73 178. 973. 33 73, 674. 66 17. 443. 89 172, 065. 90 2, 522. 02 1926 _ _ 1927 _ _ 1928 _ _ _ _ _ 1929 _ 1930 _ _ 1931 _ 1932 _ 1933 _ _ _ _ 1934 _ _ _ 1935 _ _ _ _ 1936. . _ _ _ 1937 (including emergency ocean line) _ _ Profit 1937 (excluding emergency ocean line) . . Total payroll _ 1, 632, 503. 66 60.049.41 3. 8188 Appended hereto is a chart showing comparative statement of revenue and expenses of The Alaska Railroad for the fiscal years 1924-37, inclusive. OPERATION OF OCEAN-GOING STEAMERS During October 1936, a maritime strike on the west coast tied up commercial shipping operating to Alaska, and as there was danger of a shortage of food supplies and other necessary commodities in the Territory, The Alaska Railroad under authority of an executive order issued by the President on November 17, 1936, chartered two vessels from salmon cannery operators, which with the Office of Indian Affairs’ motorship Boxer and motorship North Star, opened ocean service from Seattle to southeastern and southwestern Alaska ports. The two vessels which were chartered were not entirely suitable for economical commercial operation, owing to absence of cold storage cargo space and passenger accommodations on one and limited cold storage cargo space and passenger accommodations on the other, but due to the emergency and the lack of more suitable vessels, it was necessary that they be chartered, and minor repairs were made to adapt them to the railroad service. The steamship Arctic was chartered at Alameda, Calif., and the steamship General W. C. Gorgas at Seattle, Wash. The motorship Boxer was dispatched from Seattle, Wash., on December 6, 1936, with cargo and passengers for southeastern and southwestern Alaska, with a round trip between Seward and Kodiak. The Boxer also made two trips to the westward and Aleutian Island points with cargoes brought from Seattle to Seward on the Arctic and General Gorgas before returning to Seattle. The steamship Arctic loaded cargo at Seattle, Wash., for Seward and way ports, and departed on December 10, 1936, arriving back in Seattle on January 5, 1937. After unloading southbound cargo, the Arctic was returned to the owner at Alameda, Calif. THE ALASKA RAILROAD 347 The steamship General W. C. Gorgas made two round trips between Seattle, Seward, and way ports, departing from Seattle on December 15, 1936, and January 15, 1937, returning to Seattle on February 9, 1937, and after unloading was returned to owner. The Office of Indian Affairs’ Motorship North Star returned from Alaska just prior to Christmas and was made available for the railroad. It was necessary for the railroad to expend $29,495.53 repairing and equipping this vessel for use before it was sent to southeastern Alaska with passengers and cargo. The repairs and improvements on the motorship Boxer and motor- ship North Star were necessary to place these vessels in seaworthy condition and to meet the requirements of the United States Depart¬ ment of Commerce, and the cost would have to be borne by the Office of Indian Affairs at a later date when required for their service, if the railroad had not done this work. In order to secure crews for the vessels, it was necessary to employ members of the maritime unions at the salaries paid by the Alaskan salmon packing companies, which were higher than the rate paid by the commercial steamship transportation companies operating to Alaska prior to the interruption. Another factor which caused an operating loss was the lack of revenues on the return voyages. During the winter months, there is practically no shipping from Alaska to the States, and consequently return cargoes were not available. The maritime strike was settled February 4, 1937, and the railroad discontinued operation of vessels as soon as they reached their home port thereafter. The railroad has not had occasion in the past to operate ocean-going vessels in commercial transportation and in submitting the estimates for the operation of the railroad during the fiscal year 1937 no amount was included in anticipation of a loss from this source, which amounted to $174,587.92. TRANSPORTATION Weather conditions during the entire fiscal year were unusually severe. Temperatures during the winter were abnormally cold, and in addition, an abnormal amount of snow fell which in the spring created high waters in all of the streams crossed by the railroad, causing much trouble. Heavy rains during the spring and summer caused many mud and rock slides, and in the southern district more than the normal amount of snowslides occurred. On March 19, a southbound passenger train derailed on the bridge at mile 85.6. No injuries were sustained by either the passengers or the members of the train crew. The point of derailment was on a 10° curve, and the resulting investigation failed to disclose the cause for 22914—37 - 24 348 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR the derailment, the track, bridge, and equipment being in good condition. New equipment placed in service consisted of one 21 -passenger trailer car, to be used in conjunction with the Kalamazoo rail motor car purchased last year, and a coach seating 72 persons, purchased second hand and reconditioned in the Anchorage shops. The steel diner which was undergoing conversion into an observation car at the end of last year, was completed and placed in service in July. A total of 7,038.22 tons of coal, consisting of 2,010.32 tons sacked coal and 5,027.9 tons bulk coal, consigned to points served by con¬ necting carriers, passed outbound over Seward dock. This is an increase of 255.49 tons in sacked coal and an increase of 46.07 tons in bulk coal, or a total increase of 301.56 tons, as compared with that handled last year. Canneries located at Anchorage shipped to Seattle via Seward canned salmon amounting to 2,344.6 tons, an increase of 1,135.7 tons over last year. There also passed over Seward dock 1,251.12 tons of ore from points on the railroad, consigned to smelters in the States, an increase of 810.35 tons over last year and due largely to heavy shipments of antimony ore from the lignite district. There was an approximate decrease of 886 passengers arriving and departing Seward on regular scheduled steamers this year, as com¬ pared to last year, caused by suspension of regular steamer service during the maritime strike. MAINTENANCE An average of 339 men were employed during the year in the maintenance of roadway and structures. Employment ranged from a high of 673 employed in June 1937, to a low of 165 enployed in December 1936. Tie renewals totaled 140,727 untreated ties, 48,701 ties more than were placed in the track in 1936. The retimbering of tunnel 354.7, unfinished at the close of last fiscal year, was completed in December 1936. An old snow shed at mile 76.5 was torn down and those at mile 76.0 and mile 76.1 were repaired slightly to carry them through the winter of 1936-37, they to be abandoned in favor of a line change, the con¬ struction of which was started in June 1937. The south halves of bridges 25.7 and 14.5 were redriven, as were several other trestles. Part of the Seward dock, outside of the buildings, was replanked. The Lowell Creek flume at Seward was cleaned out and repaired during June 1937, for the War Department. Miscellaneous maintenance repairs were made to the various bridges, buildings, and other structures. Five regular bridge crews of about THE ALASKA RAILROAD 349 65 men were used throughout the year in this work, supplemented by additional crews of approximately 50 men working for from 1 to 5 months of the year. Three ditcher crews were used during the summer season, and occasionally at intervals in the winter, clearing slides and performing general work of ditching along the right of wray. Two steam shovels were operated at various times during the year, loading gravel and rock onto cars. On June 18, 1937, about 1,000 cubic yards of rock broke loose from the top of the face of Curry rock pit and fell into pit, demolishing a steam shovel; no personal injuries were sustained, as the crew was not working at the time. MECHANICAL The rolling stock of the railroad was maintained and repaired in the main shops at Anchorage and auxiliary shops at Fairbanks, Healy, Curry, and Seward. All important and heavy maintenance repair work was performed in the Anchorage shops. The average number of employees in the mechanical department during the year was 135 employees. The reconditioning of one second-hand coach, purchased during the year, was 95 percent complete at the end of June 1937. MATERIAL As in previous years, all coal consumed by the railroad was obtained from local mines, 42,160.96 tons being received during the year, com¬ prised of 34,527.81 tons bituminous coal, and 7,633.15 tons lignite coal. Coal issued amounted to 40,164.05 tons, 1,153.61 tons more than last year. The average price per ton paid for coal was $3.2832, an average increase of $0.1166 per ton over last year. During the year, 141,362 standard untreated cross ties were received. Piling to the amount of 34,220 lineal feet was purchased. Cordwood purchased on the Tanana and Yukon Rivers for the river steamers amounted to 1,525 cords. The value of material on hand June 30, 1937, amounted to $420,- 943.17, which is $60,778.09 less than the balance carried at the end of last year. CURRY HOTEL Guest days at Curry Hotel totaled 5,662, a decrease of 97 under the number of guest days for 1936. In addition to the commercial guests, quarters were furnished to trainmen for a total of 3,160 days, an increase of 304 days as compared to last year. The net operating profit for the year was $41.72, a decrease of $1,006.83. The cost per meal was reduced from 82 cents per meal to 81 cents per meal. Re¬ duced travel during the period of the maritime strike caused a decrease 350 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR in the operating profit for the year 1937, as compared with the preceding year. COMMISSARY AND MESS HOUSES The operation of camp mess houses and Anchorage commissary produced a net profit of $16,060.63 for the year, a decrease of $6,774.34 under the profit earned in 1936 and due to increased cost ot supplies and materials used in the operation of the mess houses, no change being made in the rate charged for meals. HOSPITAL Employees were hospitalized at the Anchorage base hospital for 2,475 patient days, compared with 1,912 days last year. The total patient days for all patients, including employees, was 6,358%. The total last year was 6,210% days. The deficit from operating the hos¬ pital amounted to $11,544.19, as compared with $9,632.73 last year, an increase of $1,911.46. Employees injured during the course of their employment totaled 279, of which number 118 resulted in no loss of time, 30 in loss of time less than 3 days, 86 in loss of time of 3 days or over and less than 30 days, and 45 in loss of time 30 days or over. Payment on account of beneficiaries under Employees’ Compensation Act during the year amounted to $47,001.59; of this amount $35,053.88 was paid directly to beneficiaries in cases arising prior to July 1, 1936, and $10,015.52 to beneficiaries in cases arising during the fiscal year 1937, and miscel¬ laneous expenses to beneficiaries totaled $1,932.19. TOURIST TRAFFIC Tourist traffic continued to increase, which was a result of the favorable publicity given to Alaska through the press and to the advertising campaign in national publications carried on by the rail¬ road jointly with connecting steamship lines and western railroads. As in the past, there continues three advertised routes to tourists that include as a portion of the journey a trip over the railroad. These are known as the Yukon Circle Tour, Golden Belt Tour, and the All Rail Tour. For the accommodation of those passengers making the round trip, Seattle to Seward and return on the same steamer, a side trip to Anchorage and Palmer was available. At Palmer, busses transport the tourists to the various points of interest. During both the 1936 and 1937 tourist season, the Alaska Steam¬ ship Co. operated four vessels on the Seattle-Seward run, furnishing bi-weekly service. The American- Yukon Navigation Co. operated one river steamer between Nenana and Dawson during the season of navigation, arriving at Nenana every second week. THE ALASKA RAILROAD 351 AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT The railroad continued throughout the year to disseminate informa¬ tion on request to prospective settlers. These requests were quite heavy due to the press reports circulated about the Government- sponsored colonization project in the Matanuska Valley. However, but few settlers acted upon the information furnished and located in the railroad belt, due greatly to lack of capital necessary to undertake such a venture, and the further fact that all desirable land in the Matanuska Valley was withdrawn from settlement. INVESTIGATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF MINERAL RESOURCES The value of the mineral production increased rapidly and was the main source of revenue of the Alaska Railroad. The mineral produc¬ tion from the area served by the railroad had a value of approximately $11,000,000 in the calendar year 1936. This is greater than ever before attained. The direct benefit of the railroad to the mining industry is indicated by the fact that in 1923, at the completion of the railroad, the value of the mineral production from this area was one-seventh of the total production of Alaska, while in 1936 it was one-half. Gold continued to be the chief metal produced, and all of the districts from Seward to Yukon River points were very active. Development of a low grade gold deposit in the Broad Pass district, which may furnish a shipping concentrate, was favorable and will be continued. Approximately 140,000 tons of coal wTas produced from the Healy River and Matanuska fields — the largest amount ever produced. Approximately 900 tons of antimony ore was mined and shipped to various smelters in the United States, and it is probable that this industry will continue. The Mining and Geological Department of the Alaska Railroad, in cooperation with the Alaskan branch of the United States Geo¬ logical Survey, examined mines, prospects, and mineralized areas, and furnished information to a large number of prospectors and developers of mining properties. Approximately 2,000 feet of under¬ ground development was completed at the Alaska Railroad’s emer¬ gency coal mine at Eska, and late in the fiscal year the erection of a small power plant was started. With the completion of this project, the coal requirements of the Alaska Railroad can be met within a few week’s notice. GENERAL REMARKS AND OUTLOOK FOR TRAFFIC IN THE FUTURE The program of improvements and rehabilitation was continued during the fiscal year 1937, consisting of ditching, bank widening, grade raising, ballasting and replacing wooden culverts wuth concrete 352 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR and corrugated iron pipe, placing rock to protect roadbed against erosion from rivers, streams and tide action, replacing deteriorated wooden bridges with steel bridges, and making line changes to eliminate deteriorated wooden snowsheds. The Pacific Coast maritime strike in October 1936, resulted in the abrupt and complete severance of commercial shipping between the Pacific Coast and Alaska. Because of appeals for ocean service from the Governor of Alaska, the Territorial Chamber of Commerce of Alaska, and individual chambers of commerce of the various cities to the President and the Secretary of the Interior, informing of food shortage and other necessary supplies and medicine, the Alaska Railroad, under authority of an Executive order issued by the President, dated November 17, 1936, chartered one ship from a fish canning company to render the service, but as it became apparent that the disuption would be of some duration, another fish company’s ship was chartered, augmented by two smaller motorships, the North Star and Boxer of the Office of Indian Affairs, for service between Seattle and southeastern and southwestern Alaska ports, also Aleutian Islands. The maritime strike ended February 4, 1937, and the Alaska Railroad discontinued operation after the ships reached their home ports. Due to the fact that no return cargo from Alaska is available during the winter months and that three of the ships were not equipped to handle passengers, and that approximately $35,000 was expended to recondition the Bureau of Indian Affair’s vessels, the rendering of this service resulted in an operating loss of $174,587.92. FINANCIAL Gross operating revenues for the rail and river fines were $1,955,- 502.81, an increase of $86,976.68, or 4.65 percent, over the comparable figure for 1936. An advance in the cost of material, supplies, and equipment created an increase of $77,240.12, or 4.08 percent in the operating expenses for the same period. The total for this year amounted to $1,966,174.42. The operating profit derived from the rail and river fines amounted to $2,522.02, an increase of $19,965.91, or 114.45 percent. The oper¬ ating profit included an expenditure of $7,448.99 made during 1937 for investigation of mineral or other resources, which amount, if deducted, would produce an actual operating profit of $9,971.01. Last year the profit was computed as $9,677.92. Passenger earnings in 1937 decreased $34,702.19, or 15.01 percent. Freight earnings for the same period increased $110,689.82, or 8.27 percent. The rail-line revenue passengers in 1937 decreased 15,406 in number, as compared with last year, attributable to the cessation THE ALASKA RAILROAD 353 of boat service to Alaska during the period of the maritime strike, also due to the reduction in short-haul passengers. Rail-line freight tonnage handled increased 6,707 tons, and is indicative of the con¬ tinued improvement in business conditions in Alaska. The pay roll for 1937 amounted to $1,632,503.66, an increase of $60,049.41 over the previous year. This increase is largely attributable to the application of the leave act, which was extended to practically all employees of the railroad. During October 1936, 5,484.12 tons of scrap iron, an accumulation since 1929, was sold f. o. b. cars Seward, Alaska, to a Seattle concern, for which the railroad received $50,855.68, also $4,977.58 for loading cost on the ship at Seward. This transaction created earnings for employees of the Alaska Railroad in the amount of $25,590.48, and the railroad a profit of $30,242.78. The act approved June 29, 1936 (Public, No. 836, 74th Cong.), provided for retirement of employees of the Alaska Railroad, Territory of Alaska, who are citizens of the United States, except clerical em¬ ployees who are made subject to the Civil Service Retirement Act. During the year, 43 employees were retired because of age and 3 because of disability. During May 1937, the railroad received an allotment of P. W. A. funds amounting to $730,000 for the construction of a steel bridge over Knik River; making line change from mile 75.8 to mile 76.3; ballasting roadbed; construction of four section-gang houses; comple¬ tion of gravel fill on pile trestle approach at the south end of Nenana River bridge; and the construction and equipping of a hotel and necessary utilities and outbuildings to accommodate tourists to Mount McKinley National Park. OFFICE OF SOLICITOR Nathan R. Margold, Solicitor THE tasks of the immediate staff of the Solicitor included the repre¬ sentation of the Secretary of the Interior in litigation in the courts of the District of Columbia, the drafting of proposed legislation and reports thereon, the representation of the Department before congres¬ sional committees, the preparation of land decisions and departmental opinions and findings, the handling of legal features of Indian reor¬ ganization, and the review and other disposition of all other legal matters. During the past year the Solicitor has represented the Secretary of the Interior in various actions contested in the courts of the District of Columbia. The Department has prevailed in all cases that came on for hearing during the past year, one in the court of appeals, and four in the district court. Three of these controversies concerned public lands; the other two involved Indians. The Solicitor and his staff have also assisted the Department of Justice in the prosecution and defense of actions in other courts. In the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, 19 war minerals relief cases were disposed of by dismissal or by entry of consent decrees. There remain of record in that court 59 war minerals relief cases, the disposition of most of which is delayed by reason of the failure of claimants’ attorneys to furnish necessary data. Numerous cases are still pending in the War Minerals Relief Commission, which, when disposed of, will be reviewed by the Solici¬ tor’s staff. A quantitative summary of the work, exclusive of litigation, is set forth in the following table: 354 OFFICE OF SOLICITOR 355 Land de¬ cisions Opinions of Solici¬ tor Indian matters Miscel¬ laneous matters 1 Totals Pending July 1, 1936 _ _ 436 233 135 273 1,077 Received during the year . . . . __ _ ... 695 679 7,312 10, 359 19, 045 Total _ _ _ _ 1, 131 912 7,447 10, 632 20,122 Disposed of during the year _ _ __ . . . l 783 561 7, 324 10, 510 19, 178 Pending June 30, 1937 _ _ _ 348 351 123 122 944 i “Miscellaneous matters” include such transactions as the following: Contracts for the erection of build¬ ings, road construction, supplies, etc.; reports on legislation; grants, transfers, and cancelations of mineral leases and permits; contracts with irrigation districts; grants and acquisitions of rights-of-way for power lines and for ditches and canals; withdrawals and restoration of lands; determination of power rates. There is a decrease in the number of land appeals, due to the smaller number of routine matters — stock-raising homestead cases and ceded Indian lands cases — received during the past year. Non¬ routine cases continue their usual heavy volume. Kequests for formal opinions of the Solicitor continue to increase in number. In the year just past 679 requests for opinions were received, an increase of 189 over the submissions of the preceding year; and 561 formal opinions were rendered, as contrasted with only 334 during the preceding year. Of the opinions rendered in the fiscal year 1937, 333 were title opinions and 164 involved accident claims, as against 99 and 156, respectively, during the preceding year. At the close of the present year there were still 210 title cases pending in the Solicitor’s Office, but a procedure has been devised to speed up this work in the future by stationing title examiners in the field to conduct the preliminary examinations. In addition to these special categories, requests for opinions have covered the usual broad range. The most notable trend of the past year seems to be that the submissions to the Solicitor no longer reflect the addition to the Department of new bureaus or activities, but involve new questions arising in the course of administering existing agencies and functions. The following subjects are typical of the requests that were received and acted upon in the course of the year: Power of the Secretary to grant and forfeit hot-water privileges at Hot Springs National Park under the act of March 3, 1891. Nature and extent of the right of the United States, under the Boulder Canyon Project Act and the contract of December 1, 1932, with the Imperial irrigation district, to the net proceeds of any power development on the All-American Canal, in relation to the security for loans proposed to be made to the district by the Public Works Administration and the Rural Electrification Administration. Authority of the Secretary to reserve waters for the natives of Alaska to protect their fishing rights. Eleven questions relating to the interpretation of the Mineral Leasing Act of February 25, 1920, with particular reference to problems of lease royalties and issuance of leases in connection with unit plans. 356 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Authority of the Department to limit the issuance of grazing privileges to a portion of the applicants within the preference class relating to section 3 of the Taylor Grazing Act, where the range within a grazing district is insufficient to provide for all applicants within the class. Right of State game wardens to enter upon restricted Indian reservation lands. Whether the act of March 3, 1891, bars a suit to reform homestead patents issued more than 6 years previously without reservation of minerals, where existing law required such reservation to be made. Right of Indians and Indian Pueblos to enjoy equal consideration with other persons in the granting of grazing privileges under the Taylor Grazing Act. Applicability of the Coatwise Load Line Act and the Convention for Safety of Life at Sea to boats operated by the Department between Seattle and Alaskan ports. Whether the lands embraced in the various Mission Indian reservations in California remain in tribal ownership until trust patents have issued to allottees, and whether, prior to the issuance of such trust patents, Congress may abandon the distribution in severalty and adopt some other mode of distribution. Whether the rates under section 5 (a) of the Boulder Canyon Project Act can be fixed as required by competitive conditions without regard to the general project financing requirements, if the rates called for by competitive conditions at the first or later readjustment should be insufficient to finance the project cost under the first sentence of section 5 of the act. Special mention should be made of certain extended opinions pre¬ pared in the Solicitor’s Office, two of them involving complicated questions under the amendatory War Minerals Relief Act of May 18, 1936, the other consisting of data prepared for the Secretary in con¬ nection with his decision on the complaint of the State of Nebraska against the construction placed by the Bureau of Reclamation on contracts made under the Warren Act between the United States and private irrigation districts on the North Platte River for the sale of surplus water from the Pathfinder Reservoir. Many of the legislative measures sponsored by the Department at the first session of the Seventy-fifth Congress involved highly con¬ troversial issues and resulted in lengthy hearings which required ex¬ tensive research and preparation as well as numerous appearances before congressional committees by the legislative specialists attached to the Solicitor’s staff. Few of the measures sponsored by the De¬ partment were acted upon before the close of the fiscal year, due to delay in the general legislative program, but mention should be made of the following bills, supported by the Department, which progressed to final passage: A bill (S. 1567) to provide for the production, conservation, and sale of helium gas by the Federal Government, and authorizing the acquisition of properties for the production thereof. A bill (H. R. 7618) changing the policy of administration of the revested Oregon and California Railroad and reconveyed Coos Bay Wagon Road grant lands by authorizing the Department to carry out a program of sustained-yield manage¬ ment, and adjusting the distribution of receipts from said lands. OFFICE OF SOLICITOR 357 A bill (H. R. 5394) providing for the acquisition and subsequent addition to the Yosemite National Park of approximately 7,000 acres of virgin sugar pine timber. Two bills (S. 2092 and H. R. 7642) to authorize the completion, maintenance and operation of the Bonneville Dam project on the Columbia River. A bill (S. 1722), known as the “reindeer bill”, to establish a permanent and self- i sustaining economy for the Eskimos and other natives of Alaska by promoting native ownership and activity in the reindeer industry. A bill (S. 2172) to prevent speculation in lands in the Columbia basin prospec¬ tively irrigable under the Grand Coulee project. As in previous years, the drafting of regulations necessary to im¬ plement the many and varied statutes under which the Department operates has constituted an important part of the work of the Solici¬ tor’s Office. Among those deserving special mention may be cited the following: Rules of procedure for the conduct of hearings and appeals from decisions of regional graziers denying such applications for grazing appeals under the Taylor Grazing Act. Regulations of the Indian Arts and Crafts Board for the promotion of sales of genuine Indian products. Regulations for credit operations under the Indian Reorganization Act and the Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act. Regulations relating to oil and gas leases for lands within the boundaries of a unitized area, issued subsequent to the approval of the unit agreement for such area. The work of the legal sections of the General Land Office and of the Geological Survey has increased progressively with the adminis¬ tration of oil- and gas-conservation measures, particularly with respect to the negotiation, drafting, and final approval of unit plans for particular oil and gas fields. Once again it is noted that, notwith¬ standing the blanket Executive order withdrawals of November 26, 1934, and February 5, 1935, there is as yet no diminution in the work coming from the Homestead Division of the General Land Office. This is accounted for by the fact that the withdrawals have been modified by subsequent Executive orders and by legislation, which have restored certain privileges under the public-land laws and also created new rights and privileges. Moreover, the modification and amendment, respectively, of the Executive order of November 26, 1934, and section 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act, by the act of June 26, 1936, has created a new class of business with resultant miscellaneous inquiries and applications for classification opening and entry. The important business of administering the estates of deceased Indians, other than members of the Osage Tribe or of the Five Civil¬ ized Tribes, is handled by a staff which is still numerically inadequate despite improved organization and administrative procedure. Indian probate cases are currently a year behind, notwithstanding that the examiners completed, during the past year, 1,712 new cases and 47 rehearings. In this connection it should be pointed out that the 358 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR appraised value of the 1,712 estates reported by the examiners of inheritance was $3,208,229.46. The probate fees on these estates, \ amounting to $43,495, were covered into the Treasury. The probate fee in the average case is about $25, and the average examiner can complete some 200 cases a year. This means that each examiner earns for the Government about $5,000 a year. Yet the highest salary paid an examiner is $3,000, and the proposed salary of the additional examiner, allowed by the Budget for 1938 but stricken out by Congress, was only $1,800. The work of the probate attorneys in Oklahoma assigned to assist the Indians of the Five Civilized Tribes continues to show improve¬ ment, as evidenced by expressed satisfaction on the part of many Indians, and complaints from those whose interests lie in exploitation. Closer liaison with the Department’s Division of Investigations has materially aided the work of these attorneys. During the past year, the Oklahoma probate attorneys made 1,615 court appearances in cases involving property worth in the aggregate $5,481,480.50. They participated in 418 deed and lease approvals, resulting in a saving to the Indians of $334,128.97. The supervising probate attorney in j Oklahoma approved attorney’s fees, in individual amounts of more than $100, totaling in the aggregate $66,307.17. The most notable feature of the year at the Osage Agency has been a check on guardianship matters there, initiated by the Osage tribal attorney, which disclosed laxities and discrepancies in many guardians’ accounts. As a result steps are now being taken whereby the Osage Tribe will employ a competent auditor, who is also an attorney at law, who will currently check all Osage guardianships and thereby prevent overpayments or improper disposition of funds. The legal staff attached to the Indian Irrigation Service has, at the request of the local United States attorney, prepared the appeal and briefs in the important water-right case of United States v. Powers , now pending in the Circuit Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The ultimate decision in that case will affect practically every Indian irrigation project in the country. During the year emphasis in the work of Indian organization has shifted from the interpretation of the basic act, the issuance of regu¬ lations thereunder, and the approval of constitutions and charters, to the final task of assisting the Indian tribes in the actual carrying out of the powers vested in them by virtue of these documents. This has involved a continuous process of advising Indian tribes as to the extent of their powers, assisting them in the preparation of the many legal forms needed in carrying out their programs, and has also involved the problem of adjusting to the new order the procedure and routine of the Indian Office itself. Credit operations under the Alaska OFFICE OF SOLICITOR 359 Reorganization Act and the Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act have been initiated during the past fiscal year, necessitating the preparation by the legal staff of loan agreements, mortgages, and other incidental documents. Meanwhile the work of drafting constitutions and charters for tribes as yet unorganized has continued. During the fiscal year 1937 the Department’s law officers considered 55 constitu¬ tions and 48 charters of incorporation for Indian tribes, of which 24 and 33, respectively, were finally approved. The work of the Bureau of Reclamation has continued to require extensive legal services in Washington and in the field. Attorneys in the Washington office approved construction and supply contracts involving an aggregate expenditure of $22,553,571.99. In the field the fiscal year 1937 was marked by the final execution of the Truckee River Agreement, involving the regulation of water to be released from Lake Tahoe; and the drafting of the complicated contracts and mortgages necessary in connection with the repayment scheme for the Provo River project. Counsel for the Bureau of Reclamation prepared the briefs and made the arguments in the cases involving the land condemnation cases at Grand Coulee Dam, cases which involved the proper measure of damages to be paid for the property needed for the project. The appellate court sustained the position of the Government, with a resultant saving of many millions of dollars. DIVISION OF INVESTIGATIONS B. B. Smith, Director THE principal work of the Division of Investigations during the last fiscal year was the investigation of cases involving public lands, especially the protection of public lands and the timber thereon from fraudulent entry and appropriation. Considerable work was necessary in the investigations of applications to lease under section 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act, it being necessary to obtain facts concerning the qualifications of applicants, live stock operations, water supply, prior use of lands, character of lands, carrying capacity, conflicts, improvements, lands leased from State and railroad, and rental value of lands. Complete sets of maps were prepared covering the status of all lands in the grazing districts. These maps not only portrayed the land office status but data was obtained showdng the State and railroad lands leased, and lands owned by each applicant for a lease. Investigations were made involving State land exchanges, leases, isolated tract applications under the Taylor Grazing Act, homestead entries, final proofs, desert land entries, coal and timber trespass, mineral applications including oil and gas leases, State lieu selections, unlawful inclosures and irrigation projects. On July 1, 1936, there were pending 7,295 field investigation cases. During the year 10,492 new cases were received; 7,890 cases were investigated, reported and closed leaving 9,897 pending investigations. Of the 9,897 pending investigations 2,773 are grazing leasesmnder section 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act. The following criminal and penal code violation cases were inves¬ tigated during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937: Embezzlement _ 3 Fraudulent final prooof _ 1 Incendiary fires _ 2 Fraud sale oil and homestead lands _ 1 Fraud acquisition public lands _ 1 360 DIVISION OF INVESTIGATION 361 Perjury - 1 Theft of Government property _ 1 Unlawful inclosure _ 1 False representation, employment _ 1 Grazing trespass _ 6 Timber trespass _ 20 Thirty-one persons were indicted during the year, twenty convicted, and two fined. Eleven cases are pending action. Classification of railroad lands was made in several cases to deter¬ mine whether or not the lands selected were actual mineral bearing in fact, and as a result thereof 88,000 acres with an appraised value of $100,000 was classified as mineral and eventually will be saved by the Government. Attention has been given to, and investigations and reports made in connection with, coal leases concerning which the lessees have become delinquent in the payment of royalties. A number of lessees have submitted plans of reorganization to various United States district courts involving the National Bankruptcy Act. Where plans were filed, investigations were made to determine if the interests of the United States were properly protected. Assistance was rendered the Department of Justice in connection with these hearings before the United States district court in reference to the proposed plans for reorganization, and also with reference to the cancellation and collection of royalties. In one division these activities resulted in the cancellation of two coal leases and the collection in royalties of $8,738. One of the most important cases now pending is that involving the liability of a coal company covering coal mined on land recovered after an erroneous sale by the State. The Government’s claim in this case amounts to approximately $300,000. Due to the results of field investigations $12,375.17 was turned into the United States Treasury, and 272,285.46 acres, representing fraudulent entries, etc., were cancelled and restored to the public domain. The acreage restored to the public domain, estimated at the minimum value of $1.25 per acre, represents a saving to the Government of $340,355.57. Audits were made of Indian agencies and guardianships as well as concessionaires operating under contract in the various national parks and national monuments. Many hearings 'were conducted in behalf of the United States by the special agents in charge of hearings, based upon investigations and reports submitted by the investigators, resulting in the restoration to the public domain of thousands of acres of lands in cases where fraudulent final proofs were attempted and the law not complied with. 362 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR PERSONNEL The number of special agents as of June 30, 1937, employed in the Division was 79, of which number 64 were regular special agents and 11 were paid from emergency funds, and 4 temporary agents. In addition to the special agents there are 4 special agents in charge directing the special agents, under the supervision of the Director, at offices in Albuquerque, N. Mex., Billings, Mont., Salt Lake City, Utah, and San Francisco, Calif. A new field office was established with headquarters in Washington, D. C. The total force employed, including the Director, Assistant Director, reviewer, and clerks was 119. WAR MINERALS RELIEF COMMISSION Roscoe Fertich, Commissioner I. ACT OF FEBRUARY 13, 1929 [45 STAT. 1166] THE Secretary of the Interior made two awards totaling $3,020.03, and denied four claims under decree, during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937. An appropriation for payment of awards was made in the Treasury Deficiency Appropriation (Public, No. 121, 75th Cong., approved May 28, 1937) for $22,915.36. This amount included six awards aggregating $21,395.33, certified during the previous fiscal year, and which have been paid; and one award for $1,520.03, which was cer¬ tified during the fiscal year under report, is unpaid, pending attach¬ ment proceeding against the Secretary of the Treasury. The other award, for $1,500, certified during this fiscal year, is pending a future Treasury deficiency appropriation. IN THE DISTRICT COURT OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Seven cases were dismissed by the court for the reason that the corporations or partnerships had been dissolved before the petitions for review were filed under the act of February 13, 1929, and were not legally capable of maintaining a suit. Seven decrees were entered during the fiscal year by that court, authorizing the Secretary of the Interior to review his previous deci¬ sions on matters of law. 363 22914 364 REPORT OP THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Record of Cases Filed Under the Act as Amended Feb. 13, 1929 Total cases filed _ 348 Total cases dismissed by the District Court of the United States in the District of Columbia _ 76 Decisions by the Secretary of the Interior: Awards Denials To June 30, 1936 _ 165 20 July 1, 1936, to June 30, 1937 _ 2 4 167 24 191 Cases pending in the District Court of the United States in the Dis¬ trict of Columbia _ 58 Decrees by District Court for the United States in the District of Columbia, pending in W. M. R. C. June 30, 1937 _ 23 348 348 UNDER THE ACTS AS AMENDED IN 1936 Under the acts of 1936, 336 petitions for review have been filed. Sixteen petitions for review under either or both of the 1936 acts have been rejected, as follows: denied under decree, no admissible loss found, 9; dismissed by court, no error in law by the Secretary of the Interior, 4; not identifiable with any claim filed under the act of March 2, 1919, 1; pending in court, filed under the act of 1929, 2. II. ACT OF MAY 18, 1936 (49 ST AT. 1355) The Secretary of the Interior, when authorized by the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia, will reopen previous decisions to consider the item of interest paid or accrued to the date of approval of this act, and makes awards for losses proven to his satisfaction to be allowable within the meaning of the relief act of March 2, 1919. Eightv-nine petitions for review of loss by interest have been filed. Sixty-nine cases have been accepted for review of claim; the other 20 petitions were rejected as ineligible for the reason that a review of the item of interest is not directed in the decree from the court. Three awards, totaling $740,412.11, were made by the Secretary of the Interior during the fiscal year. This act set a limitation of $1,250,000 for the purpose of paying claims under this amendment. An appropriation of $500,000 (49 Stat. 1619, June 22, 1936) has been disbursed; the first two awards exceeded the appropriation by $132,428.02. Public, No. 121, Seventy-fifth Congress, approved May 28, 1937, appropriated an additional $650,000 for payment of interest claims in accordance with the act approved May 18, 1936 (49 Stat. 1355). WAR MINERALS RELIEF COMMISSION 365 A third award, $107,984.09, was made; of this amount $65,136.02 has been paid by the Secretary of the Treasury. The above balances of awards, for $132,428.02 and $42,848.07, totaling $175,276.09, have been reserved by the Secretary of the Treasury. There is a balance of $409,587.89 available to pay further awards under the interest act. III. ACT OF JUNE 30, 1936 (49 STAT. 2040) This act authorized claimants who failed to file suit under the 1929 amendment of the relief act, or whose suit so filed was abated by the court, to petition the Secretary of the Interior to review their claims as a matter of law in the light of decisions of the court in similar- cases, and to make awards; and provided for the rights of deceased- claimants to descend to their legal successors; and provided for the rights of dissolved corporations to descend to any officer, director, stockholder, or legal representative who shall be entitled to the benefits of this act; provided, that such claims be filed within 6 months of approval of the act. Under this act, 231 petitions for review were filed within the time limit. The status of these petitions is as follows: Accepted for review _ 133 Pending authority to file claim _ 14 Suits abated by court; grounds for reopening not established _ 22 In court under the act of Feb. 13, 1929, pending decision as to right of petition under the act of June 30, 1936 - 55 Withdrawn by attorney - 7 231 Public, No. 121, Seventy-fifth Congress, approved May 28, 1937, appropriated $100,000 for payment of claims in accordance with this act. Four awards, totaling $43,883.84, were made by the Secretary of the Interior during the fiscal year. These awards have been paid by the Secretary of the Treasury. $56,116.16 is available for further awards. Note.— The number of petitions for review filed under tho acts of May 18, and June 30, 1936, greatly exceeds the number expected would be filed. As provided by the act of June 30, 1936, the time limit for filing has expired; no additional petitions can be filed. Under the act of May 18, 1936,there is no time limit; a few more petitions may be expected. DIVISION OF MOTION PICTURES Fannins Hearon, Director THE Division of Motion Pictures continued to produce and distribute motion and still pictures of the Department's activities. Motion-picture production featured the most ambitious film the Department has attempted, Price of Progress, dealing with the destruction and conservation of natural resources; three Indian pic¬ tures; a presentation of the rehabilitation of the Virgin Islands; one on Boulder Dam and one on the Bureau of Reclamation in general; a story of the Ohio-Mississippi flood, and the beginning of a film record of Grand Coulee Dam. There were several others on national and State parks, the Civilian Conservation Corps and related subjects, making a total of 30 reels a year at a cost of $1,700 each. These subjects and others produced by the Department in previous years are distributed at the rate of 500 shipments per week to theaters, colleges, schools, C. C. C. camps, and interested institutions, organiza¬ tions, and groups. Audience estimates indicate 4 million persons saw the Department's films during the year. Still picture contributions of the year were coverage of the Indian reservations, pictorial records of several proposed national parks and monuments, a national park winter sports series, continuance of work on Bureau of Reclamation projects, and probably the first complete photographic presentation of historical Fort Jefferson in the Gulf of Mexico. An innovation was the inauguration of weekly motion-picture shows of Department films in the auditorium. In the course of the year the Division's first Director, Mr. Ellsworth C. Dent, resigned and was replaced by Mr. Fanning Hearon, formerly of the National Park Service. 366 OFFICE OF EXHIBITS G. C. Dickens, Supervisor GOVERNMENT participation through exhibits in State, national, and international expositions, and at numerous scientific and other¬ wise educational conventions, has become an established policy. One important function of all Government departments and independent establishments should be to acquaint the general public insofar as possible with the many and varied activities and services being carried on by them. Experience has proved that one of the best methods is provided by participation in expositions and the other gatherings above described. In carrying on this work the use of motion pictures, animated dioramas and models, stereopticon slides and colored transparencies, and murals has proved to be highly successful and adaptable. Further, in making presentations relating to our island and territorial possessions and the American Indian, experience has developed that the display and use of native handicraft is both desirable and important. With the appointment of a Supervisor of Exhibits by the Secretary of the Interior under date of February 1, 1936, an Office of Exhibits under the Secretary’s Office was established. The Supervisor of Ex¬ hibits has supervision over the Department’s exhibits at the Greater Texas and Pan American Exposition, the Paris Exposition, and the Great Lakes Exposition. Further, the Office of Exhibits, through its diorama and model studio, is constantly at work preparing additional and new exhibit material, and is already making preliminary and tentative plans relating to the forthcoming Golden Gate International Exposition, the New York World’s Fair, and the proposed expositions in Los Angeles, Oklahoma City, and Tampa. Further, for distribution at the Department’s exhibits the Office of Exhibits compiled, with the assistance of the various bureaus, the Public Works Administration, and the National Resources Committee, a booklet entitled, “Back of the Buffalo Seal”, which contains printed matter and pictures descriptive of the work of the several organizations which are under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Interior. 367 BOARD ON GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES George C. Martin, Executive Secretary THE United States Board on Geographical Names is the organization through which the Government provides for uniformity in the use of geographic names on maps and in publications issued by the Federal Government. The Board is essentially a cooperative organization. In it the Department of the Interior furnishes administrative and investigative facilities through which representatives of various governmental departments that make and use maps, and of geographic societies, determine policy in the use of geographic names and render decisions on names submitted for decision. The Board consists of an advisory committee, on which various Government Departments and geographic societies are represented, which acts chiefly through its executive committee; and of an admin¬ istrative and investigative unit, the Division of Geographic Names, in the office of the Secretary of the Interior. The personnel of the advisory and executive committees, on June 30, 1937, was as follows: ADVISORY COMMITTEE Mr. Clarence Batschelet, Geographer. Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce. Mr. Albert H. Bumstead, Chief Cartographer, National Geographic Society. Mr. E. E. Carter, Assistant Forester, United States Forest Service, Department of Agriculture. Dr. William H. Haas, Professor of Geology and Geography, Northwestern University, representing the Geographic Society of Chicago. Dr. J. N. B. Hewitt, Ethnologist, Bureau of American Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution. Lt. Col. Lawrence Martin, Chief, Division of Maps, and Incumbent, Chair of Geography, Library of Congress. Dr. W. C. Mendenhall, Director, United States Geological Survey, Department of the Interior. 368 BOARD ON GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES 369 Mr. Raye R. Platt, Secretary, American Geographical Society of New York. Mrs. Sophia A. Saucerman, Assistant Geographer, Department of State. Commander Francis P. Traynor, Officer in Charge, Division of Maritime Security, Hydrographic Office, Navy Department. Lt. Col. Lewis H. Watkins, G. S., Chief, Geographic Branch, Military Intelli¬ gence Division, War Department. Mr. Charles C. Wenrich, Assistant Deputy First Assistant Postmaster General and Chief Clerk, Post Office Department. Dr. Frank E. Williams, Professor of Geography, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania, representing the Geographical Society of Philadelphia. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Dr. W. C. Mendenhall, Chairman Lt. Col. Lewis H. Watkins Mr. E. E. Carter The advisory committee held 3 meetings during the year and the executive committee held 13 meetings at which 410 names were approved. The locations of the features thus named, and the organi¬ zations which submitted the names for decision, were as follows: Geographic Distribution of Names Alaska. . _ . .... 92 Montana.. __ . ... 8 North Dakota. _ . 2 Wyoming _ _ . ... 67 Arizona . _ 6 Massachusetts _ ... 1 New York _ ... 47 Maine. _ _ _ _ ... 6 New Mexico . . 1 Alabama. ... 34 Connecticut _ _ 5 South Carolina... ... 1 Utah _ _ ... ... 29 Georgia _ _ ... ... 4 West Virginia . 1 Washington _ _ ... 26 Michigan _ _ ... 3 Puerto Rico _ ... 1 Oklahoma.. ... 24 Mississippi.. ._ ... 3 Virgin Islands _ ... 1 California _ ... 23 Nebraska _ 3 — Virginia _ ... 10 Louisiana _ 2 Total _ ... 410 Minnesota. ... 8 New Jersey _ 2 Organizations Requesting Decisions National Park Service _ 145 United States Hydrographic Office _ 66 United States Geological Survey. 53 United States Coast and Geo¬ detic Survey _ 50 Bureau of Chemistry and Soils. _ 40 Societies and individuals - 25 United States Forest Service .... 16 War Department _ 4 Soil Conservation Service _ 3 State organizations _ 3 Bureau of Biological Survey _ 2 Miscellaneous _ 3 Total _ 410 ADVISER ON NEGRO AFFAIRS Robert C. Weaver, Adviser SECURING for Negro citizens participation in the programs of the Department of the Interior, Public Works Administration, and associate agencies is the function of the office of Adviser on Negro Affairs. To this end a definite line of action has been devised which follows fairly closely the following outline: 1. Interviews. — a. With persons seeking employment in the Department of the Interior and the Public Works Administration. b. With persons seeking to improve their status in the Department. c. With departmental executives seeking information and advice on Negro personnel problems. 2. Consultation. — a. With Housing Division officials on matters pertaining to Negro participation on housing projects. b. With administrative officials relative to complaints, requests, and Suggestions from Negro employees in the Department. 3. Field investigation trips concerning matters of Negro skilled and unskilled labor on Public Works Administration housing and nonhousing projects. 4. Field trips and investigations into matters concerning Negro participation in recreational facilities provided by the National Park Service. 5. Trips to various centers of Negro population to make speeches and to consult with groups to acquaint them with the work the Department is doing. 6. Miscellaneous activities such as administering white-collar survey, consulting with the President’s Committee on Vocational Education, and preparing for publication news releases and articles designed further to enlighten the American reading public on the part Negroes are now playing in the affairs of the Govern¬ ment, with special emphasis laid on the Department of the Interior and the Public Works Administration. The highlights of the activities of the Adviser on Negro Affairs during the last year fall chiefly into the classifications of consultations and field investigations. Since June of 1936 either the Adviser on Negro Affairs or the Associate Adviser on Negro Affairs has visited at least 40 of the 50 housing projects now in process of construction. These visits had to do with matters of labor, which include meeting with union officials, labor groups of both races, leaders in communi- ADVISER OX NEGRO APFAIRS 371 ties, and sometimes with city and district government officials. In all cases there was but one motive in view, and that was to secure the participation of Negroes in the program of construction as well as the program of tenancy with as little friction as was possible. Some figures taken from the summaries of 10 field reports submitted by Dewey R. Jones, Associate Adviser, show to what degree these efforts have been successful. Of the total money spent for labor on Public Works Administration housing projects the following percentage was paid to Negro skilled and unskilled labor: On Riverside Heights in Montgomery, Ala., 27.4 percent to skilled and semiskilled, and 90.3 percent to unskilled; William Patterson Courts, also in Montgomery, Ala., 26.5 percent to skilled and semiskilled, and 86.2 percent to unskilled; Durkeeville in Jacksonville, Fla., 25.4 percent to skilled and semiskilled, and 90.1 percent to unskilled; Liberty Square in Miami, Fla., 4.8 percent to skilled, 10.1 percent to semiskilled, and 65.8 percent to unskilled; Techwood in Atlanta, Ga., 20 percent to skilled, 23.8 percent to semiskilled, and 72.6 percent to unskilled; University Homes, also in Atlanta, Ga., 20 percent to skilled, 13.1 percent to semiskilled, and 82.7 percent to unskilled; Jane Addams Houses in Chicago, Ill., 3.7 percent to skilled, and 14.9 percent to semiskilled and unskilled; Blue Grass Park in Lexington, Ky., 11.8 percent of skilled, 50.9 percent of semiskilled, and 49 percent of un¬ skilled; Laurel Homes in Cincinnati, Ohio, 3.2 percent of skilled, 15.2 percent of semiskilled, and 68.5 percent of unskilled; University Terrace in Columbia, S. C., 35.05 percent of skilled and semiskilled, and 94.65 percent of unskilled. The office of Adviser on Negro Affairs has been in constant touch with the situation at Grand Coulee Dam, and has advised with officials there as well as with Negro labor groups in order to secure for Negroes the right to work on this project. This was felt necessary in view of the unfavorable criticism to which the Department of the Interior was subjected as result of its failure to take similar steps in the construction of Boulder Dam. This office was directly responsible for the first 'Negro being employed at Coulee Dam, and has since kept in touch with that situation to insure the continued employment of qualified Negroes. During the last year the Adviser on Negro Affairs has participated in the dedication of housing and other Public Works Administration projects. He has taken an active part in assisting the Director of Personnel for the Public W^orks Administration in his effort to secure for managerial and custodial positions in housing projects the best possible material available from those groups the projects were designed to serve. In his capacity as administrator of a $470,000 survey of the training and employment of Negro white-collar and skilled workers the Adviser 372 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR on Negro Affairs has busied himself within recent months in supervising the editing of a printed report to be submitted to the Secretary of the Interior. As consultant to the President’s Committee on Vocational Educa¬ tion the Adviser on Negro Affairs supervised a study conducted by Prof. D. A. Wilkerson of Howard University, which shows in graphic form the degree to which Negroes have benefited or have not benefited from Federal funds spent on education. The Adviser on Negro Affairs is carrying a similar study still further, to be submitted to the President’s enlarged and permanent committee on education for its final report. The activities of the Adviser on Negro Affairs have been many and varied, but at no point have they been lacking in interest or, it is hoped, in usefulness both to the Department and to the people for whom the office was created. ST. ELIZABETHS HOSPITAL Roscoe W. Hall, M. D., Acting Superintendent IN reviewing the events of the past year, the present conditions and the future needs of the hospital, possibly above all else we are con¬ fronted with the passing of Dr. William Alanson White who died March 7, 1937, after a third of a century of faithful and distinguished service as superintendent of the hospital. Appointed in 1903 during the administration of President Theodore Roosevelt, from the time of taking up his duties as a young physician of 33 to within a week of his death, after he had risen to national and even international fame, he worked with untiring zeal, patience, and devotion in the upbuilding of the hospital as an institution representative of the best that medical science could offer in the care and treatment of patients with mental and nervous diseases. Friend and protector of patient and employee, inspiring teacher and coworker, he brought to the solution of the daily problems of administration great knowledge, broad tolerance and undaunted courage. The welfare of the patients as the prime objective, insistence on nonrestraint, encouragement of the members of his staff in advancing in the knowledge of their profession while at the same time giving them freedom in the choice of the means to this end, were cardinal principles in the formation of his policies. He encouraged the patients to look to him for help in easing their suffering and relieving their fears. His service and influence reached far beyond the confines of the hospital. He constantly strove to uphold and further in the minds of the public the idea that the hospital for mental diseases is an institution for the healing of the sick and the solution of the problems of the maladjusted rather than an institution of the asylum type. In the words of a fellow physician: “As teacher, author, publisher, and practicing psychiatrist he wrought much influ¬ ence on institutional policies, psychopathological concepts, and devel¬ oping attitudes toward mental and nervous disease. Wherever the voice and pen of this great teacher have brought light, there one 373 374 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR perceives the best that modern psychiatry has to offer a troubled world.’ ’ 1 The Secretary of the Interior appointed Dr. Roscoe W. Hall as acting superintendent of the hospital on March 8, 1937. Dr. Herbert C. Woolley, first assistant physician, resigned Febru¬ ary 1, 1937, and a vacancy exists in this position. The vacancy that existed in the position of clinical director for the women’s service was filled by the appointment of Dr. Evelyn B. Reichenbach, formerlv of the Rochester State Hospital, Rochester, N. Y. INSULIN SHOCK TREATMENT For many months consideration has been given to the insulin shock treatment for dementia precox, but because of the dangerous and uncertain factors attendant upon this treatment the attitude of the hospital toward its adoption has been a conservative one. However, in view of continued favorable reports it has been decided to use this form of therapy in certain selected cases. To this end several physi¬ cians and nurses of the hospital staff were sent during the month of June to observe the use and effects of this treatment at Bellevue Hospital, New York City, and at Harlem Valley State Hospital, Wingdale, N. Y. In the laboratory a method for determining phosphatase activity in blood has been worked out; also a new method for colorimetric evaluation of bromides in serum. The collection of electrocardiograms was critically reviewed and a report on serial studies of cardiac arrhythmias prepared. In addition to the lectures and clinics in psychiatry, psychology, and other subjects given by Dr. William A. White, Dr. Roscoe W. Hall, and the members of the hospital staff to several local universities and medical schools, the following lectures were delivered before the medical staff by visiting scientists: October 31, 1936: Les Obsessions, Professeur Pierre Janet, Membre de l'lnstitut et Professeur College de France, Paris. November 14, 1936: Psychopathology, Dr. Edward J. Kempf, Wading River, N. Y. February 22, 1937: Hypoglycemic Therapy, Dr. Manfred Sakel, Clinic for Psychiatry and Neurology, University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria. March 13, 1937: Effect on the Spinal Fluid of Various Anti-Syphilitic Drugs. Narcosis Therapy. Dr. J. H. Quastel, Bio-chemical Laboratory, Cardiff City Mental Hospital, Whitechurch, Glamorgan, Wales. During the year approximately 260 general conferences of the medi¬ cal staff were held before which 986 patients were presented for con¬ sideration of discharge, visits, parole, etc. There were 110 admission conferences for dianostic purposes and recommendation of treatment, 899 cases having been presented. For the consideration of unusual 1 The Psychiatric Quarterly, vol. 11, no. 2, April 1937. ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 375 cases or medical problems 17 clinical-pathological conferences were held. The hospital continues in a crowded condition. It must have more beds not only to take care of the increased number of admissions, but to provide adequate facilities to replace the 530 beds of the semiperma¬ nent buildings in the Richardson group. During the fiscal year 1937 the total admissions were 1,099, the largest number admitted to the hospital since 1921, the post-war year, when 1,199 were admitted. As a matter of fact, the number admitted in 1937 was the larges t^of any year, except the 3 years, 1919, 1920, and 1921, comprising the period after the World War. The net increase during the year was 277, an increase in the daily average patients of 165. Thus the in¬ creased number of beds that it was necessary to provide between July 1, 1936, and June 30, 1937, was 277. In 1926 when a survey was made in the hospital through a resolution of Congress, the Comptroller General estimated that to comfortably fill the various buildings beds could be provided for 3,600 patients. Since that time additional beds have been provided as follows: Beds Medical and surgical building _ 200 Tuberculosis building no. 1 _ 80 Continued treatment buildings nos. 1 and 2 _ 320 Male receiving building _ 400 Female receiving building _ 300 Total _ 4,900 Congress has authorized in the — Interior Department Appropriation Act for 1937 1 continued treat¬ ment building _ 180 Interior Department Appropriation Act for 1938 1 continued treat¬ ment building _ 180 Total _ 5, 260 At the present time the hospital has more than 5,700 patients, and the semipermanent group containing 530 patients should be replaced, making a total shortage of 970 beds. Additional buildings should be provided at an early date to relieve this overcrowded condition and to provide beds for the patients in the semipermanent group. The buildings in this group constitute a fire menace, the temperature in them in the hot summer weather is almost unbearable, and the cost of maintaining them in repair is increasing very rapidly. MOVEMENT OF POPULATION On June 30, 1937, 5,667 patients remained in the hospital as com¬ pared with 5,390 on June 30, 1936, an increase of 277. The total number of patients under treatment during the year was 6,489, as compared with 6,240 for the preceding year, an increase of 249. 376 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The total number of admissions during the year was 1,099, as com¬ pared with 925 the preceding year, an increase of 174. The total number of discharges for the year was 490, as compared with 552 in the preceding year, a decrease of 62. The total number of deaths for the year wTas 332, as compared with 298 for the preceding year, an increase of 34. The total number of discharges and deaths, combined, was 822, compared with 850 for the preceding year, a decrease of 28. There were 50 burials in the hospital cemetery, as compared with 69 the preceding year, a decrease of 19. With the cooperation of the War Department the bodies of 38 service men, honorably discharged, were buried in the Arlington National Cemetery. The other 244 bodies were buried by private undertakers, in cemeteries in Washing¬ ton and elsewhere throughout the United States. The daily average patient population was 5,537.6 as compared with 5,373 the preceding year, an increase of 164.6. Movement of Patient Population, Fiscal year 1937 Male Female Total White Colored Total White Colored Total Remaining on rolls June 30, 1936 . - . 2,751 838 3, 589 1, 133 668 1, 801 5,390 1,099 Admitted during year ended June 30, 1937- 523 196 719 247 133 380 Total number under care and treat¬ ment during year ended June 30, 1937 . . . - . — 3,274 1,034 4, 308 1, 380 801 2, 181 6,489 Discharged as- 1 1 Not insane . - . 3 2 5 0 6 Recovered _ _ - . 82 23 105 39 21 60 165 Improved . . . . 90 25 115 30 9 39 154 Unimproved . . . 105 27 132 25 8 33 165 Total discharged . 280 77 357 95 38 133 490 Died . . . . . 140 67 207 78 47 125 332 Total of patients discharged and died. 420 144 564 173 85 258 822 Number of patients remaining on rolls June 30, 1937 . 2, 854 890 3, 744 1, 207 716 1,923 5, 667 1 Supplies. — The supplies produced on the hospital reservation, in¬ cluding farm and garden products such as tomatoes, beans, parsley, spinach, squash, corn, turnips, etc., included the following: 285,544 gallons of milk, 124,362. pounds of fresh pork, 11,966 dozen eggs, 5,809 pounds of chicken, 25,291 bunches of beets, 15,200 bunches of carrots, 42,655 ears of green corn, 7,475 bunches of endives, 7,600 pounds of grapes, 1,134 bushels of kale, 27,921 heads of lettuce, 18,628 bunches of green onions and 29 bushels of dry onions, 985 bushels of mustard and mustard greens, 262 bushels of parsnips, 603 bushels of pears, 75 bushels of green peas, 135 bushels of green peppers, 1,064 bushels of sweetpotatoes, 2,481 pumpkins, 9,370 bunches of radishes, 343 bushels ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 377 of rape, 280 bushels of spinach, 1,007 squash, 2,625 bushels of Swiss chard, 2,843 bushels of tomatoes, 793 bushels of turnips and 335 bushels of turnip greens, 604 bunches of asparagus, 266 bushels of apples, 207 bushels of lima beans, 259 bushels of string beans, 807 bushels of cabbage, 291 bushels of cabbage sprouts, 645 bushels of collards, 132 bushels of cucumbers, and various other items of the same class. In addition to the items mentioned, there were made at the hospital 24,059 gallons of ice cream. The farm produced forage as follows: 37 tons of alfalfa hay, 32 tons of soybean hay, 20 tons of soybean and sudan grass hay, 44 tons of timothy hay, 80 tons of wheat hay, 996 tons of corn ensilage, and 2,600 bushels of ear corn. The shoe shop produced 12,211 pairs of various kinds of shoes and slippers, and in addition 2,482 pairs of shoes and slippers were repaired; 73 dozen men’s belts, 2,123 brushes, and 96 floor brooms were made in the same department. The broom shop produced 5,200 common brooms and 65 whisk brooms. There were made in the mattress shop 2,331 mattresses, 2,133 pillows, and one chair cushion. In the bakery there were turned out 956,664 loaves of bread, 63,464 pounds of pastry, and 3,313,392 rolls. The laundry washed, dried, mangled, and ironed 12,914,568 pieces. The power plant manufactured 531,700,000 pounds of steam; the electrical department generated 3,633,340 kilo¬ watts of electricity; there were pumped 526,556,000 gallons of water, and the refrigeration plant produced 7,589 tons of ice and refrigeration. In fact, all the steam, electricity, ice, and refrigeration used on the reservation was manufactured by the hospital. In addition, large quantities of clothing for men and women were made in the sewing rooms and tailor shops, and articles of clothes, bed linen, and tableware were produced by the occupational therapy department throughout the institution. The patients on the wards, under the direction of the occupational therapists, made all the dresses furnished the patients, hemmed all the sheets and blankets, assisted in making stand covers, table covers, tablecloths, towels, wove stand covers, rugs, towels and similar items, and manufactured many hundreds of small toys and recreation items, including checker¬ boards, chessboards, and cribbage boards. Dairy and cow barn. — The Holstein-Friesian herd was again tested for tuberculosis in April and found to be free from this disease. The herd, consisting of 247 cows, 8 bulls, and 160 heifers, is one of the largest accredited herds in the country. The herd has been free from Bang’s (abortion disease) during this period. Herd blood tests were made in July, October, and March. All animals were negative to the agglutination test. Personnel. — The total number of employees on the hospital rolls June 30, 1937 was 1,697. There were 452 appointments during the 378 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR year, and 525 separations; 50 of the appointments and 173 of the separations were of the emergency class on temporary rolls. During the year 2 of the old employees were retired from the serv¬ ice on account of age, and 20 on account of disability. Administrative promotions (salary rating increases) were granted to 540 employees. Promotions in grade and position were granted to 75 employees. Construction. — Federal project no. 17, of the P. W. A., was com¬ pleted. This consisted of installing new porches on Oaks, Dawes, Gar¬ field, Allison-C and Allison-D buildings. Federal project no. 16, of the P. W. A., for increasing the water supply, has still some work to be done — an additional well which the contractor is installing. Water connection has been made to the lower farm for fire protec¬ tion, and additional fire hydrants installed throughout the hospital grounds. Continued Treatment Building No. 3. — Plans were drawn and specifi¬ cations prepared for Continued Treatment Building No. 3. When the bids were received the lowest bid was found to be more than the amount appropriated. A deficiency estimate was prepared and trans¬ mitted through the Department of the Interior and the Bureau of the Budget to Congress, asking for an additional appropriation which has recently been authorized and a contract is now under way looking toward the construction of this building. Supplies. — Supplies were ordered in the amount of $1,162,000. In the purchasing of these items over 300 special contracts were drawn by the hospital for this purpose. Radios. — The installation of radio sets with loud speakers has been extended; such speakers have been installed in the occupational ther¬ apy shops of the male receiving and female receiving buildings, serv¬ iced from the hospital sets in those buildings. A hospital radio set with microphone connection for announcements for paging purposes was placed in service in the C — service supervisor’s office. All wards in B, C, and M buildings are provided with speak¬ ers connected with this set, and it is hoped to continue such installa¬ tions until practically the entire hospital has such outfits. Fire protection. — Regular inspections were made of the whole hospi¬ tal by the fire marshal for the purpose of protecting it from fire. Dur¬ ing the year there have been 28 fire alarms, the property damage amounting to $503.94. Library. — Additional books have been added to the medical library during the year, bringing the total to 15,115 volumes. Fifty-nine cur¬ rent magazines, twenty of them foreign, are regularly received in this library. Some of the magazines are sent to the various departments and the rest kept on file in the medical library. In addition to the ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 379 books in the library, others were obtained from the Surgeon General’s library and from the Library of Congress as required. Three hundred books were added to the patients’ library, making a total of 16,380. Approximately 200 books were drawn daily, two- thirds of them fiction. There are about 3,600 books in constant cir¬ culation. Social service. — The social service report from July 1, 1936 to June 30, 1937, showed the following: Number of out-patients on rolls July 1, 1936 _ 85 Number of out-patients on rolls June 30, 1937 _ 114 Average number on rolls per month _ 104 Number of patients discharged from the rolls _ 164 Number of out-patients under care during the year _ 258 Average carried during one month (in- and out-patients) _ 212 New patients (out on visit) _ 194 NEEDS OF THE HOSPITAL An estimate of $1,199,025 for the support, clothing, and treatment of the patients in Saint Elizabeths Hospital for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1939, is recommended. This is $49,275 more than was appro¬ priated for 1938, and based on an estimate of 1,825 Federal patients. On June 30, 1937, there were 1,776 such patients in the hospital. We have unofficially been advised that there will be about 50 patients sent to the institution from the Pacific coast by the Navy Department in the near future. The number estimated, in view of this information seems very conservative. There was an increase of 277 patients in the hospital on June 30, 1937, over the same date of the previous year, and it is conservatively estimated that the number to be pro¬ vided for during the year 1939 will be 5,850. In addition to the 1,825, chargeable to the Federal Government and authorized under the Interior Appropriation Act, the number that will probably be cared for in the hospital during the next year are: 3,700 beneficiaries of the District of Columbia; 90 beneficiaries of the United States Veterans’ Administration; 135 beneficiaries of the United States Public Health Service; 30 beneficiaries of the United States Soldiers’ Home; and 70 beneficiaries of the Indian Bureau. The funds for the beneficiaries of the District of Columbia will be appropriated for in the District of Columbia Appropriation Act; for the beneficiaries of the United States Veterans’ Administration in the appropriation for the United States Veterans’ Administration; the beneficiaries of the United States Public Health Service will be carried in the appropriation of the United States Public Health Service; the beneficiaries of the United States Soldiers’ Home to be paid for from United States Soldiers’ Home funds; and beneficiaries of the Bureau of Indian Affairs to be paid for by transfer from funds appropriated for conservation of health among Indians. 22914—37 - 26 380 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR The rate estimated for the care of the patients during 1939 is $1.80 per capita per day, the same as for the past preceding 3 years, not¬ withstanding the fact that the cost of food and other supplies seems to be increasing, and new legislation pertaining to vacation and sick leave to employees has a tendency to increase the cost. Included in the estimate is $185,000 for repairs and improvements to buildings and grounds, the same amount that was included in the previous years. Out of this sum will come funds for keeping the various buildings in repair, including plumbing, heating, steamfitting, plastering, glazing, painting, etc., for the repair and widening of roads and walks, the maintenance of railroad tracks, etc. The hospital continues to grow. The admissions seem to be in¬ creasing, and there is still a shortage of beds. One thousand two hundred and fifty additional beds should be provided to cover im¬ mediate needs and, as explained in the forepart of this report, includ¬ ing replacement of the semipermanent group, 530 beds would be required at once, and at the rate the population of the hospital is increasing by the time these beds could be provided even with 1,300 additional beds there would be few, if any, vacancies. There is an estimate for 5 continued treatment buildings, each containing 180 beds, at a cost of $1,500,000. Two of these buildings are to be located adjacent to the continued treatment kitchen, where provision has been made for the preparation and service of food. The other three buildings are to be located in outlying districts to the east of the continued treatment kitchen, and as the food is prepared it is to be sent from this kitchen to the dining rooms included in the new buildings. There is an estimate for $900,000 for 3 other continued treatment buildings, each containing 180 beds, to replace the semipermanent buildings erected in 1918 at a cost, including equipment, kitchen, and dining room, of $200,000, with an estimated life of from 15 to 20 years. These buildings have been in use more than 18 years and show a material deterioration. The cost of maintenance is very high and is increasing each year. A good part of the appropriation for repairs and improvements is expended in keeping these buildings in use. These buildings are more or less of a fire menace and should be re¬ placed at an early date. To take care of the additional number of patients admitted and the increase in the vacations and sick leave allowed employees additional personnel is required. This will include various types but more par¬ ticularly ward service employees. There is an estimate of $150,000 for a chapel, including preparation of plans and specifications, advertising, supervision of construction, and equipment. A chapel for the religious services for the patients at Saint Elizabeths Hospital was provided on the third floor of the ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 381 old center building in 1875. This chapel can accommodate about 500 patients. The hospital has over 5,600 patients, and is growing away from the site on which the old center building is located. It is con¬ sidered advisable to erect such a chapel on the plot of ground on the east side of Nichols Avenue with a seating capacity of from 1,000 to 1,500, to be used by the various religious denominations having followers among the patients of the hospital. This chapel having its meeting place on the ground floor and located wiiere noted will be not only more accessible to the patients, but many of the patients who are feeble or crippled will be in position to attend divine sendees who cannot attend under present conditions. Recommendations have been made by the various chaplains of the hospital for such an edifice. There is an estimate of $250,000 for one additional 750-horsepowTer boiler, air compressor, brine pumps, and necessary utilities. The hospital recently installed three 750-horsepow'er boilers, which were sufficient for its needs at that time. Space w'as left for an additional boiler that w'ould be required when the new' buildings were erected. The growrth of the hospital, with the recommendation for additional buildings, will require additional boiler, air compressor, brine pumps, and utility equipment. There is an estimate of $750,000 to purchase farm land, to construct buildings to house patients who wrould work on farm, buildings to house employees, farm animals, dairy, piggery, poultry plant, plant for pasteurizing milk, making ice cream, and other necessary farm build¬ ings, including expenditures for the purchase of land, preparation of plans and specifications, advertising, and supervision of construction. The hospital consists of four plots of ground, in all about 800 acres. The last land purchased for hospital use wTas in 1891. At that time the hospital had about 1,500 patients, and over 600 acres w'ere used for farm and garden purposes. Gradually newr buildings have de¬ creased the amount available for farm purposes. The hospital, while originally isolated some miles from the center of the city, at the present time on account of the growth of the city and the use of various forms of traffic, is now' adjacent to the city and the center of a growing population. The dairy and piggery are in proximity to buildings occupied by patients. This is undesirable, if not objec¬ tionable. One part of the farm is located about a half a mile from the main site, in wrhat is known as Congress Heights. It has been recom¬ mended that a portion of this ground be turned over to the National Capital Park and Planning Commission for playgrounds for children; another part it is recommended be turned over to the District of Colum¬ bia for streets and roads. Parts of this same site have been taken by the city for widening streets. 382 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Another plot of the hospital is about 4% miles from Washington; a part of it is on low land, sometimes under water. It is believed desirable to get between 5,000 and 6,000 acres of land, and to concentrate on farm projects in one place, increase the size of the dairy herd, the piggery, and the poultry farm, and build about six cottages, housing 40 patients each on this site. Through this arrangement an increased number of patients would derive the therapeutic benefits of healthful outdoor occupation. This would also result in an improved economic arrangement in that the hospital would be able to secure sufficient milk for all purposes, increase the quantity of pork products, and cure pork products, thus reducing the quantity of ham, bacon, and shoulder to be purchased, and increasing the quantity of poultry products, such as fowl and eggs. While it is stated the additional expense required for the physical upkeep and operating would be about $25,000, less $5,000, the income from the enlarged farm, dairy, piggery, etc., would more than offset this, resulting in a net credit to the benefit of the Government. Five hundred thousand dollars has been estimated for a building for storeroom, warehouse, laundry, and industrial shops, including preparation of plans and specifications, advertising, supervision of construction, and equipment. During the past 25 years various changes have taken place in the hospital — the population practically doubled; about 10 or 15 new buildings added — but no change has been made in the storeroom and warehouse. The present storeroom, with cold storage equipment, is practically out of date and the storage facilities are insufficient to care for adequate quantities of current supplies. In order to house supplies that must be cared for and regularly issued to the various buildings, all sorts of out-of-the-way places have been utilized. The basements of many buildings housing patients have been used for storing furniture. It is difficult to give proper protection to articles in all classes of buildings, and there is possibility of shrinkage. Saint Elizabeths Hospital has a shoe-manufacturing department, with 1 employee and about 60 patients, making all of the shoes used in the institution. A converted room under detached dining room is used for that purpose. This department is growing; it not only makes and repairs shoes, but makes belts, suspenders, and mats. A proper place with sanitary working conditions should be provided, and it is contemplated to have space available in a new store and ware¬ house building when authorized. When the present laundry building was erected, the total amount of material washed and laundered each year was about 3,000,000 pieces. This has increasedi until at the present time there are over 12,000,000 pieces washed and laundered each year. It has outgrown the original building; small additions have been put on each side, but it is necessary to furnish more room. It is contemplated, if a new building is au- ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 383 tliorized, to make space at one end of the first floor of this building for the laundry. The manner of feeding the patients has vastly changed during the past few years. At the present time the more modern method of feeding by the cafeteria system is in use. This permits an election of the food by the patients and insures the service of hot food. No space is available near the older buildings that may be used to furnish adequate cafeteria service. It is contemplated to make one end of the ground floor of the new building for store and warehouse purposes available for such use. 'REVISION OF LAWS FOR THE ADMISSION OF PATIENTS A bill has been introduced in Congress, upon the recommendation of the District Commissioners, to change the method of admissions to Saint Elizabeths Hospital. The hospital cooperated with represent¬ atives of the District upon the form of the proposed bill. PUBLICATIONS White, William A., superintendent: The Dependence of Modern Civilization upon Health. Medical Annals of the District of Columbia, vol. V, no. 7, July, 1936. Pp. 189-198. Post Graduate Work in Psychiatric Nursing (symposium with Dr. Meyer, Dr. Strecker, Dr. Terhune, and Dr. Menninger). American Journal of Nursing, February, 1937. P. 185. Introduction to “The Mentally Ill in America" by Albert Deutsch. Double¬ day, Doran and Co., 1937. Education in the Present World Crisis. The Educational Record, April, 1937. Pp. 235-241. Eldridge, Watson W., principal medical officer: Cleidocranial Dysostosis. American Journal of Roentgenology, vol. 34, July, 1935. Pp. 41-49. (With Simon, A., and Ramos, R.) Xarpman, Benjamin, senior medical officer: The Psychology of Chess. Psychoanalytic Review", vol. 14, no. 1, January, 1937. Pp. 54-69. Simon, A., assistant medical officer: (With Eldridge, Watson, W., and Ramos, R.) Cleidocranial Dysostosis. American Journal of Roentgenology, vol. 34, July, 1935. Pp. 41-49. Baker, William Y., junior medical officer: Alcohol Injection of Lumbar Sympathetic Ganglia in Arteriosclerosis of the Extremities. Medicals Annals of the District of Columbia, vol. 6, no. 1, January, 1937. Pp. 9-14. Ramos, R., junior medical officer: (With Eldridge, Watson W., and Simon, A.) Cleidocranial Dysostosis. American Journal of Roentgenology, vol. 34, July, 1935. Pp. 41-49. Richmond, Winifred V., psychologist: Personality: Its Development and Hygiene (book). Farrar and Rinehart, 1937. The Exceptional Child and the Family Constellation. Bulletin Wood’s School, 1937. Characteristics of Adolescence. Proceedings of the North Atlantic Con¬ ference of Home Economics Teachers, April, 1937. HOWARD UNIVERSITY Mordecai W. Johnson, President Seventy years of service . — During the school year 1866-67, with meager resources, a handful of students, and surrounded by an atmosphere of unfaith in the Negro’s capacity for educational advance¬ ment, Howard University was launched with the purpose of providing able teachers and professional leaders for a distressed and scattered people. Today, after 70 years of service, the institution is a well- established university with 2,108 students enrolled in 9 undergraduate, graduate, and professional schools and colleges, with a plant and other assets valued at a sum in excess of $8,000,000, with 10,008 graduates at work in 43 States and 24 foreign countries, and with a faculty which now includes the largest community of Negro scholars in the world, who, in their accomplishments, represent victory over every obstacle toward cultural development which 70 years ago seemed insuperable. As the founders desired, the majority of Howard University’s 10,008 graduates have served as teachers, devoting their lives to the training of the youth and to the building of a system of education in the South. Six hundred others have become leaders in religion, while 1,777 others have become physicians and surgeons (approximately 48 percent of all Negro physicians and surgeons now practicing); 828 others have become dentists (approximately 48 percent of all Negra dentists now practicing); 1,195 have become lawyers (approximately 96 percent of all lawyers now practicing); 518 have become pharma¬ cists; 136 have followed engineering and architecture and other ap¬ plied science; while 148 have gone into commerce and finance. In every Negro population center of the United States these graduates are at work, and they have had a major share in the remarkable development of the Negro. “Here is a record,” said President Franklin D. Roosevelt, “of which the Negro race may be proud. It is a record of which America is proud.” 384 HOWARD UNIVERSITY 385 Sixth year of the 20-year program— The year 1936-37 was the sixth year of development of the 20-year program approved by the Govern¬ ment. It was a year of outstanding progress in the matter of new buildings and equipment and of measurable progress in the matter of the number and quality of students, the number and quality and work of the faculties, in financial receipts and management, and especially in favorable factors related to the developing graduate school. President Roosevelt dedicates chemistry building. — ’The most signifi¬ cant event during the year was the visit of the President of the United States in October to dedicate the new chemistry building just finished by the Public Works Administration and formally turned over to the university on the day of his visit by the Secretary of the Interior. This building provides facilities for first-class work, comparable to the best available in the United States. The Public Works Administration also completed the erection of the heat, light, and power plant at a cost of $550,000. The President of the United States made an addi¬ tional appropriation of $305,000 of Public Works funds so as to enable the university to begin construction on the new library building under a contract costing $1,105,000. He also made available to the uni¬ versity $525,000 of Public Works Administration funds for the con¬ struction of a long-needed new dormitory for men. Concerning these Public Works projects President Roosevelt said, “Howard University has shared as of right in our Public Works program. These Govern¬ ment-financed improvements in the facilities of this great center of Negro education should enable it to continue to provide for its stu¬ dents cultural opportunities comparable to those offered by other first-class institutions of higher learning in the country.” Advancing numbers and quality of students.- — -During the year 1936-37 Howard University experienced an increase of 138 in its enrollment, representing a total increase of 478 students since 1933-34, when the number of students reached the bottom of the depression trough. In all schools and colleges of the university a marked increase in the preparation of entering students was observed. Of the 111 new entrants in professional schools of the university 76, or approximately 68 percent, were equipped with 4 years or more of previous college and graduate training. The enrollment of the school of religion was entirely of graduate caliber and 190 or 72.1 percent of the students in the 4 professional schools of medicine, dentistry, law, and religion were degree-holding students. Of the 2,108 students in the entire institu¬ tion 491 or 23.3 percent were persons holding 1 or more advanced degrees. Graduate school goes forward.- — The rapid development of high- school enrollment throughout the States of the Negro’s majority residence, accompanied by the accrediting of high schools and colleges by the Southern Association of Secondary Schools and Colleges, was 386 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR making an increasing demand for teachers with graduate training of high caliber. There was widespread recognition by leaders in State education of the danger of establishing such graduate work hastily as a part of the program of the young State colleges just now beginning to secure accrediment as colleges, and of the necessity of providing one or more highly developed centers of graduate work in the area with departments well-manned by an adequate number of mature teachers and with related departments having equipment and resources for advanced work. Howard University stood out as the most promising center for such graduate instruction in the entire field. Two hundred and eighty-four students from 55 leading colleges and universities enrolled for graduate work during the year, 91 percent coming from institutions for Negro youth and 87.1 percent coming from the States of the South, the places of greatest educational need. This represented an increase of 42 in the number of graduate students and an increase of 27 in the number of institutions sending students for graduate work. Special new facilities were provided for graduate study in chemistry, including research rooms and research equipment in the new chemistiy building ; and the prospect of special rooms for graduate study, graduate semi¬ nars, and individual cubicles in the stacks of the new library building was inspiring. Howard University graduates receive distinguished appointments. — The prestige of Howard University and the competence of her work were signalized by the confirmation and appointment of two of her graduates to the presidency of two of the leading institutions for the education of Negro youth; two of her medical graduates to be chief of staff in two of the leading hospitals for Negroes in the United States, one under Government auspices and one under private auspices; the appointment of one of her graduates to be Special Assistant to the Attorney General of the United States; of another to the judiciary in the State of New York; and the nomination of a dental graudate for the governing council of a great American city by a nonpartisan body of citizens of distinguished standing. Forward steps in clinical medicine.- — -The department of surgery was reorganized under a full-time professor provided by a grant from the Rockefeller Foundation and the General Education Board. Under the same grant a new head for the department of medicine was appointed. Continued help was received from the General Educa¬ tion Board and the Rockefeller Foundation in the training of teachers for the preclinical and clinical sciences. The clinical teaching of tuberculosis was introduced. The city maternal and infant-welfare clinics were combined with those operated by the Howard University staff at Freedmen’s Hospital, to provide a service of greatly increased efficiency. Faculty growth in full-time members and in strength. — -Judicious changes in the staff of the university brought about the transformation HOWARD UNIVERSITY 387 of positions held by 27 part-time teachers into 11 full-time teaching positions and brought 4 net additions to the teaching staff of the uni¬ versity. The full-time staff now constitutes 57.1 percent of the per¬ sons employed and does 87.8 percent of the educational work. Signifi¬ cant research was being undertaken in 10 departments of instruction. Eight books and 110 scholarly articles were published during the year. The Journal of Negro Education had advanced to a circulation of approximately 600, had achieved recognition as the outstanding cur¬ rent publication in the field of Negro education and one of the best edited educational periodicals in the United States. Many members of the faculty were awarded fellowships and other financial encourage¬ ment by distinguished organizations and fully 10 percent of the full- > time members of the staff were away on leaves of absence for further study in America and in Europe. Members of the faculty were increas¬ ingly represented on the programs of scientific and other scholarly societies, and four were chosen as representatives in world undertak¬ ings of a scholarly nature in the field of education, social science, and religion. Increased income and balanced budget. — The current income of the university was increased by $91,000 over the income for the previous year. The budget was kept in balance and a surplus was made avail¬ able for the retirement of the current deficit. The university con¬ tinued to receive the support of educational foundations, grants and allowances being made during the year by the Rockefeller Foundation and the General Education Board, the Julius Rosenwald Fund, the Carnegie Corporation, the Emergency Committee in Aid of Displaced German Scholars, and the Oberlaender Trust. The university was thrilled to receive a $52,000 increase in its endowment, for traveling scholarships for promising youth, through the settlement of the estate of Lucy Moten, a colored school teacher of the city of Washington. Outstanding needs. — The outstanding needs of the university, made increasingly clear by the work of the year were (1) an increase of 32 in the number of mature teachers of professorial rank, (2) an increase of $148,000 in the annual sum of money available for teachers' salaries, (3) a sum of $300,000 to double the gravely deficient book collection in our libraries, (4) the doubling of funds for scholarship and student aid, especially for teachers in service in the South, who receive low salaries and may not otherwise find it possible to pursue the graduate work which they need to increase their efficiency, and (5) funds for at least that minimum of research which is necessary to maintain a living mind in the members of the teaching staff. STUDENTS Enrollment j or the year 1936-37— The total enrollment of Howard University (see table following) for the year 1936-37 was 2,108, of whom 1,108, were men and 1,000 were women, as compared with 388 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR the total of 1,970 for 1935-36, of whom 1,072 were men and 898 were women. A net gain of 138 students, or 7 percent, is shown, as com¬ pared with a net gain of 63 students, or 3.3 percent in 1935-36. This enrollment represents a gross gain of 482 students since the low point of the depression in 1933-34. Geographical distribution . — Of the regular students enrolled for the school year 1936-37, 95.8 percent came from the continental United States and 4.2 percent from without the borders of the United States, as compared with 95.2 and 4.8 percent, respectively, during 1934-35. The percentage of students coming from the District of Columbia was 27, as compared with 28.7 percent during 1935-36. Forty States sent 1,871 candidates for degrees in 1936-37, as com¬ pared with 41 States sending 1,717 candidates for degrees in 1935-36. Divisional distribution of candidates for degrees is as follows: From the North , 470 students, as follows: New England, 55, the Middle Atlantic States, 272: the East North Central States, 94: the West North Central States, 49. From the South, 1,394 students, as follows: From the South Atlantic States, 1,177; from the East South Central States, 102. From the West, 7 students, as follows: Mountain States, 2; Pacific States, 5. Summary of Students Enrolled in Howard University for the Years 1936-37 and 1935-36 Net enrollments Divisions of the university 1936-37 Total Men Wom¬ en Total 1935-36 Men THE COLLEGES College of liberal arts . School of engineering and architecture. School of music . . Graduate school . ... Total . 1,244 52 75 284 593 52 28 110 651 ■47' 174 1,174 52 55 236 548 52 20 134 1, 655 783 872 1.517 754 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS Theological college. . . . Graduate school of theology. . School of law . . . . School of medicine: College of medicine . _ . College of dentistry . College of pharmacy . . Total . Total in regular courses . . Special students in music, religion, law, den¬ tistry . Total . 1 . . Less duplications . . Grand total (net). . . . 70 139 38 31 299 1,954 162 2, 116 8 2, 108 t1) 21 68 133 38 26 286 1,069 44 1, 113 5 1, 108 0) 2 6 ...... 13 885 118 1, 003 3 1,000 8 19 62 142 38 26 295 1,812 158 1,970 1,970 7 18 56 135 37 21 274 1,028 44 1,072 1,072 Wom¬ en Total gain Total loss 626 35 102 763 70 20 48 138 2 8 898 898 142 4 146 8 138 1 Discontinued. HOWARD UNIVERSITY 389 Students oj graduate caliber. — Seventy-six, or approximately 68 percent of the 111 students entering the freshmen classes of the pro¬ fessional schools for the first time during the school year 1936-37, were equipped with 4 years or more of previous college training. One hundred ninety or 72.1 percent of the students in the four professional ] schools of medicine, dentistry, law, and religion were degree-holding students. Of the 2,108 students in the entire institution, 491 or 23.3 percent were persons holding 1 or more advanced degrees. Scholarship and student aid. — Scholarships within the university continued to be administered on the basic allotment of 7% percent of all student fees, as provided by the trustees of the university. Work opportunities increased over last 37ear, and the majority of our students availed themselves of the installment system of payment of fees. In the undergraduate colleges 294 or 21.5 percent of the students Teceived aid in some form, including 131 National Youth Administra¬ tion work awards. Of a total enrollment of 284 in the graduate school, an average of 84 per semester received some form of aid. The major portion of this aid came from 55 National Youth Administration awards. Thirty students in the professional schools also received National Youth Administration awards. The university received a gift of $52,000 from the estate of Lucy Moton, a colored school teacher of Washington, to provide traveling fellowships for worthy students. The aid of the National Youth Administration has been a decisive blessing. Even with its help we could give assistance to only 23 percent of all applicants. The scholarship resources of the university •could be doubled without fully meeting our urgent needs. GRADUATES Number and distribution. — The total number of 226 students gradu¬ ated in 1936-37 (see table below) represents a decrease of 18 graduates as compared with 244 graduates in 1935-36. There were 127 male graduates and 99 women graduates, as compared with 115 and 129, respectively, for the year 1935-36. The graduating classes of 1936-37 entered the university (in greater part) in 1933-34 when enrollment had reached its lowest point on account of the depression. Since that year enrollment lias steadily risen and subsequent graduating classes are expected to show a corresponding increase. Honorary degrees. — Three honorary degrees were conferred at com¬ mencement in June 1937. Franz Boas, anthropologist of Columbia University, New York; John M. Gandy, president of the Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.; and David D. Jones, president of Bennett College, Greensboro, N. C., were awarded the degree of doctor of laws. Total number oj Howard graduates. — The total number of graduates -of Howard University is now 10,008. Of this number the registrar 390 REPORT OE THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR has over 6,000 correct addresses in 43 States, the District of Columbia, and 15 foreign countries, classified alphabetically by States, cities, sex, schools, and classes. The registrar of the university has made a special study of the economic status of these graduates, giving major attention to the classes of 1928 through 1935. Summary of Students Graduated by Howard University for the Years 1936-37 and 1935-36 Divisions of the university Graduates 1936-37 1935-36 Men Women Total Men Women Total THE COLLEGES College of liberal arts . . . _ 44 64 108 38 94 132 School of engineering and architecture _ 1 1 6 6 School of music.. . . . ._ 1 2 3 2 1 3 Graduate school . . . . 12 24 36 20 25 45 Total . . . 58 90 148 66 120 186 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS School of religion . . _ . . . 7 7 6 1 7 School of law _ 15 2 17 4 4 School of medicine: College of medicine..- . 34 1 35 33 2 35 College of dentistry: 4-year course . . 11 11 5 5 Dental hygiene _ _ 5 5 6 6 College of pharmacy . . . , 2 1 3 1 1 2 Total. . . . 69 9 78 49 10 59 TEACHING STAFF Number and distribution of teachers. — There were 248 members of the teaching staff during the school year 1936-37, of whom 144 were on full time and 104 were on part time, representing a full-time equivalent of 164 teachers. This represents a gain of 11 full-time teachers and a loss of 27 part-time teachers — a net full-time equivalent gain of 4 teachers. Number of teachers in relation to the 10-year program. — In the 10-year program for Howard University agreed upon by the Government, definite objectives were determined in regard to the ratio of students to teachers in each division of the university. The status of our progress in relation to these objectives continues to be favorable, but it is not fully satisfactory and is in imminent danger of being thrown far out of balance by increasing enrollment, if concurrent increases in staff are not made. When the depression caused the enrollment of the university to drop, from 1931-32 to 1933-34 the university reduced its staff by 44 members, 30 of whom were full-time teachers and 14 of whom were on part time, together making the equivalent of 34.5 full-time persons. In the 3 years since 1933-34 HOWARD UNIVERSITY 391 enrollment has increased by 482 students, from 1,626 to 2,108, with commensurate increase in the teaching load. During this 3-year period, however, the university has been able to make only 10 new full-time additions to the staff. The consequence is that while the teaching staff in the college of liberal arts is adequate for the under¬ graduate load, in most departments, it is pressed to the limit of its resources with the added graduate load of 284. Ten teachers are now bearing loads of from 16 to 19 hours and there are 75 classes above 30 in numbers. This college will be urgently in need of additions in 1938-39. In engineering and architecture the ratio of teachers to students is favorable, but the nature of the subject matter is such that five teachers are bearing loads of from 16 to 19 hours. In music the ratio is favorable, but an additional teacher specializing in the history and appreciation of music is required to meet the needs of the under¬ graduate college students. The faculty of medicine has made great progress in providing able teachers for its preclinical branches and needs only to fill a few gaps. But in all the clinical branches it is in urgent need of additional teachers, particularly now in general medicine, obstetrics, pediatrics, venereal diseases, psychiatry, and tuberculosis. The grant of $100,000 made available by the General Education Board and the Rockefeller Foundation for the development of the departments of medicine and surgery has already made possible considerable improvement in the organization of the department of surgery and in the conduct of surgical service under the new full-time professor and head of the department. The selection and training of additional personnel in this department is very necessary. The professsor and head of the department of medicine has just been chosen and careful organization of this department is now in progress. In the faculty of dentistry one teacher is needed. The school of law is now functioning on a minimum full-time teaching staff and is in need of another full-time member. Full-time teachers. — Progress continues to be made in the problem of overcoming the preponderance of part-time teachers whose teaching is supplementary to their vocations. The full-time equivalent increase in our teaching staff for 1936-37 is only 4 persons; it is encouraging to note, however, that our full-time staff has increased by 11 persons over the year before, while the part-time personnel has decreased by 27 persons. Maturity of the staff. — Of the 164 (full-time equivalent) teachers on the staff tills year, 34, or 21 percent were professors ; 23, or 14 percent were associate professors; 35, or 21.3 percent were assistant professors; 72, or 43.7 percent were in the rank of instructor or below. According to the 10-year program of development our present staff should have 392 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR the following distribution: 66 professors, 16 associate professors, 33. assistant professors, 49 instructors. The full professorial staff is seriously undermanned. The disparity in maturity, however, is not as great as the figures would show. Several mature and very able teachers are in the associate professorial rank, awaiting advancement which has been long delayed for lack of adequate funds. The increased appropriation for salaries voted by the Congress for 1937-38 will enable the university to take a substantial step forward in improving this situation. The teachers continue with eagerness their efforts after improved efficiency through further study. Seventeen members of the staff were on leave of absence for further study during the year just ended, representing 10 percent of the entire faculty. Salaries of teachers. — In the 10-year program of development for Howard University the minimum, average, and maximum salary scale for teaching personnel was definitely fixed. The salary scale for Howard University as at June 30, 1937, was as follows: The median instructional salary had reached $1,800; no teacher was re¬ ceiving less than the minimum instructional salary of $1,600; the average salary in the instructional rank had reached $1,869, which is $231 below the average of $2,100 agreed upon in the 10-year pro¬ gram. In the assistant professorial rank no teacher was receiving less than the minimum of $2,300 agreed upon; the median salary in this rank was $2,500, while the average salary in the assistant profes¬ sorial rank had reached $2,650, which is $150 below the agreed upon average of $2,800. In the associate professorial rank the median salary was $3,500. No teacher was receiving less than the minimum of $3,000, while the average salary had reached $3,490 or $10 less than the average of $3,500 agreed upon. In the rank of full-time professor there were 10 teachers receiving less than the minimum of $4,000 agreed upon; the median salary was $4,000; and the average salary in the professorial rank had reached $4,491, which is $809 short of the agreed upon average of $5,000. Here we place our finger upon the strategic center of further im¬ provement. All able men in the field of education are agreed that competent instruction depends primarily upon an adequate number of mature and able teachers with salaries adequate to assure their full-time attention to their work. Howard University needs (1) to advance the salaries of men in its professorial rank; (2) to bring - into that rank, by advancement, the worthy teachers who are pre¬ pared to do its work; and (3) to supplement the number of such worthy teachers by an adequate selection of additions from the ablest men available. This work is in the nature of the case, slow of accomplish¬ ment, but it should go forward steadily year by year, because every other improvement depends for its full significance upon this de¬ cisive step. HOWARD UNIVERSITY 393 THE GRADUATE SCHOOL General trends. — During the current year the graduate school continued the general trend of increased enrollment which has pre¬ vailed throughout the last 10 years. There was also an ihcrease in the number of students giving their full time to graduate study. The base of support was also widened by a substantial increase in the number of institutions sending students to the graduate school. While these institutions represented all sections of the country and included many of the best established colleges and universities in the United States, 91 percent of the enrollment came from institutions for Negro youth and 81.7 percent of the entire enrollment came from the States of the South. Emergency aid funds contributed by the National Youth Adminis¬ tration constituted a decisively constructive stimulus both to the number of enrollment and the number of students able to give their full time to their studies. New and first-class facilities for graduate I work in chemistry were provided in the special rooms for graduate study and research and the adequate equipment available therefor in the new chemistry building, and the prospect of special graduate reading rooms, seminar rooms, and cubicles for individual study in the stacks of the new library building was inspiiing. Enrollment. — The total enrollment of graduate students for the year 1936-37 was 284, as compared with 242 for the year 1935-36. This represents a net increase of 42 students for the year and an increase of 241 students over the enrollment of 1926-27. These students came from 58 colleges and universities, including some of the most distinguished American institutions. Thirty-six institutions for Negro youth, however, sent 258 students or 91 percent of the entire enrollment. Departments oj instruction. — The 284 graduate students for the school year 1936-37 did their work in 17 departments of instruction.. One hundred fourteen or 40 percent of the students did their work in education, psychology, and philosophy; 74 or 26.1 percent did their work in the social sciences of economics, sociology, social work, history, and political science; 50 or 17.6 percent did their work in the natural sciences and mathematics, including bacteriology, botany, zoology, chemistry, and physics; and 46 or 16.2 percent did their work in English, German, and the romance languages and literatures. Scholarship and student aid. — The university had the following scholarships available for the graduate school during the current year: Tuition scholarships voted by the board of trustees, $3,300; tuition and room for especially able students, $3,000, National Youth Administration, $22,151; other work, $150; LaVerne Noyes, $115. Total amount available for scholarships, $28,716. With this amount the university was able to help 82 students in the first semester and 394 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR 87 students in the second semester. The amount of aid given was somewhat more than twice the amount available last year. The margin of unhelped need was still very great. By far the larger number of Negro public-school teachers in the South receive salaries under $500 per year. If these teachers are to do the serious graduate study which is needed to insure the sound development of the public school system they must receive substantial scholarship and fellow¬ ship aid. Degrees conferred. — Thirty-six degrees were conferred on 12 men and 24 women. Twenty-three were masters of science and 13 were masters of arts. The future of graduate work. — The rapid development and accredit- ment of public high schools and colleges for Negroes in the States of their majority residence within the last 10 years has created an acute and growing need for mature teachers with thoroughly competent training on the graduate level. The soundness of the educational structure throughout these States depends primarily upon the caliber of graduate instruction which is made available to meet this situation. Howard University is the most promising center for such graduate work in the entire area. The rapid increase in the enrollment in the graduate school from 43 in 1926-27 to 284 in 1936-37 is an index both of the rapiditj7 with which the need has developed and of the remark¬ able opportunity which now confronts Howard University in this field. The fact that during the current year able graduates from 58 institutions came to Howard University for graduate instruction is an indication of the faith and hope which centers here. It is of the utmost importance to the States of the Negro’s majority residence and to the people of the Nation that all possible steps now be taken to place the graduate work at Howard University on a sound and thoroughly competent basis and to enable the university to select and to train on the graduate level young men and women of unusual promise. In such a program certain immediate steps are urgent: (1) The book collection of the university should be doubled within a period of 5 years; (2) special scholarship and fellowship funds for graduate students should be provided; (3) funds should be available for at least that minimum of research which is necessary to maintain a living mind in the members of the staff who teach graduate stu¬ dents; (4) salaries of the mature teachers on the staff of the university should be so increased as to enable them to give their entire time to their work without worry; and (5) the number of such mature, w^ell- paid teachers should be immediately increased. HOWARD UNIVERSITY 395 THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS The new plan. — With trustee approval the new plan of study pre¬ pared by the faculty of the college of liberal arts becomes effective in September 1937, for all entering freshmen. This plan provides for the official establishment of a system of majors; a larger prescription of work for freshmen and sophomores ; a reduction from 7 to 2 in the number of degrees offered by the college ; greater emphasis upon social science and natural science and less upon foreign languages and mathematics; and the introduction of certain compulsory courses looking toward the physical and cultural welfare of the student. Freshman orientation— For 2 years an experiment in orientation and guidance has been under way to determine the most pressing needs of Howard college freshmen. A program of wwk in this field was developed and then applied to half of the freshmen. At inter¬ vals both halves were examined in personality growth, in reading,, in study habits, and in general achievement, while the first half was examined in the course content only. The superiority of the first half over the second half, the division having originally been made along parallel lines, was so marked as to establish the value of the course, which it is hoped can next year be given to all freshmen. Students. — The student registration during the year 1936-37 was 1,244, of whom 593 were men and 651 women. This is an increase of 70 over 1935-36. Student activities. — 'The Howard players gave eight dramatic presen¬ tations during the year. At the intercollegiate tournament held at Hampton Institute, April 2, 1937, they won first prize. The debating society participated in six intercollegiate debates, all of which were nondecision events. The usual intramural and intercollegiate athletic games were carried on in football, basketball, track and field, tennis, swimming, rifle, boxing, wrestling, hockey, archery, and dancing. Howard college students published The Hill Top and The Stylus . They were active in intercollegiate student affairs of a national character. Graduates. — -During the year, 108 degrees were conferred as follows: A. B., 29; S. B., 19; S. B., in commerce, 4; A. B., in education, 36; S. B., in education, 10; S. B., in home economics, 7; S. B., in art., 3. Faculty. — There were 84 active members of the faculty of the college of liberal arts during the academic year 1936-37. Of these, 22 were professors, 12 associate professors, 18 assistant professors, 25 instruc¬ tors, and 7 assistants. There were 8 appointments. Ten teachers were on leave of absence for further study, and 10 others have been granted similar leave for the coming year. Faculty publications dur¬ ing the year 1936-37 included 6 books, 58 articles in scholarly periodi¬ cals, and 28 book reviews. 22914—37 - 27 396 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Needs. — Among the more urgent needs of the college of liberal arts are additional teachers in romance languages, commerce, political science and education, a structure for a little theater, a suite of rooms to serve as studios for the department of art, the completion of the remodeling of Thirkield Hall in harmony with already existing plans, certain very necessary repairs and improvements in the gymnasium on both the men’s and women’s sides, and approximately $4,000 annually for the purchase of equipment and supplies for technical pur¬ poses in the departments for which such provision is not now being made. MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS Official appraisal .■ — At the annual exhibition and review held on June 1, 1937, the student cadets displayed great zest and precision. Col. Richard Wetherill and Maj. Emil W. Leard, in charge of R. O. T. C. units in this area, declared that the Howard University unit was one of the best, and they were unreserved in their praise. Enrollment: — The enrollment in military science and tactics during the year 1936-37 was 215 in the first semester and 312 in the second semester — an average of 263. This enrollment was distributed as follows: First semester, basic students 196, advanced students 19; second semester, basic students 259, advanced students 53. Commissions awarded. — Sixteen students were awarded commissions as second lieutenants in the United States Army. THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE Enrollment: — During the school year 1936-37 the school of engineer¬ ing and architecture provided instruction for 69 students, 52 of whom were preparing for entrance into the professions of civil engineering, electrical engineering, and architecture. These students came from 18 States and the Virgin Islands. An increasing number came with from 2 to 4 years of previous college preparation. Graduates and their employment. — One student received the degree of B. S. in electrical engineering, magna cum laude, June 1937. This graduate immediately found work in the field of his choice. Last year there were six graduates, and the senior classes for next j^ear will enroll eight. The university now has 65 graduates in the engineering and architectural fields, distributed as follows: Architecture 12; civil engi¬ neering 3 ; electrical engineering 26 ; mechanical engineering 24. All of these graduates are employed. Several government departments are providing employment for Negro technical graduates. Outstanding among them are the Housing Division, Public Works Administration, United States Department of the Interior, the Civilian Conservation Corps and the Resettlement Division, United States Department of Agriculture. HOWARD UNIVERSITY 397 Faculty.—' The active faculty of eight full-time members include one associate professor, two assistant professors and five instructors. One associate professor and one assistant professor were on leave of absence. All staff members are experienced engineers or architects; 50 percent bold professional registration, distributed among the follow¬ ing States: North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Virginia. Eighty percent bold graduate degrees in engineering or architecture; one member bolds the degree of doctor of philosophy. Five lectures were presented to the student body by visiting engi¬ neers and architects during the year. Needs. — -Much of the present equipment, now obsolete, needs to be replaced. Laboratory and drafting room space equivalent to approxi¬ mately 6,000 square feet are needed for a new electronics laboratory, an extension to the materials testing and mechanical laboratories, and to provide for two special small instrument rooms. The dean also states that two additional engineering and one architectural instruc¬ tor are needed. THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC Outstanding features of the work during the year. — Enrollment was increased by 26 students. There was great improvement in the caliber of students. The concert series designed to furnish inspiring musical entertainment for students, faculty, and the citizens of Wash¬ ington, continued to be a success. The Carnegie Corporation of New York provided the university with a valuable set of phonographic records, an excellent phonograph, and musical literature for the teach¬ ing of music in the college. This set has proved a great asset to the school of music by providing on the campus facilities for study and research in the history of music, public school music, orchestra, and conducting. Number and distribution of students. — -The school enrolled 223 students during the year, as compared with 197 during the previous year, representing an increase of 26 students or 11.3 percent. Seventy five of these students were registered in the regular degree courses in piano, organ, voice, violin, and public school music, while 148 were registered in the junior department. Faculty. — -There were 13 members of the faculty of music during the year. Ten of these gave full time to the work while three others gave time equivalent to one and one-half full time teachers. Two of these teachers were professors, three were assistant professors, six were instructors, and two were assistants. One major appointment was made during the year in the depart¬ ment of piano. Six members of the faculty appeared in 19 recitals in 10 States. One appeared in recital at the White House. 398 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Graduates. — Three students were graduated at commencement time. Two of these received the degree of bachelor of school music and one the degree of bachelor of music. Musical organizations.— The university choir, the university glee club, the women’s glee club, and the university orchestra have all been active during the year and have had many favorable public appearances. The university glee club appeared with the head of the department of public school music in recital at the White House. The department of violin has organized a new string quartette com¬ posed of advanced students in the department, for the purpose of playing chamber music. During the year this string quartette read the works of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven, and performed some of the works of Haydn and Mozart. Needs. — This school needs a teacher of history and appreciation of music for service primarily to undergraduate students in the college of liberal arts. It needs also 15 upright and 4 grand pianos to replace worn-out instruments which have been in use for over 20 years. SCHOOL OF MEDICINE The school of medicine is the functional organization which repre¬ sents the cooperative interests of the entire medical unit of the univer¬ sity without superseding the direct authority from the independent faculties to the board of trustees. The autonomous member units are the college of medicine, the college of dentistry, and the college of pharmacy. Freedmen’s Hospital, an independent institution built upon grounds owned by the university, is functionally a part of the university medical unit. COLLEGE OF MEDICINE Outstanding events of the year. — '(1) The progress made in reorgan¬ ization of the surgical service in Freedmen’s Hospital and the improve¬ ment in teaching of surgery under direction of the full time professor and head of the department; (2) appointment of a full time professor and head of the department of medicine effective July 1, 1937; (3) introduction of clinical teaching of tuberculosis made possible through cooperation of the District of Columbia Tuberculosis Association and Health Department; (4) grant of $300 by the National Tuberculosis Association which made possible publication of six issues of the College Health Review by the department of bacteriology, preventive medi¬ cine and public health, for the purpose of stimulating interest nation¬ ally in the health of Negro college students, with special reference to prevention and control of tuberculosis; (5) combination of the city maternal and infant welfare clinics at Freedmen’s Hospital with those operated at the hospital by the Howard University staff with a view HOWARD UNIVERSITY 399 toward improvement of service to the public and of providing bet¬ ter teaching facilities for medical students ; and the provision of a full¬ time assistant in obstetrics-gynecology to supervise home deliveries; (6) provision for supervision of home deliveries by students in placing this work in charge of a full-time assistant of obstetrics, under the control of the head of the department of obstetrics-gynecology. The addition of two residents; one each in medicine and surgery, has proved to be an important step forward. The hospital has requested a reduction of internes from 24 to 18, the other six places to be filled by assistant residents. This, if granted by the Depart¬ ment of the Interior, will provide the resident staff with a greater number of more experienced men and, at the same time, will improve the value of the interneship as a fifth year of medical education. Students. — Of a total of 250 applicants, 220 satisfied minimum requirements for admission. Forty- three freshmen students were admitted. The greatest number of medical students registered at any one time during the year was 139. During the year the school furnished instruction to 298 students distributed as follows: medicine, 138; dentistry, 38; dental hygiene, 11; pharmacy, 31; liberal arts, 41; nurses, 39. Graduates. — Of a total official faculty of 108, 25 were full time teachers and 83 part time. One principal appointment, that of pro¬ fessor and head of the department of surgery was made effective July 1, 1936. A full time professor and head of the department of medicine has been appointed effective July 1, 1937. One General Education Board Fellow completed a year of post¬ graduate study of tuberculosis at the Henry Phipps Institute for Tuberculosis, University of Pennsylvania, and reported July 1, 1937, for duty as part time instructor in medicine (tuberculosis). One General Education Board Fellow has been appointed to study neuropsychiatry at the University of Iowa. There have been 18 scientific publications by members of the faculty duting the year. In addition, nine members contributed eight articles on The Health Status and Health Education of Negroes in the United States appearing in the Yearbook, No. VI of the Journal of Negro Education, July 1937. Hospital facilities. — Sipce the value of clinical teaching must be conditioned by the type of care rendered to the patient, it is important that the Freedmen’s Hospital, which we utilize for teaching purposes, shall be adequately provided with physical facilities, nursing service, social service, and clinical service; that the university make with the proper authorities, such arrangements as will guarantee to it un¬ questioned right to select the professional staff of the hospital, to establish and maintain appropriate standards of patient care and to select and control the clinical material for teaching purposes. 400 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY General trends. — The dean of the college reports that this is the best year of his administration. The slow but steady increase in enrollment continued. There was an increase also in the number of graduates. The clinic increased its work and its receipts by 14.5 percent, and “the second semester closed with more work accom¬ plished by students and teachers than in any other one year of the present administration.” Enrollment. — The total enrollment in the college of dentistry con¬ tinued gradually to increase. In 1933-34 there were 41 students; in 1934-35 there were 44; in 1935-36 there were 47 and in 1936-37 there were 49. Oral hygiene. — The department of oral hygiene completed its third year of work. This unit is making satisfactory progress. During the current year 11 students enrolled. Graduates. — At the commencement season 11 graduates were | awarded the degree of doctor of dental surgery and 5 students in oral hygiene were awarded the certificate of graduation. The clinic. — The total clinic income for the year was raised from $5,657 to $6,480, an increase of $823 or 14}£ percent. This increase of income is an index of the increased capacity of our students to do clinic work and of the better development of the clinic as a teaching unit and a useful health-serving agency for the community. General university health 'project. — Since last October the college * of dentristry has been cooperating with the department of physical | education of Howard University in a general health project. Each i student who takes the course in physical education (and this includes j practically all freshmen in the college of liberal arts) is given a com¬ plete X-ray and clinical examination of the mouth, a report of which I is forwarded to the department. The final grade in physical educa¬ tion is partially contingent upon the completion of the treatment I indicated. Physical plant improvement. — Much of the serious overtaxing of services in the college of dentistry has been relieved by the provision j of additional laboratory facilities on the ground floor, by the installa- I tion of additional laboratory benches, storage cabinets, and new hot I water facilities, and by the painting of the main and ground floors. 1 This work was done from the funds and under the supervision of the Public ' Works Administration. It has substantially improved the 1 working facilities of the college of dentistry and greatly heightened the morale of the staff and the students. Faculty. — There were 13 members of the faculty of dentistry dur¬ ing the year, 1 1 of whom were giving their full time to the work while 2 others were giving part time service equivalent to 1 full time teacher. These members were distributed as follows: Two associate profes- HOWARD UNIVERSITY 401 sors, two assistant professors, six instructors, and one assistant. There was one major appointment. The work of improvement through further study encouragingly continued. One member returned from graduate study. Two members were on leave for further graduate work during the year while two other members of the staff have obtained leave of absence for further study during the coming year. Needs. — The primary need of the college of dentistry is an in¬ creased number of able students. The present low enrollment is not an index of the state of need. Among the Negro population of the coimry the need for dental service is acute. While there is 1 dentist in the United States to every 1,700 members of the general population there is one Negro dentist to each 3,389 of the Negro population. In the States of the South the need is so great that in a State like Mississippi there is only 1 dentist for each 34,818 of the Negro population. (2) The faculty needs one additional full-time teacher. (3) The completion of the renovation begun, according to the original plan, involving (a) the installation of insects’ screen, (b) minor structural changes on the main floor, (c) completion of renova¬ tion in basement. (4) The reequipment of the clinics throughout. This will involve the installation of units, chairs, and X-ray equip¬ ment. COLLEGE OF PHARMACY Curriculum. — The curriculum in pharmacy now in force is the new 4-year curriculum designed to meet the requirements of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. The graduates of 1937 were the first to be awarded degrees on the basis of this new curriculum. Registration. — Thirty-one students registered for all classes at the beginning of the past year. Fourteen were freshmen. Graduates . — There were three graduates from the college of pharmacy who received the degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy. Faculty. — The faculty for 1936-37 has been the same as for 1935-36, with two full professors, two instructors in pharmacy, full time, and one instructor, part time. Equipment. — Scientific equipment of this college is quite adequate for the present and compares favorably with, that of other small colleges. Improvements and additions will be needed in the near future, as the college develops and enrollment increases. Enlarged space in the library is greatly needed for students and teaching staff. SCHOOL OF LAW General trends. — The new location of the school of law on the main campus of the university has proved eminently satisfactory to teach¬ ers and students, and has been highly commended by the leaders in the profession. 402 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR Enrollment. — There were 72 students in the school of law during the school year 1936-37. This represents an increase of 10 or 12% percent over the enrollment of 1935-36 and doubles the enrollment of 1933-34. These 72 students came from 38 colleges and univer¬ sities in 21 States and 3 foreign countries. This represents an expansion of the base of supply by nine institutions and one State. Enrollment again increased from 62 to 72. The sources of enroll¬ ment broadened their base from 23 to 24 States (21 States and 3 foreign countries) and from 29 to 38 colleges and universities. The high caliber of entering students continues to be impressive. Of these 72 students 29 were new entrants. Thirty-one, or 71.4 percent of these 29 new entrants had done 4 or 5 years of college work. The school of law is thus not only attracting an increasing number of new students, but is steadily widening the area of confidence among supplying institutions, and attracting their high calibered students. Graduates. — -Seventeen graduates received the degree of bachelor of laws in 1936-37 as compared with five in 1935-36. This is the largest graduating class since the establishment of the full-time day school of law. Since the last annual report was submitted graduates of the Howard University school of law have successfully passed bar examinations and have been admitted to the practice of law in the following juris¬ dictions: District of Columbia, Michigan, New York, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Virginia, and West Virginia. Faculty. — The faculty of the school of law is now composed of eight teachers, distributed in rank as follows: professors, two ; associate professors, two; assistant professors, four; lecturers, one. Four of these teachers gave their full time to the work and four gave part time. One major appointment of the faculty was made during the year and one member of the staff resigned to accept the appointment of the President of the United States to a judicial position in the Virgin Islands. The library. — -The circulation during the year increased from 2,043 to 3,657. The total attendance for the year was 3,940 persons. Number of volumes now in the library, 17,076; received on purchase, 1936-37, 323; as gifts, 1936-37, 535; added as bound periodicals, 1936-37, 90; periodicals received on purchase, 1936-37, 34; as gifts, 1936-37, 16. Outlook and needs. — When the 3-year full-time day school of law was first established, it was clearly an experiment. From the point of view of number of students, caliber of students, and wide confidence of supporting institutions, the experiment is a success and has a hopeful future. The work done by the school is clearly an urgent necessity for the colored people of the United States are heavily undermanned in legal leadership. While they constitute an approxi- HOWARD UNIVERSITY 403 mate tenth of the population they have only 1,250 out of 160,000 members of the legal profession — ’less than 1 percent. A first-class law school serving this needy tenth of the population is manifestly a great national service. The major needs at present are money for an addition full-time teacher, funds for books, and for scholarships for gifted, needy students. SCHOOL OF RELIGION Financial support. — -The school of religion receives no support from Federal funds. Its work is maintained wholly by income from endowment and gifts from private sources. General trends. — During 1936-37 the school of religion completed the transition to an entirely graduate basis. This year’s enrollment was entirely graduate in character and the numbers were decisively encouraging. Work was also established leading to the degree of master of arts in the graduate school The library collection increased from 1,443 to 2,100 volumes. Enrollment. — In the first semester of the year 1936-37, 26 students were enrolled in the school of religion. During the second semester there were 22 students. Graduates. — Nine students were graduates from the school of religion on commencement day. Seven received the degree of bachelor of divinity and two received from the graduate school the degree of master of arts in religious education. The faculty.' — 'The faculty of the school of religion for the current year consisted of nine members, two of whom were giving their full time to the work and seven were giving part-time service equivalent to the full-time service of four, making a full-time equivalent teaching staff of six persons. This staff was distributed as follows: professors, three; instructors, five; lecturer, one. Two members of the staff returned from service in India where they went as representatives of national religious organizations. Members of this staff published two books and three scholarly articles during the year. Outlook and needs: — -When 4 years ago the trustees undertook to establish the interdenominational school of religion on a purely graduate basis, the project was clearly an experiment. From the point of view of students it now appears that the experiment will surely succeed. The outstanding needs of the school are now 3: (1) funds to provide 4 additional full-time teachers, (2) funds to provide a substantial increase in the number of books available in the library, and (3) funds to provide an adequate and attractive building. The present wooden structure is both inadequate and unattractive. Toward this project the university now has $18,000, which came as gift from John A. Cole, an honorary member of the board of trustees. Mrs Franklin D. Roosevelt made an additional contribution during the current year. 404 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR THE LIBRARY The new building. — The outstanding event of the year was the beginning of construction of the new founders library, for which $1,105,000 of Public Works Administration funds was appropriated by the President of the United States in November. Moorland Foundation. — The total number of items in the collection now totals 10,354, which includes 6,119 books, 3,654 pamphlets, 382 bound periodicals, 199 masters’ theses. The rate of purchase and gifts has slowed considerably. Whereas 1,021 items relating to the Negro were purchased in 1935-36, only 139 books and pam¬ phlets were purchased in 1936-37. Accessions and cataloging. — New accessions for the year total 2,851 purchased books, 1,406 gift books, and 696 new bound periodi¬ cals, or a total of 4,953 accessions. There were cataloged 2,911 titles, or 3,872 books. The cataloging of all bound periodicals in the main library was begun with 43 titles, or 723 volumes completed. Veterans' Bureau books. — From this collection 1,846 books were distributed. After distributing for 10 years, more than 140,000 books, or about 85 percent of the original number received, this service feature has been discontinued. Size and circulation. — The number of books now accessioned in the libraries of the university totals 106,360. Of these 10,775 are in the school of medicine, 19,478 in the school of law, 2,143 in the school of religion. During 1936-37 a total of 5,901 books was ac¬ cessioned, a total of 769 periodical titles received, and a total circula¬ tion of 114,446 recorded. Immediate needs. — The immediate needs of the library are (1) $300,000 to secure books and periodicals, to purchase the available collections of books on Negro life for the Moorland Foundation, (2) an enlarged staff to care for the work in the new building, and (3) professional classification and salary scale for the staff. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Buildings under construction. — The following table shows the list of building projects in process during the year ended June 30, 1937. These buildings were going forward under the funds and direction of the Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works. Building Projects in Process, Year Ending June 30, 1937 No. Description of project Date | authorized Total appropria¬ tions 2 Construction and equipment of a chemistry building _ May 4,1939 Feb. 14,1931 $626, 300. 00 1, 105, 000. 00 555, 576. 99 525, 000. 00 5 Construction and equipment of a library building.. . 8 Construction and equipment of a beat, light, and power plant .. Feb. 17,1933 Oct. 4, 1935 9 Construction and equipment of dormitories for men . . HOWARD UNIVERSITY 405 The status of the above listed projects as at June 30, 1937, was as follows: Project No. 2 — chemistry building. Building completed. Presented to the university by the Secretary of the Interior and dedi¬ cated by the President of the United States in October, 1936. Building in use throughout the school year 1936-37. Project No. 5. — Construction and equipment of a library building — President of the United States set aside an additional appropriation of $305,000 for this project, in November 1936. Contract was let and work had progressed above the first floor. Cornerstone was laid in June by the Honorable Oscar L. Chapman, Assistant Secretary of the Interior and Senator Robert La Follette. Project No. 8. — Construction and equipment of a heat, light, and power plant — project completed — test practically completed. Cer¬ tain minor adjustments were being made prior to the final acceptance of the project by the Federal Government. Project No. 9. — Construction and equipment of dormitories for men. First bid proposals received. Completed plans and specifi¬ cations rejected by the Secretary of the Interior on account of the abnormally excessive cubic foot cost. Preparation is being made for the advertising for new bid proposals with the expectation that wider competition will produce estimates within the appropriation. FINANCES Assets. — The total assets of the university at June 30, 1937, were $8,262,481.45, exclusive of the unexpended balances of government appropriations for the chemistry building, the heat, light, and power plant, the library and the men’s dormitories. Of the total assets $1,095,881.24 represents assets in the physical plant extension fund, made possible through private gifts from the General Education Board and the Julius Rosenwald Fund; $959,593.54 represents endowment (an increase of $49,581.18 over the previous year); $5,978,237.08 represents plant fund assets (an increase of $197,653.49 since the last report) exclusive of the unexpended balances of government expendi¬ tures for buildings, as indicated above. The remaining $228,769.59 represents assets of the current fund. Income and expenditures. — The total income for the year 1936-37 was $1,427,441.31, including current and capital funds. This repre¬ sents a gross decrease of $265,274.95 under the total income for 1935- 36. The total income for current purposes, however, was $1,115,- 351.34, or an increase of $91,232.74 over the income for current pur¬ poses for 1935-36. There was an increase of 6.3 percent in the income from private sources and a corresponding decrease of 6.3 percent in the proprotion of income from government sources. The total expenditures for all purposes, current and capital were $1,411,240.86, representing a gross decrease of $281,475.40 under the 406 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR total expenditures for 1935-36. The total current expenditures for 1936-37 were $1,099,150.89, representing an increase of $73,667.39 over the current expenditures for 1936-37. Balanced budget. — The budget was kept at balance and there was an excess of income in the amount of $16,200.45 available toward the retirement of the accumulated deficit. Audit and supervision. — The auditing of all the university’s accounts has been done by certified public accountants. All moneys appropriated by the Congress and by the Public Works Administration were ex¬ pended under the supervision of the Secretary of the Interior. FREEDMEN’S HOSPITAL Dr. T. Edward Jones, Surgeon in Chief IN submitting Ills first annual report, representing, however, but 7 months of his official incumbency, the surgeon in chief pays a high tribute to his predecessor, Dr. William A. Warfield, who held the position for more than 35 years. The statistical data for the year shows that there were 5,587 indoor patients under treatment, an increase of 524 over the previous year. Of these 880 were private or pay patients, 2,705 were District of Col¬ umbia indigents, and 2,003 were United States indigents. Of the total number under care 329 died. The remainder were discharged either as cured or improved to the extent that hospitalization was no longer necessary. Eight hundred and twenty-eight babies were born in Freedmen’s Hospital. One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five major operations were performed. Eight thousand three hundred and thirty-three emergencies were treated. One thousand three hundred and forty-one ambulance calls were made. Thirty-six thousand, and fifteen visits were made to the outdoor clinics. PERSONNEL NEEDS The most urgent need is an increase in the nursing personnel. At many periods throughout the day 1 nurse is compelled to care for 24 patients, whereas it is a requirement by the District Board of Nursing that under normal circumstances 1 nurse should be assigned to every 4 patients, and the tours of duty should be only 8 hours. Because of this shortage of nurses the hospital admissions have been reduced in order to give the patients a semblance of care approaching efficiency. An increase in the clerical force is recommended as absolutely neces¬ sary if proper hospital records are to be kept and the administration of the hospital efficiently maintained. The handicap of the social-service department grows more acute as additional demands are daily being made, and two additional social- service workers are needed if this department is to continue its function 407 408 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR efficiently, providing social case study and furthering the professional treatment on an individual basis. The housekeeping and dietary departments are woefully under¬ manned. Six additional orderlies and six additional maids are required if the hospital is to be kept in a proper state of cleanliness. In the dietary department, because of a shortage of cooks, it fre¬ quently happens that a dishwasher has to assume the duties of a cook. Four additional cooks, two utility men, and two dishwashers are needed. With the present force of ambulance drivers, it is not infrequently that a driver is required to work 12 hours per day, if the ambulance is to respond to calls received. An additional driver is requested. The same long hours apply to the telephone operators, if the service is to be covered without the present use of orderlies and maids who have only a limited experience with telephone requirements. As a result of their inexperience innumerable complaints are received from the public, to say nothing of the retardation of the efficient handling of official business. The demands made upon the drug department have more than doubled since the present space and personnel were originally set up. This means that additional space must be provided and two assistant pharmacists added in an effort to cope with the ever-increasing-require¬ ments. PHYSICAL ASPECTS Attention is directed to the physical needs of the hospital which are inadequate in every phase. All painted areas are sadly in need of re¬ painting. Roofs are leaking in many spots, some of which are directly over the patients’ beds. These beds are evacuated in the presence of heavy rains. It is further set forth in the report that the plumbing, some of which is more than 30 years old, offers a distinct hazard. Any day major defects may assume such proportions that hospital activities will have to suspend. Repairs to roadways are most forcibly recommended. COLUMBIA INSTITUTION FOR THE DEAF Percival Hall, President DURING the fiscal year there were under instruction in the advanced department of the institution, known as Gallaudet College, 87 men and 54 women, a total of 141, representing 38 States and Canada. This is a decrease of four as compared with the preceding year. In the primary and grammar department, known as the Kendall School, there were under instruction 38 boys and 36 girls, a total of 74. This is an increase of five as compared with the preceding year. Of the total in this department 69 were admitted as beneficiaries of the District of Columbia. There were admitted to the institution 42 males and 28 females; discharged 35 males and 18 females. The courses of instruction were practically the same as in the past year with the addition of a course in the principles of teaching for the seniors. There has been practically no advance made in the building pro¬ gram, which calls first for a memorial building to Edward Miner Gallaudet, to house library, printing office, new laboratories, reci¬ tation rooms, etc. There are needed besides extensions to old labora¬ tory building, present gymnasium, and new units for housing pupils of the primary department as well as an additional cottage for use of an instructor. No additional buildings have been provided for the institution since 1918, though in the meantime the number of students and pupils has increased 25 percent. Better fire protection should be provided by laying of larger water main and installation of modern fire hydrants. An interesting problem on the most exact method of communica¬ tion between teacher and pupil is being studied at our institution with funds provided by the National Research Council. There are other problems that should be carried on for the benefit of the educa¬ tion of deaf pupils throughout the country, and a provision should be made for a permanent research worker. 409 410 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR A regular meeting of the Convention of American Instructors of the Deaf was held at New York under the auspices of Columbia University and was attended by a number of members of our faculty who took part in the program. A special meeting of the Conference of Executives of American Schools for the Deaf was also held at this time, and the president of the institution laid before this meeting recommendations for work along lines of improving the education of the deaf. The total receipts, including balance on hand July 1, 1936, were $176,691. Expenses were $174,196. A reserve of $502 was returned to the treasury, leaving a balance of $1,993. The invested funds of the institution in the hands of the treasurer total in value approxi¬ mately $85,000. On presentation day, June 5, six degrees of master of arts in the normal department were granted, nine degrees of bachelor of arts in course, and five degrees of bachelor of science in course were conferred. The honorary degree of master of arts was conferred on three former graduates of Gallaudet College who are now well known educators of the deaf, namely, Henry J. Stegemerten, principal, School for the Colored Deaf and Blind, Overlea, Md. ; Odie W. Underhill, instructor, School for the Deaf, Morganton, N. C.; and Nathan Zimble, principal, School for the Deaf, Little Rock, Ark. o NATIONAL LIBRARY OF EDUCATION 3 b533 □□227BD1